EasySTONE

Versione 6.7 Rev.1

DDX S.r.l.

G. Donizetti, 109/111

24030 Brembate di Sopra (Bergamo) - Italia

TEL+39 035 621093 - FAX +39 035 333723

E-mail: [email protected] - web: www.ddxgroup.com

EasySTONE manual

Copyright 2003-2020 DDX S.r.l.

All rights reserved.

This publication, in full or in part, may not be reproduced in any form, by any means and
for any purpose. It is not permitted to deliver this publication to third parties, nor to use its
contents, or to disclose it in any case without explicit authorization from DDX S.r.l..

Under no circumstances shall DDX S.r.l. be liable to any third party for direct or indirect
damages resulting from the use or non-use of this publication/product.

DDX S.r.l. reserves the right to make changes or improvements to its products when deemed
appropriate. This publication describes the status of the product at the time of publication
and will in no way reflect the future product.

The official version of the software on which this manual is based is 6.7 Rev.1.

The information contained in this manual may also be subject to change without notice or
communication.

The trademarks mentioned belong to their respective owners.

9/09/2020

2
Indice
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.1 Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2 Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.3 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.4 Entering Key Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3 Interacting with EasySTONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1 Graphic Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.2 Dialog windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.3 Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4 Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.5 Selection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.5.1 Repeat Last Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.5.2 Assign material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.5.3 Entities selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.6 Plug-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4 File Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.1 New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.2 Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.3 Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.4 Save As . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.5 Automatic Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.6 Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.7 Print Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.8 Select Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.9 Digitize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.10 Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.11 Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
4.12 Format Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.13 STL Decimator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
4.14 Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

3
EasySTONE manual

4.15 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.16 Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.17 Project Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.18 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.18.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.18.2 Import/Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.18.3 Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.18.3.1 Select current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.18.3.2 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.18.3.3 Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.18.3.4 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.18.3.5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.18.3.6 Update Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.18.3.7 Export Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.18.4 Machining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.18.5 Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.18.6 Save position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.18.7 Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.19 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.20 SCL Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.20.1 Run Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.20.2 Edit Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.21 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
5 View Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.1 Zoom All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.2 Zoom Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
5.3 Zoom Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5.4 Zoom Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5.5 Dynamic Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5.6 Zoom Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.7 Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.8 Mark Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.9 Visual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.10 Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

4
 5.11 Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.12 Back View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.13 Left View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.14 Right View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.15 Aligned View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.16 Isometric View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.17 Move Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.18 Wireframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.19 Hidden Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.20 Shading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.21 Photorealistic View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
6 Analysis Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
6.1 Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
6.2 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
6.3 Tangency test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6.4 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
6.5 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7 Database Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.1.1 Tool tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.1.2 Tool parameter buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.1.3 Tool parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
7.1.3.1 Drillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
7.1.3.2 Routers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
7.1.3.3 Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.1.3.4 Saw Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.1.3.5 Groovings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7.1.3.6 Bevelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7.1.3.7 Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
7.1.3.8 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
7.1.4 Tool geometry parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
7.1.5 Buttons export/import tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
7.2 Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
7.2.1 Machining-kit tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

5
EasySTONE manual

7.2.2 Kit parameters buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

7.2.3 Kit properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
7.2.3.1 Drilling Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
7.2.3.2 Milling Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7.2.3.3 Cutting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
7.2.3.4 Pocketing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
7.2.3.5 Profiling Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
7.2.3.6 Engraving Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
7.2.3.7 Grooving Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
7.2.3.8 Beveling Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
7.2.3.9 Surface rough Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
7.2.3.10 Surface finishing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
7.2.3.11 5 axis surface finishing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
7.2.3.12 Roughing Kit on Lathe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
7.2.3.13 Finishing Kit on Lathe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
7.2.3.14 Finishing 5 axis kit on lathe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
7.2.3.15 Multiples Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
7.2.3.16 Commands Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
7.2.4 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
7.2.5 Kit database buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
7.3 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
7.4 Automatic CAM configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
7.4.1 Configuration buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
7.4.2 Tree of the general configuration properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
7.4.3 Buttons for associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
7.4.4 Association directory list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
7.4.4.1 Association options menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
7.4.5 Kit tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
7.4.6 Automatic CAM interaction Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
7.5 Automatic DISP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
7.5.1 Configuration buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
7.5.2 Configuration general property tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
7.5.3 Association buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
7.5.4 Associations list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

6
 7.5.4.1 Association options menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
7.5.5 Sub-pieces tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
7.5.6 Automatic DISP interaction buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
7.6 Machine Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
8 Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
8.1 Draw Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
8.2 Machine Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
8.3 Dispose Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
8.4 Generate Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
9 Draw Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
9.1 Parts and Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
9.1.1 Directory list of parts and layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
9.1.1.1 Layer features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
9.1.2 Part and layer buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
9.1.3 Selection of Current Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
9.2 Entity colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
9.3 Snap points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
9.4 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
9.4.1 Point coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
9.4.2 Angle value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
9.4.3 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
9.5 Draws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
9.5.1 2-point line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
9.5.2 Length angle line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
9.5.3 Rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
9.5.4 Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
9.5.5 Arc by 3 points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
9.5.6 Arc by Centre and 2 points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
9.5.7 P1 P2 radius arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
9.5.8 P1 d P2 arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
9.5.9 Circle by 3 points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
9.5.10 Circle by Centre and Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
9.5.11 Circle by 2 points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
9.5.12 Ellipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

7
EasySTONE manual

9.5.13 BiArc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

9.5.14 Nurbs curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
9.5.15 Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
9.5.16 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
9.5.17 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
9.5.18 Linear Quotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
9.5.19 Radial Quotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
9.5.20 Angular Quotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
9.5.21 Insert solid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
9.5.22 Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
9.5.23 Multiple holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
9.5.24 Interactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
9.6 Build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
9.6.1 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
9.6.2 Box shower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
9.6.3 Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
9.6.4 Helix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
9.6.5 Ruled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
9.6.6 Loft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
9.6.7 Net of curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
9.6.8 Lathe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
9.6.9 Contoured Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
9.6.10 Swept 2 Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
9.6.11 Fillet surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
9.6.12 Link surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
9.6.13 Trim surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
9.6.14 Untrim surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
9.6.15 Enlarge Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
9.6.16 Surface properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
9.6.17 Ribbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
9.6.18 Projection/wrapping on surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
9.6.19 Curves from Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
9.6.20 Curves from surfaces intersection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
9.6.21 Invert normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560

8
 9.6.22 Offset surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
9.6.23 Edit Nurbs Control Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
9.6.24 Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
9.7 Modify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
9.7.1 Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
9.7.2 Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
9.7.3 Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
9.7.4 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
9.7.5 Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
9.7.6 Chamfer/Fillet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
9.7.7 Trim/Extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
9.7.8 Stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
9.7.9 Join . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
9.7.10 Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
9.7.11 Explode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
9.7.12 Flip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
9.7.13 Array Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
9.7.14 Polar Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
9.7.15 Move Extrem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
9.7.16 Enlarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
9.7.17 Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
9.7.18 Modify Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
9.7.19 Change Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
9.7.20 Modify Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
9.7.21 Align . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
9.7.22 Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
9.7.23 Modify Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
9.7.24 Interpolate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
9.8 Elaborate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
9.8.1 Move with Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
9.8.2 Adjust path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
9.8.3 Make tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
9.8.4 Delete duplicate entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
9.8.5 Transform in holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589

9
EasySTONE manual

9.8.6 Change label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589

9.8.7 Curves properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
9.8.8 MultiTrim entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
9.8.9 Move Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
9.8.10 Rotate Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
9.8.11 Scale Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
9.8.12 Mirror Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
9.8.13 Overturn Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
9.8.14 Align Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
9.8.15 Minimize Part Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
9.8.16 Lattice deformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
9.8.17 Enable parametric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
9.8.18 Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
9.8.19 Ungroup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
9.8.20 Points interpolations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
9.9 Z Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
9.9.1 Extrusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
9.9.2 Extrusion Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
9.9.3 Revolved profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
9.9.4 Circular Machining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
9.9.5 Autointersection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
9.9.6 Z Map from surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
9.9.7 Z Map union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
9.9.8 Z Map trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
9.9.9 Import Z Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
9.9.10 Export Z Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
10 Machine Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
10.1 Machining tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
10.1.1 Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
10.1.2 Advanced machining properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
10.1.2.1 Machining variation menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
10.1.2.1.1 Routing variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
10.1.2.1.2 Cutting variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
10.1.2.1.3 Profiling tool variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630

10
 10.1.2.1.4 Engraving variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
10.1.2.1.5 Grooving variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
10.1.2.1.6 Roughing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
10.1.2.1.7 Finishing variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
10.1.2.1.8 5-axis machining variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
10.1.2.2 Hole management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
10.1.2.3 Exclude surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
10.1.2.4 Support Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
10.1.2.4.1 STL File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
10.1.2.5 Tool machining simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
10.1.2.6 Fast Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
10.1.3 Machining option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
10.1.4 Virtual Milling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
10.2 Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
10.3 Command area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
10.3.1 Raw part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
10.3.1.1 Rectangular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
10.3.1.2 Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
10.3.1.3 Lathe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
10.3.1.4 From surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
10.3.1.5 Generic lathe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
10.4 Multiple part management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
10.5 Path Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
11 Machining and kit properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
11.1 Drilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
11.2 Milling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
11.2.1 Prehole with driller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
11.2.2 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
11.3 Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
11.3.1 Added cutting operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
11.3.2 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
11.4 Pocketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
11.4.1 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
11.5 Profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791

11
EasySTONE manual

11.5.1 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804

11.6 Engraving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
11.6.1 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
11.7 Grooving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
11.8 Bevelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
11.8.1 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
11.9 Surface roughing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
11.9.1 Driller roughing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
11.9.2 Router roughing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
11.9.2.1 Prehole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868
11.9.3 Blade roughing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869
11.9.3.1 Roughing with normal blade, normal, direct step . . . . . . . . . . . 885
11.9.3.2 Roughing with Horizontal Step Blade, Horizontal Step, Direct Step
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890
11.9.3.3 Roughing with Horizontal Internal Blade, Horizontal Internal,
Direct Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 898
11.9.3.4 Cubes Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
11.10 Surface finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
11.10.1 Surface finishing with router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
11.10.1.1 Flowline-type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
11.10.1.2 Pocketing-type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
11.10.1.3 Constant Z type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
11.10.1.4 Spiral type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
11.10.1.5 Scallop type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
11.10.1.6 Projection type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
11.10.1.7 Follow path - Type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
11.10.2 Surface finishing with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
11.10.2.1 Normal and normal transversal type machining . . . . . . . . . . . 1023
11.10.2.2 Horizontal step and horizontal transversal type finishing . . . 1040
11.10.2.3 Horizontal spiral type finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1061
11.10.2.4 Horizontal internal and horizontal transversal internal type
finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074
11.11 5-axis finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096
11.11.1 5-axis finishing with router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097

12
 11.11.1.1 Flowline-type 5-axis finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097
11.11.1.2 Pocketing-type 5-axis finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
11.11.1.3 Scallop-type 5-axis finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
11.11.1.4 Projection-type 5-axis finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158
11.11.1.5 Development-type 5-axis finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1175
11.11.1.6 Follow Path-type 5-axis finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193
11.11.2 5-axis finishing with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208
11.11.3 Probing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232
11.12 Lathe roughing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235
11.12.1 Lathe roughing with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235
11.12.2 Lathe roughing with router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246
11.13 Lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258
11.13.1 Lathe Finishing with Router or Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258
11.13.1.1 One way step, zigzag step and spiral lathe finishing . . . . . . . 1258
11.13.1.2 Lengthwise one way and lengthwise zigzag lathe finishing . 1275
11.13.1.3 Projection-type lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295
11.13.1.4 Non-Interpolated continuous lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307
11.13.2 Lathe finishing with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322
11.13.2.1 One way step, zigzag step and spiral lathe finishing . . . . . . . 1322
11.13.2.2 Lengthwise one way, lengthwise zigzag lathe finishing . . . . 1338
11.13.2.3 Lengthwise one way transversal, Lengthwise zigzag transversal
lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353
11.13.2.4 Non-Interpolated continuous lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368
11.14 5-axis lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1382
11.14.1 One way step, zigzag step and spiral 5-axis lathe finishing . . . . . . 1383
11.14.2 Along axis oneway, along axis zigzag lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . 1393
11.14.3 Projection-type lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1404
11.14.4 Non-Interpolated continuous lathe finishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1413
11.15 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1423
11.16 Laser projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424
12 Dispose Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1427
12.1 Graphic Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429
12.2 Commands Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430
12.2.1 Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430

13
EasySTONE manual

12.2.2 Table state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431

12.2.3 Move parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1431
12.2.3.1 Fixed point configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433
12.2.4 Add part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435
12.2.5 Delete part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435
12.2.6 Move vacuums and end references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436
12.2.7 Automatic position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438
12.2.8 Reset disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439
12.2.9 Verify disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439
12.2.10 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442
12.2.11 Multiple Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1445
12.2.12 Copy part, machining and disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1446
12.2.13 Delete missing vacuums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447
12.2.14 Use Lathe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447
12.3 Dialog Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447
12.4 Underpieces Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447
12.4.1 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1447
12.5 Phases Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1448
12.5.1 Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452
12.5.1.1 Manual splitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452
12.5.1.1.1 Cuts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1452
12.5.1.1.2 Pieces Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1458
12.5.1.1.2.1 Manipulator Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1459
12.5.1.2 Automatic Splitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1461
12.6 Dispose Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1462
12.6.1 Direct Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1462
12.6.2 Initial Disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463
12.6.2.1 Save initial disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463
12.6.2.2 Delete initial disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463
12.6.2.3 Export initial disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463
12.6.2.4 Import initial disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1463
12.6.3 Automatic DISP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1464
13 Generate Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465
13.1 Part program generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1466

14
 13.2 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1468
13.2.1 Virtual Milling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1470
13.3 Times, lengths and costs estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1470
13.4 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471
13.5 Edit NC code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1471
13.6 Edit TLC estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1472
14 Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1475
14.1 Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476
14.2 Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1476
14.3 Tutorial Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1477
14.4 Send feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1477
14.5 Export feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1477
14.6 Remote Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1478
14.7 Upload Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479
14.8 Restore from Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479
14.9 Download your Backup from the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480
14.10 Show status of backup from the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480
14.11 About . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1481

15
EasySTONE manual

16
 1 Introduction

1 Introduction

EasySTONE is an ideal CAD/CAM software for marble machining, it is practical and

intuitive and has been developed in close contact with industry operators.

EasySTONE is a simple tool to use, versatile and enabling immediate design, which allows
the operator to carry out and follow his/her own project in every phase: from the drawing to
the machining, to the disposition in the machine up to its implementation.

This manual contains the description of the configuration parameters for customizing the
product and the descriptions of functions and commands present in the program.

EasySTONE is available in various levels with different performance; therefore, some

features described in this manual may not be available in the level purchased by the user.

17
EasySTONE manual

18
 2 Installation

2 Installation

EasySTONE can be received on DVD, or downloaded directly from the Internet in your
personal area on the www.ddxgroup.com.
Before starting the EasySTONE, installation procedure, check that the computer you want
to use has at least the minimum requirements necessary for the correct operation of the
program. To increase the speed and productivity of EasySTONE, DDX S.r.l. recommends
using a computer that meets the recommended requirements.

2.1 Hardware Requirements

The minimum necessary hardware requirements that a computer must have
for EasySTONE to work correctly are:
• Processor: INTEL PENTIUM IV
• RAM: 512 MB
• Grapich card: OpenGL compatible 32 Mb
• Hard Disk Space: 1 Gb
• Mouse: mandatory
• Monitor: Monitor 15" with 1024x768 resolution

19
EasySTONE manual

• Hardware: CD-ROM player.

The hardware requirements recommended by DDX S.r.l. to increase EasySTONE's speed
and productivity are:
• Processor: INTEL Core i7 or equivalent
• RAM: 8 GB
• Graphic card: nVidia geforce series 8 GTS or higher
• Hard Disk Space: 40 Gb
• Mouse: mandatory with central wheel
• Monitor: Monitor 17" with 1920x1080 resolution
• Hardware: DVD-ROM player

2.2 Software Requirements

The operating systems with which EasySTONE is compatible are:
• Microsoft Windows XP 32 bit with Service Pack 3 or 64 bit with Service Pack 2
(up to EasySTONE version 6.5 2018);
• Microsoft Windows VISTA 32 and 64 bit with Service Pack 2;
• Microsoft Windows 7 32 and 64 bit;
• Microsoft Windows 8 32 and 64 bit;
• Microsoft Windows 10 32 and 64 bit.

2.3 Installation Procedure

To install EasySTONE, it is necessary to run the Setup.exe program in the DVD received or
downloadable from the personal area on the site www.ddxgroup.com and carefully follow
the instructions provided by the installation procedure.

The most significant steps of the installation are:

• Select the language to use during the installation and specify if you want to install
the driver for the hardware key (necessary for network keys).
• Accept the terms of the user license.
• Enter the installation password that is provided by DDX S.r.l. with the program.
• Select the folder in which to install EasySTONE.

20
 2 Installation

• Select a valid license file containing the authorizations purchased and supplied by
DDX S.r.l. with the program.
• Select the machine to be installed from those proposed.

2.4 Entering Key Codes

When purchasing EasySTONE, DDX S.r.l. provides one product key (hardware or software)
and a licence file (*.dlic) for the permission/features purchased.
The .dlic file can be selected during installation or after the first start of EasySTONE.
In this latter case, the program displays the dialog window Key Code Lead-in (key number)
in which to enter the first three parts of the license code.
If you have purchased a network key to use multiple licenses, you must activate the option
network key, and enter the fourth part of the license code.
It is otherwise possible, instead of manually entering the license code, to activate the
command browse, which allows the program to display the windows dialog box for opening
a file with which to select the license file (*.dlic); in this way, the fields containing the
license code are automatically filled in.

Fig. 2.1: Entering key codes

21
EasySTONE manual

22
 3 Interacting with EasySTONE

3 Interacting with
EasySTONE

The interaction between EasySTONE and the user is made possible by the graphic interface,
by the mouse, preferably with a central wheel, and by the keyboard, which together make it
possible to control all the functions of the program.

3.1 Graphic Interface

The graphic interface of EasySTONE (Figure 3.1) is easy to understand and consists of the
following areas:

23
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 3.1: EasySTONE main window

1. Drop-down menu bar (yellow box): The drop-down menus of this area gather the
commands that activate all the program functions in a thematic way. The commands
can be activated when they are written in black, while when they are written
in grey they are not currently active. By scrolling through the commands in the
menus, the status bar (on the left) shows help messages that clarify the meaning
of the command on which the cursor is located. The drop-down menus can also be
managed via the keyboard. To open a drop-down menu, press the Alt + underlined
letter keys (the letter that when pressing the Alt key is underlined in the name of the
drop-down menu you want to open).

2. Toolbars (red box): The icons in this area are collected in multiple bars and allow
you to quickly activate the most used functions among those present in the File,
View and Analysis drop-down menus. Toolbars can be grouped on the top or left
side of the graphic area to form a single bar, or they can be floating and disposed
anywhere in the graphical interface. Placing the mouse cursor on an icon displays
the name of the corresponding function and a help message appears on the Status
Bar (on the left) to better clarify its meaning.

24
 3 Interacting with EasySTONE

3. Mode bar (blue box): The icons in this area allow you to quickly change the way
the program works (Draw, Machining, Dispose, Generate). The same commands
are present in the Mode drop-down menu.

4. Control panel (orange box): This area contains all the commands, parameters and
options specific to the currently active mode, some of which are also present in the
Machining drop-down menu.

5. Status bar (purple box): This area contains some information on the application
status and some general settings. The status bar shows: The status of the program,
the coordinates of the cursor (local coordinates and global coordinates), the unit of
measurement (mm or inches), the current plane, the selection rectangle, the current
reference point and the machine used. By clicking with the mouse on a specific icon
or area it is possible to change its value/status.

6. Graphic area: Depending on the mode, this area allows you to interact with the
three-dimensional space in which to draw the parts, select the parts to be machined
and place them on the machining table.

7. Plugins area (pink box): In this area, if present, functionalities are collected to
complete the EasySTONE package purchased and/or code macros for customized
functions (see paragraph 3.6).

8. Selection area of the current layer (green box): In this area it is possible to
double-click on one face of the cube to select a layer (except for generic ones) and
make it current quickly.

9. Selection filter area (brown box): In this area it is possible to filter the selectable
entities which can then be operated on.

3.2 Dialog windows

Dialog windows have multiple functions. They can contain commands and parameters,
report errors or allow you to confirm an operation.
In the program there are different types of dialog windows:

25
EasySTONE manual

• Error windows: This type of window informs the user that an error has occurred.
Usually a window of this type contains a brief description of the error, so that the
user can correct it. To close the window click Ok.
• Confirmation windows: This type of window is displayed by the program when you
are performing some operations that require further confirmation (e.g. the deletion
of some data); the program asks the user for confirmation before executing the
operation in question to prevent it from being activated by mistake. Usually this
type of windows have three options: Yes, No and Cancel, which allow respectively
to confirm the choice to perform the operation, not to perform the operation, or to
cancel the operation.
• Data lead-in windows: This type of window allows you to enter data. In addition
to the data lead-in fields, they usually have two commands, which are Ok and
Cancel. The first allows you to close the window saving the changes made, while
the second allows you to close the window without saving the changes, so the
modified parameters return their status before the window was opened.

3.3 Function Keys

The function keys, at the top of each standard keyboard, allow you to quickly activate the
most used functions among those present in the File, View and Analysis drop-down menus.

The functions of the program activated with the function keys are:

• F1 = Opens the Help

• F2 = Zoom All
• F3 = Zoom Window
• F4 = Zoom down
• F5 = Zoom up
• F6 = Pan
• F7 = Mark Points
• F8 = Top View
• F9 = Aligned View
• F10 = Isometric View
• F11 = Distance

26
 3 Interacting with EasySTONE

• F12 = Analysis

3.4 Cursors
Moving the mouse cursor over each icon will display the name of the associated function.
The cursor can take different forms, depending on the area in which the mouse is located
and the state of the program.

3.5 Selection Menu

This menu (Figure 3.2), activated with a click of the right mouse button in the Graphic area
when EasySTONE is in Draw and Machining mode, contains commands to repeat the last
command executed, to assign a material/texture to surfaces, and all the commands for the
selection of the entities.
Entity selection is also possible without these commands, simply by selecting with the left
mouse button the desired entity in the Graphic area.
This menu is displayed by selecting any point in the Graphic area with the right mouse
button in disposition mode, and in draw mode, if no other command is active.

Fig. 3.2: Selections menu

27
EasySTONE manual

3.5.1 Repeat Last Command

This command is present only if the menu is opened in the Draw mode and allows you to
repeat the last command executed.
The command can be activated in the View menu but also by pressing the Space key

3.5.2 Assign material

This command is present only if the menu is opened in the Draw mode and the view is set
to photo-realistic; it allows you to assign a texture (image of a material) to the surfaces and
solids in the project.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Materials
configuration in which it is possible to choose the material with which to display the
surfaces from those in the list.

3.5.3 Entities selection

This group of commands allows you to select one or more entities from those present in the
project.

It is divided into:

• Select all: It allows you to select all the entities in the current project.
• Deselect all: It allows you to deselect all the entities in the current project.
• Select result: It allows you to select the entities created or modified since the last
operation.
• Select window: It allows you to select the entities in an area. Once the command
is activated, it is necessary to define the ends of the rectangular window. With the
left mouse button, click, hold and drag until the desired window is defined. If the
window is defined from left to right, only the entirely included entities are selected;
vice versa, from right to left, those not completely included are also selected.
• Select part: It allows you to select all the entities belonging to the same part by
selecting only one. The command selects the entities of the part that are not selected

28
 3 Interacting with EasySTONE

and deselects the entities of the part that are already selected. The command can be
activated in the menu and also by pressing the key Tab while selecting an entity.
• Select layer: It allows you to select all the entities belonging to the same layer
by selecting only one. The command selects the entities of the layer that are
not selected and deselects the entities of the layer that are already selected. The
command can be activated in the menu and also by pressing the key Shift while
selecting an entity.
• Continuous selection: This command allows you to select all the entities that
are between two selected entities that define a continuous geometric path. The
starting entity must be selected before executing the command. The direction of the
selection is indicated by an arrow that appears on the first selected entity and can be
modified by selecting the entity details with the mouse.
• Select profile: It allows you to select all the entities that form a continuous path
with the selected entity. The command selects the entities of the profile that are
not selected and deselects the entities of the profile that are already selected. The
command can be activated in the menu and also by pressing the key CTRL while
selecting an entity.
• Select color: It allows you to select all the entities that have the same color.
• Select type: It allows you to select all the entities of the same type as the selected
entity.
• Multiple selection: It lets you select multiple entities simultaneously and display the
entity selection/deselection dialog box. Once the command has been activated and
a point of the geometry has been selected, the program displays a window in which
all the entities present at that point are listed. To change the selection status, simply
click with the left mouse button on the entity name (the light will turn on or off
depending on whether the entity is selected or not). The command can be activated
in the menu and also by pressing the key Alt while selecting a point of the geometry.
• Invert selection: It allows you to invert the selected and deselected entities present
in the project, i.e. deselects the selected entities and selects the deselected ones.

29
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 3.3: Selection menu

Fig. 3.4: Multiple selection

3.6 Plug-in
Plugins are additional applications that offer additional features for the program.
An example of a PlugIn is the module DDXNest, which makes it possible the manual or
automatic disposition of generic-shaped parts to minimize waste.
In the PlugIn section, it is also possible to insert buttons to which you could match code
macros useful both to those who customize EasySTONE and to the end user of the software.

30
 4 File Menu

4 File Menu

This drop-down menu contains all the commands for managing project files.

4.1 New
This command allows you to create a new project.

If there is a project already running, and you want to start a new one, the program displays
a dialog window asking the user whether or not to save the changes made to the current
project, or to cancel the operation.

The New command is not active in the Edit machining mode.

The command can be activated in the File menu and also through the key combination Ctrl

+ N, or by selecting the icon from the Toolbar.

31
EasySTONE manual

4.2 Open

Fig. 4.1: Open

This command allows you to open an existing project.

Once the command has been activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
opening a file, in which to define the position, the name and the extension of the project
file to be opened, with the possibility, activating the Preview option, to preview the
selected project.

If there is a project already running, and you want to open an existing one, the program
displays a dialog window asking the user whether or not to save the changes made to the
current project, or to cancel the operation.

The Open command is not active in the Edit machining mode.

The command can be activated in the File menu and also through the key combination Ctrl
+ O, by means of the Drag'n'drop operation, i.e. dragging inside the graphical interface the

project file you want to open, or selecting the icon from the Toolbar.

32
 4 File Menu

4.3 Save

Fig. 4.2: Save

This command allows you to save the current project by updating the file to which it is
associated.

If the current project has never been saved previously, the program displays the Windows
dialog box for saving a file (Figure 4.2), in which to define the position, name and
extension of the project file to be saved.

The Save command is not active in the Edit machining mode.

The command can be activated in the File menu and also through the key combination Ctrl

+ S, or by selecting the icon from the Toolbar.

33
EasySTONE manual

4.4 Save As

Fig. 4.3: Save as

This command allows you to save the current project with a specific name.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for saving a
file with a name (Figure 4.3), in which it is possible to define the position, the name and
the extension of the file to be saved.

The Save as command is not active in the Edit machining mode.

The command can be activated in the File menu and also through the key combination Ctrl
+ A.

4.5 Automatic Execution

This command allows the part programs of several projects to be generated and transmitted
to the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Automatic
Execution (Figure 4.4), which is composed of the following areas: :
1. List of files to be generated or transmitted to the machine.
2. Machine to be used.

34
 4 File Menu

3. Buttons for managing the file list.

4. Generation and transmission buttons.

Fig. 4.4: Automatic execution

List of files to be generated

This list allows you to manage the files to be generated or transmitted and the related
options.
Each file can be activated or deactivated and has four options:
• CAM: This option, if active, allows the program to automatically calculate the
machining to be applied to the project with the automatic CAM (Reference).
• DISP: This option, if active, allows the program to automatically calculate the
disposition of the parts to be applied to the project with the automatic DISP
(Reference).
• Generate: This option, if active, allows the program to generate the part program
of the project file (Reference).
• Save: This option, if active, allows the program to save the part program of the
project file.
If the file is disabled, i.e. if the box next to the file name is not checked, no operations are
performed on that file, but it is skipped.
With a single click on the name of the four options available for the files in the list it is
possible to activate/deactivate the option simultaneously for all files.
If errors occur during the generation, these are reported with a brief description

35
EasySTONE manual

immediately after the file that generated them.

There is a menu, which can be activated by right-clicking anywhere in the list, which
contains the following commands:
• Select all: This command allows you to activate all the files in the list.
• Deselect all: This command allows you to deactivate all the files in the list.
• Machine: This command allows the program to display the Configure machine
dialog window in which to choose the machine with which the geometry of the
currently selected project file is processed.
• Automatic CAM: This command allows the program to display the Windows
dialog box for opening a file, in which to select an automatic CAM configuration
file (*.acd) to be applied to the currently selected project file.
• Automatic DISP: This command allows the program to display the Windows
dialog box for opening a file, in which to select an automatic DISP configuration
file (*.add) to be applied to the currently selected project file.

Machine to be used
This command allows you to define the machine to be used in generating the machining.
The possible options are:
• Use the current machine: All files are generated using the currently active
machine.
• Use the original machine for each project: each file is generated using the default
machine in the project itself.
If one or more files have been set to use a machine in the Machine parameter, present in
the menu that can be activated by right-clicking any point in the list of files to be
generated, the program ignores the parameter Machine to be used for those files.
Buttons for managing the file list
Add directory: This command allows you to add all the projects in a folder to the file list to
be generated. Once the command is activated, the program displays the Search folder
dialog window, in which to select the folder containing the project files to be added to the
list.

36
 4 File Menu

Add files: This command allows you to add one or more projects to the file list to be
generated. Once the command is activated, the program displays the Open file dialog
window, in which to select the project files to be added to the list. To select multiple files,
hold down the Ctrl key while selecting them.
Delete: This command allows you to delete the currently selected file from the file list to
be generated.
Generation and transmission buttons
Generate: This command allows you to perform all the operations selected for each file and
generate the part program for each one.
Generate + Transmit: This command allows you to perform all the operations selected for
each file, to generate the part program for each one, and to transmit them to the machine.

4.6 Print
This command allows you to print the current project.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Print (Figura 4.5),
which is composed of the following areas:
• Printer.
• Printer interval.
• Preview controls.
• Print options.
• Print preview.

37
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.5: Print

Printer

This area allows you to view and modify all the parameters to define the printer to be used
and its properties.

Name: Used to define the name of the printer to be used among those available.
Properties: Allows you to define the print properties. Once the command is activated, the
program displays the Properties dialog window of the selected printer, in which to define its
properties, which vary according to brand and model.
Vector printing: This option is used for plotter printing and, if active, allows you to use
vector printing.
Line thickness: This command is active only if the Vector print option is active, and allows
you to define the thickness of the lines used to represent the geometry of the project in
vectorial form.
Quality: Allows you to define the print quality. The possible options are:
• High (32 bit).
• Normal (16 bit).
• Low (8 bit).

Print interval

This area allows you to view and change the scale factor settings.

The types of scale are:

• Fit to a page: The image is automatically scaled according to the page format.
• Current view: The current view of the graphic area is printed on a single page. It is
possible to change the scale factor by modifying the value of the Scale 1 parameter
and selecting the Apply command. The number of printed pages varies depending
on the scale factor used.
• Drawing scale: The image is printed according to the scale factor set in the Scale 1
parameter. The number of printed pages varies depending on the scale factor used.

38
 4 File Menu

Scala 1: This parameter is active only if the option Current view or the Drawing scale option
are active, and allows you to define the scale factor with which to print the geometry of the
project.
Apply: Allows you to apply the changes made to the scale factor.
From... To: This pair of commands is active only if the Drawing scale option is active, and
allows you to define the number of the first and last page to be printed.

Preview controls

This area allows you to manage the pages to be displayed in the print preview.

The four arrow commands allow you to move between the pages to be printed and to select
the page for which to preview the print. The four arrows are active only if the Drawing
scale option is active.

Print options

This area allows you to add some project information to the printed pages.

Page number: To add numbers to the pages to be printed.

Squaring: To square the pages to be printed.
Title block: Allows you to add to the pages to be printed, at the bottom right, a title block
with the description of the project and activates the possibility of writing this description as
a bar code.
Project page: This option, if active, activates the Company data and Customer data areas,
and allows you to print, before the project, an introductory page containing the project
description, the data of the company that carried it out and the data of the customer for
whom the project is intended.

Print preview

This area allows you to view how the page containing the geometry of the project is
printed with the active print settings.

39
EasySTONE manual

The command can be activated in the File menu and also through the key combination Ctrl

+ P, or by selecting the icon from the Toolbar.

4.7 Print Worksheet

This command allows you to print the worksheet of the current project.

Once the command is activated, the program creates the worksheet and displays it in a DDX
Printer Server window. To print it, select the Print command in the File menu.

The worksheet contains: Title, Date and time, Estimated time, Representation of the table
with part, Setup (position, name, corrector), machining (machining, tool), Project data (title,
object, author, machine, NC file, NC), Part data (name, width, length, thickness, shim).

The Print Worksheet command is active only after opening the dispose or generate mode for
the current project.

Fig. 4.6: Worksheet print

40
 4 File Menu

4.8 Select Printer

In this menu it is possible to set the default printer and printing preferences.

4.9 Digitize
This command opens the DDXDigi scanner.

DDXDigi is a software product that makes it possible to establish a connection between a

compatible external scanning device and EasySTONE, in order to sample points belonging
to entities outside the design environment, i.e. to detect a contour or a profile from an
existing object (physical model, paper drawing or other).
For more information on the operation of the DDXDigi software, please refer to the manual
that can be viewed by clicking on the question mark present within DDXDigi and then on
the Help command.

4.10 Import
This command allows you to open an existing project by importing it from an external
format.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for importing
a file

Fig. 4.7: File selection menu

41
EasySTONE manual

In this window you can view the preview of the project you want to import (activating the
Preview option) and/or add the geometry to be imported to the current project (activating
the option Add to current project).

By activating the option View import log, at the end of the import of each file, the program
displays the Import log dialog window containing detailed information on the imported
geometry.

Some possible extensions of the files to be imported are: DXF Files, IGES Files, RHINO
Files (*.3dm), STL Files, STEP Files, CAL Files, CSF Files (*.ent; *.hed; *.ens), HPGL
Files, ISO Files (*.cnc), PNT Files (*.txt), LASER Files(*.mf), SMO Files (*.smo; *.egl;
*.ewd; *.est; *.esc), IMAGE File (*.bmp; *.dib; *.jpg; *.pcx; *.tga).

The Import command is active only in Draw mode.

The command can be used, in addition to the File menu, also through the Drag'n'drop
operation, i.e. by dragging the project file that you want to import into the graphic
interface.

4.11 Export
This command allows you to export the geometries present in the current project in some
formats/extensions that can be managed by other programs.

The program displays the Windows dialog box in which it is possible to define the
position, the name and the type of the file to be obtained. In this window it is also possible
to preview the project that you want to export by activating the Preview option, exporting
only a part of the project by activating the Selection option (it allows you to export only
the entities selected in the graphic area before activating the command Export), and define
the unit of measure with which to export the file. Furthermore, the Favorite directory
command allows you to open a drop-down menu with the list of folders set as favorites and
the commands to add and delete them. Once the Add command is selected, the program
displays the Favorite Directories dialog window in which to specify the name and path of
the folder to be added. Once the Delete command has been selected, the program displays
the Favorite directories dialog window in which to select the one to be deleted.

The possible file extensions to be exported are: DXF Files, IGES Files, STL Files, PDF
Files, CAL Files, ENT Files, ENS Files, HED Files, HPGL Files, BMP Files, SMO Files.

42
 4 File Menu

Fig. 4.8: Export

The Export command is active only in Draw mode.

4.12 Format Converter

This command allows you to open the format converter, an application that allows you to
change the format of some file types.
The converter allows you to convert files with extension *.dxf, *.iges, *.stl, *.cal,
*.csf,*.iso, *.hpgl, *.pnt, *.smo, *.egl, *ewd and *.est into files with extension *.dxf, *.iges,
*.egl, *ewd, *.est, *.ent, *.smo, *.cal or *.hpgl.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Converter ver.
6.6b1 (Figure 4.9), which is composed of the following areas:

• List of files to convert: This list contains the files to be converted.

• conversion parameters:
◦ Conversion mode: Allows you to specify whether the files to be
converted are selected by the user (Manual mode) or if EasySTONE will
automatically convert the files loaded into the folder specified in the
Source Directory parameter (Automatic mode).
◦ Destination directory: Allows you to specify the destination folder path
of the converted files. It is possible to define the position and the name of
the folder by activating the control .
◦ Target format: Allows you to choose the format in which the files will be
converted.

43
EasySTONE manual

• List of converted files: This list displays the processed files and in the Results
column the outcome of the conversion (a green dot indicates whether the operation
was successful, while a red dot if the conversion failed).
Once the parameters have been set, to start the conversion, select the Convert command (
).

Fig. 4.9: Convert format

In the list of files to be converted there are also four controls:

• : This command allows you to add a file to the list of those to be converted.
When activated, EasySTONE displays the Windows dialog box in which it is
possible to specify the position, the name and the extension of the project file to be
converted.
• : This command allows you to remove a file from the list of those to be
converted..
• : This command allows you to move the selected file up by one position,
giving it precedence.
• : This control allows you to move the selected file down by one position,
removing its precedence.

4.13 STL Decimator

This command allows you to reduce the size of a file with surface approximations to
facilitate project machining.

44
 4 File Menu

Fig. 4.10: Decimator

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Decimator ver.
(version number) (Figure 4.10), which is composed of the following areas:
• List of files to be decimated: This list contains the files to be reduced in size.
• Conversion parameters: This area contains two parameters, which are:
◦ Destination directory: This parameter allows you to specify the path name
of the destination folder of the decimated file. It is possible to define the
folder name also by selecting the command . Once the command is
activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for opening a file,
in which it is possible to define the position and the name of the
destination folder of the decimated file.
◦ Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of
approximation, i.e. the maximum error expressed in mm/inch, with which
the program approximates the geometry of the project to be decimated.
The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part.
• List of decimated files: This list contains the decimated files, and in the Results
column, next to each file, it displays a green dot if the operation was successful,
while it displays a red dot if the file size reduction operation failed.
Once the parameters have been set, to start the conversion, select the Convert command (
).

In the list of files to be converted there are also four controls:

• : This command allows you to add a file to the list of those to be converted.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
opening a file, in which it is possible to define the position, the name and the
extension of the project file to be opened.

45
EasySTONE manual

• : This command allows you to remove a file from the list of those to be
converted..
• : This command allows you to move the selected file up by one position,
giving it precedence.
• : This command allows you to move the selected file down by one position,
removing its precedence.

4.14 Properties
This command allows you to insert some additional information or a background to the
current project.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Properties, which
is composed of the following parameters:

• Title: Allows you to define the project title.

• Object: Allows you to define the object of the project.
• Author: Allows you to define the author of the project.
• Description: Allows you to add a brief description to the project.
• Background: This option, if active, allows you to define a background and
contains the following parameters:
◦ Path to the background image: Allows you to define the path of the image
type file that is used as a background.
◦ It is possible to define the file path also by selecting the command? . Once
the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box
for opening a file, in which it is possible to define the position, the name
and the extension of the project file to be opened. The possible file
extensions to use as a background are: JPeg Files (*.jpeg), Bitmap Files
(*.bmp), DIB Files (*.dib), PCX Files (*.pcx), Targa Files (*.tga).
◦ Size X: Allows you to define the dimension on the X-axis of the
background.
◦ Size Y: Allows you to define the dimension on the Y-axis of the
background.

46
 4 File Menu

◦ Position X: Allows you to define the X coordinate of the edge at the

bottom left of the background with respect to the origin of the axes.
◦ Position Y: Allows you to define the Y coordinate of the edge at the
bottom left of the background with respect to the origin of the axes.
◦ Keep ratio: This option, if enabled, allows you to keep the ratio between
the X and Y dimensions of the image unchanged. In this way, the program
calculates the size of the background only based on Size X, while ignoring
Size Y.
◦ View as table background: This option, if active, allows you to use the
image as the background of the machining table.
◦ Keep size as default: This option, if enabled, allows you to keep the
background size unchanged even when the image is changed.

Fig. 4.11: Properties

47
EasySTONE manual

Selecting the icon EasySTONE activates DDXPhoto which allows you to insert a
desired photograph as a table background (please refer to the DDXPhoto manual).

4.15 Notes
This command allows you to insert comments on the current project.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Notes (Figure
4.12), which contains the text editor in which to write the annotations. Furthermore,
selecting the option Display on opening the program automatically opens the note each time
the project is opened.

Fig. 4.12: Notes

4.16 Groups
This command allows you to subdivide parts belonging to the same project into several
groups that will be machined separately. The program therefore creates a part program for
each grouping.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Grouping
Configuration, which is composed of the following areas:
• Tree list of groupings: This list contains the groupings created, and for each of
them the parts that belong to it.

48
 4 File Menu

• List of parts: This list contains all the parts present in the project.
• Buttons for managing the groupings: The window contains the following buttons:
◦ Arrows: These two commands allow you to move the parts from one list
to another, an operation that can also be performed through drag'n'drop,
dragging them from one list to another.
◦ Add: This command allows you to create a new grouping.
◦ Rename: This command allows you to rename the currently selected
grouping.
◦ Delete: This command allows you to delete the currently selected
grouping.
The groupings are all visible simultaneously in Draw mode, while in Machining mode, in
Dispose mode and in Generate mode they can be activated only one at a time.

To change the active grouping it is necessary to use the icon in the toolbar: The drop-down
menu shows all the groupings created, including the one to be activated.

Fig. 4.13: Groupings

49
EasySTONE manual

4.17 Project Protection

This command allows you to set a read and/or write protection password on the
current EasySTONE project.
By setting a reading protection password, at the opening of the project it will be necessary
to insert it otherwise it will not be possible to access the project.
By setting a write protection password, you can view the project but not save it. To save it,
you will need to enter the menu and choose Remove Protection and enter the unlock
password.
To unlock the project for reading and/or writing, you will have to enter the submenu
Remove Protection permanently ?..

Fig. 4.14: Protect documents

4.18 Configuration
This command allows you to configure some of the program settings.
Once the command is activated, the program displays a submenu containing the categories
into which the settings are divided, which are:

• General.
• Import/Export.
• Machine.
• Machining.

50
 4 File Menu

• Keyboard.
• Save placement.
• Enable.
• Create worksheet layouts.
• Export configuration.
• Import configuration.

Fig. 4.15: Configure

4.18.1 General

This command allows you to change the general settings of the program.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Program configuration dialog
window, which is divided into three pages, which can be recalled with the respective tabs,
which are:

• Look.
• General.
• OpenGL.
1) Appearance

Selecting this tab (Figure 4.16) the program displays the page containing the parameters
that allow you to set the Graphics Area.

51
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.16: Configure program-Appearance

Toolbar: This option, if enabled, allows you to display the Toolbar.

Status bar: This option, if enabled, allows you to display the Status bar.

Mode bar: This option, if enabled, allows you to display the Mode bar and define which
side of the screen to place it on. To define the position of the Mode bar, select one of the
left and right options.

Language: This command allows you to define the program language from those available.
The languages available are:

• Italian.
• English.
• French.

52
 4 File Menu

• German.
• Spanish.
• Custom.
The Custom option allows you to insert a new language different from those already
present, and if activated, adds three commands (Figure 4.17), which are:

• M: This command allows you to insert a new translation of program messages.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
opening a file, in which it is possible to define the position and the name of the file
containing the messages. The file containing the messages must be in the
Messages Files format (*.msg).
• H: This command allows you to insert a new translation of the program manual.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
opening a file, in which it is possible to define the position and the name of the file
containing the manual. The file containing the manual must be in the Help Files
format (*.chm, *.hlp).
• T: This command allows you to insert a new translation of the program's tutorials.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
opening a file, in which it is possible to define the position and the name of the file
containing the tutorial. The file containing the tutorials must be in the Help Files
format (*.chm, *.hlp)..

Fig. 4.17: Custom language

Single instance of EasySTONE: This option, if active, allows you to open only one copy of
the program. If it is disabled, it allows you to open more copies of the program, but the
copies opened after the first cannot make any changes to the parameters present in the
Stock menu.

2) General

53
EasySTONE manual

Selecting this tab (Figure 4.18) the program displays the page containing the parameters
that allow you to set the Graphic Area.

Fig. 4.18: Program configuration-General

In particular, there are two command areas, which are:

1. Definition of colors: This area contains a list in which it is possible to select the
entity from which to change the color from those available, the color command
that displays the currently selected color for the entity and allowing you to select a
new one, and the default command that assigns to each entity the standard color
provided by the program.
2. Grid definition: This area contains a drop-down menu that allows you to choose
the type of grid to use between disabled, normal and dashed. These commands are
also available:
◦ Dimension: This command allows you to define the length of the side of
the grid squares, i.e. the distance between two successive lines of the grid.

54
 4 File Menu

• Number of divisions: This command allows you to define the number of squares
into which the side of a square of the unzoomed grid is divided, when zooming.

The following options are also available:

Reference: Allows you to display in the Graphic Area the Cartesian reference indicating
the 0 of the axes.

Ruler: Allows you to display in the Graphic Area a ruler indicating the zoom degree
variable through the central mouse wheel.

Unit of measurement: This parameter allows you to define the unit of measurement to be
used in the program. The available units of measurement are:

• mm: millimeters.
• inches.

LogLevel: This command allows you to define the log level, i.e. it defines what
information the program must save in special files. The possible options are:

• 0: Nothing is saved.
• 1 (Log): A Log file is saved, i.e. a file containing all the operations performed
since the opening of the program until its closing.
• 2 (Dbg): A Debug file is saved, i.e. a file containing all the information regarding
the parameters used for generating the part program.
• 4.10 and 100: Both a Debug file and a Log file are saved.

BackUp: This command allows you to define the frequency with which the program
performs a backup of the current project, i.e. it saves it automatically. The possible options
are:

• No backup.
• 1 minute.
• 2 minutes.
• 5 minutes.
• 10 minutes.
• 1 hour.

55
EasySTONE manual

• 2 hours.
The backup is used when the program registers an anomalous closure. At the reopening, it
asks whether to recover the current project before closing.

3) OpenGL

When selecting this tab (Figure 4.19) the program displays the page containing the
parameters that allow you to modify the OpenGL settings, i.e. the settings concerning the
graphic card.

Colors: This parameter allows you to define the number of colors used, and therefore the
related size in bits of each pixel.

Z Buffer: This parameter allows you to define the depth in pixels of the Z coordinate in the
three-dimensional graphic.

Generic driver: This option, if active, allows you to use the generic driver instead of the
specific one of the graphic card installed on the computer you are using.

To activate the changes made in this page it is necessary to restart the program.

56
 4 File Menu

Fig. 4.19: Program configuration-OpenGL

4.18.2 Import/Export

This command allows you to change the import and export settings of the file.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Import/Export
Configuration (Figure 4.20), which is composed of the following areas:

1. Extensions
2. Iges.
3. ZMap.
4. 3dm.
5. Step.
6. Bitmap.
7. Laser.
8. Import script.

57
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.20: Import/Export

Extensions
The extensions area allows you to associate a specific extension to each importable format.
The formats that can be imported with multiple extensions are Hpgl, Iso, Points, Laser.

Iges
Iges is a neutral data format that makes it possible the exchange of data, graphic files and
information between CAD systems.

Trim type: This parameter allows you to define the type of trim to be executed. The possible
options are:

• Default: It executes the trims as indicated in the document of the Iges file if
present. Otherwise it is equivalent to the parameter choose UV.

58
 4 File Menu

• Choose UV: Performs the trim of the surfaces. This method is almost always the
fastest and most accurate and if it fails it performs the trims in XYZ.
• Choose XYZ: Performs the trims in XYZ. This method is generic and slow and if
it fails it performs the trims in UV.
• Force UV: Performs the trim of the surfaces.
• Force XYZ: Performs the trims in XYZ.

Z Map
A file of this type is a particular two-dimensional black and white image, which is
transformed into a surface during import. This particular image is made with special
equipment, and indicates the depth with a grey scale, from the shallow depth of white, to the
maximum depth of black.

Filter: This parameter allows you to define which filter to apply to the imported file. The
higher the value of the filter, the more it eliminates the irregularities in the created surface.
The possible options are:

• Custom: Allows you to set a custom value.

• High: Allows you to set a high filter level (7).
• Medium: Allows you to set a medium filter level (5).
• Low: Allows you to set a low filter level (3).
• None: The filter is not used.
3dm
A file of this type is a file containing a geometry in the form of surfaces and trims.
Trim type: This parameter allows you to define the type of trim to be executed. The possible
options are
• Default: It executes the trims as indicated in the document of the Iges file if
present. Otherwise it is equivalent to the parameter choose UV.
• Choose UV: Performs the trim of the surfaces. This method is almost always the
fastest and most accurate and if it fails it performs the trims in XYZ.
• Choose XYZ: Performs the trims in XYZ. This method is generic and slow and if
it fails, it performs the trims in UV.

Step

59
EasySTONE manual

Step is a neutral data format that makes it possible the exchange of data, graphic files and
information between CAD systems.
Trim type: This parameter allows you to define the type of trim to be executed. The possible
options are:
• Default: It executes the trims as indicated in the document of the Iges file if
present. Otherwise it is equivalent to the parameter choose UV.
• Choose UV: Performs the trim of the surfaces. This method is almost always the
fastest and most accurate and if it fails it performs the trims in XYZ.
• Choose XYZ: Performs the trims in XYZ. This method is generic and slow and if
it fails, it performs the trims in UV.

Bitmap
A file of this type is a file containing an image that photographs the geometric area in the
current state to export it.
Size: This parameter allows you to define the size of the image to be exported expressed in
pixels.

Colors: This parameter allows you to define the amount of colors used in the exported
image, and therefore the size in bits of each pixel.

Laser
A file of this type is a file containing the points scanned by the laser on the surface of
the part, which is transformed into a surface during import. The part can be scanned both
linearly on the machining table of the machine and on the lathe.
Lathe distance: This parameter is used only when the laser scan is performed on the lathe,
and allows you to define the distance between the laser and the center of the lathe.
Lathe direction: This parameter is used only when the laser scanning is performed on the
lathe, and allows you to define the direction of the axis of rotation of the lathe which can be
X or Y.

Filter: This parameter allows you to define which filter to apply to the imported file. The
higher the value of the filter, the more it eliminates the irregularities in the created surface.
The possible options are:
• Custom: Allows you to set a custom value.
• High: Allows you to set a high filter level (7).

60
 4 File Menu

• Medium: Allows you to set a medium filter level (5).

• Low: Allows you to set a low filter level (3).
• None: The filter is not used.

Import script
Pre-import script: This parameter allows you to define the name of an SCL script to be
executed before importing.
It is possible to define the file path also by selecting the command Once the command is
activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for opening a file, in which it is
possible to define the position and the name of the file containing the SCL script.

Post-import script: This parameter allows you to define the name of an SCL script to be
executed after import.
It is possible to define the file path also by selecting the command Once the command is
activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for opening a file, in which it is
possible to define the position and the name of the file containing the SCL script.

Export script
Pre-export script: This parameter allows you to define the name of an SCL script to be
executed before export.
It is possible to define the file path also by selecting the command Once the command is
activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for opening a file, in which it is
possible to define the position and the name of the file containing the SCL script.

Post-export script: This parameter allows you to define the name of an SCL script to be
executed after export.
It is possible to define the file path also by selecting the command Once the command is
activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for opening a file, in which it is
possible to define the position and the name of the file containing the SCL script.

4.18.3 Machine

This command allows you to change the configuration of the machine in question.

61
EasySTONE manual

Once the command is activated, the program displays a submenu containing the categories
into which the settings of the machining machine are divided, which are:

• Select current.
• Modify/Edit.
• Table.
• Transmission.
• Settings..
• Update machine.
• Export machine.

The commands Edit, Table, Transmission and Update Machine are password protected.
Their modification is recommended only if assisted by a DDX technician, or to expert
users.

4.18.3.1 Select current

This command allows you to choose the active machine configuration and the
corresponding Post-Processor.
Once the command has been activated, the program displays the Configure machine dialog
box in which it is possible to select the configuration of the machine to be activated from
those available.

Fig. 4.21: Machine configuration

62
 4 File Menu

4.18.3.2 Edit

This command allows you to change some parameters in the configurations of the
machining machines and is password protected.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Edit machine
(Figure 4.22), which is composed of the following items.

Fig. 4.22: Edit machine

Machine: Allows you to define the machine configuration, from those present, to which all
the other parameters in the Edit machine dialog box will refer.

Name: Allows you to define the machine name.

Type: Defines the number of axes on which the machine works and cannot be modified.

63
EasySTONE manual

Data: Allows you to define the name of the file containing the customizable data of the
machine. You can select the file name by clicking on the button. . Once the command
is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for selecting a file.
Furthermore, by selecting the command it is possible to modify the configuration
parameters of the postprocessor, which vary depending on the machine.

Disposition: Allows you to define how to manage the positioning of the part and the sub-
pieces (vacuums and/or references) on the table.
This area contains three parameters:
• Type: This parameter allows you to define the type of positioning of the sub-
pieces. The possible types are:
◦ Part program: Semi-automatic layout in which the disposition of the sub-
pieces is managed by the part-program by moving the machine equipped
with a special tool in the positions where the operator must position them.
◦ Automatic: Fully automatic disposition of the sub-pieces carried out by
the machine.
◦ Laser: Semi-automatic disposition of the sub-pieces indicated by the laser
projection of their contours, so that they can be positioned manually by
the operator.
◦ Automatic + laser: Fully automatic disposition in which the sub-pieces are
disposed by the machine, plus the contours of the sub-pieces are projected
with the laser.

• Laser projection (table): This parameter is active only if the Type parameter is set
to Automatic Laser or Laser + automatic and allows you to define which entities to
project on the machining table. The possible options are:
◦ None: Nothing is projected.
◦ Vacuums + references: The contours of the vacuums and the references
are projected in the right position.
◦ Only vacuums: Only the contours of the vacuums are projected in the right
position.

64
 4 File Menu

◦ Only references: Only contours of the references are projected in the right
position.
◦ Part: The Laser Projection is activated between the kits in the Machining
mode, which allows you to project a selected path.
• Laser projection (vacuums): This parameter is active only if the Type parameter is
set to Laser or Laser + automatic and allows you to define whether to project a
path at the level of the vacuums. The possible options are:
◦ None: Nothing is projected.
◦ Part: The Laser Projection is activated between the kits in the Machining
mode, which allows you to project a selected path.

Probe: This option, if active, indicates the presence of the probe on the machine, and
therefore activates the probe tool in the tool database and allows its use in the machining
kits.

Hide: This option, if active, allows you to hide a machine, i.e. to make it no longer present
among those used in the program to machine the parts.

Read only: This option, if active, allows the machine to be used without being able to make
any changes to the tool database and to the kit database.

Move: This command allows you to change the position of the machine in the computer.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog box Search folder (Figure
4.23), in which to select, in the tree list of the computer folders, the folder to which to
move the machine files.

65
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.23: Browse by folder

Add: This command may or may not be present depending on the software license you
have, and allows you to add new machine configurations. Once the command is activated,
the program displays the dialog window Name (Figure 4.24), where you can enter the
name of the new configuration you are creating. It is possible to activate the existing
machine option, which allows you to create the configuration of a machine of which you
already have the Machine Files (*.ppd).

Fig. 4.24: Dialog window "Name"

66
 4 File Menu

4.18.3.3 Table

This command allows you to change some parameters in the configurations of the machines
and is password protected.
Once the command has been activated, the program displays the dialog window Table
parameters configuration (Figure 4.25), divided into four pages, which can be recalled with
the respective tabs:

• General.
• Geometry.
• Vacuums and references.
• Lathes.
GENERAL

Selecting this tab (Figure 4.25) the program displays the page containing the parameters
allowing you to change the general characteristics of the machining table.

67
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.25: Table parameters configuration

Table file: Allows you to define the name of the file in which all the characteristics
relating to the table of the current machine are saved. It is possible to define the folder
name also by selecting the command .

Auxiliary file: Allows you to attach the geometry of the table that will be displayed in the
Dispose mode, thus allowing to insert additional geometries to be placed on the table. It is
possible to define the folder name also by selecting the command . If a file has already
been selected, select the command to cancel its path and to be able to insert a new
one.

68
 4 File Menu

Drilling file: Allows defining the name of the file containing the positions of the holes on
the table. It is possible to define the folder name also by selecting the command . Once
the command has been activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
opening a file, in which to define the position and name of the EST file (*.est) containing
the drawing of the holes. If a file has already been selected, select the command to
cancel its path and to be able to insert a new one.

Number of tables: Allows to define the number of tables present. There can be at most
three.

Table position: This area allows you to define the position and origin for each table.

The parameters available are:

Position X: This parameter allows you to define the X coordinate of the edge at
the bottom left of the top surface of the machining table with respect to the
machine 0.

Position Y: This parameter allows you to define the Y coordinate of the edge at
the bottom left of the top surface of the machining table with respect to the
machine 0.

Position Z: This parameter allows you to define the Z coordinate of the edge at
the bottom left of the top surface of the machining table with respect to the
machine 0.

Origin: This parameter allows you to define the coordinates of the table origin,
which must correspond to those defined on the machine. It is therefore possible to
define the number assigned to the table origin, and insert the related Cartesian
coordinates, with respect to the machine 0, separated by a comma.

Prohibited zones: Allows you to define zones on the table in which it is not
possible to position the part.

69
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.26: Origin definition

GEOMETRY

Selecting this tab (Figure 4.27) the program displays the page containing the geometric
parameters of the machining table.

Fig. 4.27: Geometry

70
 4 File Menu

This page contains four different areas, which are:

1. Dimensions: This area allows you to define the dimensions of the machining
table, and contains the following parameters:

Dimension X: This parameter allows you to define the dimension on the

X-axis of the machining table.

Dimension Y: This parameter allows you to define the dimension on the

Y-axis of the machining table.

Dimension Z: This parameter allows you to define the dimension on the

Z-axis of the machining table (it is the thickness of the table in the
Dispose mode if the Aux File Table drawing is not present).

2. Additional table: This option, if active, allows you to enable the additional
table, i.e. an additional table placed above the machining table, and contains the
following parameters:

Position X: This parameter allows you to define the X coordinate of the edge
at the bottom left of the supplementary table with respect to the corner at the
bottom left of the machining table.

Position Y: This parameter allows you to define the Y coordinate of the edge
at the bottom left of the supplementary table with respect to the corner at the
bottom left of the machining table.

Position Z1-2-3: This parameter allows you to define the Z coordinate

of the edge at the bottom left of the top surface of the supplementary
table with respect to the corner at the bottom left of the top surface of
the machining table. Indirectly this parameter defines, depending on the
Z coordinate set, the thickness of the additional table. A maximum of

71
EasySTONE manual

three Z can be defined for the additional tables (one for each defined
machining table).

Dimension X: This parameter allows you to define the dimension on the

X-axis of the supplementary table.

Dimension Y: This parameter allows you to define the dimension on the

Y-axis of the supplementary table.

Always enabled: This option, if active, allows you to have the

supplementary table always active, thus disabling the Enable additional
table command in the available mode.

Z position changeable (Variable) : This option, if active, allows you to

enable the command Change position Z of additional table in the
dispose mode.

Fig. 4.28: Parameters relating to the supplementary table

No/Without collisions: This option, if active, allows you to ignore the

collisions that occur with the supplementary table during the collision

72
 4 File Menu

check.

3. Rotary table: This option, if active, allows you to enable the rotary table, and
contains the following parameter:

Center of rotation: This parameter allows you to define the Cartesian

coordinates, separated by a comma, of the center of rotation of the
rotating table with respect to the machine.

4. Colors: This area allows you to define the colors of the machining tables, and
contains the following parameters:

Geometry: This parameter allows you to define the color to be used for
the geometry of the machining table.

Background/Fill: This parameter allows you to define the color to be

used for the background of the machining table.

Opacity: This parameter allows you to define the opacity percentage of

the background of the machining table.

Additional table: This parameter is active only if the Additional table

option has been activated, and allows you to define the color to be used
for the background of the additional table.

Opacity: This parameter is active only if the Additional table option has
been activated, and allows you to define the opacity percentage of the
background of the additional table.

VACUUMS AND REFERENCES

Vacuums and references

Selecting this tab (Figure 4.29) the program displays the page containing the parameters that
define the number of sub-pieces available.

73
EasySTONE manual

On this page there are seven different areas, one for each category of sub-pieces :

References A: This area contains at most two types of references, and it is

possible to specify the number of references available for each one.

Vises A: This area contains at most two types of vises, and it is possible to
specify the number of vises available for each one.

Vacuums A: This area contains at most four types of references, and it is possible
to specify the number of vacuums available for each one.

Vacuums B: This area contains at most four types of references, and it is possible
to specify the number of vacuums available for each one.

Vacuums C: This area contains at most four types of references, and it is possible
to specify the number of vacuums available for each one.

Vacuums D: This area contains at most four types of references, and it is possible
to specify the number of vacuums available for each one.

Vacuums + references: This area contains at most four types of vacuums +

references, and it is possible to specify the number of vacuums + references
available for each one.

74
 4 File Menu

Fig. 4.29: Vacuums & Ref

LATHES

Selecting this tab (Figure 4.30) the program displays the page containing the parameters
allowing you to change the general characteristics of the lathes present on the machine.

75
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.30: Lathe

This page contains two different areas, which are:

1st lathe: This option, if activated, allows you to enable the first lathe, and
contains the following parameters:

Type: This parameter allows you to define the type of lathe to be used for
machining among those available. The types of lathe change depending on
the machine.

76
 4 File Menu

Position X: This parameter allows you to define the X coordinate of the

lathe 0 with respect to the machine 0.

Position Y: This parameter allows you to define the Y coordinate of the

lathe 0 with respect to the machine 0.

Position Z: This parameter allows you to define the Z coordinate of the

lathe 0 with respect to the machine 0.

Origin: This parameter allows you to define the coordinates of the lathe
origin, which must correspond to those defined on the machine. It is
therefore possible to define the number assigned to the lathe origin, and
insert the related Cartesian coordinates, with respect to the lathe 0,
separated by a comma.

This parameter allows you to define the direction of the lathe and the
position of the motorized tip (represented by an arrow).

Rotation: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation

of the lathe during machining.

Part position: This parameter allows you to define the distance between
the lathe 0 and the closest point of the part's rotation axis.

2nd lathe: This option, if activated, allows the second lathe to be enabled, and
contains the following parameters:

Type: This parameter allows you to define the type of lathe to be used for
machining among those available. The types of lathe change depending on
the machine.

77
EasySTONE manual

Position X: This parameter allows you to define the X coordinate of the lathe
0 with respect to the machine 0.

Position Y: This parameter allows you to define the Y coordinate of the

lathe 0 with respect to the machine 0.

Position Z: This parameter allows you to define the Z coordinate of the

lathe 0 with respect to the machine 0.

Origin: This parameter allows you to define the coordinates of the lathe
origin, which must correspond to those defined on the machine. It is
therefore possible to define the number assigned to the lathe origin, and
insert the related Cartesian coordinates, with respect to the lathe 0,
separated by a comma.

This parameter allows you to define the direction of the lathe and the
position of the motorized tip (represented by an arrow).

Rotation: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation

of the lathe during machining.

Part position: This parameter allows you to define the distance between
the 0 lathe and the closest point of the part's rotation axis.

4.18.3.4 Transmission

This command allows you to change the transmission parameters of the part program and is
password protected.

78
 4 File Menu

Fig. 4.31: Transmission configuration

Once the command has been activated, the program displays the dialog window
Transmission configuration (Figure 4.31), which is composed of the following items.

Machine: This parameter allows you to define the machine to which all the other
parameters in the Transmission configuration dialog window refer.

ISO extension: This parameter allows you to specify the extension of the generated file in
which the part program is contained.

Generation: This parameter allows you to define the position on the computer where the
part program is saved. It is possible to define the folder position also by selecting the
command .

Media: This area allows you to define the type of transmission of the file containing the
part program. The possible types are:

79
EasySTONE manual

• Network: The file is transmitted via a wired or wireless network.

• Disk/Drive: The file is transmitted via a mass storage device.
• Program: The file is transmitted through a special program.

Disk/Drive: This parameter is active only if the type of transmission of the part program is
disk, and allows you to define the unit in which to save the file.

Destination: This parameter allows you to define the folder to which the file containing
the part program is transmitted. It is possible to define the folder position also by selecting
the command .

Format: This parameter allows you to define the name and the extension of the
transmitted file.
The name can be formatted in two ways: All uppercase by writing the parameter U instead
of the name, or all lowercase by writing the parameter L, otherwise it remains unchanged
writing nothing.

The extension is changed to any compatible one, writing it after the point, or it remains
unchanged writing nothing.

On some machines, the formatting of the transmitted file name is limited to a maximum of
eight characters, while the extension is limited to three. If the name exceeds eight
characters it is truncated leaving the first six and the last two.

Executable path: This parameter allows you to enter the path of an executable file that
deals with the transmission. It is possible to define the file path also by selecting the
command .

After the the executable file path, you can add one of the following parameters:

% file: Indicates the name of the file in the command line.

% destfile: Indicates the destination path of the file at the end of the transmission.

80
 4 File Menu

% origfile: It indicates the path of origin of the file at the end of the command line.

4.18.3.5 Settings

In this menu, you can specify the paths of the file allocation folders.

4.18.3.6 Update Machine

This command allows you to update the configuration of the currently active machine and
is password protected.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Update file type
(Figure 4.32), in which to select the type of machine upgrade. The possible options are:

• Update from directory.

• Update from compressed file (zpak).

Depending on the type of update selected, the program opens a different dialog window. In
particular, for updating from directory, the program displays the dialog window Search for
folder, in which to select the folder containing the configuration of the machine in the tree
list of all the folders on the computer, while for the update from a compressed file (zpak),

81
EasySTONE manual

it displays the Windows dialog box for opening a file, in which to define the location and
name of the Pack files (*.zpak).

Fig. 4.32: Update file type

Once the directory or the compressed file containing the machine update has been selected,
the program displays the dialog window Machine update (Figure 4.33), in which to select
the configuration files to be updated from all those contained in the update.

Fig. 4.33: Machine update

82
 4 File Menu

In the dialog window Machine update the configuration files are colored differently
depending on their status. The possible states are:
• Black: The updated file and the one already present in the machine configuration
are identical.
• Blue: The updated file was not present in the current machine configuration.
• Red: The updated file is less recent than the one present in the current machine
configuration.
• Green: The updated file is more recent than the one present in the current machine
configuration.

4.18.3.7 Export Machine

This command allows you to export the configuration of the currently active machine.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Export type
(Figure 4.34) where you can select the type of machine export. The possible options are:

• Export as directory.
• Export as a compressed file (zpak).

Fig. 4.34: Export type

Depending on the type of export selected, the program opens a different dialog window.
For export as a directory the program displays the dialog window Search for folder where
you can select the folder in which to save the machine configuration,while for export as a

83
EasySTONE manual

compressed file (zpak), it displays the Windows dialog box where you can specify the
location and name of the file type Pack files (*.zpak) to be saved.

4.18.4 Machining

This command allows you to define default values to be assigned to some machining
parameters.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Machining
configuration (Figure 4.35) which is composed of the following areas:

• Machining tree list.

• Machining color (Valid for the job selected in the tree).
• General parameters (Valid for the machining selected in the tree).
• Generic parameters (Valid for all machinings).

Fig. 4.35: Machining configuration

In addition, in this dialog window next to each parameter there is the icon that, once
selected, allows the program to display a dialog window explaining the meaning of the
parameter.

Machining tree list

84
 4 File Menu

This tree list contains all the types of machining available for the current machine, and
allows you to define which type all the parameters in the areas refer to Machining color
and General parameters.

Machining color

This area contains only one parameter that allows you to define the color of the machining
path that is displayed in Machining mode.

General parameters

This area contains the general parameters of a machining operation and varies according to
the type of machining currently selected in the machining tree list.

The meaning and functions of each of these parameters are explained in detail in chapter
11.

Here you can set parameters that will be taken into account when a machining is created in
Machining mode or directly when the file for the NC will be generated in Generate mode.

Generic parameters

This area contains the command to configure the generic parameters.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Generic
parameters configuration (Figure 4.36), which is composed of the following parameters
valid for all machinings:

85
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 4.36: Generic parameters configuration

Z safety above vises: This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z that the tool
must always maintain in the presence of vises.

Check raw dimensions: This option allows you to enable the verification of the size of the
raw part.

Raw thickness: This parameter allows you to define the thickness that the raw part has by
default.

86
 4 File Menu

Minimum Raw thickness: This parameter allows you to define the minimum thickness
that the raw part can have.

Raw default offset: This parameter allows you to define the default value of the raw part
offset used by the program to calculate the external cuts applied to the edge of the raw part.

Recalculation after raw modification: This option, if active, allows the program to
automatically recalculate the machinings each time the raw part is modified.

Washbasin center layer name: This parameter allows you to define the default name of
the layer whose center is used as the starting point of a pocketing. This parameter is used in
the construction of washbasins.

Mill vector length: This parameter allows you to define the length of the vectors,
displayed in Machining mode, which indicate the direction of the tool.

Correction vector length: This parameter allows you to define the length of the vectors,
displayed in Machining mode, which indicate the correction direction of the tool.

Geometric tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the tolerance used in the area
calculation.

Optimization tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the tolerance that the
program uses in the calculation of cut optimization.

Addition r. for lead-ins (mm or %): This parameter allows you to define a stretch of the
path to be added to the tool joints. It is interpreted by the program as distance in
millimetres if it has a value greater than one, otherwise as a percentage.

XY Origin type: This parameter allows you to define the position of the origin of the part
in the XY plane.

Generic XY Origin: This parameter is used only if the parameter XY Origin type is set to
Generic (table reference), and allows you to define the X and Y coordinates of the origin.

Z Origin Type: This parameter allows you to define the position of the origin of the part
on the Z-axis.

87
EasySTONE manual

Generic Z Origin: This parameter is used only if the parameter Z Origin Type is set to
Generic (table reference), and allows you to define the Z coordinate of the origin.

4.18.5 Keyboard

This command allows you to associate a key or a combination of keys to an EasySTONE

function/command.

Proceed as follows :
• Open the Accelerators dialog window ( Figura 4.37 )
• Select from the Drop down menus the function/command which you want to
quickly access using the keyboard
• Choose from the dropdown control the letter of the keyboard to be associated with
the function/command, activating the Ctrl or Shift options that force the user to
press all these keys simultaneously to activate the function/command in question.
• Activate the ASSIGN command.

Fig. 4.37: Configuring quick access with keyboard

88
 4 File Menu

To delete an association, simply select it from the list and activate the DELETE command.

4.18.6 Save position

This command allows you to save the size and position of the main program window.

When the program is restarted, the main window is re-opened in the same position and
with the same size in which it was saved.

4.18.7 Enable

This command allows you to enable the features purchased in the program.

Fig. 4.38: Entering key codes

4.19 Materials
This command allows you to assign a texture, which reproduces a material, to a solid.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Materials
Configuration, which is composed of the following areas:
• Buttons for material list.
• Tree list of available materials.
• Parameters that characterize the selected material.

Buttons for material list

New: This command allows you to create a new material

89
EasySTONE manual

Delete: This command allows you to delete the currently selected material.

Tree list of available materials

This tree list contains all available materials.

Parameters that characterize the selected material

All the parameters in this area refer to the material currently selected in the list of
materials.

Name: This parameter allows you to define the name of the material.

Image: This parameter allows you to define the path of the file in which the image is
contained.

Color: This parameter allows you to define a colored filter to be added to the material.

Reflection color: This parameter allows you to define the color of the reflection.

Transparency: This parameter allows you to define the degree of transparency of the
material with a value between 0 and 1.

Type: This parameter allows you to define the type of repetition of the material when it is
smaller than the surface.

Scale X: This parameter allows you to define the size on the X-axis of the image.

Scale Y: This parameter allows you to define the size on the Y-axis of the image.

4.20 SCL Script

This command allows you to create and execute SCL scripts.

Once the command is activated, the program displays a submenu containing the
commands:

• Run script.

90
 4 File Menu

• Edit script.

4.20.1 Run Script

This command allows you to execute an SCL script.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for opening
a file, in which it is possible to define the position and the name of the file containing the
SCL script.

4.20.2 Edit Script

This command allows you to create an SCL script.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog box SCL script, which is
composed of the following areas:
• List of commands.
• Editor.
• Buttons.
List of commands
This list contains all the commands that can be entered in an SCL script.
Editor
This area contains a text editor that allows you to view and modify the code of the SCL
script.
To add a command, simply select it with a double click of the left mouse button. Once
added, it is necessary to replace the parameters between brackets with the appropriate
values.
Buttons
This area contains the buttons that allow you to manage the SCL script.

Run all: This command allows you to execute all the commands in the script.
Execute command: This command allows you to execute all the commands in
the currently selected stretch in the script.
Reset: This command allows you to completely delete it SCL script written in the

91
EasySTONE manual

editor.
Open: This command allows you to open an SCL script already existing. Once
the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
opening a file, in which it is possible to define the position and the name of the
file containing the SCL script to be opened.
Save: This command allows you to save the SCL script currently created. Once
the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
saving a file with a name, in which it is possible to define the position and the
name of the file containing the SCL script to be saved.

4.21 Exit
This command closes the program.

In the event that an unsaved project is running, before closing the program displays a dialog
box asking the user whether or not to save the changes made to the current project, or to
cancel the operation.

92
 5 View Menu

5 View Menu

5.1 Zoom All

This command allows you to resize the view of the current project to get a complete view
of the project in the Graphic Area.

The command can be activated, in addition to in the View menu, also by pressing the
function key F2, by pressing the key T within the View menu or by selecting the
corresponding icon in the Toolbar.

5.2 Zoom Window

This command allows you to enlarge the display area defined by a rectangular window.
To define the window, press and hold the left button while dragging the mouse.

93
EasySTONE manual

The command can be activated, in addition to in the View menu, also by pressing the
function key F3, or by pressing the key F within the View menu.

5.3 Zoom Down

This command makes it possible to reduce the display of the current project.

Each execution of this command causes a new reduction compared to the current display.

The command can be activated in the View menu, but also by pressing the function key F4,
the key combination Shift + down, the key M within the View menu, rotating the mouse
wheel or by selecting the corresponding icon in the Toolbar.

5.4 Zoom Up
This command makes it possible to enlarge the display of the current project. Each
execution of this command causes a new enlargement compared to the current display.

The command can be activated in the View menu, but also by pressing the function key F5,
the key combination Shift + Up, the key P within the View menu, rotating the mouse wheel
or by selecting the corresponding icon in the Toolbar.

5.5 Dynamic Zoom

This command allows you to enlarge or reduce the display area.

Rotate the mouse wheel forward to zoom in and back to zoom out. The position of the
mouse defines the center of gravity of the display.

94
 5 View Menu

5.6 Zoom Selection

This command allows you to enlarge the area containing the selected entities.

5.7 Pan
This command allows you to translate the view of the project.

To activate the command, move the mouse while keeping its left button pressed.

The command can be activated in the View menu, and also through the keys Up arrow, Down
arrow, Right arrow or Left arrow, selecting the corresponding icon from the Toolbar, by
pressing the function key F6, by pressing the key N within the View menu, or by pressing
the mouse wheel while moving.

5.8 Mark Point

This command allows you to mark the extreme points of all entities.

With the first execution of this command the points are marked, with the second execution
the marking is cancelled.

The command can be activated also by pressing the function key F7, by pressing the key E
within the View menu or by selecting the corresponding icon in the Toolbar.

5.9 Visual
Selecting this command shows the window of Displaying Parts and Layers. The main tree
of the parts can in turn be divided into individual layers.

95
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 5.1: Displaying parts and layers

The user can choose which layers or which parts to display by clicking on them; enabling or
disabling a part affects all the layers subordinate to it. Within the dialogue, it is also possible
to view the activation of the raw part and the set machining.

Clicking with the right mouse button in the dialog displays a drop-down menu with the
following items:

• View all: Activates all the parts and layers present in the project;

• View current layer: Activates only the current layer

The active layer can be recognized by the "lit" bulb next to the name. If the layer is
deactivated, the light bulb will be grey.

To confirm the operation, select the button Ok, to cancel the changes select Cancel.

This command can also be executed by pressing the key V within the View menu.

5.10 Top View

This command allows you to view the project from above.

96
 5 View Menu

The command can also be activated by pressing the function key F8, or by selecting the
corresponding command from the Toolbar.

5.11 Front View

This command allows you to view the project from the front.

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

5.12 Back View

This command allows you to view the project from the back.

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

5.13 Left View

This command allows you to view the project from the left.

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

5.14 Right View

This command allows you to view the project from the right.

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

97
EasySTONE manual

5.15 Aligned View

Aligned view makes it possible to view the machining plane aligned to the Z coordinate of
the current construction plan

The command can also be activated by pressing the function key F9, or by selecting the
corresponding command from the Toolbar.

5.16 Isometric View

This command allows you to view the project with a 45° inclined angle with respect to the
X, Y and Z of the plane.

The command can also be activated by pressing the function key F10, or by selecting the
corresponding command from the Toolbar.

5.17 Move Camera

This command allows you to freely rotate the point of view of the project within the Graphic
Area.

To activate the command, move the mouse while keeping its left button pressed.

The command can be activated in the View menu and also through the key combinations
Ctrl + Right arrow, Ctrl + Left Arrow, Ctrl + Up Arrow and Ctrl + Down arrow, or by
simultaneously pressing the Shift key or the Ctrl key and the mouse wheel and moving the
latter. Using the Shift key the movement will take place with respect to the selected point,
while with the Ctrl key it will occur with respect to the central point of the current view.

5.18 Wireframe
This command allows you to view all the contour lines of the parts that make up the project,
including those hidden from the normal view.

98
 5 View Menu

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

5.19 Hidden Lines

This command allows you to view only the contour lines of the project that can be seen in
the current view (front, side, etc.).

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

5.20 Shading
This command allows you to view every part of the project with full colors that highlight its
surface and depth.

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

5.21 Photorealistic View

This command allows you to view the project with the photorealistic colors previously set.

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
Toolbar.

99
EasySTONE manual

100
 6 Analysis Menu

6 Analysis Menu

6.1 Distance
This command allows you to calculate the distance between two selected points.

The calculated distance is shown in the status bar on the left in the following form: distance,
breakdown of the distance in the three coordinates (dx, dy, dz), inclination angle with
respect to the x axis (C).

The command can also be activated by pressing the function key F11, or the key D within
the Analysis menu or by selecting the corresponding command from the toolbar.

6.2 Angle
This command allows you to calculate the width of the angle between two selected entities.

101
EasySTONE manual

The calculated angle is displayed in the graphics area and in the status bar on the left.
The parameter A1 is the angle referred to the selected entities while A2 indicates the
complementary angle.

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
toolbar.

Fig. 6.1: Angle

6.3 Tangency test

This command allows you to analyze the selected path.
It is possible to execute the Tangency test only if at least one geometric entity has been
selected.

The test results are displayed both graphically and in the status bar.

Graphically indicating:
• The tangency points (green square)
• The tangency losses (red cross)
• The points of discontinuity (blue square)
• The intersection points (purple arrow)
In the status bar on the left in the following form: Tangency ([]), Tangency losses (X),
Continuity losses (O) and Intersections (A).

102
 6 Analysis Menu

The command can also be activated by selecting the corresponding command from the
toolbar.

Fig. 6.2: Tangency test

6.4 Analysis
This command allows you to view some characteristic data of the selected entity.

Once an entity has been selected, the program displays a dialog window that shows the main
characteristics. These may vary depending on the type of entity you select.

The command can also be activated by pressing the function key F12, or the key A within
the Analysis menu or by selecting the corresponding command from the toolbar.

103
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 6.3: Analysis

6.5 Report
This command allows you to display a dialog window (figure 6.4) with the list of the
characteristics of the entities belonging to the project.

Fig. 6.4: Report

Selecting an entity in the Graphic area, the data relating to this entity is automatically
displayed; in the same way, by selecting an entity within the dialog window, this entity is
highlighted in the project.

The command can also be activated by pressing the key R within the Analysis menu or by
selecting the corresponding command from the toolbar.

104
 7 Database Menu

7 Database Menu

This drop-down menu contains the commands to access the tool database, the kit database,
the material database, the CAM and automatic DISP configuration, and finally the table for
setting some decisive parameters for calculating the machining cost.

Fig. 7.1: Database menu

105
EasySTONE manual

7.1 Tools
This command allows you to open the database where all the tools are defined.

Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Tool
management (Figure 7.2) composed of the following sections:

1. Tree list of the available tools divided by type.

2. Interaction buttons with tool parameters.
3. List of parameters that characterize the selected tool
4. Graphical representation of the tool and definition of the geometries.
5. Tool import/export buttons.

Fig. 7.2: Tool management

The functionality can also be activated by pressing the U key in the database menu.

7.1.1 Tool tree

This list contains all the defined tools, grouped into the following types:

• Drillers
• Routers
• Profile

106
 7 Database Menu

• Saw Blades
• Grooving
• Bevelling
• Polishing
• Probing
• WaterJet

7.1.2 Tool parameter buttons

This command allows you to create a new tool.

• To create a tool starting from an existing one:

◦ Select the existing tool.
◦ Activate the New command: The program creates a new tool, copying all
the features of the selected tool, whose name is the same as the starting one
sided by a number in round brackets.
◦ Change the different parameters.
◦ Click the Confirm button.
• To create a new tool:
◦ Select in the Tool Tree the type of tool you want to create.
◦ Activate the New command: The program creates a new tool belonging
to the selected category with some parameters already populated that can
be configured in the PPD file of the machine in the Tools\Default values
stretch.

This command allows you to delete a tool.

The procedure is the following:
• Select the tool to be deleted.
• Activate the Delete command.

107
EasySTONE manual

• Confirm tool removal.

This command allows you to confirm the changes made to the selected tool.

This command allows you to print all the parameters of one or more preselected tools.

The procedure to print the tool detail(s) is as follows:

• Activate the Print command.

• Select the tool whose master data is to be printed (for multiple selection press also
the Ctrl or Shift key).
• Confirm with Ok.
The software automatically opens the DDX Printer Server with the tool database to be
printed.

The tool master data sheet contains:

• Tool name.
• Detail of the tool general parameters.
• Detail of the tool specific parameters.
• Detail of the tool geometric parameters.

108
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.3: Tool detail sheet

The procedure to print the list of preselected tools is as follows:

• Activate the Print command.
• Select the tools to add in the list to be printed by clicking and holding the Ctrl or
Shift key.
• Select the Print tool list check box.
• Confirm with Ok.
The software automatically opens the DDX Printer Server with the tool list to be printed.
The tool list contains:
• Type and name of the tool
• Subtype
• Position
• Compensation
• Length
• Diameter

109
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.4: Tool list

This command lets you exit the Tool Management window confirming all changes made to
the database.

This command lets you exit the Tool Management window without confirming all changes
made to the database even if already confirmed with the Confirm command.

7.1.3 Tool parameters

Below is a summary diagram that highlights the parameters for each type of tool.

Drillers Routers Diamond Polishing Saw Diamond Polishing Diamond Polishing Polishing WaterJet Probing
profiled profiled blades grooving bevelling bevelling
Abrasive x
Water x x x x x x x x x x
Absorption x
Compensation x x x x x x x x x x x
Tool cost (m) x x x x x x x x x x
Diam. x
Focused
Orifice diam. x
Conical disk x
Drawing x x
Feed x x x x x x x x x x
Entry feed x x x x x x x x x x
Junction feed x
Head feed x x
Lead-out feed x x x x x x x x x
Tool shank x x x x x x x x x x x
Max depth x x

110
 7 Database Menu

Max material x x x
Max step Z x x
Mix x
Travelling x x x x x x x x x x
distance,
meters
Mounting x x x x x x x x x x x
Name x x x x x x x x x x x x
Number of x x
profiles
Abrasive flow x
rate
Position x x x x x x x x x x x
Tool keeper x x x x x x x x x x x
Preload x
Pressure x
Rotation x x x x x x x x x x
Max. Rotation x x x x x x x x x x
Direction x x x x x x x x x x
Section x x
Overmaterial x x x
Overmat. x x
long.
Overmat. rad. x x
Section x x
thickness
Mill type x
Probe type x
Wear x x x x
Wear L x x

The types of mounting available vary depending on the tool you are modifying and the
machine you are using. Below is a table with all possible types of mounting and a brief
description:

Group Name Description

Vertical heads
Vertical The tool is mounted vertically on the first normal head.
Vertical 2 The tool is mounted vertically on the second normal head.
Rotating horizontal
transmissions
Horizontal rot 1 The tool is mounted on the first lead-out of an angular side with multiple outlets
Horizontal rot 2 The tool is mounted on the second lead-out of an angular side with multiple lead-outs
Horizontal rot 3 The tool is mounted on the third lead-out of an angular side with multiple lead-outs
Horizontal rot 4 The tool is mounted on the fourth lead-out of an angular side with multiple lead-outs
Special transmissions
Fixed 5° angle The tool is mounted on an angular side with a lead-out inclined at 5°
Fixed 15° angle The tool is mounted on an angular side with a lead-out inclined at 15°
Fixed 30° angle The tool is mounted on an angular side with a lead-out inclined at 30°
Fixed 44° angle The tool is mounted on an angular side with a lead-out inclined at 44°
Fixed 45° angle The tool is mounted on an angular side with a lead-out inclined at 45°
5 axes
5-axis head The tool is mounted on a 5-axis head.
Tiltable 4-axis sideThe tool is mounted on a 4-axis side with rotary table (total 5 axes).
4-axis tilting head The tool is mounted on a 4-axis side with rotary table (total 5 axes).
Side on 5-axis The tool is mounted on an angular side with a single lead-out which in turn is equipped
head on a 5-axis head.
Side(1) on 5-axis The tool is mounted on the first lead-out of the angular side which in turn is
head equipped on a 5-axis head.
Side(2) on 5-axis The tool is mounted on the second lead-out of the angular side which in turn is equipped
head on a 5-axis head.

111
EasySTONE manual

Side(3) on 5-axis The tool is mounted on the third lead-out of the angular side which in turn is
head equipped on a 5-axis head.
Side(4) on 5-axis The tool is mounted on the fourth lead-out of the angular side which in turn is
head equipped on a 5-axis head.
Heads from below
Heads from below The tool is mounted on the first head that allows machining to be performed below the
part.
Heads from below The tool is mounted on the second head that allows machining to be
2 performed below the part.

7.1.3.1 Drillers

Fig. 7.5: Driller

Generals parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the
Setup button.
Speed max: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute)
that the tool can take.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

112
 7 Database Menu

Tool name and description

Name: Tool name; in the more advanced Numerical Controls, it also identifies the position
and the corrector in the machine.
Mac. Type: Drillers
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool keeper.
Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool shank.
Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Corrector
selection that lists the positions on the table in the machine containing the correction values
of the tools (radius, length?). Each tool can be associated with a single corrector that can be
selected by choosing the desired position (figure ).
If we set the corrector to 0, the correction is performed by EasySTONE and not by the
NC.

Correctors Table

(green = free correctors, red = occupied correctors, yellow = current corrector).

Water: Allows you to define the type of water supply during the machining phase. The
water supply methods are:
• Both: both internal and external water is enabled
• Internal: only internal water is enabled
• External: only external water is enabled
• Intermittent: water is activated at intervals defined by the logic of the machine;

113
EasySTONE manual

• No: water is not used

Max material: Expressed in mm, it indicates the maximum possible depth (at Zero there is
no limitation).

Cost and wear parameters

Tool cost(m): Tool cost per meter affecting cost estimation.

Meters: Passed to the Numerical Control in the generated ISO, it determines the wear and
any messages from the NC.

Parameters for speeds

Rise feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at the
lead-out when coming up from the part.
Entry feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes at the
beginning of the machining in the part.
Feed: Defines the advance speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes
during the machining in the part.
Final feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at
the Lead-out when coming down from the part.
Speed: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that the
tool takes during the whole machining phase.
Sense: Defines the direction of rotation of the spindle.

7.1.3.2 Routers

114
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.6: Router

General parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the
Setup button.
Speed max: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute)
that the tool can take.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

Tool name and description

Name: Tool name; in the more advanced Numerical Controls, it also identifies the position
and the corrector in the machine.
Mac. Type: Routers.
Router Type: Through a window scrolled with the Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys, it
allows to specify the type of mill.
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool keeper.

115
EasySTONE manual

Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool shank.

Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Corrector
selection that lists the positions on the table in the machine containing the correction values
of the tools (radius, length?). Each tool can be associated with a single corrector that can be
selected by choosing the desired position (figura ).
If we set the corrector to 0, the correction is performed by EasySTONE and not by the
NC.

Correctors Table

(green = free correctors, red = occupied correctors, yellow = current corrector).

Water: Allows you to define the type of water supply during the machining phase. The
water supply methods are:
• Both: Both internal and external water is enabled
• Internal: Only internal water is enabled
• External: Only external water is enabled
• Intermittent: Water is activated at intervals defined by the logic of the machine;
• No: Water is not used
Max depth: Expressed in mm, it indicates the maximum possible depth (at Zero there is
no limitation).
Max Z step: Expressed in mm, it indicates the maximum possible Z step (at Zero there is
no limitation).
Overmat. rad.: Indicates how much material should not be removed when the tool is
working sideways, i.e. the additional distance at
which the tool must work.

116
 7 Database Menu

Overmat. long: Indicates how much material should not be removed when the tool is
working vertically, i.e. the additional distance at which the tool must work.

Cost and wear parameters

Tool cost(m): Tool cost per meter affecting cost estimation.

Meters: Passed to the Numerical Control in the generated ISO, it determines the wear and
any messages from the NC.

Parameters for speeds

Head feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes when it
works at the head.
Entry feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes at the
beginning of the machining in the part.
Feed: Defines the advance speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes
during the machining in the part.
Final feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at
the Lead-out when coming down from the part.
Speed: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that the
tool takes during the whole machining phase.
Sense: Defines the direction of rotation of the spindle.

7.1.3.3 Profile

The profiled are divided into two types: Diamond and Polishing.

Both can mount up to 3 profiles on the same tool.

117
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.7: Diamond Profiled

Fig. 7.8: Polishing Profiled

The parameters shared by both types of profiled are:

General parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the
Setup button.
Speed max: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that
the tool can take.
Draw: Allows you to associate a geometry to the stretch of the tool.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

118
 7 Database Menu

Number profiles: Identifies the number of profiles (max 3) physically present on the tool.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

The parameters for each profile on the tool are described below.

Tool name and description

Name: Tool name; in the more advanced Numerical Controls, it also identifies the position
and the corrector in the machine.
Mac. Type: Profile.
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool keeper.
Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool shank.
Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Corrector
selection that lists the positions on the table in the machine containing the correction values
of the tools (radius, length?). Each tool can be associated with a single corrector that can be
selected by choosing the desired position (figure ).
If we set the corrector to 0, the correction is performed by EasySTONE and not by the
NC.

Correctors Table

(green = free correctors, red = occupied correctors, yellow = current corrector).

119
EasySTONE manual

Water: Allows you to define the type of water supply during the machining phase. The
water supply methods are:

• Both: Both internal and external water is enabled

• Internal: Only internal water is enabled
• External: Only external water is enabled
• Intermittent: Water is activated at intervals defined by the logic of the machine;
• No: Water is not used.

Section: Allows you, through a scrolling window with the Up Arrow and Down Arrow
keys, to associate a geometry to the
abrasive/polishing stretch of the selected tool profile.
Sect. thickness: Defines the height of the abrasive/polishing material.

Cost and wear parameters

Tool cost(m): Tool cost per meter affecting cost estimation.

Meters: Passed to the Numerical Control in the generated ISO, it determines the wear and
any messages from the NC.

Parameters for speeds

Entry feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes at the
beginning of the machining in the part.
Feed: Defines the advance speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes during
the machining in the part.
Final feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at
the Lead-out when coming down from the part.
Speed: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that the
tool takes during the whole machining phase.
Sense: Defines the direction of rotation of the spindle.

Profili : Via the buttons, it is possible to view and/or modify the

various tool profiles.

120
 7 Database Menu

The parameters concerning only the Diamond profiled are:

Overmat. rad. : indicates how much material must not be removed when the tool is
working sideways, i.e. the additional
distance to which the tool must work.
Overmat. long: indicates how much material must not be removed when the tool is working
vertically, i.e. the additional distance to which the tool must work.

The parameters concerning only the Polishing profiled are:

Wear: Wear coefficient or flag (distance or time) that, passed to the Numerical Control in
the generated ISO, determines the
radial compensation of the tool by the NC.
Wear L: Wear coefficient or flag (distance or time) that, passed to the Numerical Control
in the generated ISO, determines the
longitudinal compensation of the tool by the NC.

7.1.3.4 Saw Blades

Fig. 7.9: Disc

General parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the

121
EasySTONE manual

Setup button.
Speed Max: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute)
that the tool can take.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

Conical disk: Specifies that the blade is conical and not flat.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

Tool name and description

Name: Tool name; in the more advanced Numerical Controls, it also identifies the position
and the corrector in the machine.
Mac. Type: Saw Blades
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool keeper.
Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool shank.
Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Corrector
selection that lists the positions on the table in the machine containing the correction values
of the tools (radius, length?). Each tool can be associated with a single corrector that can be
selected by choosing the desired position (figure ).
If we set the corrector to 0, the correction is performed by EasySTONE and not by the
NC.

122
 7 Database Menu

Correctors Table

(green = free correctors, red = occupied correctors, yellow = current corrector).

Water: Allows you to define the type of water supply during the machining phase. The
water supply methods are:
• Both: Both internal and external water is enabled;
• Internal: Only internal water is enabled;
• External: Only external water is enabled;
• Intermittent: Water is activated at intervals defined by the logic of the machine;
• No: Water is not used.
Max depth: Expressed in mm, it indicates the maximum possible depth (at Zero there is
no limitation).
Max Z step: Expressed in mm, it indicates the maximum possible Z step (at Zero there is
no limitation).
Overmaterial : Indicates how much material should not be removed, i.e. the additional
distance to which the tool must work.
Absorption(Max Amps): Allows you to define the maximum effort that can be endured
by the spindle during machining (enabled by machine.ppd).

Cost and wear parameters

Tool cost(m): Tool cost per meter affecting cost estimation.

Meters: Passed to the Numerical Control in the generated ISO, it determines the wear and
any messages from the NC.

Parameters for speeds

Head feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes when it
works at the head (vertical lead-in into the part).
Entry feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes at the
beginning of the machining in the part.
Feed: Defines the advance speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes
during the machining in the part.

123
EasySTONE manual

Final feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at
the Lead-out when coming down from the part.
Speed: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that the
tool takes during the whole machining phase.
Sense: Defines the direction of rotation of the spindle.

Details button: Allows you to specify in detail the parameters concerning the blade
stretch.

7.1.3.5 Groovings

The grooving disks are divided into two types: Diamond and Polishing.

Fig. 7.10: Diamond

Fig. 7.11: Polishing

124
 7 Database Menu

The parameters shared by both types are:

General parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the
Setup button.
Speed Max: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that
the tool can take.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

Tool name and description

Name: Tool name; in the more advanced Numerical Controls, it also identifies the position
and the corrector in the machine.
Mac. Type: Grooving.
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool keeper.
Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool shank.
Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Corrector
selection that lists the positions on the table in the machine containing the correction values
of the tools (radius, length?). Each tool can be associated with a single corrector that can be
selected by choosing the desired position (figure ).
If we set the corrector to 0, the correction is performed by EasySTONE and not by the
NC.

125
EasySTONE manual

Correctors Table

(green = free correctors, red = occupied correctors, yellow = current corrector).

Water: Allows you to define the type of water supply during the machining phase. The
water supply methods are:
• Both: Both internal and external water is enabled
• Internal: Only internal water is enabled
• External: Only external water is enabled
• Intermittent: Water is activated at intervals defined by the logic of the machine;
• No: Water is not used.

Cost and wear parameters

Tool cost(m): Tool cost per meter affecting cost estimation.

Meters: Passed to the Numerical Control in the generated ISO, it determines the wear and
any messages from the NC.

Parameters for speeds

Entry feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes at the
beginning of the machining in the part.
Feed: Defines the advance speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes during
the machining in the part.
Final feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at
the Lead-out when coming down from the part.
Speed: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that the
tool takes during the whole machining phase.
Sense: Defines the direction of rotation of the spindle.

126
 7 Database Menu

The parameters concerning only the Diamond discs are:

Max material: Expressed in mm, it indicates the maximum possible depth (at Zero there is
no limitation).
Overmaterial: Indicates how much material should not be removed, i.e. the additional
distance at which the tool must work.

The parameters concerning only the Polishing discs are:

Wear: Wear coefficient or flag (distance or time) that, passed to the Numerical Control in
the generated ISO, determines the
radial compensation of the tool by the NC.

7.1.3.6 Bevelling

The tools for machining a bevel are divided into two types: Diamond and Polishing.

Fig. 7.12: Diamond

127
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.13: Polishing

The parameters shared by both types of profiled are:

General parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the
Setup button.
Speed Max: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that
the tool can take.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

Tool name and description

Name: Tool name; in the more advanced Numerical Controls, it also identifies the position
and the corrector in the machine.
Mac. Type: Bevel.
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool keeper.
Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool shank.

128
 7 Database Menu

Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Corrector
selection that lists the positions on the table in the machine containing the correction values
of the tools (radius, length?). Each tool can be associated with a single corrector that can be
selected by choosing the desired position (figure ).
If we set the corrector to 0, the correction is performed by EasySTONE and not by the
NC.

Correctors Table

(green = free correctors, red = occupied correctors, yellow = current corrector).

Water: Allows you to define the type of water supply during the machining phase. The
water supply methods are:

• Both: Both internal and external water is enabled

• Internal: Only internal water is enabled
• External: Only external water is enabled
• Intermittent: Water is activated at intervals defined by the logic of the machine;
• No: Water is not used.

Cost and wear parameters

Tool cost(m): Tool cost per meter affecting cost estimation.

Meters: Passed to the Numerical Control in the generated ISO, it determines the wear and
any messages from the NC.

129
EasySTONE manual

Parameters for speeds

Entry feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes at the
beginning of the machining in the part.
Feed: Defines the advance speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes during
the machining in the part.
Final feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at
the Lead-out when coming down from the part.
Speed: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that the
tool takes during the whole machining phase.
Sense: Defines the direction of rotation of the spindle.

The parameters concerning only the Diamond coated are:

Max material: Expressed in mm, it indicates the maximum possible depth (at Zero there is
no limitation).
Overmaterial: Indicates how much material should not be removed, i.e. the additional
distance at which the tool must work.

The parameters concerning only the Polishing are:

Wear: Wear coefficient or flag (distance or time) that passed to the Numerical Control in
the generated ISO determines the
compensation of the tool by the NC.

7.1.3.7 Polishing

130
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.14: Polishing tool

General parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the
Setup button.
Speed Max: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that
the tool can take.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

Tool name and description

Name: Tool name; in the more advanced Numerical Controls, it also identifies the position
and the corrector in the machine.
Mac. Type: Polishing
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool keeper.
Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the tool shank.

131
EasySTONE manual

Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Corrector
selection that lists the positions on the table in the machine containing the correction values
of the tools (radius, length?). Each tool can be associated with a single corrector that can be
selected by choosing the desired position (figure ).
If we set the corrector to 0, the correction is performed by EasySTONE and not by the
NC.

Correctors Table

(green = free correctors, red = occupied correctors, yellow = current corrector).

Water: Allows you to define the type of water supply during the machining phase. The
water supply methods are:

• Both: Both internal and external water is enabled

• Internal: Only internal water is enabled
• External: Only external water is enabled
• Intermittent: Water is activated at intervals defined by the logic of the machine;
• No: Water is not used.

Cost and wear parameters

Tool cost(m): Tool cost per meter affecting cost estimation.

Meters: Passed to the Numerical Control in the generated ISO, it determines the wear and
any messages from the NC.

132
 7 Database Menu

Parameters for wear compensation

Preload: Value in mm that allows in the spring polishing devices to define the level to
which the tool sinks further after calculating the level that brings the tool flush with
the part with zero compression spring.
Wear: Wear coefficient or flag (distance or time) that, passed to the Numerical Control in
the generated ISO, determines the
radial compensation of the tool by the NC.
L Wear: Wear coefficient or flag (distance or time) that, passed to the Numerical Control
in the generated ISO, determines the
longitudinal compensation of the tool by the NC.

Parameters for speeds

Entry feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes at the
beginning of the machining in the part.
Feed: Defines the advance speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool takes during
the machining in the part.
Final feed: Defines the speed (expressed in mm/min or in/min) that the tool assumes at
the Lead-out when coming down from the part.
Speed: Defines the maximum rotation speed (expressed in revolutions per minute) that the
tool takes during the whole machining phase.
Sense: Defines the direction of rotation of the spindle.

7.1.3.8 Probing

133
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.15: Probe

General parameters

Position: Identifies the position in the tool database. In the Dispose mode, it will still be
possible to specify the actual position of the tool in the corresponding database using the
Setup button.
Mounting: Defines the head on which the tool is mounted.

Selected value: Displays a brief description of the field/parameter on which you are
positioned.

Tool name and description

First name: Probe identification.

Mac. Type: Probing.
Probe type: Defines the type of probe (e.g. pneumatic, laser, radio).
Tool holder: Allows you to associate a geometry to the corrector keeper when it is
managed like a tool.
Tool shank: Allows you to associate a geometry to the corrector shank when it is managed
like a tool.

134
 7 Database Menu

Corrector: Defines the position of the tool corrector in the related table in the machine
when the probe is managed like a tool.

7.1.4 Tool geometry parameters

This section provides a graphical representation of the geometric parameters of the tool.

Important: For the blade, the distance between the inside of the disc and the center of
rotation of the spindle (highlighted by the red rectangle in figure ) must be considered
positive if the inside of the blade is to the right of the center of rotation of the spindle, or
negative if to the left, when from the left view of the machine the blade is perpendicular to
the machining table. Again for the blade, there is also the Details button: once the command
is activated, EasySTONE displays a dialog window with an enlargement of the blade profile.

Fig. 7.16: Blade

7.1.5 Buttons export/import tools

This command allows you to import one or more tools from an external file. Once the
command is activated, the program requests the position, name and extension of the file
from which to import a set of tools. Once the file is selected, the program displays the
dialog window Tool import, containing a list of tools from which to select those to be
imported. It is possible to import several tools by pressing the Ctrl or Shift key during the
selection, or the entire list with the command All.

135
EasySTONE manual

This command allows you to export one or more tools to an external file. Once the
command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Tool Export (Figure 7.18),
which contains a list of all the tools present in the tool database, from which to select those
to be exported. It is possible to export multiple tools by selecting them and pressing the
Ctrl or Shift key, or to activate the command All to export all the tools in the database.
Once the selection of the tools has been confirmed, the program displays the Windows
dialog box for exporting them to a file (Figura 7.18).

136
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.17: Tool export

Fig. 7.18: Saving the exported tools

137
EasySTONE manual

7.2 Kits
This command allows you to open the database where all the machining kits are defined.

A kit is the set of tools and related parameters of a machining phase.

Depending on the type of machining, one or more tools can be associated to a kit.

Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Machining
libraries management (Figure 7.19) composed of the following sections:

1. Tree list of kits divided by machining type.

2. Buttons for interacting with the kit parameters.
3. Tools and kit properties.
4. Tree list of tools (divided by type) compatible with the kit being created or selected.
5. Interaction buttons with the kit database.

Fig. 7.19: Machining libraries management

This functionality can also be activated by pressing the K key in the Database menu.

7.2.1 Machining-kit tree

This tree list contains all the kits grouped by the following machining types:

• drilling.

138
 7 Database Menu

• milling.
• cut.
• pocketing.
• profiling.
• engraving (with router).
• grooving (with grinder).
• bevelling.
• surface rough.
• surface finish.
• surface 5-axis.
• lathe rough.
• Lathe finish.
• Lathe 5-axis finish.

In addition there are:

• commands: Allows you to configure commands that can be inserted in the

Machining List in the section Machining.
• multiple kits: Allows you to create a kit consisting of individual kits created
earlier; when applied in the Machining List, the Multiple Kit will be broken down
into its individual kits.

Note: When selecting a kit and pressing the right mouse button, EasySTONE displays a
menu with the commands that allow you to rename and remove the selected kit.

7.2.2 Kit parameters buttons

This command allows you to create a kit.

Two different procedures can be followed to create a new kit:

139
EasySTONE manual

• To create a kit identical to an existing one:

◦ Select the kit from the machining tree list.
◦ Activate the command New: specify the name and press Enter,
EasySTONE creates a new kit by copying all the tools and properties of
the original kit (then make the necessary changes to the new kit).

• To create a new kit:

◦ Select the type of the machining kit from the machining tree list 1).
◦ Activate the command New: specify the name and press Enter,
EasySTONE creates a new kit to which a tool must then be associated
(using the bidirectional arrows) and for which the machining properties
must be set.

This command allows you to delete a kit.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the kit from the machining tree list.

• Activate the Delete command.
• Confirm or not the deletion of the kit.

This command allows you to rename a kit.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the kit from the machining tree list

• Activate the Rename command.
• Enter the new name of the kit and press Enter.

140
 7 Database Menu

7.2.3 Kit properties

This area allows you to view and modify all the properties of a kit.

The sections concerning the parameters vary depending on the machining kit, the properties
common to all kits are:

• Kit name.
• General and Advanced properties of the kit.
• Geometry.
• Safeties.
• Materials.
• Tools of the kit.

Additional sections are displayed to complete some Kits, for example, Relief cut for cutting
kits.

The tools in the kit can be deactivated by deselecting the flag next to the tool name. In this
case when applying the Kit in Machining mode, a red X appears on the tool icon in the
machining List.

The meaning of the parameters in the kits is detailed by kit type in the following
paragraphs.

To change the properties of a kit:

• Select the kit.

• Change the relevant parameters.
• Confirm the saving of the changes made to the kit by pressing the button OK.

141
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.20: General and advanced properties of the kits

Selecting with the right mouse button the tool name, displays the Properties command.
Once this is activated, EasySTONE displays a dialog window showing the main features of
the tool.

7.2.3.1 Drilling Kit

PROPERTIES

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of the tool with respect to
the drawn geometry.
The depth is measured keeping the center of the blade as reference, and the direction
into the part is considered positive.

Rise: This parameter indicates how much overmaterial is present with respect to the
drawn geometry of the hole, consequently the beginning of the feed machining will
be higher.

Step Z (holes): Allows you to define the depth of each single run if the drilling must
be performed in several runs. If this parameter is set to 0, machining is performed in a
single run.

142
 7 Database Menu

Z initial slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-section, measured from
the beginning of the hole, in which the tool advances using the lead-in feed as speed and
at the end of which it assumes a speed equal to the machining feed. If this parameter is
set to 0 the machining feed is applied at the drilling start.

Z final slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-stretch, measured from
the end of the hole, in which the tool goes from the advance with the machining feed
to the one with the lead-out feed. This avoids damaging the part when the tool finishes
drilling. If this parameter is set to 0 the processing feed is applied until the hole ends.

Z under: This parameter is used in the through holes and allows defining the Z-section,
measured starting from the bottom of the hole, which can be lowered further before
the tool moves upwards. If this parameter is set to 0 the hole depth is respected. This
parameter is not available in the case of machining performed with a drilling tool from
below.

Fig. 7.21: Drilling Machining

Holes order: Allows you to define the sequence or path of the holes.

143
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.22: Sorting Holes in Kit database and in Machine Mode

Blowing: This parameter allows you to define where to perform the blowing, i.e. the
moment in which the air must be activated to expel the waste material inside the tool
(core). The possible types of blowing are:
• none: No air is emitted.
• on bottom: Air is emitted before raising the tool.
• on top: Air is emitted when the tool has performed the rising movement over
the part.
• flush with part: Air is emitted when the tool is flush with the part.
• out of part: Air is emitted when the tool is outside the perimeter of the part.
Mod. Length: Allows you to define a positive or negative distance in Z with respect
to the end of the hole geometry that determines the end point of the machining.

ADVANCED
Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

SAFETIES

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.

144
 7 Database Menu

Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOLS LIST
Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

145
EasySTONE manual

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Rise feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes at the lead-out from the part in junction (Z+), expressed in mm/min
or in/min.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.

146
 7 Database Menu

• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.

147
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

148
 7 Database Menu

7.2.3.2 Milling Kit

PROPERTIES

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool in Z with
respect to the geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the tool tip as
a reference, and the direction in the part is considered positive.

Rise (Elevation): This parameter allows you to define a distance in Z+ from the
selected path. This will result in a higher machining lead-in compared to the geometry
and therefore a greater quantity of material to be removed.

Step Z: This group of parameters allows you to perform a multi-run processing. The
group of parameters Step Z is divided into:

Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With
the parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.
Move z closed: This parameter allows you to define the type of movement to be
used in closed paths with machining in several runs. The types of movement
available are:
• step: The tool advances at constant Z for each run and at the end of each
of these, it goes directly to the Z of the subsequent run. The runs are all
performed in the same direction

149
EasySTONE manual

Step movement
• spiral: The tool performs a continuous and homogeneous descent along
the entire path completing a run going down of Step Z

Spiral movement
• one way: The tool moves at constant Z at each run, and at the end of each
of these, it goes up to the safety Z before going down to the Z of the
subsequent run. The runs are all performed in the same direction

One Way Movement

Move z open: This parameter allows you to define the type of movement to be
used in open paths with machining in several runs. The types of movement
available are:

150
 7 Database Menu

• step: The tool moves at constant Z at each run and at the end of each
of these goes directly to the Z of the subsequent run without changing
position. Runs are performed in alternate senses

Step Movement
• spiral: The tool performs a continuous and homogeneous descent along
the entire path completing a run going down of Step Z

Spiral movement

• one way: The tool moves at constant Z at each run, and at the end of each
of these, it goes up to the safety Z before going down to the Z of the
subsequent run. The runs are all performed in the same direction

151
EasySTONE manual

One-Way Movement

N. repeat last step: Allows you to specify a number of additional runs for the last
step.
Inverse step: If enabled, reverses the machining path.

Radial Step: This group of parameters allows you to specify a radial step of
approach of the tool to the machining geometry. The group is composed by:
• N. Step: Specifies the number of the radial runs.
• Step: Specifies the radial step measurement.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

C rotation: This option enables the rotation of the C axis.

Note: When working, the fork of the head always remains in a position perpendicular
to the machining path, so as to allow the machine head to advance, straining as little as
possible and with less oscillations.

152
 7 Database Menu

Fillet internal corner: This option, if active, makes it possible to obtain, every time an
internal corner must be machined, a fillet proportional to the radius of the tool used. If
there is a point where the distance between two entities of the same path is lower than
the diameter of the tool, EasySTONE rounds the path between the two skipping the part
of the path included between them.

Inclination: This group of parameters allows the tool to work in an inclined position
and not a vertical one. The parameter Inclination is divided into:
• Angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle of inclination of the tool
axis with respect to the position perpendicular to the machining plane.

• Z bending: This parameter allows you to define the point in Z that must be
used as the center of rotation of the router.

The value entered has as its reference the point of maximum depth of the
machining (value 0).

153
EasySTONE manual

The figure shows the case of the Z bending equal to 0, it can be seen that in
doing so the lower end of the tool is made to contact the lower face of the part.

Fig. 7.25: Z bending=0

With Z bending set to "Th/2" (half thickness) we obtain the situation shown in
the figure.

Fig. 7.26: Z bending=half thickness

154
 7 Database Menu

Finally, with Z bending set to "Th" (thickness) we obtain the situation shown
in the figure.

Fig. 7.27: Z bending= thickness

Prehole: This group of parameters allows you to define how the machining lead-in
hole is managed (but also the lead-out by activating the option Prehole on the lead-
out)

The types of prehole change depending on whether a core drill is present in the kit.

1a - In the kits that include only the mill, the types of pre-holes are:

• already done: The prehole has already been performed.

• tip on router: The mill starts working without having first made a pre-hole.

• Spiral: The prehole is made with the mill that performs a spiral path whose
parameters are:

▪ Diam. spiral

▪ Step spiral

155
EasySTONE manual

2a - In the kits that include a core drill in addition to a mill, the types of preholes are:

• already done: The prehole has already been performed.

• Driller: The prehole is made with the core drill contained in the machining kit
(Ref. 11.2.1).

• tip on router: The mill starts working without having first made a pre-hole.

• Spiral: The prehole is made with the mill that performs a spiral path whose
parameters are:

▪ Spiral diam.

▪ Spiral step

Note: By setting it to automatic EasySTONE in Machining mode will apply the kit
with core drill if a core drill is present in the kit, alternatively the kit tip on router.

ADVANCED

Machining side: This parameter allows you to define the side of the drawn geometry
on which the machining is performed. The possible options are:

• automatic: EasySTONE automatically defines the working side of the path. If

the machining is applied to a single path, the working side is external,
whereas if there are two paths, one internal and one external to the other, the
tool works externally along the external path and internally along the internal
one.
• left: The tool works the left side of the path.
• right: The tool works the right side of the path.
• center: The tool follows the machining path with its own center.
• internal: The tool works the side of the internal path with respect to the center
of the raw part.

156
 7 Database Menu

• external: The tool works the side of the external path with respect to the
center of the raw part.

Lead-in: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the part by adding a path to
the machining geometry in order to improve the machining start. It is composed of four
parameters that establish its type.

The types of lead-in are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-in along a short path due to the insertion of
the corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is
set to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool follows the lead-in along a quick path to insert the
compensation, and then along a rectilinear path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.
• tangent: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the geometry; all parameters
are active.

The Lead-in group is divided into:

• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.
• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.
• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

157
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.23: Grapich LeadIn parameter

Lead-out: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-out from the part by adding a path
to the machining geometry in order to improve the end of the machining. It is composed
of four parameters that establish its type.

The types of lead-out are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-out along a short path for the insertion of the
corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is set
to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector, and then along a straight path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.
• tangent: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the profile; all parameters are
active.
The Lead-out group is divided into:
• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.
• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.

158
 7 Database Menu

• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

Note: The parameter are enabled or disabled depending on the type of LeadIn/
LeadOut.

Overlap: This control is valid only for closed paths and allows you to define the length
of the path that will be machined both in lead-in and lead-out.
In Machine mode in the advanced machining properties, you can insert or remove this
control after activating a Start Change which provides for a machining lead-in in a
non-angular point.

Optimize: This control allows you to apply already Optimized the Kit in Machine
mode (EasySTONE identifies the best machining path thus avoiding going over the
same stretch several times).

Note 1: In Machine mode EasySTONE will apply the kit disabling some controls in the
advanced machining properties area.
.
Note 2: In Machine mode when the option optimized is active, the command

is replaced by the command .

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

GEOMETRY

159
EasySTONE manual

Closed paths chaining: this parameter allows defining the chaining type to use in
closed paths, that is, the running direction.

The chaining types are as follows:

• automatic: the software calculates the best machining solution automatically.

• counterclockwise sense: the machining is performed counterclockwise
direction.
• clockwise sense: the machining is performed clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise internal, clockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a counterclockwise direction, while for external ones a
clockwise one.
• clockwise internal, counterclockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a clockwise direction, while for external ones a counter-
clockwise one.

Open paths chaining: This parameter allows you to define the type of chaining to be
used in open paths.

The types of chaining are:

• automatic: The software calculates automatically the best solution to be used

for the machining.
• center of the raw part on the left: Machining is carried out by ensuring that the
geometric center of the raw part remains to the left of the path.

160
 7 Database Menu

• center of the raw part on the right: Machining is carried out by ensuring that
the geometric center of the raw part remains to the right of the path.

• counter-clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the path
with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a non-
real stretch).

161
EasySTONE manual

• clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a counter-clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the
path with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a
non-real stretch).

• closer to the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the free end closest to the geometric center of the raw part.

162
 7 Database Menu

• farther from the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.
• farther from the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.
• long side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the longest
side of the machining path.

163
EasySTONE manual

• short side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the
shorter side of the machining path.

• corner entering: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, entering every corner that appears later.
• corner exiting: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, exiting every corner that appears later.
• order in the database: The machining is performed starting from the segment
of the path that was drawn first.
• order in the database, inverted: The machining is performed starting from the
segment of the path that was drawn last.
• The subsequent types are organized in such a way that the first part specifies
the condition of the dimension in X or Y of the initial point of the machining,
while the second part specifies the condition to identify the order of the path
to follow.
◦ sort by minimum local X, Y increasing.

164
 7 Database Menu

◦ sort by minimum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X increasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum local X, Y increasing.

165
EasySTONE manual

◦ sort by maximum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by maximum local Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X decreasing.

Start closed paths: This parameter allows you to define the start machining position
for the closed paths. The types of start are:

• selection: The software starts machining the profile starting from the end
closest to the selection point of the selected segment.

166
 7 Database Menu

• midpoint long side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
longer side of the machining path.

• midpoint short side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
shorter side of the machining path.

167
EasySTONE manual

• midpoint upper side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of

the upper side of the machining path.
• midpoint lower side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of
the lower side of the machining path.
• midpoint left side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
leftmost side of the machining path.
• midpoint right side: Machining is performed starting from the middle point of
the rightmost side of the machining path.
• corner long side: Machining starts in the edge of the longer side of the
machining path.

• corner short side: Machining starts in the edge of the shorter side of the
machining path.

168
 7 Database Menu

• the subsequent types indicate the height in X or Y of the starting point of the
machining.
◦ X minimum local corner.

◦ X maximum local corner.

169
EasySTONE manual

◦ Y minimum local corner.

◦ Y maximum local corner.

170
 7 Database Menu

◦ Z minimum local corner.

◦ Z maximum local corner.
◦ X minimum global corner.
◦ X maximum global corner.
◦ Y minimum global corner.
◦ Y maximum global corner.
◦ Z minimum global corner.
◦ Z maximum global corner.

• closer to the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the end closest
to the geometric center of the raw part.

171
EasySTONE manual

• further from the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the furthest
end from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.

• farther from the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.

• look for convex edge: Machining is performed starting from a convex corner
if present.

Paths order: This parameter allows you to define, if there are multiple paths, the
order in which they are processed. The types of path sorting are:
• order in the database.
• order in the database, inverted
• selection.
• internal to external.
• external to internal.
• first internal, then external.
• first external, then internal.
• horizontal, vertical Y increasing.
• horizontal, vertical Y decreasing.
• vertical, horizontal X increasing.

172
 7 Database Menu

• vertical, horizontal X decreasing.

• minimum X, decreasing Y.
• minimum X, increasing Y.
• minimum X, optimize.
• maximum X, decreasing Y.
• maximum X, increasing Y.
• maximum X, optimize.
• minimum Y, decreasing X.
• minimum Y, increasing X.
• minimum Y, optimize.
• maximum Y, decreasing X.
• maximum Y, increasing X.
• maximum Y, optimize.
• minimum Z, optimize.
• maximum Z, optimize.

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETIES

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.

173
EasySTONE manual

Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

RELIEF CUTS

Relief cut: A machining stretch (with tool Router or Blade) near the corners performed
in the opposite direction to that of the actual machining in order to prevent the tool from
ruining the outgoing part.

In Machine mode:

The user can choose the corners to which to apply a relief cut through the dialogue
present in the advanced properties of the kit.

Relief cut

Once the command is activated, you are asked to highlight the insertion entity on
which the Relief cut will be applied.

174
 7 Database Menu

Once the Relief cut is inserted, you can change its length by selecting the entity in the
Graphic area and specifying the new value.

To delete a Relief cut, first select it in the Graphic area and then click on the respective
Delete control.

In the Kit database:

You can specify the conditions that will allow you to create a Relief cut automatically
when the Kit is applied in Machining mode, as well as its related properties; the
relevant section includes the following parameters:
• Insertion:
◦ Always: A relief cut will be created automatically on all the machining
paths.
◦ Never: A relief cut will never be created automatically, but the
operator will insert it manually.
◦ Only on external: A relief cut will be created only on the
External paths.
• Length: Length of the relief cut.
• Position: Determines the position of the relief cut on the machining path.
• Position perc: Specifies if the Position is a percentage (Yes) or a mm value
(No) of the machining path.
• External lead-in: Determines if the vent for internal paths must start outside
the part.
• External output: Determines whether the relief cut for internal paths must end
outside the part.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.

175
EasySTONE manual

Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOLS LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Runs distance (%): This parameter allows you to define the distance of the milling
runs expressed as a percentage of the one declared in the properties-pocketing.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.

176
 7 Database Menu

• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Oscillation: This group of parameters forces the tool to perform oscillating
movements along the Z axis during machining in order to obtain an optimal wear of
the tool. The Oscillation section is divided into:
• Step/Frequency oscillation: This parameter varies depending on the machine
and can be defined (.PPD file) as:
◦ Oscillation step: Allows you to define the length of a complete
oscillation along the direction of the movement.
◦ Oscillation frequency: Allows you to define how many oscillations
the tool makes over a given length.
• Oscillation amplitude: Allows you to define the variation of the Z of the tool
during the oscillation.

Fig. 7.24: Oscillation

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:

177
EasySTONE manual

• Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of

material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially
in relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• Type: This parameter allows you to specify how the internal angles are
rounded when a radial overmaterial is present. There are two possibilities:
◦ filleted type

◦ extended type

178
 7 Database Menu

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.

179
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.3 Cutting Kit

The Cutting kit can contain tools such as Blade, Core Drill or Router, WaterJet and it is
composed of the following parameter sections:

PROPERTIES

Depth (Sinking) : This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of the tool with
respect to the drawn geometry.
The depth is measured keeping the center of the blade as reference, and the direction
into the part is considered positive.

Rise (Elevation) : This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z from the top
surface of the part to the geometry to be processed, i.e. the quantity of material above
the latter. This will result in a higher processing lead-in compared to the geometry and
therefore a greater quantity of material to be removed.

180
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.28: Sinking and elevation

Step Z: This group of parameters allows you to perform a multi-run processing. The
group of parameters Step Z is divided into:
• Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run.
With the parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.
• Step Z back: This parameter, valid for step, spiral or Zig Zag movements,
allows you to define the depth value of each run when the blade returns. If this
parameter is set to 0, the depth value of the runs when the blade returns is equal
to Step Z.
• Step Z arcs: this parameter allows you to define the depth of each arc
machining run. If this parameter is set to 0, arc machining is performed in a
single run.
• Step Z back arcs: This parameter, valid for step or spiral movement, allows
you to define the depth of the blade run in the arc machining return phase. If
this parameter is set to 0, the depth value of the runs when the blade returns is
equal to Step Z arcs.
• Step Z last cut: This parameter allows you to define the depth value of the last
run.
• Movement: This parameter allows you to define the type of tool movement in
multi-run paths. The types of movement available are:

◦ step: The tool moves at constant Z and reverses

the machining direction with each run (valid
when machining with open or optimized paths).

181
EasySTONE manual

◦ one way: The tool moves at constant Z and at the

end of each run it ascends to the safety Z, returns
to the lead-in point, goes down to the Z of the
next run and resumes the machining always in
the same direction (valid when machining with
open or optimized paths).

◦ spiral: The tool performs a continuous and homogeneous descent

during the whole machining path and concludes with a final run at
depth Z.

Note: If the property Angle of the blade is set to a value other than zero,
therefore the tool is not vertical but inclined, the Movement parameter will be
forced to step.

• Last step inverse: This valid control for One way movement determines that
the last run will be performed in the opposite direction.

Arc management: This group of parameters allows you to define the machining
characteristics of the arcs. The group of parameters Arc management is divided into:

• Split arcs: This parameter allows you to define which arcs work are to be
machined by following a path composed of many segments that approximate
the arc path. The possible options are:

◦ use non-interpolated radius: The arcs are split if they have a radius
smaller than the Non-interpolated radius.
◦ no: no arc is split.
◦ on internal arcs: only the internal arcs are split.
◦ on external arcs: only the external arcs are split.
◦ external and internal: both internal and external arcs are split.

• Approximation: This parameter allows you to define the

maximum approximation with which to split an arc into many
segments.

182
 7 Database Menu

• Incline on arcs: This parameter allows you to define on which arcs the
software can incline the blade during machining to obtain more precise
machining. The possible options are:

◦ no: The tool is never inclined during machining.

◦ on internal arcs: The tool is inclined during the machining of the
internal arcs.
◦ on external arcs: The tool is inclined during the machining of the
external arcs.
◦ exterior and interior: The tool is inclined during the machining of all
arcs.

• Incline path: This parameter allows you to obtain an inclined machining path
when a Step Z is set that is different from Zero with Movement equal to a Step
and a condition of Incline over arc active.

Inclined path

183
EasySTONE manual

• Process arcs first:This parameter is used only if the machining path is

composed of both arcs and straight lines and allows you to process some or all
arcs first. The possible options are:

◦ no: The machining path is not affected by this parameter.

◦ yes: All arcs are machined first and then the rest of the machining path
is processed.
◦ only internal arcs: The internal arcs are machined first and then the
rest of the machining path is processed.
◦ only external arcs: The external arcs are machined first and then the
rest of the machining path is processed.
Inclination:

• Z Bending: This parameter allows you to define the point in Z that must be
used as the center of rotation of the blade when a property is set to an Angle
different from Zero.
The figure shows the case of the Z bending equal to 0, it can be seen that in
doing so the lower end of the tool is made to contact the lower face of the
part.

Z bending=0

With Z bending set to "Th/2" (half thickness) we obtain the situation shown in
the figure .

184
 7 Database Menu

Z bending=half thickness

Finally, with Z bending set to "Th" (thickness) we obtain the situation shown
in the figure .

Z bending=thickness

• Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to define the working condition
of the shroud.
The possible options are:

▪ Do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.

▪ Rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.

185
EasySTONE manual

▪ Shroud not present: The shroud is not mounted on the

machine.
Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Internal cut safety: This parameter allows you to specify the measure of the initial
and final stretch that the blade must not perform when it is carrying out an internal
cut.

ADVANCED

Machining side: This parameter allows you to define the side of the drawn geometry
on which the machining is performed. The possible options are:

• automatic: EasySTONE automatically defines the working side of the path. If

the machining is applied to a single path, the working side is external,
whereas if there are two paths, one internal and one external to the other, the
tool works externally along the external path and internally along the internal
one.
• left: The tool works the left side of the path.
• right: The tool works the right side of the path.
• center: The tool follows the machining path with its own center.
• internal: The tool works the side of the internal path with respect to the center
of the raw part.
• external: The tool works the side of the external path with respect to the
center of the raw part.

Transmission side: This parameter allows you to define the position of the motor
with respect to the machining path. The possible options are:
• automatic: EasySTONE positions the motor so that the advance of the blade
follows its direction of rotation (usually clockwise).
• left: EasySTONE positions the motor to the left of the machining path.

186
 7 Database Menu

• right: EasySTONE positions the motor to the right of the machining path.
• towards internal: EasySTONE positions the motor oriented towards the
center of the part.
• towards external: EasySTONE positions the motor oriented towards the
outside of the part.
• towards X+: EasySTONE positions the motor oriented towards X+.
• towards X-: EasySTONE positions the motor oriented towards X-.
• towards Y+: EasySTONE positions the motor oriented towards Y+.
• towards Y-: EasySTONE positions the motor oriented towards Y-.

Machining type: Taking into consideration if Start type, Center type and End type are
set to automatic, makes it possible to define the position of the disk in relation to the
path. The possible options are:

• internal: The disk spacing never goes outside the machining path. Type of
machining used to avoid damaging the internal corners.

• external: the disk spacing starts and ends outside the machining path.

187
EasySTONE manual

• convex: the disk replaces the convex paths (arcs towards the center of the
piece) with a straight path.

• centered: the disc follows the machining path with its center.

188
 7 Database Menu

• minimized external: the disc starts and ends the processing outside the piece
avoiding to work the stretches that match the raw edge.

Type start: It allows you to define the position of the disk space at the beginning of the
machining path. The possible starting positions are:
• automatic: EasySTONE applies the condition specified in Machining type.

189
EasySTONE manual

• internal: The overall spacing of the blade remains within the machining path.
Type of start used to avoid damaging the internal corners.

• external: The blade starts working out of raw.

• centered: The blade starts working with its center positioned on the starting
point of the path.

190
 7 Database Menu

Type center: it allows you to define the position of the disk space during the
machining path. The types are:
• automatic: EasySTONE applies the condition specified in Machining type.
• internal: The overall spacing of the blade remains within the path. Type of
machining used to avoid damaging the internal corners.

191
EasySTONE manual

• external: The blade follows the machining path and can lead-out from the raw
part to cut the corners.

• centered: the blade follows the machining path with its center.

Type end: Allows you to define the position of the disk space at the end of the
machining path. The possible end positions are:
• automatic:EasySTONE applies the condition specified in Machining type.

192
 7 Database Menu

• internal: The overall spacing of the blade finishes the work without going
over the path. Type of machining used to avoid damaging the internal corners.

• external: The blade ends working outside the raw part.

• centered: The blade finishes working with its center positioned on the final
point of the path.

193
EasySTONE manual

Lead-in/Lead-out Stretches: On a sequence of cuts not chained in a closed path it is

possible to specify an additional machining stretch at the lead-in and/or lead-out near
the ends.

In Kit properties:
▪ Stretch Lead-in: Extended
stretch at lead-in.
▪ Stretch Lead-
out: Extended stretch at
lead-out.

In Machine mode:

Fig. 7.29: Cut elongation

194
 7 Database Menu

Optimize: This control allows you to apply already Optimized the Kit in Machine
mode (EasySTONE identifies the best machining path thus avoiding going over the
same stretch several times).

Note 1: In Machine mode EasySTONE will apply the kit disabling some controls in the
advanced machining properties area.
.
Note 2: In Machine mode when the option optimized is active, the command

is replaced by the command .

Cut order: This control allows you to specify the automatic order of the cuts that will
be applied when optimizing machining.
The possible options are:
◦ Horiz.,vert.,oblique(Y+,X+)
◦ Horiz.,vert.,oblique(Y-,X+)
◦ Horiz.,vert.,oblique(Y+,X-)
◦ Horiz.,vert.,oblique(Y-,X-)
◦ Vert.,Horiz.,oblique(Y+,X+)
◦ Vert.,Horiz.,oblique(Y-,X+)
◦ Vert.,Horiz.,oblique(Y+,X-)
◦ Vert.,Horiz.,oblique(Y-,X-)
Note: + increasing - decreasing, valid condition for the entire cutting
sequence.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

GEOMETRY

Closed paths chaining: this parameter allows defining the chaining type to use in
closed paths, that is, the running direction.

The chaining types are as follows:

195
EasySTONE manual

• automatic: the software calculates the best machining solution automatically.

• counterclockwise sense: the machining is performed counterclockwise
direction.
• clockwise sense: the machining is performed clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise internal, clockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a counterclockwise direction, while for external ones a
clockwise one.
• clockwise internal, counterclockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a clockwise direction, while for external ones a counter-
clockwise one.

Open paths chaining: This parameter allows you to define the type of chaining to be
used in open paths.

The types of chaining are:

• automatic: The software calculates automatically the best solution to be used

for the machining.
• center of the raw part on the left: Machining is carried out by ensuring that the
geometric center of the raw part remains to the left of the path.

• center of the raw part on the right: Machining is carried out by ensuring that
the geometric center of the raw part remains to the right of the path.

196
 7 Database Menu

• counter-clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the path
with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a non-
real stretch).

• clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a counter-clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the
path with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a
non-real stretch).

197
EasySTONE manual

• closer to the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the free end closest to the geometric center of the raw part.

• farther from the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the geometric center of the raw part.

198
 7 Database Menu

• closer to the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.
• farther from the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.
• long side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the longest
side of the machining path.

• short side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the
shorter side of the machining path.

199
EasySTONE manual

• corner entering: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, entering every corner that appears later.
• corner exiting: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, exiting every corner that appears later.
• order in the database: The machining is performed starting from the segment
of the path that was drawn first.
• order in the database, inverted: The machining is performed starting from the
segment of the path that was drawn last.
• The subsequent types are organized in such a way that the first part specifies
the condition of the dimension in X or Y of the initial point of the machining,
while the second part specifies the condition to identify the order of the path
to follow.
◦ sort by minimum local X, Y increasing.

200
 7 Database Menu

◦ sort by minimum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X increasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum local X, Y increasing.

201
EasySTONE manual

◦ sort by maximum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by maximum local Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X decreasing.

Start closed paths: This parameter allows you to define the start machining position
for the closed paths. The types of start are:

• selection: The software starts machining the profile starting from the end
closest to the selection point of the selected segment.

202
 7 Database Menu

• midpoint long side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
longer side of the machining path.

• midpoint short side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
shorter side of the machining path.

203
EasySTONE manual

• midpoint upper side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of

the upper side of the machining path.
• midpoint lower side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of
the lower side of the machining path.
• midpoint left side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
leftmost side of the machining path.
• midpoint right side: Machining is performed starting from the middle point of
the rightmost side of the machining path.
• corner long side: Machining starts in the edge of the longer side of the
machining path.

• corner short side: Machining starts in the edge of the shorter side of the
machining path.

204
 7 Database Menu

• the subsequent types indicate the height in X or Y of the starting point of the
machining.
◦ X minimum local corner.

◦ X maximum local corner.

205
EasySTONE manual

◦ Y minimum local corner.

◦ Y maximum local corner.

206
 7 Database Menu

◦ Z minimum local corner.

◦ Z maximum local corner.
◦ X minimum global corner.
◦ X maximum global corner.
◦ Y minimum global corner.
◦ Y maximum global corner.
◦ Z minimum global corner.
◦ Z maximum global corner.

• closer to the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the end closest
to the geometric center of the raw part.

207
EasySTONE manual

• further from the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the furthest
end from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.

• farther from the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.

• look for convex edge: Machining is performed starting from a convex corner
if present.

Paths order: This parameter allows you to define, if there are multiple paths, the
order in which they are processed. The types of path sorting are:
• order in the database.
• order in the database, inverted
• selection.
• internal to external.
• external to internal.
• first internal, then external.
• first external, then internal.
• horizontal, vertical Y increasing.
• horizontal, vertical Y decreasing.
• vertical, horizontal X increasing.

208
 7 Database Menu

• vertical, horizontal X decreasing.

• minimum X, decreasing Y.
• minimum X, increasing Y.
• minimum X, optimize.
• maximum X, decreasing Y.
• maximum X, increasing Y.
• maximum X, optimize.
• minimum Y, decreasing X.
• minimum Y, increasing X.
• minimum Y, optimize.
• maximum Y, decreasing X.
• maximum Y, increasing X.
• maximum Y, optimize.
• minimum Z, optimize.
• maximum Z, optimize.
The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.

209
EasySTONE manual

Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

RELIEF CUTS

Relief cut: A machining stretch (with tool Router or Blade) near the corners
performed in the opposite direction to that of the actual machining in order to prevent
the tool from ruining the outgoing part.

Machine Mode:
The user can choose the corners to which apply a relief cut through the dialogue
present in the advanced properties of the kit.

Relief cut

Once the command is activated, you are asked to highlight the insertion entity on
which the Relief cut will be applied.

Once the Relief cut is inserted, you can change its length by selecting it in the
Graphic area and specifying the new value.

To delete a relief cut, first select it in the Graphic area and then click on the
respective delete control.

Kit database:

210
 7 Database Menu

You can specify the conditions that will allow you to create a Relief cut
automatically when the Kit is applied in Machine mode, as well as its related
properties; the relevant stretch includes the following parameters:
• Insert:
◦ Always: A relief cut will be created automatically on all the
machining paths.
◦ Never: A relief cut will never be created automatically, but the
operator will insert it manually.
◦ Only on external: A relief cut will be created only on the
External paths.
• Length: Length of the relief cut.
• Position: Determines the position of the relief cut on the machining path.
• Position perc: Specifies if the Position is a percentage (Yes) or a mm value
(No) of the machining path.
• Entry type: Specifies the type of lead-in of the relief cut in the part. It can
have the following values:
◦ as path: The disk lead-in will follow the criteria corresponding to the
Machining Type.
◦ internal: The disk spacing remains within the machining path.
◦ external: The disc enters the raw part from the outside.
◦ centered: The disc center enters at the beginning of the machining
path.
• Exit type: Specifies the type of lead-out of the relief cut from the raw part. It
can have the following values:
◦ as path: The disk lead-out will follow the criteria corresponding to
the Machining Type.
◦ internal: The disk spacing remains within the machining path.
◦ external: The disc center ends working at the end of the raw part.
◦ centered: The disc center exits at the end of the machining path.

MATERIALS

211
EasySTONE manual

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle of inclination of the tool axis
with respect to the position perpendicular to the machining plane.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:

212
 7 Database Menu

• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Feed step cuts: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in
mm/min or in/min, of the disc when performing a multi-run and with STEP
movement.
• Feed inclined cuts: This parameter allows you to specify the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, of the disk when performing an inclined cut.
• Feed back: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, that the tool must assume in the return phase of the processes
that provide for an alternating inversion of the direction of execution. The
return feed is present in processes with several runs and usually has a slower
speed than the machining feed.
• Feed last cut: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in
mm/min or in/min, that the tool must assume in the last run of the machining.
• Feed (%) initial stretch: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining of
len. initial stretch.
• Feed (%) final stretch: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining of
Len. (%) Final stretch.
• Feed (%) short stretches: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining
of Len. short stretches.
• Len. (%) initial stretch: This parameter allows you to specify in percentage
an initial stretch of the machining path.
• Len. (%) final stretch: This parameter allows you to specify in percentage a
final stretch of the machining path.

213
EasySTONE manual

• Len. short stretches: This parameter allows you to specify a measure below
which the path entities will be labelled as short stretches.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Overmat. thickness: This parameter allows you to specify the quantity (expressed
in mm or in) of material that must be left in excess of the geometry to be machined.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.

214
 7 Database Menu

◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.4 Pocketing Kit

The Pocketing kit can contain tools such as Router, Profiled and Polishing and consists of
two sections:
(1) specifies the general properties of the machining, while (2) lists the individual phases
containing the applied kits and the specific machining parameters of the phase (figure 7.30
).

215
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.30: Pocketing Kit

Section (1) - Brown Zone

PROPERTIES

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z- with respect to
the closed path selected and delimiting the area to be pocketed.

Rise (Elevation): This parameter allows you to define a distance in Z+ from the
selected path. This will result in a higher machining lead-in compared to the geometry
and therefore a greater quantity of material to be removed.

Fig. 7.31: Depth and elevation

216
 7 Database Menu

Pocketing :
Z step: this parameter allows defining the sinking value of each run to apply if
the machining needs to be performed in more runs. If this parameter is set to 0,
machining is carried out in one single run.

Step Z (rip): This parameter is enabled when in the pocketing phase there are
multiple mills, thus enabling to set a different step of Z in the pocketing or
recovery operations following the first one.

Z Lead-in: This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z+ at which the
lead-in movement of the mill must start.

N. repeat last step: Allows you to specify a number of additional runs for the last
step.
Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the
pocketing process must follow. The types of pocketing are:
• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise
to the safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise
direction.
• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a
counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.
• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which
the machining runs are parallel to the side selected in
the control open sides.

Z Type Step: This parameter allows you to specify where the mill should
reposition itself when it descends to the next run. The possible options are:

217
EasySTONE manual

• One way: The mill descends in Z to the next run always in the same
point.
• Zig Zag: The mill descends in Z to the next run at the point where the
previous run ends.
Edge distance: This parameter allows you to define an internal distance to be
respected between the mill and the path delimiting the area to be pocketed.

Runs distance: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the milling
runs when the Pocketing Type it equal to:
• Zigzag
• One way
• Clockwise spiral
• Counterclockwise spiral
• Shave

The maximum distance between runs cannot exceed the diameter of the mill.

Angle: This parameter is taken into account when the machining follows a zigzag
or one way path and allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The
angle is measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Minimum radius (HSM): This parameter allows you to specify the minimum
radius of the circular paths executed by the tool, mill or polisher, when the
pocketing/polishing Type is Trochoidal.

Polishing:
Type: This parameter allows you to specify the type of path that the plane
polisher must adopt. The possible options are:
• None
• Counterclockwise spiral epicycles
• Clockwise spiral epicycles
• Zigzag epicycles
• Counterclockwise spiral pocketing
• Clockwise spiral pocketing

218
 7 Database Menu

• Zigzag pocketing
• Trochoidal (HSM)

Epicycle radius: this parameter allows defining the length of the epicycle radius.

Epicycle distance: this parameter allows defining the distance between the
centres of one epicycle and the next one.

Epicycle direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction of the
epicycles by the polishing tool.

Runs distance: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the polishing
runs when the Polishing type is equal to:

▪ Counterclockwise spiral
pocketing
▪ Clockwise spiral pocketing
▪ Zigzag pocketing
▪ Trochoidal

The maximum distance between runs cannot exceed the diameter of the polishing
tool.

Minimum radius (HSM): This parameter allows you to specify the minimum
radius of the circular paths executed by the tool, mill or polisher, when the
pocketing/polishing Type is Trochoidal.

Offset:
Left: Additional distance to be worked on the left side of the path delimiting the
area to be pocketed.
Right: Additional distance to be worked on the right side of the path delimiting
the area to be pocketed.

219
EasySTONE manual

Front: Additional distance to be worked on the front side of the path defining
the area to be pocketed.
Back : Additional distance to be worked on the back side of the path delimiting
the area to be pocketed.

ADVANCED

Pocketing
Pocket external: This parameter allows you to define the behaviour of the tool
during machining.
The types of pocketing are:

• Router center: The tool performs the machining keeping the center of the
mill on the machining path.
• Center and correction: The tool performs the machining keeping the
center of the mill on the machining path and at the end it executes a run
of the contour in tool radius correction.

Lead-in: This parameter allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the raw
part during the pocketing phase.

The types of lead-in are:

• vertical: the tool sinks into the raw part vertically.
• ramp: the tool sinks into the raw part along a ramp-type path.
• helix: the tool sinks into the raw part along a helical path.

220
 7 Database Menu

mm/turn / mm/diameter: This parameter is active only in pocketing operations

with Helix or Ramp lead-in and allows you to define the length of the lead-in
path.

If the lead-in is Helix, this parameter is expressed in mm/turn and indicates how
much the tool sinks into Z for each turn.
If, on the other hand, the lead-in is a Ramp, this parameter is expressed in mm/
diameter and indicates how much the tool sinks into Z each time it travels a
stretch equal to that of the tool diameter.

Helix diameter: this parameter is active only in pocketing machining with helical
lead-in; it allows defining the helical path diameter carried out during the tool
lead-in.

Contouring
Overlap: This parameter allows you to define the path stretch that will be
machined both at the beginning and at the end in the contour machining phases
with diamond and polishing profiled tool.

Lead-in Z: This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z+ at which the
lead-in movement of the profiled tool must begin.
Lead-out Z: This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z+ to which the
profiled tool must arrive before moving in rapid.

Fig. 7.32: Lead-in - Lead-out Z for contouring phases

Polishing
Angle: this parameter is active only when the machining follows a zigzag path; it
allows defining the inclination angle of the runs. The angle is measured
considering the horizontal direction as 0 value.

221
EasySTONE manual

Start run: this parameter allows specifying the number of surface contour
polishing runs that are carried out at machining start. In case the automatic value
is set in the magazine, the software does not carry out start runs.
Start compensation run: when activated, this option allows using the machining
tool radius compensation. When deactivated, the software tool radius
compensation is used instead.
End run: This parameter allows you to define the number of polishing runs of
the contour of the plane that are executed at the end of the machining. If the value
automatic is set in the database, the software only performs one final run.
End run correction: This option enables the tool radius correction from NC,
alternatively the tool radius correction is calculated by EasySTONE. When this
control is activated, the following functions are also enabled:

Overlap: This parameter allows you to define a path stretch that will be
machined both at the lead-in and at the lead-out of the polishing tool during
the End run correction.
Delta Z: this parameter allows you to define a Z+ level to execute the End
run correction not to damage the part.

Polishing Ramp Lead-in: This control allows you to force the type of lead-in of
the polishing tools of the plane to Ramp as an alternative to the default one, Helix.
Set all sides as open: This option specifies to EasySTONE that the tools of the
kit can work even off the path.
Sides open in pocketing only: This option specifies to EasySTONE that the
sides must be considered open only in the pocketing phase and not in that of
contouring and plane polishing.
Open sides offset: This value indicates the external distance between the sides and
the center of the tools.

222
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.33: Button and options Open sides in Machine Mode

GEOMETRY

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

223
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.

Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.

Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the
part.

Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not
perform the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.

Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.

Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.

With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.

Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.

224
 7 Database Menu

Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

Section (2) - Green Zone

Pocketing

This section contains the parameters relating to the diamond profile and the
first contouring process.
For a detailed description see the Tool Parameters stretch 7.1.3.2 and this
paragraph.

Repeat: this parameter is available only if more routers are available and if
the diameter of the latest router is lower than the previous ones'; it allows
using the latest router to finish the pocketing angle machining.

Contour

This section contains the parameters relating to the diamond profile and the
first contouring process.
For a detailed description see the Tool Parameters stretch 7.1.3.3 and this
paragraph.

Plane polishing

This section contains the parameters relating to the polishing tool and the
first polishing of the plane.
For a detailed description see the Tool Parameters stretch 7.1.3.7 and this
paragraph.

Contour polishing

This section contains the parameters relating to the polisher profile and the
second contouring process.
For a detailed description see the Tool Parameters stretch 7.1.3.3 and this
paragraph.

225
EasySTONE manual

Plane polishing (2)

This section contains the parameters relating to the polishing tool and the
second polishing of the plane.
For a detailed description see the Tool Parameters stretch 7.1.3.7 and this
paragraph.

7.2.3.5 Profiling Kit

The Profiling kit can contain one or more tools of the Profiled type (Diamond,Polishingor
or both) and is composed of the following parameters sections :

PROPERTIES

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the tool depth in Z with respect to the
drawn geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the lower part of
the tool working Stretch as a reference, and the direction into the part is considered
positive.

Example of profiling with depth equal to 20 mm

226
 7 Database Menu

Radial Step: This group of parameters allows you to specify a radial step of
approach of the tool to the machining geometry. The group is composed by:
• N. Step: Specifies the number of the radial runs.
• Step: Specifies the radial step measurement.
Fillet internal corner: This option, if active, makes it possible to obtain, every time an
internal corner must be machined, a fillet proportional to the radius of the tool used. If
there is a point where the distance between two entities of the same path is lower than
the diameter of the tool, EasySTONE rounds the path between the two skipping the part
of the path included between them.

ADVANCED

Machining side: This parameter allows you to define the side of the drawn geometry
on which the machining is performed. The possible options are:

227
EasySTONE manual

• automatic: EasySTONE automatically defines the working side of the path. If

the machining is applied to a single path, the working side is external,
whereas if there are two paths, one internal and one external to the other, the
tool works externally along the external path and internally along the internal
one.
• left: The tool works the left side of the path.
• right: The tool works the right side of the path.
• center: The tool follows the machining path with its own center.
• internal: The tool works the side of the internal path with respect to the center
of the raw part.
• external: The tool works the side of the external path with respect to the
center of the raw part.

Lead-in: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the part by adding a path to
the machining geometry in order to improve the machining start. It is composed of four
parameters that establish its type.

The types of lead-in are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-in along a short path due to the insertion of
the corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is
set to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool follows the lead-in along a quick path to insert the
compensation, and then along a rectilinear path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.
• tangent: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the geometry; all parameters
are active.

The Lead-in group is divided into:

• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.

228
 7 Database Menu

• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.
• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

Graphic of lead-in parameters

Lead-out: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-out from the part by adding a path
to the machining geometry in order to improve the end of the machining. It is composed
of four parameters that establish its type.

The types of lead-out are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-out along a short path for the insertion of the
corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is set
to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector, and then along a straight path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.
• tangent: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the profile; all parameters are
active.

229
EasySTONE manual

The Lead-out group is divided into:

• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.
• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.
• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

Note: The parameters are enabled or disabled depending on the type of lead-in/lead-
out.

Overlap: This control is valid only for closed paths and allows you to define the length
of the path that will be machined both in lead-in and lead-out.
In Machine mode in the advanced machining properties, you can insert or remove this
control after activating a Start Change which provides for a machining lead-in in a
non-angular point.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

GEOMETRY

Closed paths chaining: this parameter allows defining the chaining type to use in
closed paths, that is, the running direction.

The chaining types are as follows:

• automatic: the software calculates the best machining solution automatically.

230
 7 Database Menu

• counterclockwise sense: the machining is performed counterclockwise

direction.
• clockwise sense: the machining is performed clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise internal, clockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a counterclockwise direction, while for external ones a
clockwise one.
• clockwise internal, counterclockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a clockwise direction, while for external ones a counter-
clockwise one.

Open paths chaining: This parameter allows you to define the type of chaining to be
used in open paths.

The types of chaining are:

• automatic: The software calculates automatically the best solution to be used

for the machining.
• center of the raw part on the left: Machining is carried out by ensuring that the
geometric center of the raw part remains to the left of the path.

• center of the raw part on the right: Machining is carried out by ensuring that
the geometric center of the raw part remains to the right of the path.

231
EasySTONE manual

• counter-clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the path
with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a non-
real stretch).

• clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a counter-clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the
path with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a
non-real stretch).

232
 7 Database Menu

• closer to the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the free end closest to the geometric center of the raw part.

• farther from the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the geometric center of the raw part.

233
EasySTONE manual

• closer to the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.
• farther from the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.
• long side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the longest
side of the machining path.

• short side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the
shorter side of the machining path.

234
 7 Database Menu

• corner entering: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, entering every corner that appears later.
• corner exiting: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, exiting every corner that appears later.
• order in the database: The machining is performed starting from the segment
of the path that was drawn first.
• order in the database, inverted: The machining is performed starting from the
segment of the path that was drawn last.
• The subsequent types are organized in such a way that the first part specifies
the condition of the dimension in X or Y of the initial point of the machining,
while the second part specifies the condition to identify the order of the path
to follow.
◦ sort by minimum local X, Y increasing.

235
EasySTONE manual

◦ sort by minimum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X increasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum local X, Y increasing.

236
 7 Database Menu

◦ sort by maximum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by maximum local Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X decreasing.

Start closed paths: This parameter allows you to define the start machining position
for the closed paths. The types of start are:

• selection: The software starts machining the profile starting from the end
closest to the selection point of the selected segment.

237
EasySTONE manual

• midpoint long side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
longer side of the machining path.

• midpoint short side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
shorter side of the machining path.

238
 7 Database Menu

• midpoint upper side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of

the upper side of the machining path.
• midpoint lower side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of
the lower side of the machining path.
• midpoint left side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
leftmost side of the machining path.
• midpoint right side: Machining is performed starting from the middle point of
the rightmost side of the machining path.
• corner long side: Machining starts in the edge of the longer side of the
machining path.

• corner short side: Machining starts in the edge of the shorter side of the
machining path.

239
EasySTONE manual

• the subsequent types indicate the height in X or Y of the starting point of the
machining.
◦ X minimum local corner.

◦ X maximum local corner.

240
 7 Database Menu

◦ Y minimum local corner.

◦ Y maximum local corner.

241
EasySTONE manual

◦ Z minimum local corner.

◦ Z maximum local corner.
◦ X minimum global corner.
◦ X maximum global corner.
◦ Y minimum global corner.
◦ Y maximum global corner.
◦ Z minimum global corner.
◦ Z maximum global corner.

• closer to the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the end closest
to the geometric center of the raw part.

242
 7 Database Menu

• further from the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the furthest
end from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.

• farther from the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.

• look for convex edge: Machining is performed starting from a convex corner
if present.

Paths order: This parameter allows you to define, if there are multiple paths, the
order in which they are processed. The types of path sorting are:
• order in the database.
• order in the database, inverted
• selection.
• internal to external.
• external to internal.
• first internal, then external.
• first external, then internal.
• horizontal, vertical Y increasing.
• horizontal, vertical Y decreasing.
• vertical, horizontal X increasing.

243
EasySTONE manual

• vertical, horizontal X decreasing.

• minimum X, decreasing Y.
• minimum X, increasing Y.
• minimum X, optimize.
• maximum X, decreasing Y.
• maximum X, increasing Y.
• maximum X, optimize.
• minimum Y, decreasing X.
• minimum Y, increasing X.
• minimum Y, optimize.
• maximum Y, decreasing X.
• maximum Y, increasing X.
• maximum Y, optimize.
• minimum Z, optimize.
• maximum Z, optimize.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.

244
 7 Database Menu

Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.

With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST
Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

245
EasySTONE manual

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the direction of travel of the tool
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• ahead: The tool moves in the direction indicated by the arrow on the
machining path.
• ahead/back: The tool moves first in the direction indicated by the arrow on
the machining path and then in the opposite one.
• back: The tool moves in the opposite direction to that indicated by the arrow
on the machining path.
Oscillation: This group of parameters forces the tool to perform oscillating
movements along the Z axis during machining in order to obtain an optimal wear of
the tool. The Oscillation section is divided into:
• Step/Frequency oscillation: This parameter varies depending on the machine
and can be defined (.PPD file) as:
◦ Oscillation step: Allows you to define the length of a complete
oscillation along the direction of the movement.
◦ Oscillation frequency: Allows you to define how many oscillations
the tool makes over a given length.
• Oscillation amplitude: Allows you to define the variation of the Z of the tool
during the oscillation.

246
 7 Database Menu

Oscillation

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

247
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
If the profile is of the Diamond type in the properties of the tool there is an additional
section, Overmaterial:
• Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially
in relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• Type: This parameter allows you to specify how the internal angles are
rounded when a radial overmaterial is present. There are two possibilities:
◦ filleted type

248
 7 Database Menu

◦ extended type

If the profile is of the polishing type in the properties of the tool there is an additional
section, Wear:

• Radial wear: this parameter defines the tool coefficient of radial wear and
thereby allows the machine to compensate, with compensation, the radial
wear of the tool during machining.

• Longitudinal wear: this parameter defines the tool coefficient of longitudinal

wear and thereby allows the machine to compensate, with compensation, the
longitudinal wear of the tool during machining.

249
EasySTONE manual

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

Note: In the profiling kits, in the section Interaction buttons with the kit parameters there is the
additional button Sort, which allows you to specify the order in which the profiled will be
used during the machining of the Kit (figure
7.34 ).

Fig. 7.34: Profiled execution sorting

In the menu Tools Ordering, to change the position of a profiled tool, you must select the
tool with the left mouse button and, keeping the button pressed, drag the tool to the desired
execution position (drag'n'drop).

7.2.3.6 Engraving Kit

The Engraving kit can contain one or more tools of the Router type and it is composed of the
following parameter sections:

PROPERTIES

Engraving type: This parameter allows you to specify the type of engraving from the
following:
• Normal: The router works centered on the path, to its left, or to its right.
• V groove: Engraving with V-shaped mill that processes the inner side of the
path with linear cleaning of the edges.

250
 7 Database Menu

• Round groove: Engraving with Round mill that processes the inner side of the
path with arc cleaning of the edges.

Fig. 7.36: Types of Engraving

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool in Z with
respect to the geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the tool tip as
a reference, and the direction in the part is considered positive.
Depth limit: This parameter allows you to specify the maximum depth of the
engraving for the V groove or Round groove. If set to Automatic, the depth will be
equal to that of the pocketing (Depth).

Pocketing: This group of parameters is taken into consideration when the kit contains
at least two mills, the first of which allows the path area to be pocketed while allowing
the second, V-shaped or Round, to engrave the inner side of the path.

Z step: this parameter allows defining the sinking value of each run to apply if
the machining needs to be performed in more runs. If this parameter is set to 0,
machining is carried out in one single run.
Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the
pocketing process must follow. The types of pocketing are:
• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise
to the safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise
direction.
• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a
counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.

251
EasySTONE manual

• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which the

machining runs are parallel to the side selected in the
control open sides.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.
Run distance (repeat): Allows you to set the distance of the runs for the second
tool.

ADVANCED

Machining side: This parameter allows you to define the side of the drawn geometry
on which the machining is performed. The possible options are:

• automatic: EasySTONE automatically defines the working side of the path. If

the machining is applied to a single path, the working side is external,
whereas if there are two paths, one internal and one external to the other, the
tool works externally along the external path and internally along the internal
one.
• left: The tool works the left side of the path.
• right: The tool works the right side of the path.
• center: The tool follows the machining path with its own center.
• internal: The tool works the side of the internal path with respect to the center
of the raw part.
• external: The tool works the side of the external path with respect to the
center of the raw part.

Lead-in: Allows you to specify how the router must process the first stretch of the
path after arriving on the part.
The types of lead-in are:
• Vertical: The router descends vertically until the set Depth and then begins to
follow the engraving path.
• Oblique: The router descends obliquely for a stretch L until the set Depth and
then begins to follow the engraving path.

252
 7 Database Menu

Lead-out: Allows you to specify how the router must work on the last stretch of the
path before rising along the edge of the part. The types of lead-out are:
• Vertical: The router processes the entire path, then rises vertically.
• Oblique: The router processes the path respecting the Depth up to the final
stretch L, then rises obliquely along the edge of the part.

Fig. 7.35: Engraving Lead-in Lead-out with router in the Advanced Properties of the
kit in Machine mode

Overlap: This control is valid only for closed paths and allows you to define the
length of the router that will be processed both in lead-in and lead-out.

Fig. 7.37: Overlap in the Advanced Properties of the kit in Machine mode

Lead-in: This parameter allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the raw part
during the pocketing phase.

The types of lead-in are:

• vertical: the tool sinks into the raw part vertically.
• ramp: the tool sinks into the raw part along a ramp-type path.
• helix: the tool sinks into the raw part along a helical path.

253
EasySTONE manual

mm/turn / mm/diameter: This parameter is active only in pocketing operations with

Helix or Ramp lead-in and allows you to define the length of the lead-in path.

If the lead-in is Helix, this parameter is expressed in mm/turn and indicates how much
the tool sinks into Z for each turn.
If, on the other hand, the lead-in is a Ramp, this parameter is expressed in mm/diameter
and indicates how much the tool sinks into Z each time it travels a stretch equal to that
of the tool diameter.
Helix diameter: this parameter is active only in pocketing machining with helical lead-
in; it allows defining the helical path diameter carried out during the tool lead-in.
Connections: Allows you to specify if the router when works the edges must execute
the Rise in Z to the Safety distance or Stay low.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

GEOMETRY

Closed paths chaining: this parameter allows defining the chaining type to use in
closed paths, that is, the running direction.

The chaining types are as follows:

• automatic: the software calculates the best machining solution automatically.

• counterclockwise sense: the machining is performed counterclockwise
direction.
• clockwise sense: the machining is performed clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise internal, clockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a counterclockwise direction, while for external ones a
clockwise one.

254
 7 Database Menu

• clockwise internal, counterclockwise external: for internal paths, the

machining follows a clockwise direction, while for external ones a counter-
clockwise one.

Open paths chaining: This parameter allows you to define the type of chaining to be
used in open paths.

The types of chaining are:

• automatic: The software calculates automatically the best solution to be used

for the machining.
• center of the raw part on the left: Machining is carried out by ensuring that the
geometric center of the raw part remains to the left of the path.

• center of the raw part on the right: Machining is carried out by ensuring that
the geometric center of the raw part remains to the right of the path.

255
EasySTONE manual

• counter-clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the path
with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a non-
real stretch).

• clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a counter-clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the
path with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a
non-real stretch).

256
 7 Database Menu

• closer to the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the free end closest to the geometric center of the raw part.

• farther from the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the geometric center of the raw part.

257
EasySTONE manual

• closer to the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.
• farther from the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.
• long side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the longest
side of the machining path.

• short side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the
shorter side of the machining path.

258
 7 Database Menu

• corner entering: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, entering every corner that appears later.
• corner exiting: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, exiting every corner that appears later.
• order in the database: The machining is performed starting from the segment
of the path that was drawn first.
• order in the database, inverted: The machining is performed starting from the
segment of the path that was drawn last.
• The subsequent types are organized in such a way that the first part specifies
the condition of the dimension in X or Y of the initial point of the machining,
while the second part specifies the condition to identify the order of the path
to follow.
◦ sort by minimum local X, Y increasing.

259
EasySTONE manual

◦ sort by minimum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X increasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum local X, Y increasing.

260
 7 Database Menu

◦ sort by maximum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by maximum local Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X decreasing.

Start closed paths: This parameter allows you to define the start machining position
for the closed paths. The types of start are:

• selection: The software starts machining the profile starting from the end
closest to the selection point of the selected segment.

261
EasySTONE manual

• midpoint long side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
longer side of the machining path.

• midpoint short side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
shorter side of the machining path.

262
 7 Database Menu

• midpoint upper side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of

the upper side of the machining path.
• midpoint lower side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of
the lower side of the machining path.
• midpoint left side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
leftmost side of the machining path.
• midpoint right side: Machining is performed starting from the middle point of
the rightmost side of the machining path.
• corner long side: Machining starts in the edge of the longer side of the
machining path.

• corner short side: Machining starts in the edge of the shorter side of the
machining path.

263
EasySTONE manual

• the subsequent types indicate the height in X or Y of the starting point of the
machining.
◦ X minimum local corner.

◦ X maximum local corner.

264
 7 Database Menu

◦ Y minimum local corner.

◦ Y maximum local corner.

265
EasySTONE manual

◦ Z minimum local corner.

◦ Z maximum local corner.
◦ X minimum global corner.
◦ X maximum global corner.
◦ Y minimum global corner.
◦ Y maximum global corner.
◦ Z minimum global corner.
◦ Z maximum global corner.

• closer to the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the end closest
to the geometric center of the raw part.

266
 7 Database Menu

• further from the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the furthest
end from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.

• farther from the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.

• look for convex edge: Machining is performed starting from a convex corner
if present.

Paths order: This parameter allows you to define, if there are multiple paths, the
order in which they are processed. The types of path sorting are:
• order in the database.
• order in the database, inverted
• selection.
• internal to external.
• external to internal.
• first internal, then external.
• first external, then internal.
• horizontal, vertical Y increasing.
• horizontal, vertical Y decreasing.
• vertical, horizontal X increasing.

267
EasySTONE manual

• vertical, horizontal X decreasing.

• minimum X, decreasing Y.
• minimum X, increasing Y.
• minimum X, optimize.
• maximum X, decreasing Y.
• maximum X, increasing Y.
• maximum X, optimize.
• minimum Y, decreasing X.
• minimum Y, increasing X.
• minimum Y, optimize.
• maximum Y, decreasing X.
• maximum Y, increasing X.
• maximum Y, optimize.
• minimum Z, optimize.
• maximum Z, optimize.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.

268
 7 Database Menu

Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.

With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

269
EasySTONE manual

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially
in relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• Type: This parameter allows you to specify how the internal angles are
rounded when a radial overmaterial is present. There are two possibilities:
◦ filleted type

270
 7 Database Menu

◦ extended type

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

271
EasySTONE manual

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.

272
 7 Database Menu

◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.7 Grooving Kit

The Grooving Kit can contain one or more tools of the Grooving type (i.e. Diamond or
Polishing discs) and is composed of the following parameter sections:

PROPERTIES

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool in Z with
respect to the geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the tool tip as
a reference, and the direction in the part is considered positive.

Note: When the Type is Drop, the parameter Depth is not taken into consideration.

ADVANCED

Type: this parameter allows defining the wheel machining type. The machining types
are as follows:
• grooving/normal: the tool works in parallel with the machining geometry.
• drop: the tool works perpendicular to the machining geometry.

Transmission side: This control allows you to define the position of the motor with
respect to the machining path.

Lead-in tip: This parameter allows you to define the distance from the start of the
machining at which the tip of the grooving tool progressively reaches the Depth. In
Machine mode it is active only if Type is Grooving (not Drop) and automatically

273
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out tip: This parameter allows you to define the distance from the end of the
machining at which the tip of the grooving tool progressively reaches the Depth. In
Machine mode it is active only if Type is Grooving (not Drop) and automatically

Fig. 7.38: Lead-in tip and Lead-out tip

Drop position (%): this parameter is valid only if Type is Drop and allows to define,
in a percentage of the working path, the point of maximum depth of the drop left by the
footprint of the grooving.

Drop width: this parameter is valid only if Type is Drop and allows to define the
maxinum width of the drop. The Depth parameter is not taken into account.

Overlap: this parameter is active only for closed paths with tangent lead-in and lead-
out, and only in engraving mode; it allows defining the path segment which will be
machined both in lead-in and in lead-out, in order to prevent the part from being
damaged by the tool. In the kit magazine this parameter may take values only , while in
machining edit mode it can also be entered or removed.

GEOMETRY

Closed paths chaining: this parameter allows defining the chaining type to use in
closed paths, that is, the running direction.

The chaining types are as follows:

• automatic: the software calculates the best machining solution automatically.

• counterclockwise sense: the machining is performed counterclockwise
direction.

274
 7 Database Menu

• clockwise sense: the machining is performed clockwise direction.

• counterclockwise internal, clockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a counterclockwise direction, while for external ones a
clockwise one.
• clockwise internal, counterclockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a clockwise direction, while for external ones a counter-
clockwise one.

Open paths chaining: This parameter allows you to define the type of chaining to be
used in open paths.

The types of chaining are:

• automatic: The software calculates automatically the best solution to be used

for the machining.
• center of the raw part on the left: Machining is carried out by ensuring that the
geometric center of the raw part remains to the left of the path.

• center of the raw part on the right: Machining is carried out by ensuring that
the geometric center of the raw part remains to the right of the path.

275
EasySTONE manual

• counter-clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the path
with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a non-
real stretch).

• clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a counter-clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the
path with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a
non-real stretch).

276
 7 Database Menu

• closer to the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the free end closest to the geometric center of the raw part.

• farther from the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the geometric center of the raw part.

277
EasySTONE manual

• closer to the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.
• farther from the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.
• long side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the longest
side of the machining path.

• short side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the
shorter side of the machining path.

278
 7 Database Menu

• corner entering: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, entering every corner that appears later.
• corner exiting: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, exiting every corner that appears later.
• order in the database: The machining is performed starting from the segment
of the path that was drawn first.
• order in the database, inverted: The machining is performed starting from the
segment of the path that was drawn last.
• The subsequent types are organized in such a way that the first part specifies
the condition of the dimension in X or Y of the initial point of the machining,
while the second part specifies the condition to identify the order of the path
to follow.
◦ sort by minimum local X, Y increasing.

279
EasySTONE manual

◦ sort by minimum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X increasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum local X, Y increasing.

280
 7 Database Menu

◦ sort by maximum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by maximum local Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X decreasing.

Start closed paths: This parameter allows you to define the start machining position
for the closed paths. The types of start are:

• selection: The software starts machining the profile starting from the end
closest to the selection point of the selected segment.

281
EasySTONE manual

• midpoint long side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
longer side of the machining path.

• midpoint short side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
shorter side of the machining path.

282
 7 Database Menu

• midpoint upper side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of

the upper side of the machining path.
• midpoint lower side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of
the lower side of the machining path.
• midpoint left side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
leftmost side of the machining path.
• midpoint right side: Machining is performed starting from the middle point of
the rightmost side of the machining path.
• corner long side: Machining starts in the edge of the longer side of the
machining path.

• corner short side: Machining starts in the edge of the shorter side of the
machining path.

283
EasySTONE manual

• the subsequent types indicate the height in X or Y of the starting point of the
machining.
◦ X minimum local corner.

◦ X maximum local corner.

284
 7 Database Menu

◦ Y minimum local corner.

◦ Y maximum local corner.

285
EasySTONE manual

◦ Z minimum local corner.

◦ Z maximum local corner.
◦ X minimum global corner.
◦ X maximum global corner.
◦ Y minimum global corner.
◦ Y maximum global corner.
◦ Z minimum global corner.
◦ Z maximum global corner.

• closer to the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the end closest
to the geometric center of the raw part.

286
 7 Database Menu

• further from the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the furthest
end from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.

• farther from the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.

• look for convex edge: Machining is performed starting from a convex corner
if present.

Paths order: This parameter allows you to define, if there are multiple paths, the
order in which they are processed. The types of path sorting are:
• order in the database.
• order in the database, inverted
• selection.
• internal to external.
• external to internal.
• first internal, then external.
• first external, then internal.
• horizontal, vertical Y increasing.
• horizontal, vertical Y decreasing.
• vertical, horizontal X increasing.

287
EasySTONE manual

• vertical, horizontal X decreasing.

• minimum X, decreasing Y.
• minimum X, increasing Y.
• minimum X, optimize.
• maximum X, decreasing Y.
• maximum X, increasing Y.
• maximum X, optimize.
• minimum Y, decreasing X.
• minimum Y, increasing X.
• minimum Y, optimize.
• maximum Y, decreasing X.
• maximum Y, increasing X.
• maximum Y, optimize.
• minimum Z, optimize.
• maximum Z, optimize.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.

288
 7 Database Menu

Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.

289
EasySTONE manual

• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,

expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
If the grooving tool is Diamond
Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially in
relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
While if it is Polishing
Radial wear: this parameter allows defining the tool radial wear coefficient and
therefore the machine can compensate the tool wear with compensation at radial
level during machining.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

290
 7 Database Menu

◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,

the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.8 Beveling Kit

The Bevelling kit can contain bevelling type tools (Diamond, Polishing or both) or router
and is composed of the following sections of parameters:

291
EasySTONE manual

PROPERTIES

Width (L): indicates the width of the bevel (11.32).

Angle (A): indicates the angle of inclination of the bevel (11.32).

Shift C (SC): is the "tailing" value of the C axis ( in beveling, you usually do not work
with the C axis perpendicular but slightly inclined by 2 or 3 degrees):

Fascia: indicates the length of the bevel band by setting the positioning of the tool
center. If the value is equal to 0 the tool center works on the path otherwise it moves
perpendicular to the path of the value.

Vertical Bevel: bevelling tool works perpendicular to the path creating a flat edge.

Fig. 7.39: Vertical Bevel

292
 7 Database Menu

Inverted bevel (Bevel from below): if enabled, the bevel is performed from below

Fig. 7.40: Bevel from below

ADVANCED

Machining side: This parameter allows you to define the side of the drawn geometry
on which the machining is performed. The possible options are:

• automatic: EasySTONE automatically defines the working side of the path. If

the machining is applied to a single path, the working side is external,
whereas if there are two paths, one internal and one external to the other, the
tool works externally along the external path and internally along the internal
one.
• left: The tool works the left side of the path.
• right: The tool works the right side of the path.
• center: The tool follows the machining path with its own center.

293
EasySTONE manual

• internal: The tool works the side of the internal path with respect to the center
of the raw part.
• external: The tool works the side of the external path with respect to the
center of the raw part.
Lead-In: allows to define the type of tool entry into the piece by adding a path to the
machining geometry in order to improve the start of the job. The possible types of
attack here:
1. none: The tool enters a short path to insert the corrector.
2. linear: The tool enters first along a short path for inserting the corrector, and
then along a straight path.
3. tangent: The tool enters first along a short path for inserting the corrector and
then along a path tangent to the geometry.

Fig. 7.41: Type of Lead-In/Out

The parameters that define the attack are:

• T: distance of the attachment point at the beginning of the geometry in a
tangent direction.
• P: distance of the attachment point at the beginning of the geometry in a
perpendicular direction

294
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.42: Lead-In/Out parameters

Lead-Out allows you to define the type of tool exit from the piece by adding a final
path to the geometry. The types of Lead-Out and the related parameters are the same
as the Lead-In.

Overlap: this command is valid only for closed paths and allows to define the length
of the path that will be worked both at lead-in and lead-out.

Fig. 7.37: Overlap in machine mode

Internal Lead-in:

1- when is Flat Coast, specifies that the tool must attach the
workpiece vertically or horizontally.

295
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.43: Bevel Flat Coast with Lead-in and Lead-out

2- in Beveling (no Flat Coast) it determines a ramp connection in cases

where the entity to be machined is inside the rough profile ( figure
7.44).

Fig. 7.44: Internal lead-in with beveling, not Flat edge

Internal Lead-out: when it is Flat Edge, specifies that the tool must lead-
out vertically or horizontally from the part (figure 7.43).

Horizontal movement: Control considered/active when it is Flat Edge, specifies if

the tool must lead-out horizontally from the part.

Clean Edges: Control considered/

active when it is Flat Edge, specifies if the tool must run vertically on the edges.

296
 7 Database Menu

GEOMETRY

Closed paths chaining: this parameter allows defining the chaining type to use in
closed paths, that is, the running direction.

The chaining types are as follows:

• automatic: the software calculates the best machining solution automatically.

• counterclockwise sense: the machining is performed counterclockwise
direction.
• clockwise sense: the machining is performed clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise internal, clockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a counterclockwise direction, while for external ones a
clockwise one.
• clockwise internal, counterclockwise external: for internal paths, the
machining follows a clockwise direction, while for external ones a counter-
clockwise one.

Open paths chaining: This parameter allows you to define the type of chaining to be
used in open paths.

The types of chaining are:

• automatic: The software calculates automatically the best solution to be used

for the machining.
• center of the raw part on the left: Machining is carried out by ensuring that the
geometric center of the raw part remains to the left of the path.

297
EasySTONE manual

• center of the raw part on the right: Machining is carried out by ensuring that
the geometric center of the raw part remains to the right of the path.

• counter-clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the path
with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a non-
real stretch).

298
 7 Database Menu

• clockwise, closing with stretch: Forced execution of the machining is

performed in a counter-clockwise direction (as specified) assuming to close the
path with a further stretch (dashed inside the diagram to emphasize that it is a
non-real stretch).

• closer to the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the free end closest to the geometric center of the raw part.

299
EasySTONE manual

• farther from the center of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.
• farther from the outside of the raw part: The machining is performed starting
from the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.
• long side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the longest
side of the machining path.

300
 7 Database Menu

• short side: The machining is performed starting from the free end of the
shorter side of the machining path.

• corner entering: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, entering every corner that appears later.
• corner exiting: The machining is performed starting from the first corner of
the path, exiting every corner that appears later.
• order in the database: The machining is performed starting from the segment
of the path that was drawn first.
• order in the database, inverted: The machining is performed starting from the
segment of the path that was drawn last.
• The subsequent types are organized in such a way that the first part specifies
the condition of the dimension in X or Y of the initial point of the machining,
while the second part specifies the condition to identify the order of the path
to follow.
◦ sort by minimum local X, Y increasing.

301
EasySTONE manual

◦ sort by minimum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X increasing.

◦ sort by minimum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum local X, Y increasing.

302
 7 Database Menu

◦ sort by maximum local X, Y decreasing.

◦ sort by maximum local Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum local Y, X decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by minimum global Y, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global X, Y decreasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X increasing.
◦ sort by maximum global Y, X decreasing.

Start closed paths: This parameter allows you to define the start machining position
for the closed paths. The types of start are:

• selection: The software starts machining the profile starting from the end
closest to the selection point of the selected segment.

303
EasySTONE manual

• midpoint long side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
longer side of the machining path.

• midpoint short side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
shorter side of the machining path.

304
 7 Database Menu

• midpoint upper side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of

the upper side of the machining path.
• midpoint lower side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of
the lower side of the machining path.
• midpoint left side: Machining is performed starting from the midpoint of the
leftmost side of the machining path.
• midpoint right side: Machining is performed starting from the middle point of
the rightmost side of the machining path.
• corner long side: Machining starts in the edge of the longer side of the
machining path.

• corner short side: Machining starts in the edge of the shorter side of the
machining path.

305
EasySTONE manual

• the subsequent types indicate the height in X or Y of the starting point of the
machining.
◦ X minimum local corner.

◦ X maximum local corner.

306
 7 Database Menu

◦ Y minimum local corner.

◦ Y maximum local corner.

307
EasySTONE manual

◦ Z minimum local corner.

◦ Z maximum local corner.
◦ X minimum global corner.
◦ X maximum global corner.
◦ Y minimum global corner.
◦ Y maximum global corner.
◦ Z minimum global corner.
◦ Z maximum global corner.

• closer to the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the end closest
to the geometric center of the raw part.

308
 7 Database Menu

• further from the raw center: Machining is performed starting from the furthest
end from the geometric center of the raw part.

• closer to the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the nearest free end to the outside of the raw part.

• farther from the outside of the raw part: Machining is performed starting from
the free end farthest from the outside of the raw part.

• look for convex edge: Machining is performed starting from a convex corner
if present.

Paths order: This parameter allows you to define, if there are multiple paths, the
order in which they are processed. The types of path sorting are:
• order in the database.
• order in the database, inverted
• selection.
• internal to external.
• external to internal.
• first internal, then external.
• first external, then internal.
• horizontal, vertical Y increasing.
• horizontal, vertical Y decreasing.
• vertical, horizontal X increasing.

309
EasySTONE manual

• vertical, horizontal X decreasing.

• minimum X, decreasing Y.
• minimum X, increasing Y.
• minimum X, optimize.
• maximum X, decreasing Y.
• maximum X, increasing Y.
• maximum X, optimize.
• minimum Y, decreasing X.
• minimum Y, increasing X.
• minimum Y, optimize.
• maximum Y, decreasing X.
• maximum Y, increasing X.
• maximum Y, optimize.
• minimum Z, optimize.
• maximum Z, optimize.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

MATERIALS

310
 7 Database Menu

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.

311
EasySTONE manual

• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Oscillation: This group of parameters forces the tool to perform oscillating movements
along the Z axis during machining in order to obtain an optimal wear of the tool. The
Oscillation section is divided into:

• Step/Frequency oscillation: This parameter varies depending on the machine

and can be defined (.PPD file) as:
◦ Oscillation step: Allows you to define the length of a complete
oscillation along the direction of the movement.
◦ Oscillation frequency: Allows you to define how many oscillations the
tool makes over a given length.

• Oscillation amplitude: Allows you to define the variation of the Z of the tool
during the oscillation.

Oscillation

Fascia Centered: The tool works with its center positioned at Width (L) of the bevel.

If the tool is of the Diamond type (or is a router) the tool properties show:
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).

312
 7 Database Menu

If the tool is of the Polishing type, in the properties of the tool there is an additional
section, Wear:

• Longitudinal wear: this parameter defines the tool coefficient of longitudinal

wear and thereby allows the machine to compensate, with compensation, the
longitudinal wear of the tool during machining.

Push (Thrust): this parameter in the (spring) tools allows to define the position to
which the tool must be pushed in addition.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

313
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z

axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.9 Surface rough Kit

The Surface Roughing kit allows you to rough down a surface with the movement of the
linear axes X,Y,Z.

It can contain tools such as Router, Blade, Core Drill and it is composed of the following
parameter sections:

314
 7 Database Menu

PROPERTIES

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Z start: This parameter allows you to define the level on the Z axis at which to start
machining.

Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With the
parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Optimize with intermediate raw part: This option is taken into consideration when
there are multiple surface roughing operations, determining that EasySTONE
calculates the machining based on the overmaterial remaining after the previous
machining phases.
Detail level: Allows you to define the precision with which the overmaterial
remaining from the previous roughing is calculated.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Router type:

Z step: this parameter allows defining the sinking value of each run to apply if the
machining needs to be performed in more runs. If this parameter is set to 0, machining
is carried out in one single run.

315
EasySTONE manual

Step Z (2): This parameter allows you to define the depth of each run of the second
tool when in the Kit there are two mills.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

Type: This parameter defines the type of roughing. The types are:
• normal: The blade processes the surface in a position defined by the
parameters Angle and Directions. If the parameter Step Z has a value other
than Zero, the blade works at constant Z for all runs before descending to the
subsequent step.

Fig. 7.46: Roughing at normal Step Z

• normal, direct step: The blade processes the surface in a position defined by
the parameters Angle and Directions. If the parameter Step Z has a value
other than Zero, the blade follows all the steps of a run before moving on to
the next.

316
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.47: Roughing at Step Z Direct Step

• horizontal step: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane. If
the parameter Step Z has a value other than Zero, the blade works at constant
X or Y in all runs before advancing horizontally to the subsequent step.

Fig. 7.48: Horizontal Roughing at normal Step Z

317
EasySTONE manual

• horizontal step, direct step: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY
plane. If the parameter Step Z has a value other than Zero, the blade follows
all the steps of a run before moving on to the next in Z.

Fig. 7.49: Horizontal Roughing at Step Z Direct Step

• horizontal internal: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane
and internal to the geometry. In the case where the parameter Radial step has
a value other than Zero, the blade follows all the runs in Z before advancing
horizontally to the subsequent step (or radial step) and repeating all the runs
in Z.

Fig. 7.50: Horizontal Internal Roughing at Step Z

• horizontal internal, direct step: The blade processes the surface parallel to the
XY plane and internal to the geometry. If the parameter Radial step Z has a
value other than Zero, the blade follows all the steps of a run before moving
on to the next in Z.

318
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.51: Horizontal Internal Roughing at Step Z Direct Step Z

• cut into cubes: The blade works first horizontally then vertically obtaining a
series of cubes of minimum and maximum specified dimensions, pausing
between one and the other, thus allowing the operator to remove each cube
from the work bench before obtaining another one.

Fig. 7.52: Roughing in cubes

Step Z back: This parameter, valid for step, spiral or Zig Zag movements, allows you
to define the depth value of each run when the blade returns. If this parameter is set to
0, the depth value of the runs when the blade returns is equal to Step Z.

319
EasySTONE manual

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the shroud
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.
Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

If the Kit contains a tool of the Core Drill type:

Z initial slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-section, measured
from the beginning of the hole, in which the tool advances using the lead-in feed as

320
 7 Database Menu

speed and at the end of which it assumes a speed equal to the machining feed. If this
parameter is set to 0 the machining feed is applied at the drilling start.

Blowing: This parameter allows you to define where to perform the blowing, i.e. the
moment in which the air must be activated to expel the waste material inside the tool
(core). The possible types of blowing are:
• none: No air is emitted.
• on bottom: Air is emitted before raising the tool.
• on top: Air is emitted when the tool has performed the rising movement over
the part.
• flush with part: Air is emitted when the tool is flush with the part.
• out of part: Air is emitted when the tool is outside the perimeter of the part.

ADVANCED

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Immediate processing (calculation): By enabling this control, when the Kit is

applied in Machine mode, EasySTONE calculates and displays immediately in the
Graphic area the machining path.
If it is disabled, EasySTONE performs the calculation of the machining path only
when the command Apply to machining is activated.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

If the Kit contains a tool with Router::

Runs distance (2): This parameter allows you to define the distance of the runs of the
second tool when in the Kit there are two routers

Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the
pocketing process must follow. The types of pocketing are:

321
EasySTONE manual

• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise to the
safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a
counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.
• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which the
machining runs are parallel to the side selected in the
control open sides.

Angle: This parameter is taken into account when the machining follows a zigzag or
one way path and allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The angle is
measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-in into the raw part:
• spiral: The tool performs the descent into the raw part following a helical
path for each Step Z.
• already drilled: The tool descends on the part and starts working directly
because the lead-in has already been pre-drilled.
mm/turn: this parameter is active only in roughing machining with spiral lead-in
router; it allows specifying the lead-in path length. This parameter is expressed in mm/
turn and specifies the amount of tool sinking in Z per revolution.

Helix diameter: This parameter is taken into consideration for roughing operations
with a spiral lead-in router, it defines the diameter of the helical path.

Fig. 7.45: Roughing with spiral lead-in router

322
 7 Database Menu

Care flat zones: This parameter is taken into consideration for roughing operations
with a router. It specifies to EasySTONE to calculate the machining taking into
consideration the horizontal surfaces, alternatively considers the step Z binding (
Figure 7.53 ).

Fig. 7.53: Roughing with Care Flat Areas equal to NO

If the Kit contains a tool with Blade:

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.
Angle: This parameter allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The
angle is measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Lead-out Length: This parameter defines the length that the tool must travel in lead-
in/lead-out in addition to every single run when the machining has Movement equal
to Zigzag.

Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at the end of
each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

323
EasySTONE manual

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).

Application Points: This parameter allows you to choose if the blade has to approach
of its Contact points.

If the Kit contains a tool with Core Drill:

Drilling type: This parameter allows you to define the disposition of the holes. The
types of drilling are:
• grid: The centers of the holes are disposed following a grid.
• hexagonal: The centers of the holes are arranged forming hexagons.
• contour: The centers of the holes are arranged starting from the contour of the
part.

Minimum depth: This parameter allows you to define the minimum depth. Holes
with smaller depth will not be executed.

Border distance: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the machining
from the edge of the part. If this parameter is set to 0 the machining path is performed
without delta.

If the machine have a Lathe:

Lathe rotation: This parameter allows you to define the angle of the rotation that the
lathe must perform at the start of the machining in order to process the portion of
surface of interest.

GEOMETRY

324
 7 Database Menu

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the
part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not
perform the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

325
EasySTONE manual

DIRECTIONS

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic
area the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by
which it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

CONTOUR

Contour offset: this parameter allows defining the tool position with respect to the
contour. The possible choices are:
• internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

326
 7 Database Menu

• external: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the contour.
• none: the tool can leave the contour until bringing the tool centre on the
contour itself.
Additional offset: This value allows you to define the distance from the contour
which the tool center must process.
It can have a positive or negative value depending on the type of Contour
offset chosen.

Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the perimeter
of the surface.

Contour Layer: This parameter allows you to specify the name of the layer
containing the path that will be taken into consideration to define the contour of the
work.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

327
EasySTONE manual

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

328
 7 Database Menu

• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of

material (measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be
machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

329
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y

axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.

330
 7 Database Menu

◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.10 Surface finishing Kit

The Surface Finish kit allows you to finish a surface with the movement of the linear axes
X,Y,Z.
It can contain tools such as Router, Blade, Polishing, Profiled and Beveling and it is composed
of the following parameter sections:

PROPERTIES

Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to which the tool
must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point where to execute the next
run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
• Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
• Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction length.
• Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length and the rise
to a safe level.

331
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length

Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction type is
equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:

332
 7 Database Menu

• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.

• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Interference Surfaces: This parameter allows you to establish which

surfaces will be taken into consideration for the interference check during the
calculation of the machining path.
The possible options are:
◦ All surfaces
◦ Surfaces of the selected layer
◦ Selected surfaces
◦ No surface

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

333
EasySTONE manual

If the kit contains a tool of the type Router, Polishing, Profiled or Beveling:
Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.

334
 7 Database Menu

• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.
• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as
well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.
Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.

335
EasySTONE manual

• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized

Note: If the parameter Type is set to Z-constant, the parameters concerning the
Finishing step are not taken into consideration because the runs distance in Z is
established by the parameter Runs distance.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

If the kit contain a tool of Blade:

Type: this parameter define the type of 3-axis surface finish with Blade type tool.
The types are:

Types of surface finishing with Blade in Machine mode

• normal: The blade works vertically following the machining path oriented in
the same direction.

336
 7 Database Menu

Normal Surface Finish

• normal transversal: The blade works vertically following the perpendicularly
oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its side.

Normal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal step: The blade works horizontally following the machining path
oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Step Surface Finish

337
EasySTONE manual

• horizontal transversal: The blade works horizontally following the

perpendicularly oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its
side.

Horizontal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal spiral: The blade works horizontally following a spiral machining
path oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Spiral Surface Finish

• horizontal internal: The blade works horizontally and internally the geometry
oriented in the same direction as the path.

338
 7 Database Menu

Horizontal Internal Surface Finish

• horizontal internal transversal: The blade works horizontally and internally
the geometry oriented perpendicularly to the machining path and then working
transversally with its side.

Horizontal Internal Transversal Surface Finish

Note: Transversal processes are also called diagonal displacements

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

339
EasySTONE manual

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the
shroud during machining. There are these possibilities:
◦ do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
◦ rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
◦ guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.

• Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a

machining path with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work
exactly on the edges (see following figure).

340
 7 Database Menu

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

ADVANCED

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Immediate processing (calculation): By enabling this control, when the Kit is applied
in Machine mode, EasySTONE calculates and displays immediately in the Graphic
area the machining path.
If it is disabled, EasySTONE performs the calculation of the machining path only when
the command Apply to machining is activated.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

341
EasySTONE manual

If the kit contains a type tool: Router, Polishing, Profiled o Beveling:

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines

342
 7 Database Menu

the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the
length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified by
the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3 which
represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows you
to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length, Connection
length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement. All
parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z direction.
The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the axis of
the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving perpendicularly to
the machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the machining
path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to the
machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters

343
EasySTONE manual

Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are
active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the machining
path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular to
the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Connection length
2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection length
and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

344
 7 Database Menu

Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter Lead-
out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.

345
EasySTONE manual

• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to

the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.

Direction: This parameter allows you to define the surface machining direction
when Type is Flow Line. The possible options are:
• Longitudinal: The tool works along the longitudinal construction lines of the
surface.
• Transversal: The tool works along the transversal construction lines of the
surface.
• Long + Trans: The tool works the whole surface first following the
longitudinal construction lines and then the transversal ones.
• Trans + Long: The tool works the entire surface first following the transversal
construction lines and then the longitudinal ones.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• Zig Zag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing a run in
one direction and one in the opposite one.

346
 7 Database Menu

• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction and orientation
performing a rising movement to the safety Z after each run and then going
down to the next run.
• one run: The tool performs only one run.
Tool side: This parameter allows you to establish the working side of the tool with
respect to the calculated machining path.
The possible options are:
• center: The tool works with its center on the machining path.
• left: The tool works completely to the left of the machining path.
• right: The tool works completely to the right of the machining path.
• none: The working position of the tool is determined by EasySTONE.
Side offset: This value allows you to move the working position of the tool by a
distance referred to the Tool side.

Division: This control allows you to divide the surface into two sections processed
separately according to the criteria set by the parameter Direction.
The possible types are:

Full: The surface is not divided

Longitudinal incoming: The surface is divided longitudinally into two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with
direction towards the center of the surface.

Longitudinal outgoing. The surface is divided longitudinally in to two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the surface
with direction towards the outer edge.

Transversal incoming. The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with direction
towards the center of the surface.

Transversal outgoing: The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the surface with
direction towards the external edge.

347
EasySTONE manual

Start: This parameter allows you to define the starting point of the machining. The
possible options are:
• Max long, Max trans
• Min long, Max trans
• Max long, Min trans
• Min long, Min trans
Depending on how the Flow Line of the surface was created, the starting point of the
machining will be:
• top right end.
• top left end.
• lower right end.
• lower left end.
Min/Max as percentages: This control specifies whether the dimensions of the area to
be machined must be expressed as a percentage (or mm/in) of the complete surface.

Minimum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface longitudinally.

Maximum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends longitudinally.

Minimum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface transversely.

Maximum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends transversely.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.

348
 7 Database Menu

Angle: This parameter allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The
angle is measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Lead-out Length: This parameter defines the length that the tool must travel in lead-
in/lead-out in addition to every single run when the machining has Movement equal
to Zigzag.

Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at the end of
each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).

Application Points: This parameter allows you to choose if the blade has to approach
of its Contact points.

If there is a lathe in the machine:

Lathe rotation: This parameter allows you to define the angle of the rotation that the
lathe must perform at the start of the machining in order to process the portion of
surface of interest.

GEOMETRY

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.

349
EasySTONE manual

• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the

longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

DIRECTIONS

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

350
 7 Database Menu

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

CONTOUR

Contour offset: this parameter allows defining the tool position with respect to the
contour. The possible choices are:
• internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
• external: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the contour.
• none: the tool can leave the contour until bringing the tool centre on the
contour itself.

351
EasySTONE manual

Additional offset: This value allows you to define the distance from the contour
which the tool center must process.
It can have a positive or negative value depending on the type of Contour
offset chosen.

Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the perimeter of
the surface.

Contour Layer: This parameter allows you to specify the name of the layer
containing the path that will be taken into consideration to define the contour of the
work.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.

352
 7 Database Menu

• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the

machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed in
mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool

353
EasySTONE manual

is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

354
 7 Database Menu

◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,

the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.

355
EasySTONE manual

◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.11 5 axis surface finishing Kit

The 5-axis Surface Finish kit allows you to finish a surface with the movement of the linear
axes (X,Y,Z) and two rotary axes (A,B,C).
It can contain tools such as Router, Blade, Polishing, Profiled and Beveling and it is
composed of the following parameter sections:

PROPERTIES

Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:
• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.
• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as
well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.

356
 7 Database Menu

• Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at

the end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of
processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

357
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance between
two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of the machining.
EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as constant as possible
with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed. In the event that using this
maximum distance the segmentation is not correct, the program automatically reduces
this value so as to obtain a homogeneous distribution of the vectors.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:

358
 7 Database Menu

• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.

• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Interference Surfaces: This parameter allows you to establish which

surfaces will be taken into consideration for the interference check during the
calculation of the machining path.
The possible options are:
◦ All surfaces
◦ Surfaces of the selected layer
◦ Selected surfaces
◦ No surface

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

359
EasySTONE manual

If the kit contains a tool of the type Router, Polishing, Profiled or Beveling:
Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a mill type tool. The
types are:

Surface finish types 5-axis with mill in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface. This type of machining is not present if the
entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path projected on the variable Z
surface.

360
 7 Database Menu

• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with parallel
runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Development: The mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a specific path (or paths) (usually drawn over
the surface).

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a blade type tool. The
types are:

5-axis surface finish types with blade in Machine mode

• Normal: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
the construction of the surface.
• Transversal: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface, but the tool is perpendicular to the path and
works with the side.
Note: In an STL file (*.stl) these types of machining can be applied only with the aid
of a support surface.

361
EasySTONE manual

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the shroud
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.

ADVANCED

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.

362
 7 Database Menu

• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the
length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified by
the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3 which
represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows you
to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length, Connection
length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement. All
parameters are deactivated.

363
EasySTONE manual

• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z direction.
The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the axis of
the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving perpendicularly to
the machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the machining
path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to the
machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are
active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the machining
path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular to
the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Connection length
2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection length
and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.

364
 7 Database Menu

• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point

identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter Lead-
out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out

365
EasySTONE manual

length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.

Direction: This parameter allows you to define the surface machining direction
when Type is Flow Line. The possible options are:
• Longitudinal: The tool works along the longitudinal construction lines of the
surface.

366
 7 Database Menu

• Transversal: The tool works along the transversal construction lines of the
surface.
• Long + Trans: The tool works the whole surface first following the
longitudinal construction lines and then the transversal ones.
• Trans + Long: The tool works the entire surface first following the transversal
construction lines and then the longitudinal ones.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• Zig Zag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing a run in
one direction and one in the opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction and orientation
performing a rising movement to the safety Z after each run and then going
down to the next run.
• one run: The tool performs only one run.

Tool side: This parameter allows you to establish the working side of the tool with
respect to the calculated machining path.
The possible options are:
• center: The tool works with its center on the machining path.
• left: The tool works completely to the left of the machining path.
• right: The tool works completely to the right of the machining path.
• none: The working position of the tool is determined by EasySTONE.
Side offset: This value allows you to move the working position of the tool by a
distance referred to the Tool side.

Start: This parameter allows you to define the starting point of the machining. The
possible options are:
• Max long, Max trans
• Min long, Max trans
• Max long, Min trans
• Min long, Min trans
Depending on how the Flow Line of the surface was created, the starting point of the
machining will be:
• top right end.

367
EasySTONE manual

• top left end.

• lower right end.
• lower left end.
Min/Max as percentages: This control specifies whether the dimensions of the area to
be machined must be expressed as a percentage (or mm/in) of the complete surface.

Minimum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface longitudinally.

Maximum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends longitudinally.

Minimum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface transversely.

Maximum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends transversely.

Immediate processing (calculation): By enabling this control, when the Kit is applied
in Machine mode, EasySTONE calculates and displays immediately in the Graphic
area the machining path.
If it is disabled, EasySTONE performs the calculation of the machining path only when
the command Apply to machining is activated.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

If the kit contains a tool of the type Router, Polishing, Profiled or Beveling:
Division: This control allows you to divide the surface into two sections processed
separately according to the criteria set by the parameter Direction.
The possible types are:

Full: The surface is not divided

368
 7 Database Menu

Longitudinal incoming: The surface is divided longitudinally into two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with
direction towards the center of the surface.

Longitudinal outgoing. The surface is divided longitudinally in to two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the surface
with direction towards the outer edge.

Transversal incoming. The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with direction
towards the center of the surface.

Transversal outgoing: The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the surface with
direction towards the external edge.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

If there is a Lathe in the machine:

Lathe rotation: This parameter allows you to define the angle of the rotation that the
lathe must perform at the start of the machining in order to process the portion of
surface of interest.

GEOMETRY

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:

369
EasySTONE manual

• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

DIRECTIONS

370
 7 Database Menu

Directions: This section of parameters allows you to define the working conditions of
the tool during machining.
The group of parameters consists of:

• Tool direction: Defines the tool direction. The possible options are:
◦ perpendicular: The tool has a direction perpendicular to the surface
to be machined.
◦ alongside machining: The tool is parallel to the surface to be
machined. The possible solutions are:
▪ Alongside, standard dir.: The tool has the direction and
orientation of the machining path.
▪ Alongside, inverse dir.: The tool has the direction of the
machining path but the orientation is opposite.
▪ Alongside, other FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the machining path.
▪ Alongside, other inverse FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the path and opposite direction.
◦ passing through a point: The direction of the tool is the straight
stretch connecting the working point on the path with the point set in
the parameter point coordinates (X,Y,Z). The possibilities To the
point or From the point establish the working direction of the tool.
The set point is indicated in the Graphic area with a red cross.
◦ passing through curves: The direction of the tool is the straight
stretch connecting the work point on the path with the point closest to
it on the set path. The possibilities To the curves or From the curves
establish the working direction of the tool.
◦ fixed direction: The tool has a direction defined by the Angles Z and
X, Y. The direction can vary by an angle defined by the parameter
angular deviation in order to remain as perpendicular as possible to
the surface.
If the Tool direction is on perpendicular or working alongside:
• Type forward: Defines the axis and the inclination direction of the tool.
• Forward: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Type
forward.

371
EasySTONE manual

• Bending type: Defines the axis and the direction of the inclination of the tool
with respect to the perpendicular of the machining path.
• Bending: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Bending
type.
If the Tool direction is on passing through a point:
• X,Y,Z: Are the coordinates of the point through which the tool axis passes
during machining, i.e. the point that together with the point on the machining
path defines its direction.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
point is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
point is present.
If the Tool direction is on run through curves:
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
path is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
path is present.
If the Tool direction is on fixed direction:
• Z angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool on the XY plane.
• Angular deviation: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle that
the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to define the tool inclination range:
• Minimum angular dev.: Defines the minimum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
• Maximum angular dev.: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to force the tool working axis:

Force tool perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of the
tool perpendicular to the set axis.

372
 7 Database Menu

• Force tool parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of the
tool parallel to the set axis.
If the tool is of the Blade type:
• Torsion: This control, present only if Tool direction is on perpendicular,
specifies an angle by which to rotate the tool with respect to the perpendicular
direction of the machining path.
• Force motor perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the motor
axis in a position perpendicular to the set axis.
• Force motor parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the motor axis in a
position parallel to the set axis.
• Force motor positive Z: This option allows the motor force to be locked in
the Z+ position.
Note: In the controls where it is possible to choose a reference axis, it is possible to
always specify an axis on the Global plane (red arrows) or an axis on the Local plane
of the geometry to be machined (blue arrows).

CONTOUR

Contour offset: this parameter allows defining the tool position with respect to the
contour. The possible choices are:
• internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
• external: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the contour.
• none: the tool can leave the contour until bringing the tool centre on the
contour itself.
Additional offset: This value allows you to define the distance from the contour
which the tool center must process.
It can have a positive or negative value depending on the type of Contour
offset chosen.

Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the perimeter of
the surface.

373
EasySTONE manual

Contour Layer: This parameter allows you to specify the name of the layer
containing the path that will be taken into consideration to define the contour of the
work.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

374
 7 Database Menu

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
If the kit contains a tool of the type Router, Polishing:

Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing properties.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed in
mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool

375
EasySTONE manual

is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• Overmaterial: this group of parameters allows defining the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, intentionally left in excess on the part.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

376
 7 Database Menu

◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.

377
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.12 Roughing Kit on Lathe

The Lathe Roughing kit allows you to rough down a surface with the use of a tool mounted
on a head that moves on the linear axes X,Y,Z.
It can contain tools such as Blade or Router and it is composed of the following parameter
sections:

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of roughing on a lathe with blade or
router. The types are:

378
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.54: Types of roughing on a lathe with a blade

379
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.55: Types of roughing on a lathe with a router

• step one way: The lathe rotates in the same direction with each run. If
Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine axis rotation is
limited, this machining type becomes the same as step zigzag.
• step one way, direct step: The lathe rotates in the same direction with
each run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool works all the steps
of a run before processing the next one. If the machine axis rotation is
limited, this machining type becomes the same as step zigzag.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each
run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run
before going to the next step closer to the surface.

380
 7 Database Menu

• zigzag step, direct step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of
rotation with each run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool
works all the steps of a run before processing the next one.
• non-interpolated step: The lathe rotates at a constant speed, while the
tool moves along the Z axis. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool
processes a whole run before going to the next step closer to the surface.
• non-interpolated step, direct step: The lathe rotates at a constant speed,
while the tool moves along the Z axis. If Step Z has a value other than
zero, the tool processes all the steps of a run before processing the next
one.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe and always in the same direction. If Step Z has a value other than
zero, the tool processes a whole run before going to the next step closer
to the surface.
• along the axis one way, direct step: The tool works along the axis of
rotation of the lathe and always in the same direction. If Step Z has a
value other than zero, the tool works all the steps of a run before
processing the next one.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe, changing direction every run. If Step Z has a value other than zero,
the tool processes a whole run before going to the next step closer to the
surface.
• along the axis zigzag, direct step: The tool works along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, changing direction every run. If Step Z has a value
other than zero, the tool works all the steps of a run before processing the
next one.

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Z start: This parameter allows you to define the level on the Z axis at which to start
machining.

381
EasySTONE manual

Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With the
parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

382
 7 Database Menu

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Optimize with intermediate raw part: This option is taken into consideration when
there are multiple surface roughing operations, determining that EasySTONE
calculates the machining based on the overmaterial remaining after the previous
machining phases.
Detail level: Allows you to define the precision with which the overmaterial
remaining from the previous roughing is calculated.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to specify the presence (Shroud present) or
not (Shroud not present) of the shroud during machining.

ADVANCED

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Lathe machining

383
EasySTONE manual

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters consists
of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis
of rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of rotation
of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There are also
the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as maximum
length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be machined.

In Machine mode :

Length range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0°
to 360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

384
 7 Database Menu

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

In Machine mode :

Angle range

Immediate processing (calculation): By enabling this control, when the Kit is applied
in Machine mode, EasySTONE calculates and displays immediately in the Graphic
area the machining path.
If it is disabled, EasySTONE performs the calculation of the machining path only when
the command Apply to machining is activated.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Router type:

Rotate contact: This parameter is active only for spherical drills (e.g. Bullnose) in
processes with Machining tip equal to Tool Tip, sets a degree of inclination of the tool.
The possible options are:
• do not rotate: The mill remains perpendicular to the lathe's axis.

385
EasySTONE manual

• towards lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in the direction of the axis
lathe.

• perpendicular to lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in a direction

perpendicular to the axis lathe.

386
 7 Database Menu

Contact rotation angle: This value indicates the degree of inclination of the mill with
respect to the axis specified in the parameter Rotate Contact.

Work Point: This parameter is enabled when a mill is present in the kit and allows you
to define its working position. The possible options are:

387
EasySTONE manual

Tool tip

388
 7 Database Menu

Tool side 1

389
EasySTONE manual

Tool side 2

Position along side: This distance indicates how far the working side of the mill must
advance.

390
 7 Database Menu

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

Transmission Side: This parameter, only active for machining kits on a lathe
containing a blade, allows you to define the position of the motor with respect to the
machining path. It can be positive or negative depending on the position assumed with
respect to the machining path.
In Machine mode :

Side Position

GEOMETRY

391
EasySTONE manual

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

MATERIALS

392
 7 Database Menu

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:

393
EasySTONE manual

• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.

394
 7 Database Menu

• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.

395
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.13 Finishing Kit on Lathe

The Lathe Finish kit allows you to finish a surface with the use of a tool mounted on a head
that moves on the linear axes X,Y,Z.

396
 7 Database Menu

It can contain tools such as Blade, Router or Polisher and it is composed of the following
parameter sections:

PROPERTIES

Type: this parameter allows you to define a type of finish on a lathe. The
types are:

Fig. 7.57: Finish types on lathe with blade

397
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.58: Finish types on lathe with router or polisher

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a
whole run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the
machine has a limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining
becomes equal to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each
run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run
before going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe, changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the
lathe.
If the tool is of the Blade type:

398
 7 Database Menu

• along the axis one way transversal: The blade works along the axis of
rotation of the lathe and always in the same direction, remaining
perpendicular to the machining path, therefore working with the side.
• along the axis zigzag transversal: The blade works along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, changing the direction of travel at each run and
remaining perpendicular to the machining path, therefore working with
the side.
If the tool is of the Router type:
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated
mode while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified
path (or paths) (usually drawn over the surface).

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized

399
EasySTONE manual

• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to

which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

400
 7 Database Menu

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to specify the presence (Shroud present) or
not (Shroud not present) of the shroud during machining.

ADVANCED

401
EasySTONE manual

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-

402
 7 Database Menu

in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the
length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified by
the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3 which
represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows you
to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.

403
EasySTONE manual

• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter Lead-
out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.

404
 7 Database Menu

Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.

LeadIn/LeadOut

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Lathe machining

Torsion: This parameter allows you to specify an angle of inclination of the machining
path, therefore to define an angle by which to rotate the blade with reference to its
vertical axis

405
EasySTONE manual

Torsion Property

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the travel direction of the machining.
The types of movement are:

• forward: The machining follows the path from left to right.

• forward - backward: The machining follows the same path twice in opposite
directions, first from left to right and then from right to left.
• backward: The machining follows the path from right to left.

Lead-in: this parameter allows specifying the type of tool lead-in, i.e. it adds a path to
the machining geometry start in order to make tool lead-in easier and improve raw part
machining.

The lead-in types are as follows:

• direct: the tool starts machining directly without any lead-in path.
• step: the tool carries out the lead-in in more steps.

Lead-in Z step: this parameter is active only for step lead-ins; it allows defining the
sinking value of each lead-in run. If this parameter is set to 0 the machining is carried
out in one single run.

406
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.56: Step Lead-in

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters consists
of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis
of rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of rotation
of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There are also
the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as maximum
length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be machined.

In Machine mode :

407
EasySTONE manual

Length range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0°
to 360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

In Machine mode :

Angle range

Immediate processing (calculation): By enabling this control, when the Kit is applied
in Machine mode, EasySTONE calculates and displays immediately in the Graphic
area the machining path.
If it is disabled, EasySTONE performs the calculation of the machining path only when
the command Apply to machining is activated.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Router type:

408
 7 Database Menu

Rotate contact: This parameter is active only for spherical drills (e.g. Bullnose) in
processes with Machining tip equal to Tool Tip, sets a degree of inclination of the tool.
The possible options are:
• do not rotate: The mill remains perpendicular to the lathe's axis.

• towards lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in the direction of the axis
lathe.

• perpendicular to lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in a direction

perpendicular to the axis lathe.

409
EasySTONE manual

Contact rotation angle: This value indicates the degree of inclination of the mill with
respect to the axis specified in the parameter Rotate Contact.

Work Point: This parameter is enabled when a mill is present in the kit and allows you
to define its working position. The possible options are:

410
 7 Database Menu

Tool tip

411
EasySTONE manual

Tool side 1

412
 7 Database Menu

Tool side 2

Position along side: This distance indicates how far the working side of the mill must
advance.

413
EasySTONE manual

If the lathe finish is of the Projection type:

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

Position: This parameter allows you to define the distance (from the surface edge) of
the machining start point (projection) on the lathe rotation axis.

Starting angle: This parameter allows you to define the position of the machining start
point along the circumference of the lathe.

Development angle: This parameter allows you to define the extension on the
circumference of the path to be projected, i.e. the angle on the circumference to which
the height of the path to be projected corresponds.

If the Kit contains a tool of the Blade type:

414
 7 Database Menu

Transmission Side: This parameter, only active for machining kits on a lathe
containing a blade, allows you to define the position of the motor with respect to the
machining path. It can be positive or negative depending on the position assumed with
respect to the machining path.

In Machine mode :

Trasmission Side

GEOMETRY

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

415
EasySTONE manual

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

416
 7 Database Menu

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:

417
EasySTONE manual

• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of

material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

418
 7 Database Menu

◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,

the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.

419
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud

component with the maximum Z axis value.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.14 Finishing 5 axis kit on lathe

The 5-axis Lathe Finish kit allows you to finish a surface with the use of a tool mounted on
a 5-axis head.
It can contain tools such as Router or Polisher and it is composed on the following
parameter sections:

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a

420
 7 Database Menu

limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag

421
EasySTONE manual

◦ One way optimized

◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the

422
 7 Database Menu

speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

ADVANCED

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Lathe machining

Torsion: This parameter allows you to specify an angle of inclination of the machining
path, therefore to define an angle by which to rotate the blade with reference to its
vertical axis

Torsion Property

423
EasySTONE manual

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the travel direction of the machining.
The types of movement are:

• forward: The machining follows the path from left to right.

• forward - backward: The machining follows the same path twice in opposite
directions, first from left to right and then from right to left.
• backward: The machining follows the path from right to left.

Lead-in: this parameter allows specifying the type of tool lead-in, i.e. it adds a path to
the machining geometry start in order to make tool lead-in easier and improve raw part
machining.

The lead-in types are as follows:

• direct: the tool starts machining directly without any lead-in path.
• step: the tool carries out the lead-in in more steps.

Lead-in Z step: this parameter is active only for step lead-ins; it allows defining the
sinking value of each lead-in run. If this parameter is set to 0 the machining is carried
out in one single run.

Step LeadIn

424
 7 Database Menu

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters consists
of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis
of rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of rotation
of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There are also
the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as maximum
length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be machined.

In Machine mode :

Lenght range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0°
to 360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.

425
EasySTONE manual

• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

In Machine mode :

Angle range

Minimum angle from axis: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle
of minimum inclination of the tool with respect to the axis of rotation of the lathe.

Immediate processing (calculation): By enabling this control, when the Kit is applied
in Machine mode, EasySTONE calculates and displays immediately in the Graphic
area the machining path.
If it is disabled, EasySTONE performs the calculation of the machining path only when
the command Apply to machining is activated.

Condition: Allows you to set up to a maximum of three valid conditions for the kit to
be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit list available in Machine mode.

If the lathe finish is of the Projection type:

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface
to be machined.

Position: This parameter allows you to define the distance (from the surface edge)
of the machining start point (projection) on the lathe rotation axis.

Starting angle: This parameter allows you to define the position of the machining
start point along the circumference of the lathe.

426
 7 Database Menu

Development angle: This parameter allows you to define the extension on the
circumference of the path to be projected, i.e. the angle on the circumference to
which the height of the path to be projected corresponds.

GEOMETRIA

The following group of parameters determines the application of the Kit in Machine
mode to the reconstruction of the affected area following these specifications for the
construction of its isometric lines:
• Surfaces direction: Specifies which are the longitudinal ones and which are
the transversal ones.
• Orientate long. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
longitudinal isometrics should have.
• Orientate transv. surface: Specifies which constructional orientation the
transversal isometrics should have.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.

427
EasySTONE manual

Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

MATERIALS

Min thickness: Indicates the minimum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Max thickness: Indicates the maximum thickness that the raw part must have in order
for the kit to be visible (therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine
mode.
Type of materials: Indicates the type of materials for which the kit can be visible
(therefore applicable) in the Kit List available in Machine mode.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.

428
 7 Database Menu

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

429
EasySTONE manual

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.

430
 7 Database Menu

◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

7.2.3.15 Multiples Kit

431
EasySTONE manual

The Multiple Kit is a set of kits.

Applying a Multiple Kit in Machine Mode, in the Machinings List (Yellow area in the
picture 7.60) all the kits that compose it will be exploded and appear in sequence.
Activating the Locked Order Check the kits will be applied with a locked sequence (blue
lock near the machining).

Fig. 7.59: Multiple Kit in Warehouse Kit

Fig. 7.60: Multiple Kit in Machine Mode

432
 7 Database Menu

Note : The Multiple Kit will appear in the Kits List applicable in Machine Mode (Red area
in the figure 7.60) only if the geometric entity to be worked is compatible with all the kits
that compose it.

7.2.3.16 Commands Kit

The Commands section of the Kits database includes Machine commands and SCL scripts
which can be called up in Machine mode and can be inserted in the Machining List.

Type: allows you to define the type of command. The possible choices are:

• direct: machine commands directly inserted in the generated ISO.

• script SCL: code that calls commands/functions inserted in the post-processor
folder of the machine (usually they are passed by the manufacturer).

String parameter 1: specifies the command to be inserted directly into the generated ISO.

Script: specifies the path and name of the SCL script to be included in the list of workings
in Machine mode.

7.2.4 Tools

This area displays all the tools grouped and filtered by type of machining that can be
associated with the kit.
Below is a list that shows which tools can be associated with each machining kit:
• Drilling: contains tools of the driller or router type.
• Milling: contains tools of the router, driller or bevel type.

433
EasySTONE manual

• Cutting: contains tools of the blade, driller, router or waterjet type.

• Pocketing: contains tools of the router, profiled, or polishing type.
• Profiling: contains tools of the profiled, or polishing type.
• Engraving: contains tools of the router (normal or V) or profiled type.
• Grooving: contains tools of the grooving type (grinding wheel).
• Beveling: contains tools of the beveling or router type.
• Surface roughing: contains tools of the driller, router or blade type.
• Surface finishing: contains tools of the router, blade, polisher, profiled or beveling
type.
• 5-axis Surface finishing: contains tools of the router, blade, polisher, profiled or
beveling type.
• Roughing on Lathe: contains tools of the router or blade type.
• Finishing on Lathe: contains tools of the router or blade type.
• 5-axis Finishing on Lathe: contains tools of the router or polisher type.

Note: It is also possible to associate with the kit a probe tool depending on the machine
configuration.

To associate or disassociate a tool from/to a machining kit, two different procedures can be
used:

• Using drag'n'drop:
◦ Select a tool from the tools list and drag it to the used tools list or vice versa
.
• Using the bidirectional arrow commands:
◦ Select the tool to be moved.

◦ Activate the command or to add or remove the tool

from the kit.

Selecting the tool name with the right mouse button, it displays a menu containing only
the Properties command. Once this is activated, EasySTONE displays a dialog window
showing all the features of the tool.

434
 7 Database Menu

7.2.5 Kit database buttons

This command allows you to print the composition and properties of a kit:

• Activate the Print command.

• Select the kit whose detail you want to print (you can select multiple kits by
pressing the Ctrl key).
• Confirm with Ok.

DDX Printer Server will display the detail containing:

• Kit name.
• Graphic representation.
• Properties detail.
• Advanced properties detail.
• Kit tool list.

This command allows you to exit the window Machining libraries management confirming
the changes.

This command allows you to exit the window Machining libraries management without
saving the changes.

435
EasySTONE manual

This command allows you to import one or more kits from a file. Once the command is
activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for importing a file (Figure 7.61),
in which it is possible to define the position, the name and the extension of the file to
be imported. Once the file has been selected and opened, the program displays the dialog
window Import kits (Figure 7.62) which contains a list of all the kits in the file from which
to select those to be imported. It is possible to import multiple kits by pressing the Ctrl
key and simultaneously selecting them or selecting the command All to import all the kits in
the file.

Fig. 7.61: Import

436
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.62: Selection of the kits to be imported

This command allows you to export one or more kits to a file. Once the command is
activated, the program displays the dialog window Export kit (Figure 7.63) which contains
a list of all the kits present in the Kits database from which to select those to be exported.
It is possible to export multiple kits by pressing the Ctrl key and simultaneously selecting
them or selecting the command All to export all the kits in the database. Once the selection
of the kits has been confirmed, the program displays the Windows dialog box for exporting
a file (7.64), in which to define the position, name and extension of the file to be exported.

437
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.63: Select kits to be exported

Fig. 7.64: Save as

438
 7 Database Menu

7.3 Materials
In this section it is possible to define the types of materials in the database (see Figure).

Each material can be associated with an image, a specific weight, a cost per cubic meter
and a workability index.

With the buttons New, Cancel and Delete it is possible to manage the properties of each
individual material.

With the buttons Import, Export and Import from lib. it is possible to manage the entire
material file.

7.4 Automatic CAM configuration

This feature allows you to define the processes that will be applied (Machining mode
Automatic CAM button) in compliance with the defined criteria.

439
EasySTONE manual

An automatic CAM configuration is an association that links machining kits to layers or

labels associated with entities in Draw mode, section Process, button Change Label.

The dialog window Automatic CAM configuration consists of the following areas:
1. Buttons for interacting with the configurations.
2. Tree list of the general properties of the current configuration.
3. Buttons for interacting with the associations.
4. Tree list of the associations.
5. Tree list of the kits
6. .Buttons for interacting with the dialog window Automatic CAM configuration.

Fig. 7.65: Automatic CAM

7.4.1 Configuration buttons

Area 1 (Green)

1) Drop-down menu to choose the configuration:

This drop-down menu allows you to select a configuration.

2) Button New:
Allows you to create a new configuration.
◦ Activate the command New.
◦ Enter the name.
◦ Confirm with Ok.
3) Button Delete:

440
 7 Database Menu

Allows you to delete a configuration.

◦ Select in the drop-down menu 1) the configuration to be deleted.
◦ Activate the command Delete.
◦ Confirm with Yes.
4) Button Copy:
Allows you to create a new configuration with the same parameters as an existing one.
◦ Select in the drop-down menu 1) the configuration to be copied.
◦ Activate the command Copy.
◦ Enter the name.
◦ Confirm with Ok.
5) Button Rename:
Allows you to rename a configuration.
◦ Select in the drop-down menu 1) the configuration to be renamed.
◦ Activate the command Rename.
◦ Enter the new name.
◦ Confirm with OK.

7.4.2 Tree of the general configuration properties

Area 2 (Yellow)

This tree list contains the general parameters concerning the CAM configuration selected
from the drop-down menu 1) present in Area 1 (Green).

441
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.66: General tree

Global settings
• associations start SCL script: Allows you to enter an SCL script at the start of
each association.
• associations end SCL script: Allows you to enter an SCL script at the end of each
association.
Groupings
Allows you to apply the configuration to all the parts present in the project or only to some
of them. There are these possibilities:
• all parts: The configuration is applied to all parts of the current project.
• parts of the current grouping: The configuration is applied only to the current
grouping (figure 7.67).

Fig. 7.67: Grouping Management

442
 7 Database Menu

Start
Allows you to enter an SCL script at the start of the configuration executed before the
application of all the associations that determine the creation of the machinings for all the
parts of the project.

Part
This section of parameters allows you to define the operations to be performed before and
after the application of the associations that determine the creation of the machinings
of each part.

• start: Defines what operations to perform on the part before the application of the
machinings. The possible options are:
◦ no operation: No operation is performed.
◦ reset: All machinings applied to the part are deleted.
◦ recalculate existing machinings: All existing machinings are recalculated.
◦ delete the machinings applied by automatic CAM: All machinings
previously created by the automatic CAM are eliminated.
• end: Defines what operations to perform on the part after the application of the
machinings. The possible options are:
◦ no operation: No operation is performed.
◦ reset: All machinings (CAM and NO) applied to the part are deleted.
• start SCL script: Allows you to enter an SCL script before the application of the
machining to the part.
• end SCL script: Allows you to enter an SCL script after the application of the
machining to the part.

Header
This section allows you to set the values of the fields present in the header at the
beginning Machining List of the Machining section.

Origin
This section allows you to set the values related to the origin of the machining operations.
The group of parameters Origin is divided into:

443
EasySTONE manual

• XY Origin: Lets you define where the origin is on the plane formed by the X and
Y axes. The possible positions are:
◦ bottom-left.
◦ top-left.
◦ bottom-right.
◦ top-right.
◦ center.
◦ generic.
◦ center-left.
◦ center-right.
◦ bottom-center.
◦ top-center.
◦ defined in the project
• Generic point: This parameter is present only if XY Origin has been set to generic
and allows you to define the XY coordinates in which the origin is found.
• Origin Z: Allows you to define the origin of the Z axis. The possible positions are:
◦ above the part
◦ in the center of the part
◦ above the shim
◦ table
◦ generic (ref. part)
◦ generic (ref. table)
◦ generic (ref. drawing)
◦ defined in the project.
• Generic Z: This parameter is present only if Z Origin has been set to generic (ref.
part, ref. table or ref. drawing) and allows you to define the Z coordinate in which
the origin is found with respect to the part or table.
Raw part
This section allows you to define the raw part to be associated with each part. The group of
parameters Raw part is divided into:

• Type: This parameter allows you to define the type of raw

part to be associated with the part. The types of raw part
are:

◦ Rectangular.

444
 7 Database Menu

◦ Minimum rectangular.
◦ Offset.
◦ External offset.
◦ Offset from file.
◦ From surfaces.
◦ Generic, from file.
◦ From sheet.
◦ Defined in the project.
◦ Defined in the project, variable thickness.
◦ Lathe.
◦ Minimum lathe.
◦ Generic lathe.
The following parameters vary according to the type of raw part:

Rectangular

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the rectangular raw part.

• Position: Allows you to define the position of the drawn geometry with respect to
the rectangular raw part. The possible positions are:
◦ center.
◦ top-left.
◦ top-right.
◦ bottom-left.
◦ bottom-right.
◦ top-center.
◦ bottom-center.
◦ center-left.
◦ center-right.
• Size X: Defines the length on the X axis of the raw part.
• Size Y: Defines the length on the Y axis of the raw part.
• Offset X: Defines the offset on the X axis of the raw part compared to Position.
• Offset Y: Defines the offset on the Y axis of the raw part compared to Position.
• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the raw part (with EasySTONE automatic
adapts the size of the raw part to the part).

445
EasySTONE manual

• Additional thickness: Allows you to define an additional thickness for the raw
part; it is used especially when the parameter Thickness is set to automatic.
• Z position: It allows you to define a movement of the raw part on the Z axis: if the
value is positive, the raw part is raised, if it is negative it is lowered.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.
Offset

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the raw part obtained
from a layer with a closed path inside.
• Offset layer: Defines the name of the layer that contains the profile of the raw part.
• Overmaterial: Allows you to define the thickness of material additional to the raw
profile.
• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the raw part (with EasySTONE automatic
adapts the size of the raw part to the part).
• Additional thickness: Allows you to define an additional thickness for the raw
part; it is used especially when the parameter Thickness is set to automatic.
• Z position: It allows you to define a movement of the raw part on the Z axis: if the
value is positive, the raw part is raised, if it is negative it is lowered.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

External offset

Similar to Offset but with the difference that instead of specifying a layer, it uses the closed
path of the outermost part as the profile of the raw part.

• Overmaterial: Allows you to define the thickness of material additional to the raw
profile.
• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the raw part (with EasySTONE automatic
adapts the size of the raw part to the part).
• Additional thickness: Allows you to define an additional thickness for the raw
part; it is used especially when the parameter Thickness is set to automatic.
• Z position: Allows you to define a movement of the raw part on the Z axis: if the
value is positive, the raw part is raised, if it is negative it is lowered.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.
Offset from file

446
 7 Database Menu

This group of parameters allows you to define the raw part starting from an external *.est
file.
• File: Contains the name and location of the file that will be used to define the raw
part.
• Overmaterial: Allows you to define the thickness of material additional to the raw
profile.
• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the raw part (with EasySTONE automatic
adapts the size of the raw part to the part).
• Additional thickness: Allows you to define an additional thickness for the raw
part; it is used especially when the parameter Thickness is set to automatic.
• Z position: It allows you to define a movement of the raw part on the Z axis: if the
value is positive, the raw part is raised, if it is negative it is lowered.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

Minimum rectangular

This group of parameters allows you to define all the characteristics of the rectangular
minimum raw part.

• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the raw part (with EasySTONE automatic
adapts the size of the raw part to the part).
• Additional thickness: Allows you to define an additional thickness for the raw
part; it is used especially when the parameter Thickness is set to automatic.
• Z position: Allows you to define a movement of the raw part on the Z axis: if the
value is positive, the raw part is raised, if it is negative it is lowered.
• Overmaterial: Allows you to define the thickness of material additional to the raw
profile.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

From surfaces

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the raw part starting
from a layer with one or more internal surfaces.

• Surface layers: Defines the name of the layer containing the surfaces.

447
EasySTONE manual

• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

Generic, from file

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the raw part starting
from a Virtual Milling external file.

• File: Contains the name and location of the .VM file that will be used to define the
raw part.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

From sheet

This group of parameters allows you to define the raw part starting from a sheet defined in
the nesting.

• Overmaterial: Allows you to define the thickness of material additional to the raw
profile.
• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the raw part (with EasySTONE automatic
adapts the size of the raw part to the part).
• Additional thickness: Allows you to define an additional thickness for the raw
part; it is used especially when the parameter Thickness is set to automatic.
• Z position: It allows you to define a movement of the raw part on the Z axis: if the
value is positive, the raw part is raised, if it is negative it is lowered.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

Defined in the project.

This functionality keeps the raw part as defined by the project with the only possibility to
change the material.

• Material: Allows you to associate a material/

texture to the raw part.

Defined in the project, variable thickness.

This functionality keeps the raw part as defined by the project with the possibility of
changing the thickness and the material.

448
 7 Database Menu

• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the raw part (with EasySTONE automatic
adapts the size of the raw part to the part).
• Additional thickness: Allows you to define an additional thickness for the raw
part; it is used especially when the parameter Thickness is set to automatic.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw part.
Lathe

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the raw part on a lathe.
• Position: Defines the position of the drawn geometry with respect to the raw part.
The possible positions are :
◦ center.
◦ left.
◦ right.
• Generic point: Allows you to define a displacement on the X, Y and Z axes of the
center of the raw part compared to that of the geometry of the part.
• Length: Defines the length of the raw part.
• Number of sides: Defines the number of sides of the raw part.
• Offset: Allows you to define the displacement on the X axis of the raw part
compared to the drawn geometry.
• Diameter: Defines the diameter of the circle in which the section of the raw part
must be inscribed (with Automatic EasySTONE calculates it based on the part).
• Rotation: Allows you to define the rotation angle of the raw part.
• Direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction of the raw part with
respect to the drawn geometry. The possible directions are:
◦ parallel to X: The raw part is placed parallel to the X axis.
◦ parallel to Y: The raw part is placed parallel to the Y axis.
◦ parallel to Z: The raw part is placed parallel to the Z axis.
• Section: Allows you to define the name of the layer that contains the profile of the
raw part. To use a profile defined by the previous parameters, leave this parameter
empty.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

Minimum lathe

449
EasySTONE manual

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the minimum raw part
on a lathe.

• Number of sides: Defines the number of sides of the raw part.

• Rotation: Allows you to define the rotation angle of the raw part.
• Direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction of the raw part with
respect to the drawn geometry. The possible directions are:
◦ parallel to X: The raw part is placed parallel to the X axis.
◦ parallel to Y: The raw part is placed parallel to the Y axis.
◦ parallel to Z: The raw part is placed parallel to the Z axis.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

Generic lathe

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the raw part starting
from a layer with one or more internal surfaces.

• Surface layers: Defines the name of the layer containing the surface that defines
the raw part.
• Generic point: Allows you to define a displacement on the X, Y and Z axes of the
center of the raw part compared to that of the geometry of the part.
• Direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction of the raw part with
respect to the drawn geometry. The possible directions are:
◦ parallel to X: The raw part is placed parallel to the X axis.
◦ parallel to Y: The raw part is placed parallel to the Y axis.pa
◦ rallel to Z: The raw part is placed parallel to the Z axis.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.

Generic lathe, from file

This group of parameters allows you to define the characteristics of the raw part starting
from a Virtual Milling external file.
• File: Contains the name and location of the .VM file that will be used to define the
raw part.

450
 7 Database Menu

• Generic point: Allows you to define a displacement on the X, Y and Z axes of the
center of the raw part compared to that of the geometry of the part.
• Direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction of the raw part with
respect to the drawn geometry. The possible directions are:
◦ parallel to X: The raw part is placed parallel to the X axis.
◦ parallel to Y: The raw part is placed parallel to the Y axis.
◦ parallel to Z: The raw part is placed parallel to the Z axis.
• Material: Allows you to associate a material/texture to the raw material.
End
Allows you to enter an SCL script at the end of the configuration performed after the
application of all the associations that determine the creation of the machinings for all parts
of the project.

7.4.3 Buttons for associations

Area 3 (Red)

Associations type: Allows you to define the associations for the CAM configuration
selected in the drop-down menu 1).
The possible types of associations are:
• Layer: The Kits are applied to all the entities of the layer whose name is the same
as that of the association.
• Label: The Kits are applied to all the entities whose label is the same as that of the
association.
• Color: The Kits are applied to all the entities whose color is the same as that
specified during the creation of the association.
New: This command allows you to create new associations or commands.

1) The procedure for creating an association is the following:

• Activate the New command.
• Enter the name of the new association (*) or select it from the options displayed
by clicking on the dots (the choices that appear are dependent on the Type of
Associations selected for the configuration in question).
• Confirm the creation with Ok.

451
EasySTONE manual

• Assign a Kit among those present in the List of available kits (Reference 7.4.5) to
the association created with drag'n'drop (select the kit and drag it onto the name of
the association).
(*) To create associations with multiple layers or labels, you can use one or more asterisks
in the name. For example, assuming you have layers or labels called one, two, three, four:

• u*: only the name one is associated.

• *u*: the names two and four are associated.
• *u*o: only the name one is associated.
2) The procedure for creating a command is the following:
• Activate the New command.
• Select the option Command.
• Confirm the creation with Ok.
• Assign a Command among those present in the List of available kits (Reference
7.4.5) to the command created with drag'n'drop (select the command and drag it
onto the name of the association).
Edit: This command allows you to change the associations present. The procedure is the
following:
• Select the association to edit.
• Activate the Edit command.
• Change the name by writing it in the space provided or select it from the options
displayed by clicking on the dots.
• Confirm the change with Ok.
Delete: This command allows you to delete the associations or commands present. The
procedure is the following:
• Select from the List of associations the one to be deleted.
• Activate the Delete command.
• Confirm the deletion with YES.

7.4.4 Association directory list

Area 4 (Blue)

452
 7 Database Menu

Fig. 7.68: Section Associations

This list displays and allows you to modify the parameters of each association (Layer, Label
or Color) and of the machining kits of the configuration in question.

The specifications of an association can be grouped into four sections:

1. Layer name, label or entity color.

2. Machining Kit.
3. General properties.
4. Advanced properties.

3) General properties

Sorting: Defines the ordering of the machinings:

• automatic: The order is defined by EasySTONE.

• locked: The order of machinings is followed.

Single machining: Lets you specify how to group the machinings:

◦ one per layer: one machining per layer.

◦ single: one machining for all layers.
◦ one per entity: one machining for each entity.

Closed path chaining: Specifies the type of chaining to be used in closed paths:

• Inherited from kit.

453
EasySTONE manual

• CCW direction
• CW direction
• CCW direction internal, CW external
• CW direction internal, CCW external

Open paths chaining: Defines the starting point of the machining and the direction to be
followed:

Type of path:

• Inherited from kit

• Center of the raw part on the left.
• Center of the raw part on the right.CCW, closing with line.
• CW, closing with line.
• Closer to the center of the raw part.
• Farther from the center of the raw part.
• Closer to the exterior of the raw part.
• Farther from the exterior of the raw part.
• Long side.
• Short side.
• Incoming in angle
• Outgoing from angle.
• Order in the database.
• Order in the database, inverted
• Sort by minimum local X, Y increasing
• Sort by minimum local X, Y decreasing.
• Sort by minimum local Y, X increasing.
• Sort by minimum local Y, X decreasing.
• Sort by maximum local X, Y increasing.
• Sort by maximum local X, Y decreasing.
• Sort by maximum local Y, X increasing.
• Sort by maximum local Y, X decreasing.
• Sort by minimum global X, Y increasing.
• Sort by minimum global X, Y decreasing.
• Sort by minimum global Y, Y increasing.

454
 7 Database Menu

• Sort by minimum global Y, Y decreasing.

• Sort by maximum global X, Y increasing.
• Sort by maximum global X, Y decreasing.
• Sort by maximum global Y, X increasing.
• Sort by maximum global Y, X decreasing.

Start of closed paths: Determines the machining starting point for the closed paths.

Type of path start:

• Inherited from kit.

• Selection.
• Mid point long side.
• Mid point short side.
• Mid point upper side.
• Mid point lower side.
• Mid point left side.
• Mid point right side.
• Edge long side.
• Edge short side.
• Edge X min local.
• Edge X max local.
• Edge Y min local.
• Edge Y max local.
• Edge Z min local.
• Edge Z max local.
• Edge X min global.
• Edge X max global.
• Edge Y min global.
• Edge Y max global.
• Edge Z min global.
• Edge Z max global.
• Closer to the center of the raw part.
• Farther from the center of the raw part.
• Closer to the exterior of the raw part.

455
EasySTONE manual

• Farther from the exterior of the raw part.

• Search for convex edge.

Paths sorting: If a machining involves multiple paths using this parameter it is possible to
choose which path to start from. Paths sorting is activated by selecting multiple entities to
be machined with the same kit. At this point, to speed up the process, you can order the paths
following specific rules to make sure that, given an initial path, another path is processed
next to it rather than having to process the furthest path and then come closer again, etc.
This parameter is important for an optimization at the machining speed level.

Sort type:

• Inherited from kit.

• Selection.
• Internal to external.
• External to internal.
• First internal, then external.
• First external, then internal.
• Horizontal, vertical Y increasing.
• Horizontal, vertical Y decreasing.
• Vertical, horizontal X increasing.
• Vertical, horizontal X decreasing.
• minimum X, increasing Y.
• minimum X, decreasing Y.
• minimum X, optimize.
• maximum X, increasing Y.
• maximum X, decreasing Y.
• maximum X, optimize.
• minimum Y, increasing X.
• minimum Y, decreasing X.
• minimum Y, optimize.
• maximum Y, increasing X.
• maximum Y, decreasing X.
• maximum Y, optimize.
• minimum Z, optimize.

456
 7 Database Menu

• maximum Z, optimize.

Advanced properties

Condition: Allows you to define the conditions (maximum three) that must be followed in
order to apply the association (figure7.69).

Fig. 7.69: Condition

The procedure is the following:

• Activate the command Condition.

• Select the condition.
• Specify the condition value.
• Confirm with Ok.
To enter multiple conditions, the procedure is the following:

• Activate the command Condition.

• Select the option Advanced.
• Write the conditions in the text line using the parametric codes below.
• Confirm with Ok.

457
EasySTONE manual

PARAMETER ADVANCED CODE

Current Group CURRGROUP

Current Piece CURRPIECE

Raw Part Type TYPE

Thickness THICK

Raw Part Position POS

Z Pos POSZ

X Dim DIMX

Y Dim DIMY

X Ofs OFFSETX

Y Ofs OFFSETY

Overmaterial OVERMAT

Origin XYTYPE

Z Origin ZTYPE

X minimum raw BOXXMIN

X maximum raw BOXXMAX

Y minimum raw BOXYMIN

Y maximum raw BOXYMAX

Z minimum raw BOXZMIN

Z maximum raw BOXZMAX

The operands that can be used in the option Advanced are:

OPERANDS OPERANDS ADVANCED

Equal ==
Greater >
Lower
Different !=
Greater Equal >=
Lower Equal
AND AND
OR OR

458
 7 Database Menu

Filter: This parameter allows you to define to which types of entities to apply the
association (figure 7.70).

Fig. 7.70: Filter

The procedure is the following:

• Activate the command Filter.

• Select the type of entity to which to apply the association from the drop-down
menu.
• Select any filter conditions.
• Confirm with Ok.
The possible filters are:

• Only lines.
• Only arcs.
• Only lines and arcs.
• Only circles.
• Only holes.
• Only texts.
• Only nurbs curves.
• Only surfaces.
• Only nurbs surfaces.
• Only polymesh.

459
EasySTONE manual

• Only Z maps.
• All entity types.

Variation: Allows you to make changes in the machining for the individual entities to
which a label has been associated (*).

After associating a label with the entity to be processed, select (with a double click) the
parameter Variation.

Fig. 7.71: Automatic CAM machining changes

The dialog window Variation (figure 7.71) is divided into:

• Label: Allows you to select the name of the label to which the variation is applied.
• Type of variation: Allows you to define the variation to be applied:
▪ none: No change is applied.
▪ feed: Changes the machining feed of the entity associated with the
label.
▪ initial elongation: lengthens the tool leadin.

• final lengthening: lengthens the tool lead-out.

460
 7 Database Menu

• stop: Inserts a machine stop at the end of the machining of the entity associated with
the label.

• command: Inserts a direct command at the end of the machining of the entity
associated with the label.
• initial depth: Defines how much the tool must sink into the raw part in the initial
stretch of the entity associated with the label.
• final depth: defines how much the tool must sink into the raw part in the final stretch
of the entity associated with the label.
• initial width: Defines how much the processing must be wide in the initial stretch of
the entity associated with the label.
• ending width: Defines how much the processing must be wide in the final stretch of
the entity associated with the label.
• open sides: the tool can go outside the machining perimeter.
• Value: Defines the new value of the parameter.

(*) These features are those that are displayed in the Graphic area when in advanced
modification of a process, an entity of the machining path is selected with a click.

Start SCL script: Allows you to enter an SCL script before the application of the
machining to the part. (Figure 7.72).

461
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.72: Script SCL

End SCL script: Allows you to enter an SCl script after the applications of the machining

7.4.4.1 Association options menu

Selecting an Association with the right button of the mouse EasySTONE displays the
following menu :

" style="border:1px solid black; "/>

Fig. 7.73: Association options menu

Copy : allows you to copy an Association.

Paste : allows you to paste an Association.

Select all: enables all the Associations that will be applied to the execution of the
configuration in question in the automatic CAM

462
 7 Database Menu

Deselect all: disable all Associations.

Add relief cuts: allows you to configure an escape cut in the machining created.

Add operation: allows you to apply an operation to the created machining (e.g. enable or
disable the probe of the Kit or how even and odd machining paths must be worked).

Add parameter: allows you to apply a value to a parameter of the created machinings.

7.4.5 Kit tree

Area 5 ( Pink )

This tree list contains all the kits present in the machine configuration grouped by machining
types:

• drilling.
• routing.
• cutting.
• pocketing.
• profiling.
• engraving.
• grooving.
• bevelling.
• surface roughing.
• surface finishing.
• 5-axis finishing.
• lathe roughing.
• lathe finishing.
• 5-axis lathe finishing.
• waterjet.
• 5-axis waterjet.
• commands.

463
EasySTONE manual

7.4.6 Automatic CAM interaction Buttons

Area 6 ( Light Blue)

Import button: Allows you to import a CAM configuration. When the command is
activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window for selecting an .ACD file; the next
dialog window Name allows you to specify the name of the new configuration imported and
therefore available in the drop-down menu 1).

Export button: Allows you to export a CAM configuration. When the command is
activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window for exporting to an .ACD file the
configuration selected in the drop-down menu 1).

Ok: Lets you exit the window Automatic CAM configuration confirming all the changes
made to the configurations.

Cancel: Lets you exit the window Automatic CAM configuration without saving the changes
made to the configurations.

Note: It is possible to verify the correct creation and application of the CAM configuration
in the drop down menu 1) using the Verify Button that is displayed when the command
Automatic CAM Configuration is activated and EasySTONE is in Machine mode.

7.5 Automatic DISP configuration

This feature allows you to define an automatic disposition of the parts and sub-pieces
(vacuums, references, vises) on the table, which can be recalled via the command Automatic
Disp present in the Dispose mode in the related drop-down menu.

An automatic DISP configuration is a set of associations between the position of the part
and that of the sub-pieces on the table.

The dialog window Automatic DISP Configuration (figure 7.74) consists of the following
areas:

464
 7 Database Menu

1. Buttons for interacting with the configurations.

2. Tree list of the general properties of the current configuration.
3. Buttons for interacting with the associations.
4. Tree list of the associations.
5. Tree list of the sub-pieces (references, vacuums and vises).
6. Buttons for interacting with the dialog window Automatic DISP Configuration.

Fig. 7.74: Automatic DISP

7.5.1 Configuration buttons

Area 1 (Green)

1) Drop-down menu to choose the configuration:

This drop-down menu allows you to select a configuration.

2) Button New:
Allows you to create a new configuration.
◦ Activate the command New.
◦ Enter the name.
◦ Confirm with Ok.
3) Button Delete:
Allows you to delete a configuration.
◦ Select in the drop-down menu 1) the configuration to be deleted.
◦ Activate the command Delete.

465
EasySTONE manual

◦ Confirm with Yes.

4) Button Copy:
Allows you to create a new configuration with the same parameters as an existing one.
◦ Select in the drop-down menu 1) the configuration to be copied.
◦ Activate the command Copy.
◦ Enter the name.
◦ Confirm with Ok.
5) Button Rename:
Allows you to rename a configuration.
◦ Select in the drop-down menu 1) the configuration to be renamed.
◦ Activate the command Rename.
◦ Enter the new name.
◦ Confirm with OK.

7.5.2 Configuration general property tree

Area 2 ( Yellow )

This tree list contains the general parameters concerning the DISP configuration selected
from the drop-down menu 1) present in Area 1 (Green).

Groupings
Allows you to apply the configuration to all the parts present in the project or only to some
of them. There are these possibilities:
• all parts: The configuration is applied to all parts of the current project.
• parts of the current grouping: The configuration is applied only to the current
grouping (figure 7.67).

466
 7 Database Menu

Grouping Management

Start

This group of parameters allows you to define the operations to be performed at the start of
the configuration.
The group of parameters Start is divided into:
• operation: Allows you to define the operations to be performed on the layout
before the configuration is performed. The possible operations are :
◦ no operation: No operation is performed.
◦ reset: The current layout is deleted.
• initial disposition: Allows you to set a disposition starting from a file *.disp
(Initial Disp File) obtained in Dispose mode following the execution of the
command Save initial disposition in the menu DISPOSE. When the parameter is
selected, EasySTONE displays the Windows dialog box for opening a file in which
to define the name and position. To delete the initial disposition file, select it with
the right mouse button and confirm with Delete.
• SCL script: This parameter allows you to enter an SCL script at the start of the
configuration.
Parameters
• optimization: This parameter is useful when in the project there are multiple parts
and allows you to define the type of optimization to be applied to the machinings.
The possible optimizations are:

467
EasySTONE manual

◦ part: The machine performs all machinings of a part before moving on to

the next one.
◦ project: The machine performs all the machinings with the same tool on
all the parts before moving on to the next tool, thus saving time for tool
changes.
• active table: Allows you to specify the number of the active table.
• additional table:
◦ enabled: Enables the additional table.
◦ disable: Disables the additional table.
◦ defined in the project: Keeps the configuration as per the project.
Verify interference

This group of parameters allows you to define the conditions for the interference check. The
group of parameters Verify interference is divided into:
• Verify: Activates or deactivates the interference check.
• Minimum distance: Defines the minimum distance below which EasySTONE
warns of collision danger.
• Controls: Defines the components present on the table (part, vacuums, references,
vises, etc.) subject to collision verification.
The possible options are:
◦ only vacuums: In verify collision only vacuums are taken into
consideration.
◦ subpieces: In verify collisions, all the subpieces are taken into
consideration (vacuums, references, vices).
◦ subpieces and table: In verify collision the subpieces and the table are
taken into consideration.
◦ subpieces, table and other parts: In verify collision the parts, the subpieces
and the table are taken into consideration.
◦ subpieces and other parts: In verify collisions the parts and subpieces are
taken into consideration.
◦ only vacuums and table: In verify collision the vacuums and the table are
taken into consideration.
◦ only vacuums, table and other parts: In verify collision parts, vacuums and
the table are taken into consideration.

468
 7 Database Menu

◦ only vacuums and other parts: In verify collision parts and vacuums are
taken into account.

Setup

This group of parameters allows you to define the setup. The group of parameters Setup is
divided into:

• Type: Defines the type of setup. The types of setup are:

◦ automatic: EasySTONE considers valid the position specified in the tool
database.
◦ from file: Allows you to set the setup defined in a Set Up File (*.stf)).
◦ already defined: The setup defined in Dispose mode is maintained.
• File: This parameter is taken into consideration only if the type of setup is set from
file, allows you to define the name and location of the file.

End

This group of parameters allows you to define the operations to be performed at the end of
the configuration. The group of parameters End is divided into:

• operation: This parameter allows you to define which operations to perform on the
part after the disposition calculation. The possible operations are:
◦ no operation: No operation is performed.
◦ reset: The current disposition is deleted.
◦ splitting: The dialogue concerning the splitting is activated.
◦ clear unused vacuums: Unused vacuums are eliminated.
• SCL script: This parameter allows you to enter an SCL script at the end of the
configuration.

7.5.3 Association buttons

Area 3 (Red)

The buttons in this section allow you to define the parts and sub-pieces to be placed on the
table.

469
EasySTONE manual

new sub-piece: This command allows you to enter an association in a configuration

concerning a new sub-piece. The procedure for creating an association is the following:
• Activate the command New subpiece.
• Assign a sub-piece among those present in the subpiece List (See 7.5.5 ) to the
association created through drag'n'drop (select the item and drag it to the name of
the association).
new part: This command allows you to enter an association in a configuration concerning
a new part. The procedure for creating an association is the following:
• Activate the command New part.
• Assign a part to the association created setting its parameters (See 7.5.4).
delete: This command allows you to remove an association present in the configuration in
question. The procedure is the following:
• Select from the List of associations the one to be deleted.
• Activate the command Delete.
• Confirm the deletion of the association by selecting the command Yes.

7.5.4 Associations list

Area 4 (Blue)

This tree list contains the associations that define the disposition of the parts and sub- parts
on the table.

There are two types of associations:

470
 7 Database Menu

1) Sub-piece

Class: This parameter specifies the identifier of the sub-piece inserted in the association. It
is filled in automatically by selecting a sub-piece from the tree list of sub-pieces and
dragging it to a parameter of the association in question.

Position: Defines the coordinates X,Y of the sub-piece with respect to Position reference.

Position reference: Allows you to define the origin of the coordinates specified in the
parameter Position. The possible options are:

• table, bottom-left edge

• table, bottom-right edge
• table, top-left edge
• table, top-left edge
• table, center.
• part, lower left corner.
• part, bottom right edge.
• part, top left edge.
• part, top right edge.
• part, center.
The following descriptive parameters of the sub-piece are also present in this group:

◦ Part type: This parameter is considered when the parameter Position

reference is set to one of the options that use the part as a reference and
allows you to identify the part. The possible options are:
▪ By name.
▪ By ID.
▪ By database order.
◦ Part ID: This parameter is considered when the parameter part type is set
to By name, or By ID, and allows you to enter the name or identification
number of the part to be used as a reference.
Angle: Defines the angle of rotation with which to place the sub-piece on the machining
table.

Phase: Specifies the phase number of the machining in which the sub-piece is inserted.

471
EasySTONE manual

Verification: Defines whether the sub-piece must be checked for collisions. The possible
options are:
◦ Consider in verify interference.
◦ Consider in verify interference before profiled.
◦ Do not consider in verify interference.
Advanced:

Condition: Allows you to define the conditions that must occur in order to apply
the association (figure 7.69).

Condition

Up to three conditions can be entered. The procedure is the following:

• Activate the command Condition. It automatically opens the dialog window

Condition.
• Select the drop-down menus to set one or more conditions.
• Confirm with Ok.
To enter multiple conditions, the procedure is the following:
• Activate the command Condition. It automatically opens the dialog window
Condition.

472
 7 Database Menu

• Select the option Advanced.

• Write the conditions in the text line using the parametric codes described in the table
below.
• Confirm with Ok.
The codes that can be used with the option Advanced active are shown in the following
table.

PARAMETER ADVANCED CODE

Current grouping CURRGROUP

Number of parts NUMPIECES

The codes that can be used with the option Advanced active are shown in the
following table.

OPERANDS OPERANDS ADVANCED

Equal ==

Greater >

Lower

Different !=

Greater or equal >=

Lower or equal

AND AND

OR OR

473
EasySTONE manual

StartSCL script: This parameter allows you to enter an SCL script before positioning the
sub-piece.
End SCL script: This parameter allows you to enter an SCL script after positioning
the sub-piece.

2) Part

Part type: This parameter allows you to choose how to identify the part inserted in the
association. The possible options are:

• By name.
• By ID.
• By database order.

474
 7 Database Menu

Part ID: This parameter is considered when the parameter Part type is set to By name, or
By ID, and allows you to enter the name or identification number of the part to be used as a
reference.

Placement type: This group of parameters allows you to define the type of positioning of
the part. The possible options are:

• levels.
• bottom left alignment.
• top left alignment.
• bottom right alignment.
• top right alignment.
• fixed point.

The group consists of the following parameters:

• Position: Taken into consideration only if the parameter Placement type is set to
levels, and allows you to define the position of the center of gravity of the part by
entering its coordinates X and Y.
• Reference: Allows you to define the origin of the coordinates specified in the
parameter Position.
• Angle: Allows you to define the rotation angle with which to place the part on the
machining table.
• Fixed point: Is taken into consideration only if the parameter Placement type is set
to fixed point and allows you to specify the fixed point on the table where to place
the part (see paragraph 12.2.3.1).
• Move X: Allows you to define a further shift in X compared to the set positioning.
• Shift Y: Allows you to define a further shift in Y compared to the set positioning.
Shim: This parameter allows you to define the thickness of the shim placed under the part.

Phase: Specifies the machining phase number in which the part assumes the previously
configured position.

Advanced:

475
EasySTONE manual

◦ Condition: Allows you to define the conditions that must occur in order to
apply the association (figure
7.69).

Up to three conditions can be entered. The procedure is the following:

• Activate the command Condition. The dialog window Condition opens

automatically.
• Select the drop-down menus to set one or more conditions.
• Confirm with Ok.
To enter multiple conditions, the procedure is the following:

• Activate the command Condition. The dialog window Condition opens

automatically.
• Select the option Advanced.
• Write the conditions in the text line using the parametric codes described in the table
below.
• Confirm with Ok.

The codes that can be used with the option Advanced active are shown in the
following table.

PARAMETER ADVANCED CODE

Current grouping CURRGROUP

Number of parts NUMPIECES

The codes that can be used with the option Advanced active are shown in the
following table.

OPERANDS OPERANDS ADVANCED

Equal ==

Greater >

Lower

Different !=

Greater or equal >=

476
 7 Database Menu

Lower or equal

AND AND

OR OR

Start SCL script: This parameter allows you to enter an SCL script before positioning
the part.
End SCL script: This parameter allows you to enter an SCL script after positioning
the part.

7.5.4.1 Association options menu

Selecting an Association with the right button of the mouse EasySTONE displays the
following menu :

477
EasySTONE manual

" style="border:1px solid black; "/>

Fig. 7.75: Association options menu

Copy : Allows you to copy an Association.

Paste: Allows you to paste an Association.

Select all: Enables all Associations that will be applied to the execution of the
configuration in question in the automatic DISP.

Unselect all: Disables all Associations.

7.5.5 Sub-pieces tree

Area 5 (Pink)

This tree list contains all the sub-pieces present in the machine configuration grouped by
type:

• references.
• vacuums.
• vices.
• vacuums with references.

7.5.6 Automatic DISP interaction buttons

Area 6 ( Light Blue)

Import button: Allows you to import a DISP configuration.

478
 7 Database Menu

When the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window for selecting
an .ADD file; the next dialog window Name allows you to specify the name of the new
configuration imported and therefore available in the drop-down menu 1).

Export button: Allows you to export a DISP configuration.

When the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window for exporting to
an .ADD file the configuration selected in the drop-down menu 1).

Ok: Lets you exit the window Automatic DISP configuration confirming all the changes
made to the configurations.

Cancel: Lets you exit the window Automatic DISP configuration without saving the changes
made to the configurations.

Note: It is possible to verify the correct creation and application of the DISP configuration
in the drop down menu 1) using the Verify button that is displayed when the command
Automatic DISP configuration is activated and EasySTONE is in Dispose mode.

7.6 Machine Costs

Fig. 7.76: Machine costs

479
EasySTONE manual

In this menu it is possible to set machine costs by type that in addition to the tool cost per
linear meter (in the tool database) and at the cost per cubic meter of the material (in the
material database) allow you to calculate an estimate of the costs for each machining
process. This cost estimate is displayed in Machine mode in the dialog window Estimated
Times (7.77) an in Generate mode in the control Calculate times, lengths and costs (7.78).

Fig. 7.77: Estimate of Time and Cost in Machine mode

Fig. 7.78: Estimate of Time, Length and Cost in Generate mode

480
 7 Database Menu

481
EasySTONE manual

482
 8 Mode Menu

8 Mode Menu

In this menu it is possible to navigator the 4 EasySTONE modes:

• Draw
• Machine
• Dispose
• Generate

8.1 Draw Mode

The Draw mode groups the commands to build the geometry of the part.

The controls are available both in the drop-down menus Draw, Build, Edit, Elaborate
and ZMap, both in the command area (figure 8.1).

The Draw mode will be detailed in chapter 9.

483
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 8.1: Draw mode

484
 8 Mode Menu

8.2 Machine Mode

Fig. 8.2: Machine Mode

The Machine mode groups the commands useful for defining the raw part, the origin, the
kits and the sequence of operations.

The commands are available both in the Machine drop-down menu both in the Command
area (green area in figure 8.2).

Further details will be discussed in chapter 10 Machine mode.

485
EasySTONE manual

8.3 Dispose Mode

The Dispose mode groups commands to define the disposition of the raw part and its sub-
pieces on the table.

The commands are available both in the Dispose drop-down menu both in the Command
area (figure 8.3).

The Dispose mode will be detailed in chapter 12

Fig. 8.3: Dispose Mode

8.4 Generate Mode

The Generate mode groups the commands for the generation of the part machining program,
the transmission of the related ISO file to the machine, the execution of the simulation, the
calculation of the times, costs and lengths of the machinings.

486
 8 Mode Menu

The commands are available both in the Generate drop-down menu both in the Command
area (figure 8.4).

The Generate mode will be detailed in chapter 13.

Fig. 8.4: Generate Mode

487
EasySTONE manual

488
 9 Draw Mode

9 Draw Mode

The draw mode deals with the creation and modification of the geometry of the parts to be
machined.
The command panel of the draw mode is divided into five overlapping pages containing all
the drawing commands, which are:
• Draw.
• Build.
• Modify.
• Elaborate.
• Z Map.

489
EasySTONE manual

In addition to the control panel, the commands can also be activated from the Draw, Build,
Edit, Elaborate, Z Map menus in the drop-down menu bar.

Note : You can create a Favorites tab purpose of grouping and accessing the used commands
used more quickly. To create and add a command in the Favorites tab, select it with the right
mouse button and activate the feature Add to favorites.

9.1 Parts and Layers

This command allows you to select the currently active part and layer.
Each project consists of one or more parts and each part is made up of one or more layers.
Each layer has its own characteristics, such as its own Cartesian system and a point of origin,
and it consists of entities (lines, arcs, surfaces, etc.) that assume its reference plane.
By selecting the command (down arrow icon), the program displays the Window for
managing parts and layers, which is composed of the following areas:
1. Tree list of the parts and layers present in the current project.
2. Buttons for managing parts and layers.

490
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.1: Parts and layer

9.1.1 Directory list of parts and layers

This tree list contains the parts present in the current project, and for each of these its layers
with their characteristics.
To view the layers of a part and its characteristics select the icon . To
hide them select the icon . The properties of the layer can be modified by selecting them
with a double mouse click.
It is possible to hide a part or a layer, with the exception of the current one, by selecting the
bulb next to it, which turns from yellow to grey. To reactivate it, simply re-select the bulb,
which turns from grey to yellow.
By selecting a part or a layer with the right mouse button, the program displays a menu,
which allows you to cut, copy or paste it.

Fig. 9.2: Tree of Parts and layers

491
EasySTONE manual

9.1.1.1 Layer features

Reference plane
This parameter allows you to define the reference plane of the layer among those available,
which are:
• Top
• Bottom
• Front
• Back
• Left
• Right
• Vertical
• Generic
• Recess right
• Recess left
• Recess front
• Recess back
• By three points
• From current view
• From face
Top, Bottom, Front, Back, Left and Right
They are the reference planes that define the 6 faces of the parallelepiped as in the figure
below. It is possible to define a new local xyz origin.

Fig. 9.3: Canonic planes

492
 9 Draw Mode

Vertical
To define the Vertical Plane it is necessary to set the rotation angle around the Z axis of the
global reference.

Fig. 9.4: Vertical plane

Generic
For the generic Plane it is necessary to define in sequence:
The origin of the new layer
the angle of rotation around the axis Z of the global reference
the angle of rotation around the axis X of the new local reference
the angle of rotation around the axis Z of the new local reference

Fig. 9.5: Generic plane

493
EasySTONE manual

Right, left, front and back recess

These reference Planes are defined to create small downward inclinations in the recesses of
kitchen countertops to let the water flow into the sink.
By default the inclination is a value of a 5 mm recess on a length of 1 meter (Angle =
0.286) and in any case configured in the "Angle recess" parameter of the PPD file
(AngleRecess = 0.286).
On the left/right a rotation angle is defined around the Y axis of the global reference, while
a front/back around the X axis.

By 3 points
A plane is defined with three given points: The first defines the origin of the reference
plane, the second the X axis and the third the Y axis. The Plane is set as Generic with its
respective parameters.

From current view

A plane is defined with respect to the current view and converted to Generic with its
respective angles.

From face
It is possible to select a surface or the face of a solid in the Graphic Area and the program
automatically sets the type of plane with its related parameters.

9.1.2 Part and layer buttons

New P: Adds a new part to the current project.

New L: Adds a new layer to the currently selected part.

Ok: Defines the selected layer as current and exits the Layer management.

Delete: Deletes the currently selected part or layer.

494
 9 Draw Mode

Modify: Changes the name and characteristics of the parts and layers.

Escape: Exits the Layer management

Fig. 9.6: Layer buttons

9.1.3 Selection of Current Layer

This area contains commands to make current the layers directly in the Graphic Area.
The commands allow you to make the defined layers active with reference planes of the type
top, bottom, front, back, right, left, vertical, generic, by three points and from current view.
If several layers have the same reference plane, you can view the list by right-clicking the
reference plane, and then select the one to be made active.

Fig. 9.7: Layer selection

495
EasySTONE manual

To make a previously set layer current or to create a new one, it is also possible to enable
the Layers command at the bottom right of the Graphic Area.

Fig. 9.8: Activate layers

The active layer is colored in green.

To activate another layer, select the specific plane with the left mouse button.
To create a new layer, double-click with the left mouse button on the desired plane.
To rotate the graphic representation and view the hidden planes, press and hold the left
mouse button moving it to the left/right-down/up.

Fig. 9.9: Layer selection

9.2 Entity colour

This command allows you to select the color of the entities that are created.
Once the command has been selected, the program displays the color selection window,
from which it is possible to select the desired color.

496
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.10: Selection colors

With the command Other the custom color selection window is displayed.

Fig. 9.11: Custom colors

9.3 Snap points

This menu contains the commands that allow you to use the snap points.

The snap points are points belonging to geometric entities or to the plane that allow the user
to choose the point to be selected, facilitating the drawing and increasing its precision.

The menu Snap points can be displayed in two ways:

497
EasySTONE manual

• by selecting with the right mouse button any point of the graphic area when a
coordinate is required.
• by selecting with the left mouse button the currently active reference point on the
status bar.

Fig. 9.12: Snap points

The snap points are:

End point: Allows you to acquire the endpoint closest to the selection point of the selected
entity.

Mid point: Allows you to acquire the midpoint of the selected entity.

Center: Allows you to acquire the exact center of the selected circle or arc. In the case of
lines, the midpoint is identified.

498
 9 Draw Mode

Near point: Allows you to acquire the point of the entity closest to the selection point.

Quadrant: Allows you to acquire the points of the circumference that are placed along the
axes that determine the quadrants (the point closest to the selection point is selected).

Fig. 9.13: Quadrants of the circle

Sketch: Allows you to acquire the point of the plane that coincides with the cursor position.

Grid: Allows you to acquire the point of the plane that coincides with the grid point closest
to the selection.

Intersection: Allows you to acquire the intersection point between two entities. To select it:

1. press the left mouse button when the cursor is on the first entity;

2. leave the left mouse button when the cursor is on the second entity (during the
movement the left mouse button must remain continuously pressed).

Center layer: Allows you to acquire the center of gravity of the layer to which the selected
entity belongs.

Tangent: Allows you to acquire the point tangent to the selected entity.

Perpendicular: Allows you to acquire the point perpendicular to the selected entity.

Automatic: Allows you to acquire the point in automatic mode based on the configuration
previously performed.

499
EasySTONE manual

Configuration automatic: Allows you to add or remove a snap point from the list of
reference points active during the Automatic point selection mode. To set the automatic
mode, two different procedures can be applied:
• select Configuration automatic and the desired snap point among those in the menu
Configuration next to the menu Snap points.

• select Configuration: The dialogue window will open (figure 9.14) from which it
will be possible to select the specific snap points. To add the type of reference point
activate the flag next to the desired snap point and confirm the settings by selecting
Ok.

500
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.14: Configure

The selection can also be made by selecting the letter corresponding to the desired snap
point.
It is possible to define in which plane to make the drawing by selecting Draw in XY or
Draw in XYZ; the latter option allows you to also enter the Z coordinate.

501
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.15: Snap points menu

9.4 Commands
The parameters required by the system can be entered via the keyboard or acquired from the
graphic area with the mouse.

The parameters provided manually must be confirmed by selecting or the

Enter key of the keyboard while the parameters provided with the mouse are automatically
confirmed. To avoid this automatic confirmation, keep the Ctrl key pressed during the
acquisition with the mouse. The confirmation of the last parameter executes the command.

To cancel a command, press the button or the Esc key. When the snap points
are active, the command Cancel is also available in the menu that appears by pressing the

502
 9 Draw Mode

right mouse button in the graphic area.

9.4.1 Point coordinates

During the drawing phase, it is possible to provide, in addition to the X and Y coordinates,
also the Z coordinate of the points by clicking with the right mouse button in the graphic
area and selecting Draw in XYZ or Draw in XY.

The points can be provided both with Cartesian coordinates and in polar coordinates:
• Cartesian: Enter the X, Y and Z values separated by commas.
• Polar: Enter the module (Length) and topic (Angle) separated by the symbol
(example 100 45). In XYZ Draw mode the user can add the value of Z preceded
by a comma (example 100 45,50).
Both representations can be expressed in absolute or relative terms: in the latter case the
coordinates must be preceded by the symbol @.

The Cartesian coordinates of the points can be acquired as snap points by clicking with the
left mouse button in the Graphic Area.

The points can always be entered using the calculator that appears by clicking on the
command next to the text box.

9.4.2 Angle value

The value of an angle can be entered manually from the keyboard or via the calculator.
In addition, the program allows you to enter the value of an angle by obtaining it from
another entity, in this case select the entity from which to derive the data while
simultaneously holding down the Shift key.

Alternatively, you can press the button which is next to the command Calculator and
choose one of the predefined angles (figure 9.16).

503
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.16: Predefined angles

9.4.3 Calculator

Some data required by the drawing functions, for example the line for two points, can be
entered using the calculator. The calculator is activated by the button next to the data request
box (figure 9.17) and appears only if the function is enabled.

The Visual function shows the result of the operation without closing the calculator.

When the definition of the coordinates of a point is required, the commands X, Y is Z of the
calculator insert the result of the operation carried out respectively in the field of x, y or z.
The values assigned to X, Y, Z can be recalled by selecting MX, MY, MZ and used for sums,
multiplications, etc. The functions Z and MZ are available only in Draw in XYZ mode.

When the definition of a simple data is required, the commands X, Y, Z, MX, MY and MZ are
replaced by the commands Enter, M e which respectively have the function of entering the
result of the operation carried out, recalling the value present in the data box and deleting.

Fig. 9.17: Calculator for inserting points

504
 9 Draw Mode

9.5 Draws

9.5.1 2-point line

This command allows you to create segments defined by the starting point and the end point.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the starting point
• Select the end point
The software automatically enables the creation of another segment with the end point of
the previous segment as the starting point.
To create a new segment:
• Select the new end point
To stop creating segments:

• Select the button or press the Esc key.

Fig. 9.18: Start point

Fig. 9.19: End point

505
EasySTONE manual

9.5.2 Length angle line

This command allows you to create a segment defined by the starting point, the inclination
angle and the length.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the starting point.
• Enter the inclination angle value with respect to the x axis.
• Enter the value of the segment length.
The length and angle can be acquired from another geometric entity present in the graphic
area by selecting it with the mouse and simultaneously holding down the Shift key.

Fig. 9.20: Line with angle and length

9.5.3 Rectangle

This command allows you to create a rectangle defined by the starting point, the opposite
vertex or the dimensions of the rectangle and the angle of rotation of the base.

There are two different procedures available for drawing a rectangle: Dimension-Angle and
Point to Point

Dimension-angle:

506
 9 Draw Mode

• Select the starting point, i.e. the point where to place the lower left corner of the
rectangle
• Enter the value of the rectangle length.
• Enter the value of the rectangle height.
• Enter the angle value by which to rotate the rectangle
Point to Point:
• Select the starting point, i.e. the point where to place the lower left corner of the
rectangle.
• Select the end point, i.e. the point where to place the upper right corner of the
rectangle.
• Enter the angle value to rotate the rectangle.
With both procedures it is possible, by selecting the option Fillet, to create a rectangle with
rounded corners. In this case, at the end of the procedure, it is necessary to enter the value
of the fillet radius.

Fig. 9.21: Rectangle

Fig. 9.22: Corner fillet

507
EasySTONE manual

9.5.4 Polygon

This command allows you to create a regular polygon defined by the number of sides.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Enter the number of sides. Select a type of parameter.
• Enter the value of the selected parameter.
• Select the center point of the polygon.
• Enter the value of the rotation angle of the polygon.
The types of parameters are:
• Circumscribed radius:The value of the parameter is the radius circumscribed
around the polygon.

Fig. 9.23: Circumscribed radius

• Inscribed radius: The value of the parameter is the radius inscribed in the polygon.

Fig. 9.24: Inscribed radius

• Side: The parameter value is the side of the polygon.

508
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.25: Side

9.5.5 Arc by 3 points

This command allows you to define an arc passing through three points.
After activating the command, follow this procedure:
• Select the starting point.
• Select the second point.
Activating the option Second point this becomes the midpoint of the arc.
• Select the end point.
By not activating the option Second point, this becomes the end point of the arc.
• Select the midpoint of the arc.

509
EasySTONE manual

The software automatically enables the creation of another arc with the end point of the
previous arc as the starting point.
To create a new arc:
• Select the midpoint and the end point of the arc, or vice versa, depending on the
option Second point being active or not.
To stop creating arcs:

• Select the button or press the Esc key.

9.5.6 Arc by Centre and 2 points

This command allows you to create an arc defined by its center, start point and end point.
After activating the command, follow this procedure:
• Select the center of the arc.
• Select the starting point.
• Select the direction of rotation (clockwise or counterclockwise).
• Select the end point.

9.5.7 P1 P2 radius arc

This command allows you to create an arc defined by its radius, start point and end point.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Enter the value of the radius length.
• Select the starting point.
• Select the direction of rotation (clockwise or counterclockwise).
• Select the end point.
The software automatically enables the creation of another arc with the end point of the
previous segment as the starting point and the same radius.

To create a new arc:

• Select the direction of rotation (clockwise or counterclockwise).

510
 9 Draw Mode

• Select the new end point.

To stop creating arcs:

• Select cancel or press the Esc key.

9.5.8 P1 d P2 arc

This command allows you to create an arc defined by the starting point, the angle that
indicates the initial direction of the arc and the end point.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Enter the value of the opening of the angle indicating the direction.
• Select the starting point.
• Select the end point.
The software automatically enables the creation of another arc with the end point of the
previous segment as the starting point and the same angle.
To create a new arc:
• Select the new end point.
To stop creating arcs:

• Select the button or press the Esc key.

9.5.9 Circle by 3 points

This command allows defining a circle passing by three points.

After activating the command, the procedure is as follows:

• Select the start point.

• Select the second point.
• Select the final point

511
EasySTONE manual

9.5.10 Circle by Centre and Point

This command allows you to create a circle defined by its center and radius.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the center of the arc.
• Select any point of the circle or enter the value of the radius length.

9.5.11 Circle by 2 points

This command allows you to create a circle defined by two points and whose diameter is the
segment that connects them.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the first point.
• Select the second point. If the first point has been selected tangent to another entity,
it is possible, instead of selecting the second point, to enter the value of the diameter
length.

9.5.12 Ellipse

There are two different procedures available for drawing an ellipse: Rectangle corner and
dimensions

Rectangle corner:
• Select the center
• Select the end point, i.e. the point where to place the edge of the containing
rectangle.
• Enter the angle value by which to rotate the ellipse
Dimensions:

512
 9 Draw Mode

• Select the center.

• Enter the value of the ellipse length.
• Enter the value of the ellipse height.
• Enter the angle value by which to rotate the ellipse

9.5.13 BiArc

This command allows you to create two arcs tangent to each other.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Enter the value of the opening of the angle that indicates the direction.
• Select the starting point.
• Enter the value of the opening of the angle that indicates the final direction.
• Select the end point.
• Enter the value of the coefficient that expresses the ratio between the two radiuses.

Fig. 9.26: Biarc coefficient 0.2

513
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.27: Biarc coefficient 0.5

9.5.14 Nurbs curve

This command allows you to create a Nurbs curve defined by a set of points.
A Nurbs curve is a complex geometry composed of a series of points on the plane, which
can be exploded in a series of arcs and lines.

Once the command has been activated, the program displays in the control panel the
interface for creating the curve networks (Figure 9.28), which contains:
• Points List: This list contains all the points that are part of the nurbs curve. It is
possible to modify the position of a point already added to the list by selecting it
with a double click of the mouse and entering the new coordinates or change the
order of the points by moving them in the list through drag'n'drop. To add a new
point, simply select it in the graphic area, or alternatively select the option New
point at the bottom of the list and write the coordinates. To delete a point, simply
select it in the list and press the Delete key of the keyboard.
• Approximation: This option, if active, allows the nurbs curve not to run on each
selected point, but to follow a path that approximates them.

514
 9 Draw Mode

• Close in tangency: This option is active only when the nurbs curve is closed and
makes it possible to maintain the tangency also on the end that connects the start
and the end of the curve.

Fig. 9.28: Nurbs Curve

9.5.15 Import

This command allows you to import another project created with EasySTONE or parts of it
(parts and layers) into the current project (figure 9.29).

515
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.29: Import

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for importing
a file, in which to define the position, name and extension of the file to be imported. In this
window it is also possible to preview the project you want to open, by activating the option
Preview.

Once the file has been selected and opened, the program displays the dialog window Import
(figure 9.30), which contains a list of all the parts in the file from which to select those to be
imported. It is possible to import all the parts by selecting the command Import all, or select
the parts to be imported, by selecting the command Import parts; or to select the layers to be
imported by selecting the command Import layers. Also, only if the command Import layers
is selected, there is the option On current reference, which allows you to import it keeping
the current reference instead of the one of the imported file. To complete the import, once
the window Import is closed, you need to select where to place the imported geometry.

516
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.30: Import

9.5.16 Components

This command allows you to insert parts already made into the project, for which you can
define only the measurements.
Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Components, with
a list of parts already made from which to choose the one you want and assign the related
dimensions.

9.5.17 Text

This command allows you to create a text geometry.

517
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.31: Text

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Enter the text to be created in the rectangular box.
• Specify the text height
• Specify the kernings
This parameter allows you to add an additional space between two characters when
they appear to be too close to each other.
• Choose the way to add a space between two lines of characters and enter the
distance.
To insert two lines of text in the rectangular box you need to press the enter key
(line feed). There are two different methods: Line spacing and Interaxis.

518
 9 Draw Mode

◦ Line spacing Space between the insertion point of the previous text
and the next text line, or the "empty" space between lines.

◦ Interaxis Space between the insertion points of the different text lines.
• Specify Aspect
This parameter is the proportion between height and width of the character.
• Specify Angle
This parameter allows you to orient the text. A zero angle is oriented along the x
axis.
• Specify the Font from those installed in the operating system.
• Select the Font style which can be:
◦ Normal
◦ Italic
◦ Bold
◦ Bold and Italic
• Select Horizontal alignment (H) with respect to the text insertion point, which
can be:
◦ None.
◦ Justified. This parameter is displayed only if the "text on path" option is
enabled, the normal spacing is not maintained and the characters are evenly
distributed along the path to be followed.
◦ Left. Aligned to the left of the given point or path to be followed.
◦ Center. Aligned to the center of the given point or path to be followed.
◦ Right. Aligned to the right of the given point or path to be followed.
• The following option can be enabled
If enabled, this parameter allows you to combine two characters and assume a
different form for special fonts.
• The following option can be enabled
If enabled, this parameter allows you to fill the text with the chosen color.
• It is possible to enable the "Char move" option
This parameter can be enabled only if the "Enable ligatures (for Arabic fonts)"
option is disabled and allows you to move the position of each character. With the

519
EasySTONE manual

left mouse button select the x of the character you want to move, keeping it pressed
down to the desired position.
If you enable the parameter text on path:

• It is possible to enable the "Text on path" option

This parameter, if enabled, allows you to align the text associating it to some
entities.

Subsequently it is necessary to select the desired entities to draw the text. It is also
necessary to check the "horizontal alignment (H)" option which by default is set to
Justified.
If you enable Invert path the text orientation is reversed.

The Offset value can be specified to distance it from the chosen

entities by the specified distance.

Finally, it is possible to specify the parameter Shift which allows

you to translate the text by a known value with respect to the declared horizontal
alignment.

If you do not enable the option Text on path:

• Select the point in the graphic area in which to place the text geometry

• Select Vertical alignment (V) with respect to the text insertion point, which can
be:
◦ None
◦ Top
◦ Center
◦ Bottom
In both cases, text on path or not:

To confirm the text press

To cancel the insertion press

520
 9 Draw Mode

Before confirming the text, it is possible to insert variations by selecting some characters
and modifying their content only with respect to those previously defined.
The variations are active on the parameter Height, Spacing, Aspect, Font and Font Style.
The Line Spacing variation is active on the fully selected line.

9.5.18 Linear Quotes

This command allows you to measure the distance between two points and to report it
graphically in the form of dimensioning.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the first point.
• Select the second point.
• Select where to place the dimensioning.
• Select the type of dimensioning between:
◦ Horizontal: measures the distance between the selected points on the X
axis.
◦ Vertical: measures the distance between the selected points on the Y axis.
◦ Aligned: measures the distance between the selected points on the joint
between the two points.
• If the Automatic option is disabled, it is possible to modify the text that describes
the distance between the two points previously selected.
It is possible to change some dimensioning settings by selecting the command
, which allows the program to display the dialog window Dimension configuration, which
contains the following parameters:
• Drop-down menu that allows you to define the type of indication of the dimension
ends between Internal arrows, External arrows and Points.
• Size of the arrows or radius of the points.
• Length of the Extension lines.
• Text: Allows you to define the characteristics of the dimensioning text. To change
them, select the command Fonts, which allows the program to display the text

521
EasySTONE manual

management dialog window, from which to select the font, style, height, spacing
and appearance to be used in creating the text geometry.

Fig. 9.32: Dimensioning configuration

9.5.19 Radial Quotes

This command allows you to measure the radius or diameter of an arc of a circle and render
them graphically in the form of dimensioning.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the arc to be dimensioned.
• Select the type of dimensioning between:
◦ radial: measures the radius of the circumference to which the arc belongs.
◦ diametral: measures the diameter of the circumference to which the arc
belongs.
• Select where to place the dimensioning.
• If the Automatic option is disabled, it is possible to modify the text that describes
the length of the radius or diameter.

522
 9 Draw Mode

It is possible to change some dimensioning settings by selecting the command

, which allows the program to display the dialog window Dimension configuration, which
contains the following parameters:
• Drop-down menu that allows you to define the type of indication of the dimension
ends between Internal arrows, External arrows and Points.
• Size of the arrows or radius of the points.
• Length of the Extension lines.
• Text: Allows you to define the characteristics of the dimensioning text. To change
them, select the command Fonts, which allows the program to display the text
management dialog window, from which to select the font, style, height, spacing
and appearance to be used in creating the text geometry.

Dimensioning configuration

9.5.20 Angular Quotes

This command allows you to measure the opening of the angle between two selected lines
and to render it graphically in the form of dimensioning.

523
EasySTONE manual

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the first segment.
• Select the second segment.
• Select where to place the dimensioning.
• If the Automatic option is disabled, it is possible to modify the text that describes
the opening of the angle between the segments.

It is possible to change some dimensioning settings by selecting the command

, which allows the program to display the dialog window Dimension configuration, which
contains the following parameters:
• Drop-down menu that allows you to define the type of indication of the dimension
ends between Internal arrows, External arrows and Points.
• Size of the arrows or radius of the points.
• Length of the Extension lines.
• Text: Allows you to define the characteristics of the dimensioning text. To change
them, select the command Fonts, which allows the program to display the text
management dialog window, from which to select the font, style, height, spacing
and appearance to be used in creating the text geometry.

Dimensioning configuration

524
 9 Draw Mode

9.5.21 Insert solid

This command allows you to create a solid defined by a closed path and a thickness.

Fig. 9.33: Insert solid thickness

It is possible to modify an existing solid by selecting the path that defines its shape,
repeating the command Insert solid, and entering a new thickness value. By setting the
thickness value to zero the program cancels the solid.

9.5.22 Hole

This command allows you to create a hole geometry defined by its diameter, the position of
the hole center and the depth.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Enter the value of the hole diameter length.
• Enter the point where to place the center of the hole.
• Enter the value of the hole depth. You can select the option Open, which allows the
program to automatically calculate the depth of the hole based on the thickness of
the part.

525
EasySTONE manual

9.5.23 Multiple holes

This command allows you to create a series of holes defined by the diameter, the depth, the
center point of the first hole, the end point or the number of holes and the distance between
them.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Enter the value of the hole diameter length.
• Enter the value of the hole depth. It is possible to select the option Open, which
allows the program to automatically calculate the depth of the hole based on the
thickness of the part.
• Select where to place the center of the first hole. Choose the Values option: (Point
or Number).
If the option Point has been set:
• Enter the point where to place the center of the last hole.
• Insert the interaxis (distance between two holes)
If the option Count has been set:
• Enter the number of holes
• Insert the interaxis (distance between two holes)
• Enter the width of the inclination angle of the series of holes.
Another possibility to perform multiple drilling is to first select some Line/Arc type entities
and then select the Multiple holes option.
In this case, the interaxis set at 32 mm is intended as the distance on the circumference of
the radius of 50.93 mm which corresponds to a linear distance of 31.476

Fig. 9.34: Multiple Hole

526
 9 Draw Mode

9.5.24 Interactive

This command is used to digitize a real part and allows you to correct any digitization errors.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select a point.
• Activate one of the available commands to draw the entities, which are:

Fig. 9.35: Choose entity

◦ Line: This command allows you to create segments defined by the starting
point and the end point. Each line is constructed by typing the end point.
The starting point is the end point of the last drawn entity. Continuing
to draw with this mode you get many straight lines that are not tangent
to each other. Only the first line is made tangent to the previous one if
the latter is an arc and if the approximation necessary to make it is lower
than the maximum one, defined within the command Configuration, by the
Tolerance parameter.
◦ Arc 3 points: This command allows you to define an arc passing through
three points. Each arc is constructed by typing two points: Intermediate
and final. The starting point is the end point of the last drawn entity. From
the second arc onwards each arc is tangent to the previous one if the
approximation necessary to make it such is lower than the maximum one,
defined within the command Configuration, by the Tolerance parameter
and if the option Miss tangent has not been selected.
◦ P1 d P2 arc: This command allows you to create an arc tangent to the
previous entity defined by the initial point, the angle that indicates the
initial direction of the arc and the end point. Each line is constructed by
typing the end point. The starting point and the lead-in angle is given by the
end point and lead-out angle of the last drawn entity that must necessarily
be drawn. Continuing with this mode, it is easy to obtain a profile that is

527
EasySTONE manual

very different from the one you want to obtain and it is recommended to
use the option Three point arc.
Please note: It is possible to continue digitizing points by changing the drawing mode
several times.
• Activate one of the available commands to draw the entities, which are:

Fig. 9.36: Choose edit

◦ Miss tangent: This command allows you to create an arc defined by the
"Three-point arc" mode that is not tangent to the previous entity even if it
falls within the Tolerance parameter. This mode is active only on an arc. If
you want to continue with this mode, you need to select it each time before
drawing a three-point arc.
◦ Fillet: This command allows you to join contiguous entities that form
edges. Select the fillet mode, type the points to determine the entity (it
must obviously be non-tangent to contain the fillet). The value of the radius
chosen in the configuration is automatically proposed (confirm or write the
new value).
◦ Delete: This command allows you to delete the last point entered. If the
command is repeated and the entity was drawn with the three-point arc
mode, the entity is automatically deleted.
◦ Configuration: This command displays the dialog window Interactive
configuration, which contains the following parameters:
▪ Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the maximum
approximation value that the program can use to create the entities
subsequent to the first and between them consecutive tangents to
the previous ones.
▪ Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the
maximum angle between two contiguous entities beyond which
there is a loss of tangency.
▪ Fillet: This parameter allows you to define the radius of the fillet
that is created using the command Fillet.

528
 9 Draw Mode

◦ Execute: Allows you to confirm the operations performed within the

command Interactive.
By default, if the command Interactive is activated, the command Three-point arc is active.

Fig. 9.37: Interactive configuration

9.6 Build

9.6.1 Frame

This command allows you to create a frame defined by a section and a guide path.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the guide path (figure 9.38). It is possible to activate the option Guide in Z,
which allows you to create the frame as if the guide were rotated by 90 degrees
around the X axis.
• Select the section (figure 9.39);
• Select the point of the section through which the guide line runs. It is possible to
activate the option Invert guide, which allows you to reverse the point of application
of the guide.
Example

529
EasySTONE manual

Let us draw the guide line of the frame

Fig. 9.38: Guide line

Let us draw the section of the frame.

Fig. 9.39: Section

After activating the command Frame, we define the guide line and the section, we choose a
point of the section that will follow the path of the guide line and we obtain the frame.

530
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.40: Frame

9.6.2 Box shower

This command allows you to create a shower tray defined by a guide, a section and a baisn.
After activating the command, follow this procedure:
• Select the guide path.
• Select the section
• Select the point of the section through which the guide line runs. It is possible to
activate the option Invert guide, which allows you to reverse the point of application
of the guide.
• Select the center of the shower tray, i.e. the minimum point of Z with respect to the
inclination of the surface. It is possible to activate the option Make tangent, which
allows you to create an optimal joint between section and inclined plane avoiding
any machining problems.
• Enter the depth of the shower tray, which determines its inclination. It is possible to
activate the option Basin, which allows you to create the drain hole. Once activated,
select the command Properties, which opens the dialog window Configuration
basin in which to define the size of the Basin hole.
• Press Ok to confirm, Cancel to cancel the command.

531
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.41: Drain

9.6.3 Sink

This command allows you to create a sink defined by a guide, a section and a basin.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the guide path.

• Select the section. Only if multiple sections are present, after having selected them
in the control panel, a dialog window opens that allows you to associate each
section with a stretch of the guide path.
• Select the center of the sink, i.e. the minimum Z point with respect to the inclination
of the surface.
• Enter the depth of the sink, which determines its inclination. It is possible to activate
the option Basin, which allows you to create the drain hole. Once activated, select
the Basin command, which opens the dialog window Basin configuration in which
to define the size of the basin hole.
• Press Ok to confirm, Cancel to cancel the command.

532
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.42: Guide - Section

Fig. 9.43: Sink

533
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.44: Basin configuration

534
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.45: Sink selection

9.6.4 Helix

This command allows you to create a helix defined by a section.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the section path.

535
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.46: Helix section

• Determine the center of rotation (point of the section through which the rotation
axis of the helix will run). The center of rotation can also be defined outside the
section.
• Enter the height of the helix.

Fig. 9.47: Helix height

• Enter the rotation angle defining the orientation of the axis (Axis in X, Axis in Y or
Axis in Z).

Fig. 9.48: Helix angle

536
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.49: Helix with non-zero angle

If the value 0 is assigned to the Angle parameter, the software simply generates the extrusion
of the section along the selected axis.

Fig. 9.50: Helix with zero angle

It is possible to activate the Modifiers option, which allows you to create a helix using a path
to define a particular rotation pattern, or to define a scaled/offset section with respect to the
starting section during the development along the rotation axis. Once the option is activated,
follow this procedure:
• Select the rotation path. It, in the graphic area, is represented in a graph in which
the X axis indicates the height of the helix in percentage, while the Y axis indicates
the degrees of rotation.
• Enter the scale factor value of the selected path, expressed in degrees per millimeter
(°/mm). When this parameter changes, the offset of the Y axis changes as well.

537
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.51: Rotation path

• Select the scaling path. In the graphic area, it is represented in a graph in which the
X axis indicates the height of the helix in percentage, while the Y axis indicates
the size of the section as a percentage of the original section.
• Enter the scale factor value of the selected path, expressed as a percentage per
millimeter (%/mm). When this parameter changes, the offset of the Y axis changes
as well.

Fig. 9.52: Scaling path

Select the offset path. In the graphic area, it is represented in a graph in which the X axis
indicates the height of the helix in percentage, while the Y axis indicates the offset of the
section in percentage with respect to the original section.
• Enter the value of the offset factor of the selected path, expressed in millimeters (%/
mm). When this parameter changes, the offset of the Y axis change.

Fig. 9.53: Offset path

538
 9 Draw Mode

9.6.5 Ruled

This command allows you to create a connection surface between two paths.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the first path.
• Select the second path.
• Select the type of Synchronism of the construction lines.
The Synchronism of the construction lines can be of three types:
• Lengths: The isoparametric lines are parallel to the created surface.
• Extreme points: The lines follow a trend using the end points of the two entities as
reference.
• Customized: The user defines the construction lines.

Fig. 9.54: First and second path

Fig. 9.55: Ruled example

539
EasySTONE manual

9.6.6 Loft

This command allows you to create a surface that combines all the selected paths within the
project.

Fig. 9.56: Paths selection

Once the command has been activated, the program displays in the control panel the
interface for creating the lofts (Figure 9.56), which contains:
• Path list: This list contains all the paths that are part of the loft. For each path it is
possible to select the option Invert which allows you to define that path as inverted
with respect to those not selected.
• Loft/ruled menu: This drop-down menu allows you to select an option between:
◦ Loft: Creates a unique loft surface that runs through all the paths in the list.
◦ Ruled: Creates a series of consecutive lines from one profile to the next.
• Preview: Allows you to preview the surface created with the currently selected
paths.
• Interpolate: This option allows you to approximate the paths in the creation of the
loft surface.
• Closed: This option, if active, allows you to close the surface created by connecting
the last path in the list to the first one.
• Manual: This command allows you to activate the manual mode. Once the
command is activated, this becomes the command Automatic, which allows you to

540
 9 Draw Mode

return to the automatic mode, and the command Add is displayed. The command
add allows you to select one or more entities and add them to the path list as a single
path.
The paths are classified and sorted automatically by the program but the user can change
the order simply by moving the paths within the list. By pressing the cursor with the arrow
pointing downwards we can also choose whether to insert instead of a Loft a Ruled surface.
Checking the flag Preview it is possible to have a graphic preview of the created surface.

You can also activate the following commands:

• Interpolate: The selected paths are made curved;
• Closed: A closed surface is generated;
• Invert: The path will change direction.
The images below show three sections that will later be joined by a loft surface.

Fig. 9.57: Sections

Surface obtained from the three sections (figure9.58).

541
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.58: Loft example

The command allows the operator to manually define the entities of the
path by selecting the path lines and clicking on the button Add. If two entities are continuous
they are automatically considered as a single path by the program
To return to the automatic path calculation, select the command Automatic.
• Select the type of Synchronism of the construction lines.
The Synchronism of the construction lines can be of three types:
• Lengths: The isoparametric lines are parallel to the created surface.
• Extreme points: The lines follow a trend using the end points of the two entities as
reference.
• Customized: The user defines the construction lines.

Once a Loft curved surface is defined, it will no longer be possible to change the order of
the paths.

9.6.7 Net of curves

This command allows you to create a surface from multiple intersecting sections.

To create a Net of curves, it is necessary to define at least three paths that delineate the
boundary and therefore have coinciding ends and a path within the same boundary that

542
 9 Draw Mode

has the ends coinciding with points of the boundary. If there are multiple paths within the
boundary and are orthogonal to each other, they must intersect.

Once the command has been activated, the program displays in the control panel the
interface for creating the curve networks (Figure 9.60), which contains:
• Path list: This list contains all the paths that are part of the net of curves. For each
path, it is possible to select the option Longitudinal, which allows you to define that
path as orthogonal to those not selected as longitudinal.
• Preview: This option, if active, allows you to have a preview of the surface created
with the currently selected paths.
• Manual: This command allows you to activate the manual mode. Once the
command is activated, this becomes the command Automatic, which allows you to
return to the automatic mode, and the command Add is displayed. The command
add allows you to select one or more entities and add them to the path list as a single
path.
In order to create a net of curves, at least one of the paths that compose it must have the
longitudinal option active.

Fig. 9.59: Net of curves

543
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.60: Net of curves

544
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.61: Net of curves

9.6.8 Lathe

This command allows you to create a rotation surface defined by a guide path and a rotation
center.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the guide path.
• Select a point belonging to the rotation axis.
• Enter the width of the angle whose profile you want to rotate and select the axis
along which to perform the rotation of the guide path.

545
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.62: Guide path

Fig. 9.63: Rotation surface

9.6.9 Contoured Plane

This command allows you to create the surface inscribed in one or more closed paths.
If closed paths are selected within a larger closed path, the program automatically considers
them as hollow areas.

546
 9 Draw Mode

9.6.10 Swept 2 Rail

This command allows you to create a surface defined by two guide paths joined by a section.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the first guide path.
• Select the second guide path.
• Select the section. It is possible to activate the option Invert section, which allows
you to invert the application points of the section.
• Select the type of synchronism of the construction lines.
The Synchronism of the construction lines can be of three types:
• Lengths: The program establishes the synchronisms with respect to the lengths of
the geometries.
• Extreme points: This type of synchronism is active only if both guides have the
same entity number and allows the program to establish the synchronizations with
respect to the end points of the geometries.
• Customized: The user chooses the synchronism points by manually drawing the
points and lines that connect the guide paths. The software will create the geometry
by aligning the isoparametric lines.

Fig. 9.64: Swept 2 rail

547
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.65: Swept 2 Rail

Fig. 9.66: Swept 2 rail

548
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.67: Synchronism

Fig. 9.68: Example synchronism

549
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.69: Example synchronism

9.6.11 Fillet surface

This command allows you to create a connecting surface between two contiguous surfaces
or on edges inside a multi-surface.

The procedure is the following:

• Select two contiguous surfaces or a multi-surface.
• Activate the command Fillet surface. Enter the value of the fillet radius.
• Select the corner to be connected.

Fig. 9.70: Fillet surface

550
 9 Draw Mode

9.6.12 Link surface

This command allows you to create a link surface between two paths not intersected
between them.

The procedure is the following:

• Select two surfaces.
• Activate the command Link surface.
The software automatically numbers the sides of the first surface to facilitate its selection.
• Enter the number assigned to the connection side of the first surface.
The software automatically numbers the sides of the second surface to facilitate its selection.
• Enter the number assigned to the connection side of the second surface.

Fig. 9.71: Link surface

9.6.13 Trim surfaces

This command allows you to cut intersected entities: two surfaces, a surface and a
multisurface, two multisurfaces or a surface and straight lines or arcs.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the surface to be cut.
• Activate the command Trim surfaces.
• Select the surface or entities with which to cut it.
• Select the cutting mode.
There are two types of cut:

551
EasySTONE manual

• Intersection: Eliminates the part of the surface beyond the intersection line.
• Union: Eliminates the part of the surface before the intersection line.
During the selection of the cutting mode, the remaining part is highlighted in blue.

If the selection with which to cut the surface is a surface, the Operations button is displayed.
In this case, by pressing the Operations button, it is possible to cut both surfaces.

• Union
• Intersection
• A-B
• B-A
If the selection with which to cut the surface are entities of the type arc, straight line or
nurbs, it is possible to choose the 3D Cut option.

If the 3D Cutting option is enabled, the path is projected onto the surface and cut along the
surface; vice versa, a projection is performed along the local Z axis as if it were "extruded".

Fig. 9.72: Cut surfaces

552
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.73: Cut surfaces

Fig. 9.74: Cut surfaces end result

553
EasySTONE manual

9.6.14 Untrim surfaces

This command allows you to cancel the command Trim surfaces previously applied,
restoring the part of the surface eliminated.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the previously cut surface.
• Activate the command Untrim surfaces.
There are two types of cancellation:
• Remove all: Removes all cuts previously made.
• Remove selected: Allows you to remove only some cuts by selecting the desired
ones. For the selection, click near the previously cut surface.

9.6.15 Enlarge Surfaces

This command allows you to vary the length of the selected surface. The procedure is the
following:
• Select the surface.
• Activate the command Enlarge surfaces.
• Enter the value of the change in length.
If the value entered is negative, the surface is shortened instead of lengthened.
• Select one of the four commands that define the side to be stretched.

Fig. 9.75: Enlarge surfaces

554
 9 Draw Mode

If the command Enlarge surfaces is not active it could be that the selected surface has been
previously cut or created with the command Contoured plane. In order to extend the surface,
it is necessary to execute the command Untrim surfaces.

9.6.16 Surface properties

This command allows you to view the properties of the surfaces.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Surface properties,
within which it is possible to modify the following parameters:
• Quality: This parameter allows you to define the degree of accuracy with which the
surfaces are displayed. The minimum quality corresponds to 1 while the maximum
quality corresponds to 20.
• Reflection: This parameter allows you to define the type of reflection of the surfaces
among those available, which are:
◦ Nothing.
◦ Longitudinal.
◦ Transversal.
◦ Inverse longitudinal.
◦ Inverse transversal.
• Transparency: This parameter allows you to define the degree of transparency of
the surfaces. It is just a temporary view. Transparency is not saved in the project.
• Isoparametric number: This parameter allows you to define the number of
isoparametric lines present in the selected surfaces, divided between:
◦ Longitudinal.
◦ Transversal.
• Show control points: This option, if active, allows you to display the surface control
points in the graphic area.
• Show trimesh: This option, if active, allows the triangles of surface construction to
be displayed in the graphic area.

555
EasySTONE manual

These properties do not affect the calculation of the machinings but only the display of the
surfaces.

Fig. 9.76: Surface properties

9.6.17 Ribbon

This command allows you to create a surface passing through a guide path and orthogonal
to other surfaces.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the guide path.
• Select the surfaces to which the ribbon should be orthogonal.
• Enter the ribbon width value.

9.6.18 Projection/wrapping on surface

This command allows you to create the projection or development of a path on a surface or
unroll a path or a surface.
After activating the command, follow this procedure:

556
 9 Draw Mode

• Select whether to create the nurbs curve.

• Select the type.
There are three types:
• Projection: The form seen from above is maintained (extrusion).
• Surface wrapping: The form is wound trying to respect the distance between points
on the surfaces that have only one curvature.
• Unroll: It is the operation opposite to the development.
For the type Projection:
• Select the curve
• Select the surface to project on.
• Choose whether to ignore or consider the zed.
◦ Ignore Z the path is projected on the surface
◦ Care Z the path is projected considering the value of the zed
For the type Surface wrapping:
• Select the curve
• Select the surface on which to develop.
• Choose whether to ignore or consider the zed.
◦ Ignore Z the path is developed in contact with the surface
◦ Care Z the path is developed considering the value of the zed
• Select the point of the path to be placed on the surface.
• Select the point on the surface where to place the previously selected point on the
path.
• Select the angle
For the type Unroll:
• Select the curve or the surface.
• Select the point on the selected entity
With the type Unroll we want to facilitate the position of the development on a surface of a
given path.
Unroll automatically creates a construction Plane containing the unrolled entities.

If, for example, you unroll a cylindrical surface and draw a text on the automatically created
construction plane, then you can get the rewrap with the type development of texts on the
surface positioned as desired.

557
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.77: Example of unrolling

9.6.19 Curves from Surfaces

This command allows you to create longitudinal, contour transversal and shape curves
belonging to one or more surfaces.

Once the command has been activated, the program displays in the control panel a tree list
of all the selected surfaces. For each of these there are four options that can be activated,
which are:
• Contour: Allows you to create a curve that defines the surface contour.
• Shape: Allows you to create a curve that defines the shape of the surface.
• Longitudinal curve: Allows you to create a longitudinal curve positioned on the
surface. The value entered in this parameter allows you to define the position of the
longitudinal curve as a percentage of the length. The allowed values are between
0 and 1. For example: The value 0.5 corresponds to the intermediate position with
respect to the length.
• Transversal curve: Allows you to create a transversal curve positioned on the
surface. The value entered in this parameter allows you to define the position of
the transversal curve as a percentage with respect to the length. The allowed values
are between 0 and 1. For example: The value 0.5 corresponds to the intermediate
position with respect to the length.
To create longitudinal and transversal curves it is possible, instead of entering the value as
a percentage of the length, to select the point in which to create it directly in the graphic

558
 9 Draw Mode

area. To do this, press and hold the CTRL key and with the "close" reference point, select
the desired position on the surface with the mouse. This automatically writes the position
value. Press Ok to confirm.

If more surfaces are selected, the option is also added to the list Union surfaces. If the
surfaces have one side in common and are joined together, a contour is created considering
them together.

Fig. 9.78: Curves from surface

9.6.20 Curves from surfaces intersection

This command allows you to create the curve that defines the intersection of two surfaces.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the first surface.
• Activate the command Intersection curves from surfaces intersection.
• Select the surface that intersects it.

559
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.79: Intersection curves between surfaces

9.6.21 Invert normal

This command allows you to invert the normal of the selected surfaces.

Normal means the side of the surface to be machined. The software always indicates the
side to be machined giving it a lighter color, while the opposite side is dark. Since each
surface always has a lighter and a darker side, the quickest way to notice that the inversion
has occurred is the color: the light side is the workable side.

9.6.22 Offset surfaces

This command allows you to create a surface equidistant from the selected surface.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the surface to be offset.
• Activate the command Offset surface.
• Enter the value of the offset distance from the original surface.
Activating the option Create Copy both the starting surface and the offset are maintained;
otherwise only the offset is maintained.

560
 9 Draw Mode

9.6.23 Edit Nurbs Control Points

This command allows you to change the position of the control points of a nurbs curve or
surface, and therefore to modify its shape.

The procedure is the following:

• Select a nurbs curve or surface.
• Activate the command Edit nurbs control points.
• Select the control point to be moved in the graphic area. The selected point is
highlighted with a green dot.
• Enter the new coordinates of the selected control point.

Fig. 9.80: Edit nurbs control points

9.6.24 Sweep

This command allows you to create a surface defined by a guide path and one or two
sections.

561
EasySTONE manual

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the guide path.
• Choose the sweep type (one or two sections).
If a section is chosen
• Select stretch
• Define the rotation angle
If selected with two sections
• Select the two sections
• Select the type of synchronism.
The Synchronism of the construction lines can be of three types:
• Lengths: The program establishes the synchronisms with respect to the lengths of
the geometries.
• Extreme points: This type of synchronism is active only if both guides have the
same entity number and allows the program to establish the synchronizations with
respect to the end points of the geometries.
• Customized: The user chooses the synchronization points by manually drawing
the points and lines that connect the section paths. The software will create the
geometry by aligning the isoparametric lines.

Fig. 9.81: 2 section sweep

9.7 Modify

562
 9 Draw Mode

9.7.1 Move

This command allows you to translate the selected entities from an initial position to a final
position.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be translated.
• Activate the command Move.
• Select the starting point.
• Select the end point.
Activating the option XYZ in Draw with the right mouse button the translation can have a
component also in Z.

Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the translated entity are
maintained; otherwise only the translated entity is maintained.

Fig. 9.82: Move

9.7.2 Rotate

This command allows you to rotate the selected entities given a rotation center.

563
EasySTONE manual

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be rotated.
• Activate the command Rotate.
• Select the center point and the rotation axis.
The rotation axes are:
• X axis.
• Y axis.
• Z axis.
• Generic axis
For Axis x, Axis y and Axis z:
• Select the rotation angle.
For the generic Axis:
• Select another point on the axis.
• Select the rotation angle.
Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the translated entity are
maintained; otherwise only the rotated entity is maintained. In addition, the option Create
Copy lets you choose whether to copy it to a new layer.

Fig. 9.83: Rotate

9.7.3 Scale

This command allows you to change the size of the selected entities using a given point as
the center.

564
 9 Draw Mode

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities whose dimensions you want to vary.
• Activate the Scale command.
• Select the scale mode.
There are two types of scale:
• Asymmetric, which scales the different axes with different factors.
• Symmetric, which scales all the axes with the same factor.
For the Asymmetric mode
• Enter the center point.
• Enter the value of the scale coefficients for each axis.
For the Symmetric mode
• Enter the center point.
• Enter the scale coefficient value.
A scale factor greater than 1 involves an enlargement. Values between 0 and 1 excluded
result in a shrinkage. Negative factors are not accepted.

If we need to perform a mm/inch conversion or vice versa we recommend activating the

button to facilitate the conversion value. In this case select mm-> inches or
inches -> mm.

Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the scaled entity are
maintained; otherwise only the scaled entity is maintained.

9.7.4 Mirror

This command allows you to create entities mirroring those selected.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be mirrored.
• Activate the Mirror command.
• Select a point and the type of the reflection axis.

565
EasySTONE manual

The reflection planes are:

• Plane X.
• Plane Y.
• Oblique plane.
• Plane Z.
For the oblique plane:
• Select a second point of the reflection axis.
Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the mirrored entity are
maintained; otherwise only the mirrored entity is maintained.

Fig. 9.84: Mirror

9.7.5 Offset

This command allows you to create a path where all points are equidistant from those of the
selected path.

The procedure is the following:

• Select a path without self-intersections.
• Activate the command Offset.
• Enter the value of the offset distance from the original path.
• Select the type of creation of external corners.
• Select the side from which to create the offset.
The sides are two, right and left, and are considered with respect to the arrow that is drawn
automatically by the software on the original profile.

566
 9 Draw Mode

There are three types of external corners:

• Filleted ;

• Chamfered .

• Sharp-edged ;
Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the offset are maintained;
otherwise only the offset is maintained.

9.7.6 Chamfer/Fillet

This command allows you to chamfer or join contiguous entities that form edges.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be chamfered or filleted.
• Activate the command Fillet or Chamfer.
• Select the desired corner processing mode.
For the Fillet mode:
• Enter the value of the fillet radius.
For the Chamfer mode:
• Enter the value of the chamfer length.
Only in case of fillet, activating the option Keep ends both the starting end and the filleted
end are maintained; otherwise only the filleted end is maintained.

9.7.7 Trim/Extend

This command allows you to delete or add a part to the selected entity.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entity to be cut or extended from the part of the end you want to modify.
• Activate the command Trim/Extend.

567
EasySTONE manual

• Select the entity with which to perform the cut or the extension or enter the name in
the appropriate mask.
The choice of which end to extend or cut depends on the point of selection of the entity: if
this is within the first half of the entity, the initial point is chosen, otherwise the end point.

The example shown in figure 9.85 represents the extension of a segment towards the arc of
a circle.

Fig. 9.85: Extend

The example shown in figure 9.86 represents the cut of a segment towards the arc of a circle.

Fig. 9.86: Cut

568
 9 Draw Mode

9.7.8 Stretch

This command allows you to stretch the selected entities from a starting point to an end
point keeping the ends fixed.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be stretched.
• Activate the command Stretch.
• Determine the starting point.
• Determine the end point.

Fig. 9.87: Entity selection

Fig. 9.88: Selection of stretch points

569
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.89: Final results

9.7.9 Join

This command allows you to join the selected entities.

The selected entities must be contiguous and:

• if they are straight they must have the same direction.
• if they are arcs they must be tangent and have the same center and the same radius.
It is possible to combine two or more Nurbs curves creating a single one as well as joining
surfaces to form multisurfaces.

9.7.10 Break

This command allows you to split the selected entity into two or more parts.
You can split entities of the following types: line, arc, nurbs curves, surfaces and z map.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entity to split.
• Activate the Break command.

570
 9 Draw Mode

If the selected entities are lines, arcs or nurbs curves you have available three
different splitting modes:
1. Specify the length of the first stretch. The first stretch is the part closest to
where the entity was selected.
2. Specify the split point.
3. Enable the option Select path and press ok.

Only if the option Select path has been enabled, it is necessary to select
the path that intersects the selected entity. The entity will be split at the
points intersecting the selected path.
Make Caps in this case it is irrelevant.
Move on new piece the split entities will be automatically copied to a new
part layer.

If you have selected a surface or a Z Map you only have the mode Select path
available.
In this case, it is necessary to select the path that intersects the surface or the Z
Map. The selected entity will be broken at intersection points with the selected
path.
Make Caps only if a surface has been selected, enabling this option automatically
creates surfaces called "cap". As an example, if the surface is a cylinder and has
been split by an intersecting line, at the cutting points two covering surfaces will
be automatically created called Cap.
In the case of Z Map the parameter Make Caps is irrelevant.
Move on new piece the surfaces and the split Z Maps will be automatically copied
to a new part layer.

9.7.11 Explode

This command allows you to break down a given entity into simpler entities, i.e. segments
and arcs.

571
EasySTONE manual

The types of entities that can be exploded are arcs, Nurbs curves, texts and multisurfaces,
and each has its own characteristics.

The procedure to explode an arc into a series of segments is as follows:

• Select the entity to be exploded.
• Activate the Explode command.
• Enter the tolerance value, i.e. the maximum approximation permitted to transform
the entity into segments.
The procedure to explode a Nurbs curve into a series of segments and arcs is as follows:
• Select the entity to be exploded.
• Activate the Explode command.
• Enter the tolerance value, i.e. the maximum approximation permitted to transform
the entity into segments and arcs.
The procedure to explode a text into a series of segments and arcs is as follows:
• Select the entity to be exploded.
• Activate the Explode command.
• Enter the tolerance value, i.e. the maximum approximation permitted to transform
the entity into segments and arcs.
For some particular types of characters it is possible to activate the option Holes, which
allows you to drill holes in which to fit the letters.
There is also an Italic text option, which allows you, in the case of self-intersections, to join
them into a single path.

The procedure to follow to explode a multisurface into a series of surfaces is the following:
• Select the entity to be exploded.
• Activate the Explode command.
• Enter the tolerance value, i.e. the maximum approximation permitted to transform
the entity into multiple surfaces.

572
 9 Draw Mode

9.7.12 Flip

This command allows you to reflect the selected arcs using the straight line passing through
the edges of the arcs as a symmetry axis.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the arcs.
• Activate the command Flip.
Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the flipped entity are
maintained; otherwise only the flipped entity is maintained.

9.7.13 Array Copy

This command allows you to generate a matrix of copies of the selected entities.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be copied.
• Activate the command Array Copy.
• Enter the number of rows in the matrix.
• Enter the number of columns in the matrix.
• Enter the value of the distance between the rows of the matrix.
• Enter the value of the distance between the columns of the matrix.

9.7.14 Polar Copy

This command allows you to generate a matrix of polar copies of the selected entities, i.e. a
series of copies created around a central point.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be copied.

573
EasySTONE manual

• Activate the command Polar copy.

• Select the center point respect to which the copies should be created.
• Enter the value of the quantity of copies to be created.
• Enter the value of the width of the angle in which to make the copies.
It is possible to activate the Rotation option, which allows you to create copies with a
rotation-translation around the central point; if it is deactivated, it allows you to create
copies with a translation around the central point, without applying any rotation.

9.7.15 Move Extrem

This command allows you to move one end of the selected entity.

It is possible to carry out the movement through drag'n'drop, or by entering the value of the
new coordinates.
The choice of the end to be moved is based on the selection point of the entity.
If you select a point near the end of the entity, that end is moved, vice versa if you select a
point near the central part, the extremes remain fixed and the entity is modified.
• Selecting the point in the first quarter of the entity, the initial end will be moved.
Otherwise the final end will be moved.
• Selecting the point in the two central quarters of a line, the ends of the entity will
be kept fixed but the entity will be transformed into an arc.
• Selecting the point in the two central quarters of an arc, the ends of the entity will
be kept fixed but the arc will be deformed.

9.7.16 Enlarge

This command allows you to vary the length of the selected surface.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities whose length you want to change from the part of the end you
want to modify.
• Activate the command Enlarge.

574
 9 Draw Mode

• Enter the value of the change in length.

If the value entered is negative, the entity is shortened instead of lengthened.

If the lengthening value of an arc is greater than the value of the circumference of the
corresponding circle, the arc will be transformed into a circle.

The choice of which end to extend or cut depends on the point of selection of the entity: if
this is within the first half of the entity, the initial point is chosen, otherwise the end point.

9.7.17 Delete

This command allows you to delete the selected entities.

The same operation can be performed by pressing the button Delete on the keyboard.

9.7.18 Modify Colour

This command allows you to change the color of the selected entities by choosing from
those available.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities whose color you want to change.
• Activate the command Modify color.
• Select the color from the basic ones or open the dialog window Color selecting the
button Other.

575
EasySTONE manual

9.7.19 Change Layer

This command allows you to move the selected entities from their layer to another among
the existing layers.

There are also the options Create copy, which, if active, allows you to keep the selected
entities and create a copy of them in the destination layer, and Keep position, which, if
active, allows the position the entities in the global system to remain unchanged.

9.7.20 Modify Entities

This command allows you to modify some parameters of the entities Line, Arc, Hole, Text,
Dimensions and Curve.

Depending on the type of entity selected when the command Modify entity is activated, the
program displays a specific dialog window.

Line, arc and curves

Allows you to change the thickness, the machining side and the direction of the selected
entity.

Parameters:
• Thickness: Defines the thickness of the entity that will be used in the machinings as
the depth value.

Fig. 9.90: Thickness

576
 9 Draw Mode

To set the depth equal to the thickness, define the depth as equal to the tp value inside
the Kits database. Therefore setting the thickness to 10 and entering the value tp inside the
machining, the result will be Depth = 10 (tp) (figure 9.90).
• Working side: To modify it, choose the desired solution from the list that appears
(Left, Right). Alternatively click with the mouse directly inside the graphic area to
the right or left of the selected entity;

• Invert: Activating the flag the sense of direction of the entities will be
inverted;

Modify dimensions

Allows you to modify the parameters associated with the dimension selected within the
project (figure 9.91).

577
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.91: Modify entities - dimensions

Dimension parameters:
• Height: Changes the height of the text inserted inside the dimension;
• Aspect: Lengthens or shortens the text of the dimension (only accepts values greater
than zero);
• Text: Changes words or numbers entered within the dimension;
• Extension lines: Extends the connecting lines between the dimensions and the
selected points;
• Arrows dimension: Changes the size of the arrow's triangle.

Modify holes

Allows you to change the characteristics of the selected hole

578
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.92: Modify entities - holes

Hole parameters:
• Diameter: Hole diameter.
• Depth: Hole depth.

• Open: Activating this flag you define whether the hole goes through.

Modify texts

It allows you to modify the parameters related to the selected text (figure 9.93).

579
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.93: Modify entity - text

For text editing see paragraph 9.5.17

9.7.21 Align

This command allows you to align the selected entities to a guide line.

580
 9 Draw Mode

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be aligned.
• Activate the command Align.
• Determine the first point belonging to the entities to be used as a reference.
• Determine the second point belonging to the entities to be used as a reference.
• Determine the first point belonging to the segment to which the entities should be
aligned.
• Determine the second point belonging to the segment to which the entities should
be aligned.
Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the aligned entity are
maintained; otherwise only the aligned entity is maintained.

Example

Align the entity shown in the figure 9.94 with the contiguous line.

Highlight the entity you want to align, select the Align command and enter the reference
points belonging to the entity (P1 Align, P2 Align) and the points belonging to the entity
respect to which the alignment is to be performed (P3 Align, P4 Align).

Fig. 9.94: Entity to be aligned - Entity aligned

581
EasySTONE manual

9.7.22 Split

This command allows you to divide the selected paths or entities into a defined number of
parts of equal length.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the paths or entities to be split.
• Activate the command Split into parts.
• Enter the number of parts into which the paths or entities should be divided. Select
the splitting mode.
There are two types of scale:
• Entity: Divides each entity into the number of parts entered.
• Path: Divides each path into the number of parts entered.

Fig. 9.95: Split into parts

9.7.23 Modify Z

This command allows you to change the Z position of the selected entities.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities whose Z you want to change.
• Activate the Modify Z command.
• Enter the value of the new Z.
• Activating the option Both extremes, the Z component of both ends of the entity is
modified, which is then completely moved to the new Z; on the contrary, by not
activating this option, only the Z of the Extreme closer to the selection point is
modified.

582
 9 Draw Mode

• Select how the extremes are modified.

There are two Z modification modes:
• If the option Both extremes is not activated:
◦ Entities: Modifies only the Z of the end closest to the selection point of
each entity.
◦ Path: Modifies only the Z of the end closest to the selection point of each
path.
• If the option Both extremes is activated:
◦ Entities: Modifies the Z of each entity.
◦ Path: Modifies the Z of each path.

Fig. 9.96: Modify Z

Example:

Given a rectangle initially set to Z = 0 and selecting the command Modify Z, activating the
option Both extremes we will get to move in Z the whole rectangle (figure 9.97):

Fig. 9.97: Modify Z at both ends

583
EasySTONE manual

If instead we do not select the option Both extremes, the result we will obtain will be the
following (figure 9.98):

Fig. 9.98: Modify Z not at both ends

The command Modify Z will be applied to the end closest to the selection point.

9.7.24 Interpolate

This command allows you to interpolate the selected entities with arcs and straight lines, or
with a nurbs curve, depending on the given degree of approximation.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be interpolated.
• Activate the command Interpolate.
• Enter the value of the degree of approximation, i.e. the maximum permitted
distance between each point of the original geometry and each corresponding point
of the new one.

584
 9 Draw Mode

Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the scaled entity are
maintained; otherwise only the scaled entity is maintained.

Activating the option Nurbs curve the entities are interpolated by a nurbs curve; on the
contrary, by not activating this option the entities are interpolated by arcs and lines.

Below we show the example of a simple geometry with its extreme points highlighted
(figure 9.99) and the same geometry when interpolated (figure 9.100):

Fig. 9.99: Simple geometry with extreme points highlighted interpolated geometry

Fig. 9.100: Interpolated figure

585
EasySTONE manual

9.8 Elaborate

9.8.1 Move with Tangent

This command allows you to move and put into tangency the ends of two coinciding entities.
Select the path and activate the command move with tangency.

In the graphic area, on each end of each entity of the selected path, three points are
displayed, of which the central one, if selected, allows the end point to be moved, while the
other two are reference points that define the direction of the two adjacent segments, and
make it possible to change their inclination.

By selecting any point in the graphic area with the right mouse button, the program displays
a menu containing two commands, which are:

• Add point: Select an entity to add a new end point at the midpoint.
• Make tangent: Select one of the two end points or one of the two automatically
built small straight lines to change the inclination and make it tangent to the
adjacent one.
The same options are also displayed in the area below the controls.

Choose one of two options to add a point or set in tangency.

To move an end point or change its inclination, in addition to using drag'n'dropo you can
enter the new coordinates or the angle amplitude value.

Fig. 9.101: Move with tangency

586
 9 Draw Mode

9.8.2 Adjust path

This command allows you to automatically move the ends of the selected paths to eliminate
small gaps.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the path to be adjusted.
• Activate the command Adjust path.
• Enter the value of the degree of approximation, i.e. the maximum permissible
elongation of the entities to close the path.

Fig. 9.102: Adjust path

9.8.3 Make tangent

This command allows you to make tangent consecutive entities that do not have this feature
by eliminating the edges.

Example

587
EasySTONE manual

The red color highlights the initial perimeter while the black color shows the final result of
the operation (figure 9.103).

Fig. 9.103: Make tangent

Unlike the command Interpolate (see Modify mode, chapter 9 9.7.24), in which it is possible
to set a maximum tolerance value, the path created with Make tangent is less precise but
aesthetically more harmonious.

9.8.4 Delete duplicate entities

This command allows you to delete coinciding entities within the project.

588
 9 Draw Mode

9.8.5 Transform in holes

This command allows you to transform a arc or circle into a hole.

The hole will have the same center and the same diameter as the starting entity but it is
necessary to define its depth.

9.8.6 Change label

This command allows you to associate a label with one or more entities.

This association is used in the automatic CAM to automatically define the machining of the
parts and therefore speed up the production process.

After selecting the entities and activating the command, define the label name and choose
one of the following options:
• Entities: Allows you to associate the label to all the selected entities.
• Groups: Allows you to associate the label to all the entities belonging to the layer of
the selected entity. The labels are also associated with those not selected belonging
to that layer.

Fig. 9.104: Change Label

9.8.7 Curves properties

This command is active only for nurbs curves and allows you to view their properties.

589
EasySTONE manual

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Curve properties,
which contains the following parameters:
• Quality: This parameter allows you to modify the quality of the geometry and the
degree of curvature precision.
• Show control points: This option allows you to view the control points of the nurbs
curve in the graphic area.

Fig. 9.105: Curve properties

9.8.8 MultiTrim entities

This command allows you to delete a part of the selected entities that intersect with other
entities.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the entities to be cut.
• Activate the command MultiTrim entities
• Select the entity to be cut (when moving with the mouse the entity that will be cut
is highlighted).
A menu is displayed with two possible solutions:

Fig. 9.106: Cut

• Cutting entities: Allows you to select the cutting entities (the selected ones are
excluded from the cut).

590
 9 Draw Mode

• Back: It allows you to cancel previously cut entities.

9.8.9 Move Part

This command allows you to translate the selected parts from an initial position to a final
position.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the part to be translated.
• Activate the command Move part.
• Select the starting point.
• Select the end point.
Activating the option Draw in XYZ with the right mouse button the translation can have a
component also in Z.

The program also moves entities that are not selected if they belong to the same part as the
selected entity.

Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the translated entity are
maintained; otherwise only the translated entity is maintained.

9.8.10 Rotate Part

It allows you to rotate one or more parts around the Z of the global plane and with a rotation
angle defined by the user. The created copy can be placed in a space chosen by the user.

Checking the flag Create copy both the starting part and the translated one are kept;
otherwise the starting part will simply be translated.

591
EasySTONE manual

9.8.11 Scale Part

This command allows you to change the size of the selected parts using a given point as the
center.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the parts whose dimensions you want to vary.
• Activate the command Scale part.
• Enter the center point.
• Enter the scale coefficient value.
A scale factor greater than 1 involves an enlargement. Values between 0 and 1 excluded
result in a shrinkage. Negative factors are not accepted.

The program also scales unselected entities if they belong to the same part as the selected
entity.

Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the scaled entity are
maintained; otherwise only the scaled entity is maintained.

9.8.12 Mirror Part

This command allows you to create entities mirroring those selected.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the parts to mirror.
• Activate the command Mirror part.
• Select a point and the type of the reflection plane.
The reflection planes are:
• Plane x.
• Plane y.
• Oblique plane.

592
 9 Draw Mode

• Plane z.
For the oblique plane:
• Select a second point of the reflection axis.
The program also mirrors entities that are not selected if they belong to the same part as the
selected entity.

Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the mirrored entity are
maintained; otherwise only the mirrored entity is maintained.

Fig. 9.107: Horizontal

Fig. 9.108: Vertical

Fig. 9.109: Oblique

593
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.110: Zed

9.8.13 Overturn Part

It allows you to overturn one or more parts with reference to the axis and the angle chosen.
The program will also overturn entities that are not selected if they belong to the same part
as the selected entity.

Checking the flag Create copy both the starting part and the translated one are kept;
otherwise the starting part is simply moved.
The overturning of the part entails the cancellation of all previously applied processes.

9.8.14 Align Part

This command allows you to align the selected parts to a guide line.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the parts to be aligned.
• Activate the command Align part.
• Determine the first point belonging to the parts to be used as a reference.
• Determine the second point belonging to the parts to be used as a reference.
• Determine the first point belonging to the segment to which the parts are to be
aligned.
• Determine the second point belonging to the segment to which the parts are to be
aligned.

594
 9 Draw Mode

The program also aligns unselected entities if they belong to the same part as the selected
entity.

Activating the option Create Copy both the starting entity and the aligned entity are
maintained; otherwise only the aligned entity is maintained.

Entity to be aligned - Entity aligned

9.8.15 Minimize Part Box

This command allows the part to be moved so as to occupy as little space as possible and to
use a smaller raw part in machining.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the part to be minimized.
• Activate the command Minimize part box.
• Choose one of the options proposed by the program
◦ Align to plane xy
◦ Translate only
◦ Rotate only
• Confirm the command with ok

9.8.16 Lattice deformation

This command allows you to modify a surface by moving control points.

595
EasySTONE manual

The procedure is the following:

• Select the surface.
Please note: The surfaces that do not have a variation in local zeta are not
deformable.
• Activate the command Lattice deformation.
• Define the number of rows, columns and layers of the grid (minimum value 2 lines,
2 columns and 2 layers) and confirm with the OK button.

Fig. 9.111: Net matrix

The number of lines refers to X, the columns to Y and the layers to Z (local
reference).

• Select the point to be moved (light blue sphere).

The selected point is highlighted in red (the last one), if more than one are selected,
the previous ones are highlighted in yellow. With the right mouse button you have
the choice to facilitate the selection of points.

Fig. 9.112: Selection

With a click on the already selected point the latter is deselected. The point can be

596
 9 Draw Mode

moved by dragging it to the desired position without modifying the zed.

Confirming with the OK button, you can insert the new coordinates and modify
the zed.

• Confirm the command with ok

9.8.17 Enable parametric

This command allows you to enable the parametric function.

If the parametric function is enabled, it is possible to draw the geometries using variables
to have specific types of parts. By changing the value of the variables, different dimensions
are easily obtained, reducing design costs.

Fig. 9.113: Parametric rectangle

Once the command is activated, the same is replaced with the command

Disable parametric.
If the parametric function is disabled, the references are lost and a confirmation is requested

597
EasySTONE manual

before proceeding.
If you remove the references, the project is no longer parametric.

Fig. 9.114: Delete references

Enabling the parametric function, the interface of the program remains the same but with
the possibility of inserting parametric variables.
Let's make the example of inserting a rectangle.
Instead of specifying the rectangle length value, we write the variable name.

Fig. 9.115: Length

The program recognizes the new variable. Answer Yes to the question "Add a new variable".

Fig. 9.116: Add variable

598
 9 Draw Mode

Specify the value of the variable.

Fig. 9.117: Variable properties

- Unit mesaure: It can be expressed in mm or inches.

- Value: Value assigned to the variable that will be associated with the geometry.
- Symbol local at current piece: Possibility of not making the variable global for the project
but linked to the single part.
- Activate limits: To assign a minimum/maximum value to the variable, plus the step for the
graphic value.

Once the geometry is inserted, its parameters are summarized and modified in the properties
window (select at least one entity of the geometry).

599
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.118: Property modification

It is possible to insert new variables by writing directly in the dialogue window of the single
parameters.

Fig. 9.119: Parameters dialog window

To view the inserted variables, move to the Symbols window.

They will be added to the global or local symbols depending on how the parameter "Local
symb. to the current part" has been set.

600
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.120: Symbols

It is possible to change the numerical value assigned to each variable, populating the related
field.

601
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.121: Change value

By right clicking on the variables, it is possible to:

- Properties: Modify the parameters of the variable (limits, steps...)
- Remove symbol: Delete it
- Dimension: Dimension the value of the variable directly from the geometry drawing.

Fig. 9.122: Remove Symbol

Once a geometry has been entered, it is made up of one or more reference points (in this
example, a "2-point line" is used which has precisely two reference points), which can be
summarized and modified in the property window.

602
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.123: two-point line

By univocally selecting the point, you have the possibility to modify it like any other entity.

Fig. 9.124: Point

When the point is represented with a +, it means that it is disconnected from any link with
other elements of the project.

To create a link between the point and other project objects, there are mainly 3 methods:
1. Use the names of the variables previously entered in the position parameters.

603
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.125: Position parameters

2. Use the mode Chain.

Fig. 9.126: Chain

Through this mode, it is possible to link the point to an element, without changing its
position.
At the request Select reference point, click on the entity that will be the new reference.

In the example shown here, the vertex at the bottom right of the rectangle has been selected
as the reference point.

604
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.127: Lower right vertex

3. Use the three dots mode

Fig. 9.128: Three dots button

Through this mode, it is possible to link the point to an element, changing its position.
At the request Select new point, click on the entity that will be the new point.

In the example shown here, the vertex at the top right of the rectangle has been selected as
the reference point.

605
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.129: Top right vertex

Please note: When a point is correctly linked to some element, it is displayed with a small
square. When selecting the new point, do not use the reference point Sketch or Grid.

The parametric engine can be used for all the Draw modes, therefore also Build (creation of
surfaces) and Modify, with the same parameters seen previously.

In this example, a simple offset of a rectangle is executed, with the related parameter
associated with a new variable and displayed later.

606
 9 Draw Mode

Fig. 9.130: Offset

Once you have selected Create copy, the program links the new entity to the one initially
selected. By changing the variable associated with the original entity, its copy will also be
modified.

In this example the surface created by parametric lines, as the lines themselves change,
changes its shape.

Fig. 9.131: Height = 120

607
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.132: Height = 400

9.8.18 Group

This command allows you to group certain entities together to facilitate their selection later.
The procedure is the following:
• Select the entities to be grouped.
• Activate the command Group.
After executing the command, selecting an entity involves the automatic selection of all
those grouped.

9.8.19 Ungroup

This command allows you to separate the previously grouped entities. The procedure is the
following:
• Select the grouped entities.

608
 9 Draw Mode

• Activate the command Ungroup.

9.8.20 Points interpolations

This command allows you to convert points previously detected on the machine, in a path
composed of line type entities.
The procedure is the following:
• Select the circles detected in the machine
• Activate the command Points interpolation.
• Define the parameters that determine the profile.
◦ Max distance (maximum distance between two points within which to
consider the points)
◦ Cordal error
◦ Angular deviation
• Enable Edges if you want to automatically recognize the edges
• Enable the option Create copy to keep the points digitized.
• Press the OK button to confirm.

Fig. 9.133: Points interpolation

609
EasySTONE manual

9.9 Z Map

Fig. 9.134: Z Map

9.9.1 Extrusion

This command allows you to create a bas-relief defined by a contour.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:
• Select a closed path.
• Select the type of machining.

There are four types of machining:

Flat profile: Creates a solid with a flat profile.

• Enter the base height value.
Angular profile: Creates a solid with the profile initially flat, and then inclined.
• Enter the base height value.
• Enter the angle of inclination for the extrusion above the base.
• Enter the maximum height of the solid. If this parameter is set to zero, the
solid has no maximum height.
Rounded profile: Creates a solid with the profile initially flat, and then rounded.
• Enter the base height value.
• Enter the depth of the rounded extrusion over the base.

610
 9 Draw Mode

• Enter the minimum rounding radius above the base, or select the option
Auto radius, which allows the program to calculate the radius based on the
set depth and the size of the profile.
User profile: Creates a solid having a profile created in the graphic area.

• Select the profile section in the graphic area.

• Enable the flag Invert section if you want to invert the section profile.

9.9.2 Extrusion Profile

This command allows you to create a profile defined by a guide path and one or two profiles.
After activating the command, follow this procedure:

Option with Guide path and one profile

• Select the guide path.

• Disable the option No. 2 profiles.
• Select the profile.
• Select the point of the section through which the guide line runs.
Option with Guide path and two profiles: create a path that starts with one profile and ends
with another.

611
EasySTONE manual

• Select the guide path

• Enable the option No. 2 profiles.
• Select profile no. 1.
• Enable invert section if you want to invert profile 1
• Select the point of the section through which the guide line runs.
• Select profile no. 2.
• Enable invert section if you want to invert profile 2

9.9.3 Revolved profile

This command allows you to create a surface by rotating a profile.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:
• Select the path to be rotated.
• Enter the value of the scaling coefficient of the surface obtained by the rotation.

9.9.4 Circular Machining

This command allows you to create a circular surface defined by a profile.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:
• Select the profile.
It is also possible to activate the Z Machining option, which allows a profile to be applied to
the profile of the circular surface.

612
 9 Draw Mode

9.9.5 Autointersection

This command allows you to create a profile that manages the autointersections.

The autointersections can be managed in two different ways, i.e. by creating a path that
already takes them into account, or by inserting variations.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the guide path.
• Select the profile.
• Enable/disable the function invert section if you want to invert the profile.
• Select the point of the section through which the guide line runs.
Select the type of intersection management. There are two types of intersections:

Fig. 9.135: Types of intersection

• Custom Inc/Dec: The program automatically calculates how to handle the

intersection. The following parameters are required for this type:
◦ Enter the length of the zone to be increased or decreased.
◦ Enter the height increment value of a contour part.
◦ Enter the height decrease value of the other contour part.
• From path: The profile follows the guide path exactly, assuming also the variations
in Z.

9.9.6 Z Map from surface

This command allows you to create a bas-relief starting from a surface (SNurbs, STL...).

Select the surface or surfaces to be converted and execute the command Z Map from
surfaces.

613
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.136: Carving from Surfaces

9.9.7 Z Map union

This command allows you to join overlapping surfaces.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the first Z Map.

• Select the second Z Map.
• Select the type of union.
There are four types of union:

Fig. 9.137: Z Map union

• Sum: The heights of the first and second surfaces are added together.
• Subtraction: The heights of the first and second surfaces are subtracted.
• High values: At each point the height of the surface with a greater Z value is used.
• Low values: At each point the height of the surface with a smaller Z value is used.

614
 9 Draw Mode

9.9.8 Z Map trim

This command allows you to create a carving in a Z Map.

After activating the command, follow this procedure:

• Select the Z Map to be cut.
• Select the contour of the carving to be executed (closed path).
• Select the part of the surface to keep through the options Internal and External.

9.9.9 Import Z Map

This command allows you to open an image file that already exists by importing it from an
external format.

Fig. 9.138: Import Z Map

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
importing a file, in which to define the position, name and extension of the file to be
imported. In this window it is also possible to preview the project you want to open, by
activating the option Preview.

Define the import point and image size by specifying length, width and height.

615
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 9.139: Dimensions

9.9.10 Export Z Map

This command allows you to export the selected geometries to an image file.

The procedure is the following:

• Select the Z Map to be exported.
• Activate the command Export Z Map.

The program displays the Windows dialog box for exporting a file, in which to define the
position, name and extension of the file to be exported.

616
 10 Machine Mode

10 Machine Mode

In Machine mode you define the raw part, the origin and the sequence of the machinings.

Fig. 8.2: Machine mode

Machining

The control panel of the machine mode is subdivided into the following areas:

1. Machining list: Contains all the kits selected for machining the part.

617
EasySTONE manual

2. Kits list: Contains all the kits available on the machine.

3. Command area: Contains all the commands that can be activated. The commands
can also be activated from the menu Machining in the drop-down menu bar.

10.1 Machining tree

This list consists a General Header and a series of Kits.

The Heading specifies all the general (customizable) parameters of the project (Figure 10.1)

Fig. 10.1: Header

Every machining Kit is composed of four subsections:

• Properties.
• Safety.
• Tools.
• Geometry.
Properties and Safety show the parameters specified in the corresponding sections of the
Kits database, with Automatic values recalculated by EasySTONE.

Tools contains a list of the tools that make up the Kit. For each individual tool there
are parameters related to its working conditions, some of which are retrieved from the

618
 10 Machine Mode

Tool database, others from the machine configuration or proposed automatically

by EasySTONE.

In Geometry the machining paths are specified (see paragraph 10.1.1).

Note: Any modification made in the various settings of the Kit will be valid only for the
machining in question. To make it permanent it will be necessary to intervene in the Kits
database or Tools.

Machinings have more parameters in addition to those visible in the machining tree: the
Advanced machining properties. These are displayed under the machining tree when a
machining process is selected (by double-clicking the left mouse button or activating the
button Edit in the Command area) and are partially found automatically by the section
Advanced present in the master data of each individual Kit in the database.

The meaning and functions of each parameter of the sections Properties, Advanced
Properties, Tools and Safety are explained in detail in chapter 11.

To add a machining in the Machining List it is necessary to select in the Graphic area
the geometric entities and then double click with the left mouse button on the desired Kit
present in the Kits List (alternatively, you can select the Kit and then click on the button
Add in the Command area).

To delete a machining from the Machining List you need to select it and then press the
button Delete on the keyboard or alternatively click on the button Cancel in the Command
area.

Clicking with the right mouse button in a point of the area Machining List (under those
already present) it is possible to enable or disable all the machinings and import others from
another EasySTONE project.

By selecting a machining with the right mouse button a series of functions appear which
will be described in detail in the paragraph Machining menu options 10.1.3

619
EasySTONE manual

Important: The sequence of execution in the machine does not necessarily follow the order
displayed in the Machining list but is calculated in an Automatic way by EasySTONE (it is
possible to customize it using the ORD file in the machine's Post-Processor folder) or it is
specified by the operator using the command Sort present in the Command area.

If you choose Automatic sorting, it is possible to lock the execution position of a machining
in two different ways:

• click twice consecutively on the blue padlock shown next to the name (open
padlock with automatic machining, closed padlock with locked order);

• select the name of the machining with the right button and select Locked order or

Automatic order within the menu Machining status (Figure 10.2).

Fig. 10.2: Locked order

620
 10 Machine Mode

A locked machining is not ordered, if there are two locked machining operations only the
intermediate machining operations or the previous and subsequent ones are ordered.

Note: If the Sort command is used (sorting chosen by the operator), the lock position
function will be ignored even if the padlock is blue and closed.

The order of priority of the machinings is as follows:

• laser projection.

• probing.

• pocketing.

• water cutting.

• tip from below.

• tip.

• surface roughing:

◦ tip.

◦ blade.

◦ router.

• blade.

• router.

• diamond profiled.

• surface finish:

◦ normal.

◦ lathe.

621
EasySTONE manual

• 5-axis surface finish

◦ normal.

◦ lathe.

• 5-axis water cutting.

• diamond cup wheel for bevel.

• polishing cup wheel for bevel.

• grooving with mill:

◦ pocketing.

◦ pocketing second run.

◦ grooving.

• diamond engraving disc.

• polishing engraving disc.

• polishing profiled.

• polishing wheels.

• direct commands.

10.1.1 Geometry

The Geometry section contains the list of paths to be machined. Each single path is made
up of entities (selected in the Graphic area when applying the Kit) summarized as shown in
Figure 10.3

622
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.3: Machining path entity

To modify a machining path, proceed as follows:

• select it with a double click, EasySTONE will display the window in Figure 10.3.
• in the Graphic area select the entities to be added to or removed from the path.
• confirm with the button OK or alternatively press Cancel.
Note: If the entities to be added are not contiguous, EasySTONE automatically creates a
new path.

To delete a machining path, simply select it and press the button Canc. It is not possible to
delete a machining path if it is the only path present.

623
EasySTONE manual

If there are multiple paths in the process, they follow the order in which they were created
and displayed. To change the working order of the paths proceed as follows:
• set the machining to Normal (no Optimize).
• select with the right mouse button the section Geometry.
• from the displayed menu select Manual path sorting.

Fig. 10.4: Manual path sorting

• when the following dialog window opens, you can:

◦ choose a type of sorting from those proposed by the drop-down

menu Standard Sorting (then Apply).
◦ click on Start absolute sorting and select in sequence the machining
order of the paths (then End absolute sorting; you can specify from
which path number the sorting should start).
◦ click on Begin change start and select on a closed path the starting
point of the machining (then End change start).

624
 10 Machine Mode

◦ click on Invert to reverse the direction of execution of the machining

on a path.
• click OK to confirm or alternatively click Cancel.

10.1.2 Advanced machining properties

The Advanced machining properties are displayed with a double click of the button left of
the mouse (or by activating the button Edit present in Command area). The parameters
displayed are partially retrieved automatically from the section Advanced in the master
data of each Kit in the database.
In this mode EasySTONE displays and enables a series of functionalities related to the type
of machining and machined entity described in detail in the following sub-paragraphs.

10.1.2.1 Machining variation menu

In the Advanced Properties mode, selecting in the Graphic area an entity of the machining
and pressing the right mouse button, EasySTONE displays the Machining variations menu
containing a series of functions that allow you to customize some machining parameters
for the entity in question. The functions available in the Machining variations menu change
depending on the type of work and the selected entity. Below, the following sub-paragraphs
provide a detailed description of the functions for each process.

10.1.2.1.1 Routing variations

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for routing are:

Feed variations
This command allows defining the speed that the tool takes on while machining the selected

625
EasySTONE manual

entity, expressed in mm/min or in/min.

After activating the command, the program displays the Feed variations dialog box (see
Figure 10.5), where the machining speed value is to be entered; with step machining it is
also possible (by activating the Apply to all runs option) to activate the parameter for all
runs.

Fig. 10.5: Feed variation

Feed variations percentage

This command allows defining the speed that the tool takes on while machining the
selected entity, expressed as a percentage of the speed it would take on normally.
After activating the command, the program displays the Percentage feed variations dialog
box, where the percentage value is to be entered; with step machining it is also possible, by
activating the Apply to all runs option, to activate the parameter for all runs.

Fig. 10.6: Feed variations percentage

Insert direct command

626
 10 Machine Mode

Allows you to enter a machine command in the ISO code at the beginning of the entity's
machining. It is possible to insert (alternatively) the command at the end of the machining
by checking the check box At the end of the entity.

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

Invert selection for variations

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

10.1.2.1.2 Cutting variations

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for cutting are:

627
EasySTONE manual

Feed variations
Allows you to change the speed of the tool during the machining of the entity (the value is
expressed in mm/min or in/min).
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
(Figure 10.5) in which to enter the value of the machining speed, with the possibility for step
machinings (activating the option Apply to all runs) of making the parameter valid for all
runs.

Feed variations percentage

Allows you to define the speed assumed by the tool during the machining of the entity,
setting a percentage that determines the recalculation of the feed specified in the Kit.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
percentage (Figure 10.6) in which to insert the percentage, with the possibility for step
machining (activating the option Apply to all runs) of making the parameter valid for all
runs.

Insert stop
Allows you to stop the machine (putting it on hold) at the end of the entity machining. To
restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the button Start on the CN.

Insert direct command

Allows you to enter a machine command in the ISO code at the beginning of the entity's
machining. It is possible to insert (alternatively) the command at the end of the machining
of the entity by checking the check box At the end of the entity.

Enlarge start

628
 10 Machine Mode

Allows you to extend the cutting lead-in of the selected entity. For step machinings, by
activating the option Apply to all runs, the extension of the lead-in cut will be active for all
runs. The new lead-in path is highlighted in the Graphic area with a red dotted line.

Fig. 10.7: Enlarge start variation

Enlarge end
Allows you to extend the cutting lead-out of the selected entity. For step machinings, by
activating the option Apply to all runs, the extension of the lead-out cut will be active for
all runs. The new lead-out path is highlighted in the Graphic area with a red dashed line.

Fig. 10.8: Enlarge end variation

Extend start to box

Allows you to extend the entity cutting lead-in to the edge of the raw part. The new lead-in
path is highlighted in the Graphic area with a red dotted line.

Extend end to box

It allows you to extend the lead-out to the edge of the raw part. The new lead-out path is
highlighted in the Graphic area with a red dashed line.

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

629
EasySTONE manual

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

Invert selection for variations

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

10.1.2.1.3 Profiling tool variations

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for profiling are:

Feed variations
Allows you to change the feed of the tool during the machining of the entity (the value is
expressed in mm/min or in/min).
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
(Figure 10.5) in which to enter the value of the machining speed.

Feed variations percentage

Allows you to change the feed (percentage value).

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

630
 10 Machine Mode

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

Invert selection for variations

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

10.1.2.1.4 Engraving variations

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for engraving with mill (type
Normal) are:

Feed variations
Allows you to change the speed of the tool during the machining of the entity (the value is
expressed in mm/min or in/min).Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the
dialog window Feed variations (Figure 10.5) in which to enter the value of the machining
speed.

Feed variations percentage

Allows you to define the speed assumed by the tool during the machining of the entity,
setting a percentage that determines the recalculation of the feed specified in the Kit.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
percentage (Figure 10.6) in which to enter the percentage.

631
EasySTONE manual

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

Invert selection for variations

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

10.1.2.1.5 Grooving variations

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for grooving are:

Feed variations
Allows you to change the speed of the tool during the machining of the entity (the value is
expressed in mm/min or in/min).Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the
dialog window Feed variations (Figure 10.5) in which to enter the value of the machining
speed.

632
 10 Machine Mode

Feed variations percentage

Allows you to define the speed assumed by the tool during the machining of the entity,
setting a percentage that determines the recalculation of the feed specified in the Kit.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
percentage (Figure 10.6) in which to enter the percentage.

Initial depth variation

Allows you to modify the depth of the Lead-in tip (Figure 10.9).

Fig. 10.9: Initial depth variation

Final depth variation

Allows you to modify the depth of the Lead-out tip (Figure 10.10).

633
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.10: Final depth variation

Initial width variation

Allows you to define the width of the grooving (grinding wheel thickness) in the Lead-in
tip.

Final width variation

Allows you to define the width of the grooving (grinding wheel thickness) in the Lead-out
tip.

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

Invert selection for variations

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

634
 10 Machine Mode

10.1.2.1.6 Roughing

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for roughing are:

Feed variations
Allows you to change the speed of the tool during the machining of the entity (the value is
expressed in mm/min or in/min).Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the
dialog window Feed variations (Figure 10.5) in which to enter the value of the machining
speed.

Feed variation

Feed variations percentage

Allows you to define the speed assumed by the tool during the machining of the entity,
setting a percentage that determines the recalculation of the feed specified in the Kit.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
percentage (Figure10.6) in which to enter the percentage..

635
EasySTONE manual

Percentage feed variation

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

Invert selection for variations

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

10.1.2.1.7 Finishing variations

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for surface finish operations are:

636
 10 Machine Mode

Feed variations
Allows you to change the speed of the tool during the machining of the entity (the value is
expressed in mm/min or in/min).
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
(Figure10.5) in which to enter the value of the machining speed.

Feed variations percentage

Allows you to define the speed assumed by the tool during the machining of the entity,
setting a percentage that determines the recalculation of the feed specified in the Kit.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
percentage (Figure 10.6) in which to enter the percentage.

Insert direct command

Allows you to enter a machine command in the ISO code at the beginning of the entity's
machining. It is possible to insert (alternatively) the command at the end of the machining
by checking the check box At the end of the entity.

Point variations
It allows you to change the machining path by moving the end point of the selected entity.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Point variations
(Figure 10.11) composed of the following parameters:
• X: This option allows you to define the new X coordinate (with respect to the
part's origin) of the end point of the selected entity.

637
EasySTONE manual

• Y: This option allows you to define the new Y coordinate (with respect to the
part's origin) of the end point of the selected entity.
• Z: This option allows you to define the new Z coordinate (with respect to the part's
origin) of the end point of the selected entity.
• Incremental: This option allows you to translate the end point of the selected
entity by defining the distance and the direction in which the movement takes
place. The possible directions are:
◦ Along X: The end of the entity is moved along the X axis.
◦ Along Y: The end of the entity is moved along the Y axis.
◦ Along Z: The end of the entity is moved along the Z axis.
◦ Along the mill direction: If the machining tool is a mill, the end of the
entity is moved along the direction of rotation of the mill axis, while if the
tool is a blade, the end of the entity is moved along the direction of the
rotation axis of the blade.
◦ Along the correction direction: If the machining tool is a mill or a blade,
the end of the entity is moved along the direction perpendicular to the
machining surface.
◦ Along path: The end of the entity is moved along the direction of the
entity itself.
• Do check interference: If activated, EasySTONE checks if the modification to the
path determines a collision between the tool and all the surfaces of the project.

638
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.11: Point variations

Color variations: Changes the color of the machining path entity.

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

639
EasySTONE manual

Invert selection for variations

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

Insert point: Breaks an entity of the machining path in relation to the specified
percentage.

Delete point: Eliminates the end point of the selected entity and readjusts the machining
path.

10.1.2.1.8 5-axis machining variations

The options displayed in the Machining variations menu for 5-axis surface finish
operations are:

Feed variations
Allows you to change the speed of the tool during the machining of the entity (the value is
expressed in mm/min or in/min).
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed
variations (Figure ) in which to enter the value of the machining speed.

Feed variations percentage

640
 10 Machine Mode

Allows you to define the speed assumed by the tool during the machining of the entity,
setting a percentage that determines the recalculation of the feed specified in the Kit.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Feed variations
percentage (Figure 10.6) in which to enter the percentage.

Insert direct command

Allows you to enter a machine command in the ISO code at the beginning of the entity's
machining. It is possible to insert (alternatively) the command at the end of the machining
by checking the check box At the end of the entity.

Point variations
It allows you to change the machining path by moving the end point of the selected entity.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Point
variations (Figure 10.11) composed of the following parameters:
• X: This option allows you to define the new X coordinate (with respect to the
part's origin) of the end point of the selected entity.
• Y: This option allows you to define the new Y coordinate (with respect to the
part's origin) of the end point of the selected entity.
• Z: This option allows you to define the new Z coordinate (with respect to the part's
origin) of the end point of the selected entity.
• Incremental: This option allows you to translate the end point of the selected
entity by defining the distance and the direction in which the movement takes
place. The possible directions are:
• Along X: The end of the entity is moved along the X axis.
• Along Y: The end of the entity is moved along the Y axis.
• Along Z: The end of the entity is moved along the Z axis.
• Along the mill direction: If the machining tool is a mill, the end of the entity is
moved along the direction of rotation of the mill axis, while if the tool is a blade,
the end of the entity is moved along the direction of the rotation axis of the blade.
• Along the correction direction: If the machining tool is a mill or a blade, the end of
the entity is moved along the direction perpendicular to the machining surface.
• Along path: The end of the entity is moved along the direction of the entity itself.
• Do check interference: If activated, EasySTONE checks if the modification to the
path determines a collision between the tool and all the surfaces of the project.

641
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.12: Modify points

Vector variations
Allows you to change the direction of the tool axis at the end point of the selected entity.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Vector variations
(Figure 10.13), which provides the following options for the rotation of the tool axis:

1. Modify coordinates:
• X: If activated, it allows you to define the new X coordinate of the end of the tool
rotation axis.
• Y: if activated, it allows you to define the new Y coordinate of the end of the tool
rotation axis.

642
 10 Machine Mode

• Z: If activated, it allows you to define the new Z coordinate of the end of the tool
rotation axis.
• Use angles: This option, if activated:
• Horizontal ang.: Rotates the tool by a horizontal angle at the application point.
• Vertical Ang.: Rotates the tool by a vertical angle at the application point.
• Machine axes: This button allows you to define the position that the rotary axes of the
machine must take at the point of application of the machining.
• Rotation: If activated, allows you to rotate the tool defining the direction of the rotation
axis and the value of the angle by which to rotate it. The possible directions are:
• Around X: The axis of rotation of the tool is the X axis.
• Around Y: The axis of rotation of the tool is the Y axis.
• Around Z: The axis of rotation of the tool is the Z axis.
• Around correction direction: This direction is used only for machining with a
blade, and uses the direction passing through the center and the point of
application as the rotation axis.
• Around the path: The axis of rotation of the tool is perpendicular to the direction of
the entity.
• Along the path: The axis of rotation of the tool is the direction of the entity.
• Increase vertical angle: Increases the vertical angle of the tool axis.
• Increase horizontal angle: Increases the horizontal angle of the tool axis.
• Invert vectors: The tool rotates 180 degrees at its point of application.

Distribute vectors: If activated, allows you to apply a gradual variation of vectors to

multiple entities.
Verify interference: If activated, EasySTONE checks if the modification to the path
determines a collision between the tool and all the surfaces of the project. If this
happens, the modification is partially applied or completely canceled.

643
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.13: Change Vector window

644
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.14: Change Vector

Fig. 10.15: Rotation values

645
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.16: Change direction vector

Color variations: Changes the color of the machining path entity.

Delete variations
Cancels the changes made to the entity of the selected machining path.

Delete all variations

Cancels the changes made to all entities of the machining path, restoring the situation at the
application of the Kit.

Reset selection for variations

Deselects all entities of the selected machining path.

Invert selection for variations

646
 10 Machine Mode

Inverts the selection status of the entities of the machining path.

Insert point: Breaks an entity of the machining path in relation to the specified
percentage.

Delete point: Eliminates the end point of the selected entity and readjusts the machining
path.

10.1.2.2 Hole management

When entering the mode Advanced Properties of a Cut with core drill
process (figure 10.17) or Roughing with core drill (figure 10.18), by pressing the right
mouse button at any point in the Graphic area the commands for the management of the
core drills are added to the menu:

• Move: Allows you to move a hole, alternatively you can select the hole to be moved
and then click where you want to place it. In roughing, moving the core drills on the
working surface, they vary in depth due to the changed distance between the height
of the raw part and the surface.
• Add: Adds a new core drill.
• Delete: Deletes the selected core drill (click in its center).
• Cancel interactive changes: Restores the initial sequence of the holes.
• Cancel: Cancels the repositioning operation of the selected core drill.

647
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.17: Cut with core drill

Fig. 10.18: Roughing with core drill

648
 10 Machine Mode

10.1.2.3 Exclude surface

When entering the mode Advanced Properties of a surface machining,by pressing the right
mouse button anywhere in the Graphic area the menu contains the added command
Exclude surfaces.

This command is displayed only for the following operations:

Surface roughing, Surface finish, 5-axis finish, Lathe roughing, Lathe finish and 5-axis
lathe finish

The selected surfaces will not be considered by EasySTONE for any interference or
collisions during the calculation of the machining path.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays in the window Surfaces all surfaces
present in the current project, allowing you to select those not to be taken into consideration.
For example, in the figure below the surface G(7) has been excluded.

649
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.19: Exclude surfaces

It is possible to select or deselect all the surfaces by activating the related commands present
in the drop-down menu that opens by selecting any point of the window Surfaces with the
right mouse button.

10.1.2.4 Support Surfaces

When entering to Advanced Properties mode of a surface finishing process (3 or 5 axes),

pressing the right button of the mouse at any point of the Graphics Area in the menu adds
the Support Surfaces command.

650
 10 Machine Mode

Following the creation of a support surface, EasySTONE will apply the machining to the
latter while taking into consideration the starting surface to prevent the tool from going
through it and spoiling it.
For clarification of figure there is a 5-axis surface machining (the tool works
perpendicular to the starting surface), while shows the same machining with a support
surface applied (the tool works perpendicular to the support surface).

When the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window in which you
can choose the type of support surface to be used for the machining.

651
EasySTONE manual

By clicking on the most suitable surface, the following parameters are displayed
concerning its size and position:
Dim X : Width on the X axis.
Dim Y : Length on the Y axis.
Dim Z : Height on the Z axis.
Center: Positioning coordinates of the center of the support surface.
Z Ang.: Angle referred to the Z axis.
Horizontal Ang.: Angle referred to the X axis
Plane types: Specifies the plane on which the support surface is placed.
Offset : Depending on the support surface, it affects the recalculation of Z, or it re-
determines the dimensions Dim X, Dim Y or Dim Z.
Sur Verification: Establishes whether the support surface must be taken into consideration
or not during the calculation of the machining path.

Other parameters are surface specific.

10.1.2.4.1 STL File

The support surfaces are useful when finishing is to be applied FlowLine of STL files.

Following an example of teapot-shaped machining in STL format with the help of a

vertical cylindrical support surface.

652
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.20: Cylindrical support surface

10.1.2.5 Tool machining simulation

In Machining mode it is possible to simulate the movement of the tool during machining.

After displaying the Advanced Properties of a machining (select it from the Machining list
and click on the button Edit in the Command Area), place the pointer in the Graphic area
and press the right mouse button to display the dialog window 1 in figure 10.21

Fig. 10.21: Machining Simulation

Start simulation

653
EasySTONE manual

Activate in Graphic area the mode Simulation viewing the dialogue window 2 Simulation
control panel (*) in figure 10.21 and the tool moving along the machining path.

Stop simulation
Ends in the Graphic area the mode Simulation closing the Simulation control panel.

Previous step
Cancels the last executed movement and displays again the tool in the previous position.

Next step
Moves the tool to the next step.

Hide preview
Hides the tool in the Graphic area.

(*) The Simulation control panel there contains the buttons Previous step, Start
simulation, Next step, End simulation in addition to the Scroll bar that increases or
decreases the speed of the tool simulation. In addition, there is a check box that allows you
to also view the tool trace, differentiating the movements performed in rapid movement
from those in safety and machining modes. The section to the right of the dialogue window
shows the coordinates of the axes in the part's origin and summarizes the machining speeds
of the machine.

Note: In the Simulation mode it is possible to simulate the movements of the tool with the
keys Page down (each press advances the tool) and Page up (each press cancels the last
movement performed and displays the tool in the previous position).

Note 2: Pressing the Ctrl key and at the same time selecting an entity of the machining path
(with the left mouse button) the tool will be simulated in the last machining position of the
entity in question.

10.1.2.6 Fast Preview

When creating or editing a surface machining, EasySTONE displays in the Graphic area
the machining path of the tool.

654
 10 Machine Mode

In order to limit the calculation time of the machining path before any machining
confirmation (button OK), EasySTONE allows you to view in the Graphic area a
machining path with a simplification of the tool application points. This functionality is
managed through the control Fast preview present on the top left of the Graphic area.
Figure 10.22 shows an example with Fast preview ON, while figure 10.23 shows the same
example with Fast preview OFF.

Fig. 10.22: Fast preview ON

655
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.23: Fast preview OFF

Note: The Fast preview control can be configured as ON, OFF or disabled: right-click
anywhere in the control area and choose the desired option (Figure 10.24).

Fig. 10.24: Fast Preview Configuration

10.1.3 Machining option menu

By selecting a machining with the right mouse button, EasySTONE will display a dialog
window containing the following list of commands:

656
 10 Machine Mode

Copy: Allows you to copy a machining storing all the parameters.

Paste: Active only if the command Copy has already been used, allows you to create a new
machining identical to the one previously copied.

Paste parameters: Active only if the command Copy has already been used, allows you to
copy into a machining of the same type gall the parameters of the sections Properties and
Safety of the starting Kit.

Rename: Allows you to rename a machining.

Save as kit: Allows you to save in the Kits master data the changes made to the parameters
of the section Properties of the machining: it is possible to modify the kit in question or
create a new one.

Enable: Allows you, depending on the activated option, to

• enable all machinings.
• enable only the selected machining.
• enable until the selected machining.
• enable from the selected machining.
• disable all machinings.
Machining status: It is divided into two sections:
• The first allows you to change the status of the machining from 'to be performed'
to 'already performed' and vice versa.
• The second allows you to choose the order of the machining: the Automatic order
of EasySTONE or the Locked/Manual order set by the operator.

Tool: Allows you to view the characteristics of the tool (Tool properties) and to replace it
(Replace tool) with a similar one giving the possibility to maintain the working speeds of

657
EasySTONE manual

the tool to be replaced or to update them (check box Update feed) with those of the new
tool. If the machining includes multiple tools, in order to activate these features, you need
to select the tool from the section Tools with the right mouse button.

Import: Allows you to import machinings from another EasySTONE project. Once the
command is activated, EasySTONE displays the Windows dialog box in which it is
necessary to define the position and the name of the file from which to import the
machining, then clicking on Open the program displays a dialog window containing the
following areas:
• Machining list: This area contains the list of machinings from which to select
those to be imported.
• Import parameters:
◦ Point of application: Allows you to define the point where the origin of
the imported work is repositioned.
◦ Rotation angle: Allows you to define the angle and the rotation axis on
which to rotate the imported geometry.
◦ Import original geometry: This option, if active, allows you to import
the original geometry into a new layer, in addition to the machining.

Fig. 10.25: Import

Recover geometry: Creates in Draw Mode a layer containing the path of the machining
and/or a layer with the starting geometry to which it was applied. Once the command is

658
 10 Machine Mode

activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window in Figure 10.26 , composed of the
following are:
• Working geometry: This area contains a list of the machining paths from which to
select those to be included in the individual new layers. It is also possible to
activate the option Erase rapids which omits the rapid machining paths.
• Starting geometry: This area contains a list of the machining paths, from which
you can select those for which you want to retrieve the starting geometry to which
the machining was applied.

Fig. 10.26: Retrieve geometry

659
EasySTONE manual

Manual path sorting: This function is activated when the section Geometry is selected with
the right mouse button.
For a detailed description please see paragraph 10.1.1 of this chapter.

Operations on machinings:
• Recalculate machining: EasySTONE recalculates the latter as a result of changes
in the raw part, of other machinings that affect its machining path, or due to new
added entities (e.g. surfaces).
• Move machining: The machining (or machining with check on the control All
machinings) is translated into x,y,z.
• Rotate machining: The machining (or machining with check on the control All
machinings) is rotated by an angle with respect to a point and a rotation axis.
• Mirror machining: This function can only be activated for machining on surfaces
(3 and 5 axes, roughing and finishing) and allows you to mirror them with respect
to a point and a rotation axis.
• Matrix copy machining: EasySTONE multiplies the machining following a
matrix scheme.
• Polar copy machining: EasySTONE multiplies the machining following a
circular pattern.
• Cancel roto-translation: All the translation and/or rotation operations are
canceled, the position of origin of the machining is then restored.

Viewing: Allows a customization of the display of the machining parameters, giving the
user the possibility to hide some of them.

Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the following options:

• Complete: This command activates the Complete display of the machining
parameters.

660
 10 Machine Mode

• Custom: This command activates the Customized display,which allows you to view
only the parameters that have not been hidden.
• Hide in custom: This command is active only if a machining parameter is selected
with the right mouse button, allowing the latter to be hidden when the Customized
display is active.
• View in custom: This command is active only if a machining parameter is selected
with the right mouse button, allowing the latter to be viewed when the Customized
display is active.
• Reset custom view: This command allows you to reset the settings of the
customized display and restore the display of all the machining parameters.
Note: This command is not present in the Machining options menu until you have selected
(with the right mouse button) and hidden (option Hide in custom) at least one machining
parameter.

Virtual milling: see paragraph 10.1.4

10.1.4 Virtual Milling

The Virtual Milling allows you to create a photorealistic image of the part that will be
obtained following the execution of one or more machinings, thus allowing you to verify
and analyze in advance the final result.

Selecting a machining with the right button from the Machining list in Machine mode,
among the various options you will see the section concerning the Virtual Milling
containing the following functions:
• Create virtual milling: Allows you to create a photorealistic image of the raw
part from which the final part will be subsequently obtained. Once the command
is activated, EasySTONE displays the dialog window Virtual milling definition,
which contains the following parameters:
◦ Tolerance selection bar: This bar allows you to select the tolerance level
between five preset levels ranging from Very fast to Very precise (greater
precision is required the slower the machining of the Virtual Milling).

661
EasySTONE manual

◦ Custom tolerance: This option allows you to specify a tolerance value for
the Virtual Milling, therefore to define the maximum approximation with
which EasySTONE can display the details of the part.

Fig. 10.27: Virtual mill properties

• Calculate removal: Calculates how much material is removed during machining

and displays in the Graphic area the image of the part after machining. Once
the command is activated, EasySTONE displays a sub-menu with the following
options:
◦ Calculate single removal: Shows in the Graphic area the part after the
application of the selected machining from the Machining list.
◦ Calculate removal up to: Shows in the Graphic area the part after the
application of the machining sequence that starts from the first and ends
with the one selected from the Machining list.
◦ Calculate removal from: Shows in the Graphic area the part after the
application of the machining sequence that starts from the one selected
from the Machining list and ends with the last one on the list.
◦ Calculate complete removal: Shows in the Graphic area the part after the
application of all the machinings in the Machining list.
• Save virtual milling: Allows you to save the image in the Graphic area in a VM
format file. Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the Windows
dialog box Save as in which you must specify the name and position of the VM file
to be created.
• Open virtual milling: Allows you to view a Virtual Milling file previously
obtained and saved. When the Windows dialog box Open appears, simply specify

662
 10 Machine Mode

the position and name of the *.VM file to be displayed in Graphic area.

• Delete virtual milling: Cancels in the Graphic area the visualization of the
photorealistic image of the machined raw part.
Following the creation of a Virtual Milling image, the menu Operations on virtual milling
appears, containing the following commands:
• Remove smallest part: EasySTONE will remove in the Graphic area from the
parts (including the scraps) obtained as a result of the simulated machinings, the
one with the smallest dimensions.
• Remove largest part: EasySTONE will remove in the Graphic area from the parts
(including the scraps) obtained as a result of the simulated machinings, the one with
the largest dimensions.
• Keep largest part: EasySTONE will remove in the Graphic area all the parts
(including the scraps) obtained as a result of the simulated machinings, maintaining
only the one with the largest dimensions.
• Remove fins: EasySTONE will remove in the Graphic area all the remaining fins
following a surface roughing.
• Move: It is possible to translate the Virtual Milling image to a point of the Graphic
area.
• Rotate: It is possible to rotate the Virtual Milling image.
and the command In a separate window.
This last function will open the following dialog window

663
EasySTONE manual

in which it is possible to analyze in detail the virtualized image of the machining.

Note: By double-clicking on the Virtual Milling bar - EasyStone (highlighted by the green
outline in the figure ) the dialog window is enlarged to full screen; repeating the action the
original size is restored.

The buttons

allow you to choose a view and image transparency from

the EasySTONE defaults, Holding down the Ctrl key simultaneously with the central
mouse wheel it is possible to rotate the part, while rotating the central mouse wheel it is
possible to zoom in on a detail of the part being machined.

Pressing with the right mouse button at a point in the Graphic area the following drop-
down menu is displayed

Fig. 10.28: Options menu

containing the following options that can be activated with a simple click:

664
 10 Machine Mode

• In a separate window: The dialog window Virtual Milling closes (alternatively

press the ESC key).
• View/change colors: Allows you to customize the colors in order to better
highlight the state of the remaining material (part and scraps) following the applied
machinings.

Fig. 10.29: Material machining colors

• Dissect: Allows you to dissect the Virtual Milling image using predefined
planes. Once the command is activated,
EasySTONE will display the following dialog window,

665
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.30: Dissect

which contains the following parameters:

• Dissection direction: Through the drop-down menu you can choose the dissection
plane from the following available options:

Fig. 10.31: Top Plane

666
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.32: Front Plane

Fig. 10.33: Side Plane

667
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.34: Generic Plane

◦ Distance: Sliding bar that determines the position of the plane; it is active
for all planes.
◦ Inclination: Sliding bar that determines the inclination of the generic
plane.
◦ Rotation: Sliding bar that determines the rotation of the generic plane.
◦ Enable section: Displays or not the section of hidden material following
the activation of the button Dissect.
◦ Invert dissection plane: Inverts the side of the plane (yellow) on which
the material is dissected or removed.
◦ Remove button: Determines the removal of the material on the yellow
side of the plane or following a dissection of the part.
◦ Dissect button: Dissects the part hiding the material on the yellow side of
the plane.
• Surface analysis: Allows you to view (through a diversity of colors) the distances
between the machining point of the tool and the surface.
Once the command is activated, EasySTONE will ask to specify:
◦ the layer containing the surface being analyzed (Surfaces).
◦ the surface area under analysis (Type of analysis).
◦ the limit values of the areas to be highlighted (Settings).

668
 10 Machine Mode

◦ if you want to display in transparency and with custom colors.

◦ if the display of the different zones must concern the material actually
worked or the entire working surface.
The Figure shows an example in which the processed material, whose distance from the
starting surface is equal to 0, is highlighted in Red, while the material whose distance from
the starting surface is greater than 0 and less than 20 is highlighted in Blue

• Remove scrap: Eliminates the scrap material according to the criteria described in
the following buttons grouped into two sections:

Fig. 10.35: Scrap removal buttons

669
EasySTONE manual

◦ The first section (red box) contains the buttons for the identification
by EasySTONE of the entities to be removed (alternatively you can select
the entities also with a click in the Graphic area) and the related execution
button ( Remove Selection).
◦ The second section (green box) contains the buttons that directly remove
the entities based on the described specifications.
• Delete all: Eliminates the Virtual Milling image (it must therefore be recreated with
the function Create virtual milling).
• Open: Allows you to open a virtual milling file.
• Save: Allows you to save the modified virtual milling.
• Properties: This option, only active within the 3D simulator Powersim, allows you
to customize the Virtual Milling image obtained, for example setting the quality and
resolution of the image, the material of the part (Texture), the display of the starting
geometries.

10.2 Kits
This list contains all the Kits available divided by type of machining.
Selecting in the Graphic area a path or a surface, in the 'Kits List (Red area in figure 8.2)
only those kits compatible with the machining of the selected entities will be displayed.

This list, in addition to the machining kits, contains also the sections Commands, Laser
projection and Multiple Kits:
• the section Commands includes a series of customizable commands (for example a
machine stop) that the operator can insert in the machining list.
• The Laser projection section obtains a file (usually in DXF format) which allows a
laser projector in the machine to project the selected machining path onto the table.
• The section Multiple Kits proposes Kits consisting of several Kits (always defined
in the Kits database); applying a Multiple Kit, the Machining list (Yellow area in
figure 8.2) will be exploded and all the Kits of which it is composed will appear.
Note: Pressing the right mouse button inside the area Kits List a menu appears (red
rectangle in figure 10.36) which allows you to:
◦ Display (and therefore apply) the tools as an alternative to the Kits
◦ View the list of the last Kits used in a Recent Kits section

670
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.36: Display options

By clicking on the icon indicated by the yellow arrow in figure 10.36 it is possible to filter
the displayed Kits (or tools) by name.

10.3 Command area

671
EasySTONE manual

This command allows you to add a kit to the Machining list:

• Select the entity or path in the Graphic area.

• Select the kit in the Kits List.
• Activate the command Add (alternatively double click on the Kit).

EasySTONE will now display the Kit's properties, once these are verified/modified by
clicking on the button OK the Kit will be added to the Machining list, alternatively by
selecting the button Cancel the insertion of the Kit in the list will be canceled
(Figure 10.37).

672
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.37: Apply Kit

Note: The meaning and functions of each parameter of the sections Kit Properties, Kit
Advanced Properties, Tools and Safety are explained in detail in chapter 11.

673
EasySTONE manual

This command allows you to modify the Advanced properties of the Kit:

• Select the Kit from the Machining list

• Activate the command Add (alternatively double click on the Kit).
• Click on the buttons OK or Cancel to confirm or cancel the changes.

This command allows you to delete one or more kits from the Machining list:

• Select the machining to be deleted.

• Activate the command Delete (alternatively press the key Del).

This command allows you to activate the Plane on which you will select the entities to be
machined:

• Activate the Plane command.

• Select a plane from those available and previously created in the Draw mode.

Note: This function is particularly useful when working with coincident geometries
belonging to different planes.

Note 2: The plane can also be activated by selecting a corresponding entity in the Graphic
area.

674
 10 Machine Mode

This command allows you to define the shape and size of the raw part.

The options and commands present here are explained in detail in paragraph 10.3.1

This command allows you to define the origin of the machining operations, i.e. the 0
position of the raw part to which the coordinates (absolute or relative) of the generated

ISO will refer; it is represented within the Graphic area with the icon .

Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the source definition window (Figure
10.38)

675
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.38: Part origin

composed of the following sections:

• Position of the origin: This parameter allows you to specify the position of
the origin (black point) inside the raw part (blue rectangle in Figure 10.39). It is
possible to move the origin to ten different positions:
◦ top left.
◦ top centered.
◦ top right.
◦ centered to the left.
◦ in the center.
◦ centered to the right.
◦ bottom left.
◦ centered below.
◦ bottom right.
◦ generic.

676
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.39: Origin from X, Y

• Generic point: Active when the Position of the origin is set to generic, allowing
the operator to specify the X and Y coordinates of the origin by clicking (with the
aid of the reference points) on any point of the raw part.
• Origin Z: This parameter allows you to define the position of the origin on the axis
Z. The possible options are:
◦ the above part.
◦ in the center of the part.
◦ above the shim.
◦ table.
◦ generic (part reference): The position in Z of the origin is defined in the
parameter Generic Z as distance from the highest point of the raw part.
◦ generic (table reference): The position in Z of the origin is defined in the
parameter Generic Z as distance from the surface of the machining table.
◦ generic (drawing reference): The position in Z of the origin is defined in
the parameter Generic Z as a distance from the Zero layer of the drawing.
• Generic Z: This parameter is active only if the parameter Origin Z is set to
generic (part reference), generic (table reference) or generic (drawing reference)
and allows you to define the coordinate of the origin on the Z axis.
• Origin n.: Allows you to specify the origin in the NC origins table when the
machine requires the use of several part origins.

677
EasySTONE manual

This command allows you to delete all the kits added in the Machining list.

Before proceeding with the removal, EasySTONE asks for a confirmation.

This command allows you to update the paths and machining parameters of the tools
as a result of movements and modifications. Once the command is
activated, EasySTONE displays the list Geometries, which contains all the machining paths
and the list of Tools that lists all the tools grouped by Kit. Highlighted in red are the
machining paths that differ from the current position of the associated geometries in the
Graphic area due to a displacement of the latter, and the tools that have undergone a change
in the Database (e.g. size or speed).

Select the geometries and tools, activate the command Recalculate to perform the update
(for the tools it is possible to choose whether or not to update Speed and Feed speeds from
the master data in the Database).

Pressing the right mouse button inside the lists Geometry or Tools EasySTONE displays the
following drop-down menu (Figure 10.40)

Fig. 10.40: Select, deselect all

678
 10 Machine Mode

Note: For the machinings applied to nurbs curves and texts it is not possible to update the
geometry, indeed these machinings are not selectable and are locked in the Geometry list.

This command allows the operator to change the order (preset by EasyStone or customizable
in the Ord file of the Post-Processor of the machine) of execution of the work in the current
project.

Once the function has been activated, the sequence of execution of the machinings can
be changed by selecting (with the left mouse button) each individual machining and then
dragging it to the desired position; in this way, it will run from the Automatic order to the
Manual order. By clicking on the button Automatic, EasySTONE will restore the default
preset order, except for locked machinings identified in the Machining list by a closed blue
padlock to their right.

Note: If the sorting is set to Manual, EasySTONE (besides disabling all the functions
present in the Command area) does not allow you to add other features and to modify those
already existing in the Machining list.

It allows the operator to choose which automatic CAM configuration (created in the drop-
down menu Database) EasySTONE must apply. Once the command is activated, it will be
necessary to select the desired configuration from the drop-down menu and then press the
button , otherwise to exit the operation without performing the configuration

select .

679
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 10.41: Automatic CAM dialog window

The image in figure 10.42 shows the log of an automatic CAM.

Fig. 10.42: Automatic CAM execution log

10.3.1 Raw part

This command allows you to create and modify the raw part to be machined.

The raw part, according to the characteristics of the part to be worked, can be of five
different types:

• rectangular: The program creates a rectangular raw part.

• offset: The program creates a raw part starting from a continuous path.
• lathe: The program creates a raw part to machine the current part on the lathe.
• from surfaces: The program creates a raw part starting from a surface.
• Generic lathe: The program creates a raw part

The parameters used to define the raw part vary according to the type of the latter.

680
 10 Machine Mode

In all the types of raw part it is possible to associate with the part a specific material with
related degree of transparency, after creating in the materials database, as illustrated in par.
7 Database Menu section Materials.

More precisely, in the following section (present in all the types of raw parts creation)

Fig. 10.43:

it is possible to associate a certain material with the part to be processed, which will be
displayed by checking the control Texture, with a degree of transparency determined by the
associated scrollbar.

By clicking on the magnifier you can directly access the Materials Database.

10.3.1.1 Rectangular

Fig. 10.44: Definition of raw part box

681
EasySTONE manual

This command allows defining a rectangular-shaped raw part.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the specific parameters of this type of
raw part, which are:

• Raw part position: this parameter enables specifying the part position (black
frame) inside the raw part (blue rectangle) (see Figure ). It is possible to shift the
part in nine different positions, i.e.:

◦ centre.
◦ top left.
◦ top centre.
◦ top right.
◦ centre left.
◦ centre right.
◦ bottom left.
◦ bottom centre
◦ bottom-right.

According to the preset position the Ofs X and Ofs Y parameters are activated/deactivated.

• X dimension: this parameter allows defining the raw part dimension on the X axis.
• Y dimension: this parameter allows defining the raw part dimension on the Y axis.
• Ofs X: this parameter is active when the Raw part position parameter is set to a
position which allows editing the position of the raw part on the X axis; it enables
specifying the distance between the raw part side and the part side.
• Ofs Y: this parameter is active when the Raw part position parameter is set to a
position which allows editing the position of the raw part on the Y axis; it enables
specifying the distance between the raw part side and the part side.
• Thickness: this parameter allows defining the raw part thickness.
• Z position: this parameter allows defining the raw part position on the Z axis, i.e.,
the distance between the point with higher Z of the part and the upper surface of the
raw part.

682
 10 Machine Mode

There is also the command Minimum ( ), which allows you to create a rectangular
raw part having the minimum dimensions necessary to contain the geometry of the current
project, excluding the texts, the dimensions and the hidden geometries.

10.3.1.2 Offset

Fig. 10.45: Box offset

This command allows defining a raw part with a shape corresponding to the part offset.

After activating the command, the program displays the raw part-specific parameters, i.e.:

• Add or remove overmaterial: when activated after defining the raw part offset,
this option allows adding or removing the overmaterial along one side of the raw
part by selecting it in the graphics area.
• Define raw part offset: this command activates when a closed path is selected in
the graphics area; it allows creating a raw part which is an offset of the selected
path.
• Overmaterial: this parameter allows defining the quantity of material that the
offset needs to exceed, with respect to the selected path.

683
EasySTONE manual

• Thickness: this parameter allows defining the raw part thickness.

• Z position: this parameter allows defining the raw part position on the Z axis, i.e.,
the distance between the point with higher Z of the part and the upper surface of the
raw part.

10.3.1.3 Lathe

Fig. 10.46: Rough box lathe

This command allows you to define a polyhedral shape raw part for machining on a lathe.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the specific parameters of this type
of raw part:
• Position of the part: Allows you to define the position of the part inside the raw
part by moving on the axis of rotation of the lathe. (Figure 10.47).
The part can be moved to three different positions:
◦ center.
◦ left.
◦ right.

684
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.47: Part positioning

• Position offset: Allows you to move the raw part in X, Y and Z. Useful when you
want to position the center of the raw part at the center (not well defined) of an
asymmetric part.

Fig. 10.48: Part positioning

• Length: Allows you to define the length of the raw part.

• Number of sides: Allows you to define the number of sides of the polygon whose
shape defines the section of the raw part. It is also possible to define the profile of
the raw part starting from a path. To do this, simply activate the command
which allows the program to display the parameter Section type. Select the
option From path and select in the Graphic area a closed path that defines the
section of the raw part. If the raw part has an orientation parallel to X the section
must be projected on a right or left layer, if the orientation is parallel to the axis Y
the section must be projected on a front or back layer, while if the orientation is
parallel to the Z axis the section must be projected on a layer above.

685
EasySTONE manual

• Offset: Allows you to define a displacement of the raw part with respect to the
part in the direction of the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• Diameter: Allows you to define the diameter of the circle inscribed in the polygon
that defines the section of the raw part.
• Rotation: Allows you to define a rotation angle of the raw part around its own
axis.
• Rotation axis: Allows you to define the rotation axis of the raw part: X, Y or Z.

There is also the command ( ), which allows you to create a raw part having the
minimum dimensions necessary to contain the geometry of the current project, excluding
the texts, the dimensions and the hidden geometries.

10.3.1.4 From surfaces

This command allows defining a raw part having the shape of a surface.

After activating the command, the program displays two commands which enable defining
the surface to use as a raw part, i.e.:

• Define generic raw part: this command allows selecting a surface in the Graphics
area and, after selecting it, using it to calculate the raw part.
• Load from file: this command allows creating a surface from a file. Once the
command has been activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
importing a file (see Figure ), where the position, the name and the extension of the
file containing the surface to use as a raw part can be specified. The file must be
Virtual milling type.

10.3.1.5 Generic lathe

This command allows you to define a raw part on a lathe starting from a surface or from a
Virtual Milling file obtained from a previous machining.

686
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.49: caption...

Once the command is activated, the program displays the specific parameters of this type of
raw part:
• Define generic box: Allows you to define the raw part to be machined after
selecting a surface from the Graphic area.
• Position offset: Allows you to move the rotation axis of the raw part in X, Y and Z.

687
EasySTONE manual

Part positioning
• Upload from file: Allows you to define the raw part to be processed starting from
a Virtual Milling file obtained from a previous machining.
• Rotation axis: Allows you to define the rotation axis of the raw part: X, Y or Z.

10.4 Multiple part management

When in a project containing more than one part you enter the Machine
mode, EasySTONE displays the window Select part (red rectangle in figure 10.50) in which
it is possible to choose the Part for which the machining settings will be defined.

Note: Once the configuration of a Part has been set, to go to the next one, just click on the
corresponding icon on the bottom left of the Graphic area (red arrow in figure 10.50).

688
 10 Machine Mode

Fig. 10.50: Multi-part management

10.5 Path Chain

In the Grapichs Area, if a path branching occurs during the selection of the entities to be
processed, EasySTONE after the selection of machining Kit view dialog window
Chaining (figure 10.51) in order to allow the operator to define the sequence or routing of
the processing.

The possible chaining choices are:

1. Automatic : EasySTONE optimizes the processing path.
2. Selection : EasySTONE works the entities following the selection order.
3. Layer ordering : EasySTONE works the entities following the order of creation in
the layer.

Fig. 10.51: Path Chain

689
EasySTONE manual

690
 11 Machining and kit properties

11 Machining and kit

properties

In this chapter we will see in detail the various types of machining.

11.1 Drilling
The Drilling machining can be applied to geometric entities of the hole or circle type.

The parameters of the drilling process are grouped into four sections:

• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry

PROPERTIES

691
EasySTONE manual

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of the tool with respect
to the drawn geometry.
The depth is measured keeping the center of the blade as reference, and the
direction into the part is considered positive.

Rise: This parameter indicates how much overmaterial is present with respect to
the drawn geometry of the hole, consequently the beginning of the feed
machining will be higher.

Step Z (holes): Allows you to define the depth of each single run if the drilling
must be performed in several runs. If this parameter is set to 0, machining is
performed in a single run.

Z initial slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-section, measured
from the beginning of the hole, in which the tool advances using the lead-in feed
as speed and at the end of which it assumes a speed equal to the machining feed. If
this parameter is set to 0 the machining feed is applied at the drilling start.

Z final slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-stretch, measured
from the end of the hole, in which the tool goes from the advance with the
machining feed to the one with the lead-out feed. This avoids damaging the part
when the tool finishes drilling. If this parameter is set to 0 the processing feed is
applied until the hole ends.

Z under: This parameter is used in the through holes and allows defining the Z-
section, measured starting from the bottom of the hole, which can be lowered
further before the tool moves upwards. If this parameter is set to 0 the hole depth
is respected. This parameter is not available in the case of machining performed
with a drilling tool from below.

692
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.1: Drilling machining

Holes order: Allows you to define the sequence or path of the holes.

Fig. 7.22: Sorting Holes in Kit database and in Machine Mode

Blowing: This parameter allows you to define where to perform the blowing, i.e.
the moment in which the air must be activated to expel the waste material inside
the tool (core). The possible types of blowing are:
• none: No air is emitted.
• on bottom: Air is emitted before raising the tool.
• on top: Air is emitted when the tool has performed the rising movement
over the part.
• flush with part: Air is emitted when the tool is flush with the part.

693
EasySTONE manual

• out of part: Air is emitted when the tool is outside the perimeter of the
part.
Mod. Length: Allows you to define a positive or negative distance in Z with
respect to the end of the hole geometry that determines the end point of the
machining.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out
before making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in
rapid movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y
axes) from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out
from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of
the Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid
ignoring the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option
Do not perform the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in
rapid movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement
value. With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of
the part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

694
 11 Machining and kit properties

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Rise feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
at the lead-out from the part in junction (Z+), expressed in mm/min or in/min.

695
EasySTONE manual

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of
rotation in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution
to move the tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid
collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with
a drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

• standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
• opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
• near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
• far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
• minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
• maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
• minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

696
 11 Machining and kit properties

• maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y

axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
• minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
• maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
• minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
• maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
• minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
• maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
• minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
• maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
• minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
• maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
• minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
• maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
• near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.

697
EasySTONE manual

• far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
• minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
• maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold
at the end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply
press the button start.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

11.2 Milling
The Milling process allows you to perform a machining with a mill following a specified
path (Geometry).

The machining parameters of the Milling processes are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

698
 11 Machining and kit properties

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool in Z with
respect to the geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the tool tip as
a reference, and the direction in the part is considered positive.

Rise (Elevation): This parameter allows you to define a distance in Z+ from the
selected path. This will result in a higher machining lead-in compared to the geometry
and therefore a greater quantity of material to be removed.

Step Z: This group of parameters allows you to perform a multi-run processing. The
group of parameters Step Z is divided into:

Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With
the parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.
Move z closed: This parameter allows you to define the type of movement to be
used in closed paths with machining in several runs. The types of movement
available are:
• step: The tool advances at constant Z for each run and at the end of each
of these, it goes directly to the Z of the subsequent run. The runs are all
performed in the same direction

699
EasySTONE manual

Step movement
• spiral: The tool performs a continuous and homogeneous descent along
the entire path completing a run going down of Step Z

Spiral movement
• one way: The tool moves at constant Z at each run, and at the end of each
of these, it goes up to the safety Z before going down to the Z of the
subsequent run. The runs are all performed in the same direction

One Way Movement

Move z open: This parameter allows you to define the type of movement to be
used in open paths with machining in several runs. The types of movement
available are:
• step: The tool moves at constant Z at each run and at the end of each
of these goes directly to the Z of the subsequent run without changing
position. Runs are performed in alternate senses

700
 11 Machining and kit properties

Step Movement
• spiral: The tool performs a continuous and homogeneous descent along
the entire path completing a run going down of Step Z

Spiral movement

• one way: The tool moves at constant Z at each run, and at the end of each
of these, it goes up to the safety Z before going down to the Z of the
subsequent run. The runs are all performed in the same direction

One-Way Movement

701
EasySTONE manual

N. repeat last step: Allows you to specify a number of additional runs for the last
step.

Inverse step: If enabled, reverses the machining path.

Radial Step: This group of parameters allows you to specify a radial step of
approach of the tool to the machining geometry. The group is composed by:
• N. Step: Specifies the number of the radial runs.
• Step: Specifies the radial step measurement.

Prehole: This group of parameters allows you to define how the machining lead-in hole
is managed (but also the lead-out by activating the option Prehole on the lead-out)

The types of prehole change depending on whether a core drill is present in the kit.

1a - In the kits that include only the mill, the types of pre-holes are:

• already done: The prehole has already been performed.

• tip on router: The mill starts working without having first made a pre-hole.

• Spiral: The prehole is made with the mill that performs a spiral path whose
parameters are:

▪ Diam. spiral

▪ Step spiral

2a - In the kits that include a core drill in addition to a mill, the types of preholes are:

• already done: The prehole has already been performed.

• Driller: The prehole is made with the core drill contained in the machining kit
(Ref. 11.2.1).

702
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tip on router: The mill starts working without having first made a pre-hole.

• Spiral: The prehole is made with the mill that performs a spiral path whose
parameters are:

▪ Spiral diam.

▪ Spiral step

Note: By setting it to automatic EasySTONE in Machining mode will apply the kit
with core drill if a core drill is present in the kit, alternatively the kit tip on router.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

C rotation: This option enables the rotation of the C axis.

Note: When working, the fork of the head always remains in a position perpendicular
to the machining path, so as to allow the machine head to advance, straining as little as
possible and with less oscillations.
Fillet internal corner: This option, if active, makes it possible to obtain, every time an
internal corner must be machined, a fillet proportional to the radius of the tool used. If
there is a point where the distance between two entities of the same path is lower than
the diameter of the tool, EasySTONE rounds the path between the two skipping the part
of the path included between them.

703
EasySTONE manual

Inclination: This group of parameters allows the tool to work in an inclined position
and not a vertical one. The parameter Inclination is divided into:
• Angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle of inclination of the tool
axis with respect to the position perpendicular to the machining plane.

• Z bending: This parameter allows you to define the point in Z that must be
used as the center of rotation of the router.

The value entered has as its reference the point of maximum depth of the
machining (value 0).

The figure shows the case of the Z bending equal to 0, it can be seen that in
doing so the lower end of the tool is made to contact the lower face of the part.

704
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 7.25: Z bending=0

With Z bending set to "Th/2" (half thickness) we obtain the situation shown in
the figure.

Fig. 7.26: Z bending=half thickness

Finally, with Z bending set to "Th" (thickness) we obtain the situation shown
in the figure.

705
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.27: Z bending= thickness

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

706
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Oscillation: This group of parameters forces the tool to perform oscillating
movements along the Z axis during machining in order to obtain an optimal wear of
the tool. The Oscillation section is divided into:

707
EasySTONE manual

• Step/Frequency oscillation: This parameter varies depending on the machine

and can be defined (.PPD file) as:
◦ Oscillation step: Allows you to define the length of a complete
oscillation along the direction of the movement.
◦ Oscillation frequency: Allows you to define how many oscillations
the tool makes over a given length.
• Oscillation amplitude: Allows you to define the variation of the Z of the tool
during the oscillation.

Oscillation
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially
in relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• Type: This parameter allows you to specify how the internal angles are
rounded when a radial overmaterial is present. There are two possibilities:
◦ filleted type

708
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ extended type

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

709
EasySTONE manual

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.

710
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.2

Fig. 11.2: Milling kit - left in the tool database and right in Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Machining side: This set of commands allows you to define the side of the drawn
geometry on which the machining is performed.

In machining the possible choices are:

711
EasySTONE manual

• : The tool follows the machining path with its own center.

• : The tool processes the left side of the path.

• : The tool processes the right side of the path.

Lead-in: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the part by adding a path to
the machining geometry in order to improve the machining start. It is composed of four
parameters that establish its type.

The types of lead-in are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-in along a short path due to the insertion of
the corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is
set to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool follows the lead-in along a quick path to insert the
compensation, and then along a rectilinear path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.
• tangent: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the geometry; all parameters
are active.

The Lead-in group is divided into:

• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.
• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.
• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

712
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in Group Parameters in Machining mode

Lead-out: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-out from the part by adding a path
to the machining geometry in order to improve the end of the machining. It is composed
of four parameters that establish its type.

The types of lead-out are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-out along a short path for the insertion of the
corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is set
to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector, and then along a straight path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.
• tangent: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the profile; all parameters are
active.
The Lead-out group is divided into:

713
EasySTONE manual

• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.
• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.
• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

Fig. 11.3: Lead-out Group Parameters in Machining mode

714
 11 Machining and kit properties

Graphics of Lead-out Group Parameters

Overlap: This control is valid only for closed paths and allows you to define the length
of the path that will be machined both in lead-in and lead-out.
In Machine mode in the advanced machining properties, you can insert or remove this
control after activating a Start Change which provides for a machining lead-in in a
non-angular point.

Relief cut: A machining stretch (with tool Router or Blade) near the corners performed
in the opposite direction to that of the actual machining in order to prevent the tool from
ruining the outgoing part.

In Machine mode:

The user can choose the corners to which to apply a relief cut through the dialogue
present in the advanced properties of the kit.

Relief cut

715
EasySTONE manual

Once the command is activated, you are asked to highlight the insertion entity on
which the Relief cut will be applied.

Once the Relief cut is inserted, you can change its length by selecting the entity in the
Graphic area and specifying the new value.

To delete a Relief cut, first select it in the Graphic area and then click on the respective
Delete control.

In the Kit database:

You can specify the conditions that will allow you to create a Relief cut automatically
when the Kit is applied in Machining mode, as well as its related properties; the
relevant section includes the following parameters:
• Insertion:
◦ Always: A relief cut will be created automatically on all the machining
paths.
◦ Never: A relief cut will never be created automatically, but the
operator will insert it manually.
◦ Only on external: A relief cut will be created only on the
External paths.
• Length: Length of the relief cut.
• Position: Determines the position of the relief cut on the machining path.
• Position perc: Specifies if the Position is a percentage (Yes) or a mm value
(No) of the machining path.
• External lead-in: Determines if the vent for internal paths must start outside
the part.
• External output: Determines whether the relief cut for internal paths must end
outside the part.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

716
 11 Machining and kit properties

Optimize: This control allows you to apply already Optimized the Kit in Machine
mode (EasySTONE identifies the best machining path thus avoiding going over the
same stretch several times).

Note 1: In Machine mode EasySTONE will apply the kit disabling some controls in the
advanced machining properties area.
.
Note 2: In Machine mode when the option optimized is active, the command

is replaced by the command .

it is active only for the machining of closed paths and allows you to move the
starting point of the machining lead-in.

If activated displays the dialog window Starting point, which provides these options:
• point: The starting point is fixed with a reference point.
• length: The starting point is moved by the length (expressed in mm or in)
specified by the user.
• percentage: The starting point is positioned at the distance indicated by the
percentage on the entire path specified by the user.

Dialog window Change starting Point

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.

717
EasySTONE manual

: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.2.1 Prehole with driller

When the milling Kit includes in addition to the mill also a core drill, the parameter Prehole
includes the option Drilling.
This Kit configuration is used when the mills do not have the tip to enter the part,
therefore EasySTONE uses the core drill to perform the mill lead-in/lead-out prehole.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Drilling with the following
parameters:

Step Z (holes): Allows you to define the depth of each single run if the drilling must
be performed in several runs. If this parameter is set to 0, machining is performed in a
single run.
Z initial slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-section, measured from
the beginning of the hole, in which the tool advances using the lead-in feed as speed and
at the end of which it assumes a speed equal to the machining feed. If this parameter is
set to 0 the machining feed is applied at the drilling start.
Z final slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-stretch, measured from
the end of the hole, in which the tool goes from the advance with the machining feed
to the one with the lead-out feed. This avoids damaging the part when the tool finishes
drilling. If this parameter is set to 0 the processing feed is applied until the hole ends.
Z under: This parameter is used in the through holes and allows defining the Z-section,
measured starting from the bottom of the hole, which can be lowered further before
the tool moves upwards. If this parameter is set to 0 the hole depth is respected. This
parameter is not available in the case of machining performed with a drilling tool from
below.
Blowing: This parameter allows you to define where to perform the blowing, i.e. the
moment in which the air must be activated to expel the waste material inside the tool
(core). The possible types of blowing are:
• none: No air is emitted.
• on bottom: Air is emitted before raising the tool.
• on top: Air is emitted when the tool has performed the rising movement over
the part.

718
 11 Machining and kit properties

• flush with part: Air is emitted when the tool is flush with the part.
• out of part: Air is emitted when the tool is outside the perimeter of the part.

The Tools list includes the core drill with its machining properties (Ref. 11.1).

11.2.2 Probing

The Probing allows you to detect the dimensions and irregularities of the surface of the part.
It is possible to associate a probe to a Milling Kit.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Probing with the following
parameters:
• Probing Offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance between the
probing path and the tool machining path.
• Maximum probing distance: This parameter allows you to define the detection
distance between one probing and the next.

The Tools list of the kit includes the probe with its properties:

• Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

◦ PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

◦ NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
◦ TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

• Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move
the tool head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

719
EasySTONE manual

◦ Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

◦ Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle, measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
◦ Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that
the tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining
start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the
following ways:

▪ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the

machine configuration.
▪ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as
standard in the machine configuration.
▪ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
▪ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the
blade shroud further away from the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.

720
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative

to the Z axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum X-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
▪ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of
the surface, forcing the choice if necessary.

721
EasySTONE manual

▪ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the

shroud component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the maximum Z axis value.

11.3 Cutting
The Cutting process allows you to perform a machining with a disc following a specified
path (Geometry).

The Cutting parameters are grouped into five sections:

• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Depth (Sinking) : This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of the tool with
respect to the drawn geometry.
The depth is measured keeping the center of the blade as reference, and the direction
into the part is considered positive.
Rise (Elevation) : This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z from the top
surface of the part to the geometry to be processed, i.e. the quantity of material above
the latter. This will result in a higher processing lead-in compared to the geometry and
therefore a greater quantity of material to be removed.

722
 11 Machining and kit properties

Step Z: This group of parameters allows you to perform a multi-run processing. The
group of parameters Step Z is divided into:
• Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run.
With the parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.
• Step Z back: This parameter, valid for step, spiral or Zig Zag movements,
allows you to define the depth value of each run when the blade returns. If this
parameter is set to 0, the depth value of the runs when the blade returns is equal
to Step Z.
• Step Z arcs: this parameter allows you to define the depth of each arc
machining run. If this parameter is set to 0, arc machining is performed in a
single run.
• Step Z back arcs: This parameter, valid for step or spiral movement, allows
you to define the depth of the blade run in the arc machining return phase. If
this parameter is set to 0, the depth value of the runs when the blade returns is
equal to Step Z arcs.
• Step Z last cut: This parameter allows you to define the depth value of the last
run.
• Movement: This parameter allows you to define the type of tool movement in
multi-run paths. The types of movement available are:

◦ step: The tool moves at constant Z and reverses

the machining direction with each run (valid
when machining with open or optimized paths).

◦ one way: The tool moves at constant Z and at the

end of each run it ascends to the safety Z, returns
to the lead-in point, goes down to the Z of the
next run and resumes the machining always in
the same direction (valid when machining with
open or optimized paths).

723
EasySTONE manual

◦ spiral: The tool performs a continuous and homogeneous descent

during the whole machining path and concludes with a final run at
depth Z.

Note: If the property Angle of the blade is set to a value other than zero,
therefore the tool is not vertical but inclined, the Movement parameter will be
forced to step.

• Last step inverse: This valid control for One way movement determines that
the last run will be performed in the opposite direction.

Arc management: This group of parameters allows you to define the machining
characteristics of the arcs. The group of parameters Arc management is divided into:

• Split arcs: This parameter allows you to define which arcs work are
to be machined by following a path composed of many segments that
approximate the arc path. The possible options are:

◦ use non-interpolated radius: The arcs are split if they have a

radius smaller than the Non-interpolated radius.
◦ no: no arc is split.
◦ on internal arcs: only the internal arcs are split.
◦ on external arcs: only the external arcs are split.
◦ external and internal: both internal and external arcs are split.

• Approximation: This parameter allows you to define the

maximum approximation with which to split an arc into many
segments.

724
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Incline on arcs: This parameter allows you to define on which arcs the
software can incline the blade during machining to obtain more precise
machining. The possible options are:

◦ no: The tool is never inclined during machining.

◦ on internal arcs: The tool is inclined during the machining of the
internal arcs.
◦ on external arcs: The tool is inclined during the machining of the
external arcs.
◦ exterior and interior: The tool is inclined during the machining of
all arcs.

• Incline path: This parameter allows you to obtain an inclined machining

path when a Step Z is set that is different from Zero with Movement equal
to a Step and a condition of Incline over arc active.

Inclined path

• Process arcs first:This parameter is used only if the machining path is

composed of both arcs and straight lines and allows you to process some
or all arcs first. The possible options are:

◦ no: The machining path is not affected by this parameter.

◦ yes: All arcs are machined first and then the rest of the machining
path is processed.
◦ only internal arcs: The internal arcs are machined first and then
the rest of the machining path is processed.

725
EasySTONE manual

◦ only external arcs: The external arcs are machined first and then
the rest of the machining path is processed.

Inclination:

• Z Bending: This parameter allows you to define the point in Z that must
be used as the center of rotation of the blade when a property is set to an
Angle different from Zero.
The figure shows the case of the Z bending equal to 0, it can be seen that
in doing so the lower end of the tool is made to contact the lower face of
the part.

Z bending=0

With Z bending set to "Th/2" (half thickness) we obtain the situation

shown in the figure .

726
 11 Machining and kit properties

Z bending=half thickness

Finally, with Z bending set to "Th" (thickness) we obtain the situation

shown in the figure .

Z bending=thickness

• Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to define the working

condition of the shroud.
The possible options are:

▪ Do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during

machining.
▪ Rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.

727
EasySTONE manual

▪ Shroud not present: The shroud is not mounted on the

machine.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Internal cut safety: This parameter allows you to specify the measure of the initial
and final stretch that the blade must not perform when it is carrying out an internal
cut.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

728
 11 Machining and kit properties

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle of inclination of the tool axis
with respect to the position perpendicular to the machining plane.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Feed step cuts: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in
mm/min or in/min, of the disc when performing a multi-run and with STEP
movement.
• Feed inclined cuts: This parameter allows you to specify the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, of the disk when performing an inclined cut.
• Feed back: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, that the tool must assume in the return phase of the processes
that provide for an alternating inversion of the direction of execution. The
return feed is present in processes with several runs and usually has a slower
speed than the machining feed.
• Feed last cut: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in
mm/min or in/min, that the tool must assume in the last run of the machining.
• Feed (%) initial stretch: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining of
len. initial stretch.

729
EasySTONE manual

• Feed (%) final stretch: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining of
Len. (%) Final stretch.
• Feed (%) short stretches: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining
of Len. short stretches.
• Len. (%) initial stretch: This parameter allows you to specify in percentage
an initial stretch of the machining path.
• Len. (%) final stretch: This parameter allows you to specify in percentage a
final stretch of the machining path.
• Len. short stretches: This parameter allows you to specify a measure below
which the path entities will be labelled as short stretches.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Overmat. thickness: This parameter allows you to specify the quantity (expressed
in mm or in) of material that must be left in excess of the geometry to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

730
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z

axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.4

731
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.4: Cutting kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Machining side: This set of commands allows you to define the side of the drawn
geometry on which the machining is performed.

In machining the possible choices are:

• : The tool follows the machining path with its own center.

• : The tool processes the left side of the path.

• : The tool processes the right side of the path.

Transmission side: This control allows you to define the position of the motor with
respect to the machining path.

732
 11 Machining and kit properties

Machining type: Taking into consideration if Start type, Center type and End type are
set to automatic, makes it possible to define the position of the disk in relation to the
path. The possible options are:

• internal: The disk spacing never goes outside the machining path. Type of
machining used to avoid damaging the internal corners.

• external: the disk spacing starts and ends outside the machining path.

733
EasySTONE manual

• convex: the disk replaces the convex paths (arcs towards the center of the
piece) with a straight path.

• centered: the disc follows the machining path with its center.

• minimized external: the disc starts and ends the processing outside the piece
avoiding to work the stretches that match the raw edge.

734
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Type start: It allows you to define the position of the disk space at the
beginning of the machining path. The possible starting positions are:
◦ automatic: EasySTONE applies the condition specified in Machining
type.
◦ internal: The overall spacing of the blade remains within the
machining path. Type of start used to avoid damaging the internal
corners.

735
EasySTONE manual

◦ external: The blade starts working out of raw.

◦ centered: The blade starts working with its center positioned on the
starting point of the path.

736
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Type center: it allows you to define the position of the disk space during the
machining path. The types are:
◦ automatic: EasySTONE applies the condition specified in Machining
type.
◦ internal: The overall spacing of the blade remains within the path.
Type of machining used to avoid damaging the internal corners.

◦ external: The blade follows the machining path and can lead-out from
the raw part to cut the corners.

737
EasySTONE manual

◦ centered: the blade follows the machining path with its center.

• Type end: Allows you to define the position of the disk space at the end of
the machining path. The possible end positions are:
◦ automatic:EasySTONE applies the condition specified in Machining
type.
◦ internal: The overall spacing of the blade finishes the work without
going over the path. Type of machining used to avoid damaging the
internal corners.

738
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ external: The blade ends working outside the raw part.

◦ centered: The blade finishes working with its center positioned on the
final point of the path.

739
EasySTONE manual

Lead-in/Lead-out Stretches: On a sequence of cuts not chained in a closed path it is

possible to specify an additional machining stretch at the lead-in and/or lead-out near
the ends.

In Kit properties:
▪ Stretch Lead-in: Extended
stretch at lead-in.
▪ Stretch Lead-
out: Extended stretch at
lead-out.

In Machine mode:

Fig. 7.29: Cut elongation

740
 11 Machining and kit properties

Relief cut: A machining stretch (with tool Router or Blade) near the corners performed
in the opposite direction to that of the actual machining in order to prevent the tool from
ruining the outgoing part.

In Machine mode:

The user can choose the corners to which to apply a relief cut through the dialogue
present in the advanced properties of the kit.

Relief cut

Once the command is activated, you are asked to highlight the insertion entity on
which the Relief cut will be applied.

Once the Relief cut is inserted, you can change its length by selecting the entity in the
Graphic area and specifying the new value.

To delete a Relief cut, first select it in the Graphic area and then click on the respective
Delete control.

In the Kit database:

You can specify the conditions that will allow you to create a Relief cut automatically
when the Kit is applied in Machining mode, as well as its related properties; the
relevant section includes the following parameters:
• Insertion:
◦ Always: A relief cut will be created automatically on all the machining
paths.
◦ Never: A relief cut will never be created automatically, but the
operator will insert it manually.
◦ Only on external: A relief cut will be created only on the
External paths.

741
EasySTONE manual

• Length: Length of the relief cut.

• Position: Determines the position of the relief cut on the machining path.
• Position perc: Specifies if the Position is a percentage (Yes) or a mm value
(No) of the machining path.
• External lead-in: Determines if the vent for internal paths must start outside
the part.
• External output: Determines whether the relief cut for internal paths must end
outside the part.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Optimize/Normal: This control allows you to switch from the mode Normal to that
optimized (and vice versa) to determine the machining path and consequently the order
of the cuts.

In the Optimized mode, EasySTONE besides disabling some controls present in the
Advanced properties of the machining, displays the following dialog window

742
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.5: Path sorting

composed of the following areas:

• Paths: order of execution of the cuts.
• Cut order: This control allows you to choose the criteria that will be applied
in Automatic mode in order to calculate the order of execution of the cuts. The
types of Cut order are:
▪ Horiz.,vert.,obli
+

743
EasySTONE manual

increasing
-
decreasing
▪ Horiz.,vert.,oblique(Y-
,X+)

+
increasing
-
decreasing
▪ Horiz.,vert.,oblique(Y+,X
)
+ increasing
-
decreasing
▪ Horiz.,vert.,oblique(Y-
,X-
)
+ increasing
-
decreasing
▪ Vert.,orizz.,oblique(Y+,X
+ increasing
-
decreasing
▪ Vert.,orizz.,oblique(Y-
,X+) + increasing
-
decreasing
▪ Vert.,orizz.,obliqueY+,X-
) + increasing
-
decreasing

744
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ Vert.,orizz.,obli
,X-
)
+ increasing
-
decreasing
• Manual Button: Allows you to switch to the Manual mode to change the
cutting sequence. Select the cut by pressing and not releasing the left mouse
button, drag the cut to the desired position, then release the button
(drag'n'drop). To confirm the order, click on End button.
• Automatic: EasySTONE will carry out the cuts respecting the criteria defined
in Cut order.

it is active only for the machining of closed paths and allows you to move the
starting point of the machining lead-in.

If activated displays the dialog window Starting point, which provides these options:
• point: The starting point is fixed with a reference point.
• length: The starting point is moved by the length (expressed in mm or in)
specified by the user.
• percentage: The starting point is positioned at the distance indicated by the
percentage on the entire path specified by the user.

Dialog window Change starting Point

745
EasySTONE manual

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

Note: In a cutting kit it is possible to insert tools (such as core drill, mill, water jet nozzle)
that make it possible to perform further cutting operations detailed in paragraph 11.3.1

11.3.1 Added cutting operations

The Added cutting operations allow you, finishing the corners, to remove the internal scrap
in the machinings that cannot be performed completely with the classic blade. They are
performed through:
• drilling: A series of holes are made in the corners.
• milling: A milling operation is performed in the corners.
• conic blade: The corners to be finished are machined with a conic blade.
The cutting Kits must include an additional tool for the added cut, consequently additional
parameters will appear in the section Properties of the Kit.

Drilling

746
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.6: Added cut with Drill Core

- Parameters present both in the Kit database and in Machine mode:

Properties - Drilling

Fig. 11.7: Cutting kit with added drilling in the Kit database on the left and in Machine
mode on the right

747
EasySTONE manual

Multiple drilling: This parameter allows you to choose whether the added cut must contain
a single hole or a series of holes.

Step Z (holes): Allows you to define the depth of each single run if the drilling must be
performed in several runs. If this parameter is set to 0, machining is performed in a single
run.

Z initial slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-section, measured from the
beginning of the hole, in which the tool advances using the lead-in feed as speed and at the
end of which it assumes a speed equal to the machining feed. If this parameter is set to 0 the
machining feed is applied at the drilling start.

Z final slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-stretch, measured from the
end of the hole, in which the tool goes from the advance with the machining feed to the one
with the lead-out feed. This avoids damaging the part when the tool finishes drilling. If this
parameter is set to 0 the processing feed is applied until the hole ends.

Z under: This parameter is used in the through holes and allows defining the Z-section,
measured starting from the bottom of the hole, which can be lowered further before the tool
moves upwards. If this parameter is set to 0 the hole depth is respected. This parameter is
not available in the case of machining performed with a drilling tool from below.

Hole bottom distance: This parameter allows you to define the difference in length
between the depth of the blade and the depth of the core drill. If this parameter is set to a
value greater than 0, the depth of the holes will be lower than that of the blade, while if it is
set to a value lower than 0, the depth of the holes will be higher than that of the blade.

Hole Offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the holes from the
machining path of the blade.

748
 11 Machining and kit properties

Blowing: This parameter allows you to define where to perform the blowing, i.e. the
moment in which the air must be activated to expel the waste material inside the tool (core).
The possible types of blowing are:
• none: No air is emitted.
• on bottom: Air is emitted before raising the tool.
• on top: Air is emitted when the tool has performed the rising movement over
the part.
• flush with part: Air is emitted when the tool is flush with the part.
• out of part: Air is emitted when the tool is outside the perimeter of the part.

Drilling machining

Core drill tool

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it allows
you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with consequent offset
of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

749
EasySTONE manual

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine, but
EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation speed
measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole machining
phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you to
define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/min or
in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes when
it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Rise feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes at
the lead-out from the part in junction (Z+), expressed in mm/min or in/min.

750
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool head
in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a drilling
tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle, measured
in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool must
perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in the
machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

751
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the end
of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the button start.

752
 11 Machining and kit properties

- Parameters present in the Machine mode:

Holes order: Allows you to define the sequence or path of the holes.

Fig. 7.22: Sorting Holes in Kit database and in Machine Mode

Milling

Fig. 11.8: Added cut with Router

- Parameters present both in the Kit database and in Machine mode:

Properties - Milling

753
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.9: Cutting kit with added milling in the Kit database on the left and in Machine
mode on the right

Router type: This parameter, used for added cut with routers whose diameter lower than
the thickness of the disk, allows you to specify the path that the tool must follow. The types
of paths can be:
• single: The tool works only on one side of the track left by the disc (Fig. 11.11).
• double: The tool works both sides of the track left by the disc (Fig. 11.12).This
type is used when you want to work both sides of the track left by the disc to finish
also the part inside the cut.

754
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.11: Added Cut with Router Type single

Fig. 11.12: Added Cut with Router Type double

Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With the
parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the type of tool movement in multi-run
paths. The types of movement available are:

• step: The tool moves at constant Z and reverses the machining

direction with each run (valid when machining with open or
optimized paths).

• one way: The tool moves at constant Z and at the end of each
run it ascends to the safety Z, returns to the lead-in point, goes
down to the Z of the next run and resumes the machining

755
EasySTONE manual

always in the same direction (valid when machining with

open or optimized paths).

• spiral: The tool performs a continuous and homogeneous descent during the whole
machining path and concludes with a final run at depth Z.

Note: If the property Angle of the blade is set to a value other than zero, therefore the tool
is not vertical but inclined, the Movement parameter will be forced to step.

Properties - Prehole

Prehole: This group of parameters allows you to define how the machining lead-in hole is
managed (but also the lead-out by activating the option Prehole on the lead-out)

The types of prehole change depending on whether a core drill is present in the kit.

1a - In the kits that include only the mill, the types of pre-holes are:

• already done: The prehole has already been performed.

• tip on router: The mill starts working without having first made a pre-hole.

• Spiral: The prehole is made with the mill that performs a spiral path whose
parameters are:

▪ Diam. spiral

▪ Step spiral

2a - In the kits that include a core drill in addition to a mill, the types of preholes are:

• already done: The prehole has already been performed.

• Driller: The prehole is made with the core drill contained in the machining kit
(Ref. 11.2.1).

756
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tip on router: The mill starts working without having first made a pre-hole.

• Spiral: The prehole is made with the mill that performs a spiral path whose
parameters are:

▪ Spiral diam.

▪ Spiral step

Note: By setting it to automatic EasySTONE in Machining mode will apply the kit
with core drill if a core drill is present in the kit, alternatively the kit tip on router.

Mill tool

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it allows
you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with consequent offset
of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine, but
EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

757
EasySTONE manual

• External: Only external water is provided.

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation speed
measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole machining
phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you to
define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/min or
in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/min or
in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes when
it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to limit
the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool is working
with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head feed; otherwise
the Advancement feed is used.
Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially in relation to the tool
(on the tool radius).

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool head
when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle, measured
in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.

758
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool must
perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in the
machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum X-axis value.

759
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.

- Parameters present in the Machine mode:

Properties - Milling

Mill offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the milling path from the
machining path of the blade.
Edge slowdown distance: This parameter allows you to define the length of the stretch
where the tool advances using the lead-in feed and at the end of which it assumes the
machining feed. If this parameter is set to 0 the machining feed is assumed immediately at
the beginning of machining.

Note: This stretch worked with lead-in feed is also taken into account at the beginning of
each run with Step Z.

760
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-out slowdown distance: This parameter allows you to define the length of the final
stretch in which the tool slows down passing from the machining feed to the Lead-out feed.
If this parameter is set to 0 the machining feed remains unchanged until the end of
machining.

Note : This stretch worked with Lead-out feed is taken into consideration also at the end of
each run with Step Z.

Conic blade

Fig. 11.10: Added cut with Conic Blade

- Parameters present both in the Kit database and in Machine mode:

Additional run depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of the conical
blade additional with respect to the depth of the cut performed by the disk. If the depth is
positive, the conical blade sinks further, while if it is negative the conical blade sinks less
than the cut of the disk.

Conic Blade Tool

761
EasySTONE manual

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it allows
you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with consequent offset
of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine, but
EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation speed
measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole machining
phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you to
define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/min
or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/min
or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining of the part.
• Feed back: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in mm/min
or in/min, that the tool must assume in the return phase of the processes that
provide for an alternating inversion of the direction of execution. The return feed
is present in processes with several runs and usually has a slower speed than the
machining feed.

762
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Feed last cut: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, that the tool must assume in the last run of the machining.
• Feed (%) initial stretch: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining of len.
initial stretch.
• Feed (%) final stretch: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining of Len. (%)
Final stretch.
• Feed (%) short stretches: This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, that the tool assumes during the machining of
Len. short stretches.
• Len. (%) initial stretch: This parameter allows you to specify in percentage an
initial stretch of the machining path.
• Len. (%) final stretch: This parameter allows you to specify in percentage a final
stretch of the machining path.
• Len. short stretches: This parameter allows you to specify a measure below
which the path entities will be labelled as short stretches.
Overmat. thickness: This parameter allows you to specify the quantity (expressed in mm
or in) of material that must be left in excess of the geometry to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool head
when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle, measured
in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool must
perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in the
machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.

763
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis, the
one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis, the
one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to the
second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component with
the maximum Z axis value.

764
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.

11.3.2 Probing

The Probing allows you to detect the dimensions and irregularities of the surface of the part.
It is possible to associate a probe to a Cutting Kit.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Probing with the following
parameters:
• Probing Offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance between the
probing path and the tool machining path.
• Maximum probing distance: This parameter allows you to define the detection
distance between one probing and the next.

The Tools list of the kit includes the probe with its properties:

• Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

◦ PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

◦ NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.

765
EasySTONE manual

◦ TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the

machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

• Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move
the tool head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

◦ Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

◦ Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle, measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
◦ Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that
the tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining
start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the
following ways:

▪ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the

machine configuration.
▪ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as
standard in the machine configuration.
▪ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
▪ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the
blade shroud further away from the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.

766
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative

to the Y axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum X-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.

767
EasySTONE manual

▪ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud

component with the maximum Z axis value.
▪ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of
the surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the maximum Z axis value.

Fig. 11.13: Cutting kit with probe - left in the tool database and right in Machine mode

11.4 Pocketing
The Pocketing process allows you to remove the material present inside a closed path by a
quantity determined by the parameters Depth and Rise.

768
 11 Machining and kit properties

The Pocketing process is composed of five phases executed in sequence:

• Pocketing: This phase performed by one or more mills makes it possible to
eliminate most of the material to be removed. If as a last tool there is a mill of
smaller diameter than the previous ones, thanks to the parameter Added = YES in
the tool properties, it is possible to refine the machining in the corners.
• Contour: This phase performed by one or more profiled tools makes it possible to
refine the contour of the pocketed path.
• Polish plane: This phase performed by one or more polishers makes it possible to
polish the plane of the pocketed surface.
• Polish contour: This phase performed by one or more profiled tools makes it
possible to polish the contour of the pocketed path.
• Polish plane (2): This phase performed by one or more polishers makes it possible
to further polish the plane of the pocketed surface.
Note: It is possible to avoid performing one or more phases by not assigning any tool in the
kit database or disabling the tool in the Machine mode phase.

The machining parameters for Pocketing are grouped into nine sections:

• Properties
• Safety
• Pocketing
• Contour
• Plane polishing
• Contour polishing
• Plane polishing (2)
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z- with respect to
the closed path selected and delimiting the area to be pocketed.
Rise (Elevation): This parameter allows you to define a distance in Z+ from the
selected path. This will result in a higher machining lead-in compared to the geometry

769
EasySTONE manual

and therefore a greater quantity of material to be removed.

Pocketing :

Z step: this parameter allows defining the sinking value of each run to apply if
the machining needs to be performed in more runs. If this parameter is set to 0,
machining is carried out in one single run.

Step Z (rip): This parameter is enabled when in the pocketing phase there are
multiple mills, thus enabling to set a different step of Z in the pocketing or
recovery operations following the first one.

Z Lead-in: This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z+ at which the
lead-in movement of the mill must start.
N. repeat last step: Allows you to specify a number of additional runs for the last
step.

Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the
pocketing process must follow. The types of pocketing are:
• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise
to the safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise
direction.
• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a
counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.

770
 11 Machining and kit properties

• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which the

machining runs are parallel to the side selected in the
control open sides.

Z Type Step: This parameter allows you to specify where the mill should
reposition itself when it descends to the next run. The possible options are:
• One way: The mill descends in Z to the next run always in the same
point.
• Zig Zag: The mill descends in Z to the next run at the point where the
previous run ends.
Edge distance: This parameter allows you to define an internal distance to be
respected between the mill and the path delimiting the area to be pocketed.
Runs distance: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the milling
runs when the Pocketing Type it equal to:
• Zigzag
• One way
• Clockwise spiral
• Counterclockwise spiral
• Shave

The maximum distance between runs cannot exceed the diameter of the mill.
Angle: This parameter is taken into account when the machining follows a zigzag
or one way path and allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The
angle is measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.
Minimum radius (HSM): This parameter allows you to specify the minimum
radius of the circular paths executed by the tool, mill or polisher, when the
pocketing/polishing Type is Trochoidal.

Polishing :

Type: This parameter allows you to specify the type of path that the plane
polisher must adopt. The possible options are:
• None
• Counterclockwise spiral epicycles
• Clockwise spiral epicycles

771
EasySTONE manual

• Zigzag epicycles
• Counterclockwise spiral pocketing
• Clockwise spiral pocketing
• Zigzag pocketing
• Trochoidal (HSM)
Epicycle radius: this parameter allows defining the length of the epicycle radius.

Epicycle distance: this parameter allows defining the distance between the centres
of one epicycle and the next one.

Epicycle direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction of the
epicycles by the polishing tool.
Runs distance: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the polishing
runs when the Polishing type is equal to:

▪ Counterclockwise spiral
pocketing
▪ Clockwise spiral pocketing
▪ Zigzag pocketing
▪ Trochoidal

The maximum distance between runs cannot exceed the diameter of the polishing
tool.
Minimum radius (HSM): This parameter allows you to specify the minimum
radius of the circular paths executed by the tool, mill or polisher, when the
pocketing/polishing Type is Trochoidal.

Offset:
Left: Additional distance to be worked on the left side of the path delimiting the
area to be pocketed.
Right: Additional distance to be worked on the right side of the path delimiting
the area to be pocketed.
Front: Additional distance to be worked on the front side of the path defining
the area to be pocketed.

772
 11 Machining and kit properties

Back : Additional distance to be worked on the back side of the path delimiting
the area to be pocketed.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

POCKETING

Runs distance (%): This parameter allows you to define the distance of the
milling runs expressed as a percentage of the one declared in the properties-
pocketing.
Minimum radius (HSM): This parameter allows you to specify the minimum
radius of the circular paths executed by the tool, mill or polisher, when the
pocketing/polishing Type is Trochoidal.
Repeat: this parameter is available only if more routers are available and if the
diameter of the latest router is lower than the previous ones'; it allows using the
latest router to finish the pocketing angle machining.

773
EasySTONE manual

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that
the tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard
rotation speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes
in the whole machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows
you to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in
mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the
machining of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.

774
 11 Machining and kit properties

Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of

material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially in
relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).

CONTOUR

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool
with consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that
the tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard
rotation speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes
in the whole machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows
you to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the
machining of the part.

775
EasySTONE manual

• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the direction of travel of the tool
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• ahead: The tool moves in the direction indicated by the arrow on the
machining path.
• ahead/back: The tool moves first in the direction indicated by the arrow
on the machining path and then in the opposite one.
• back: The tool moves in the opposite direction to that indicated by the
arrow on the machining path.
Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially in
relation to the tool (on the tool radius).

Longitudinal overmaterial: this parameter allows defining the quantity of

material, expressed in mm or in, intentionally left in excess on the part lengthwise
with respect to the tool (on the tool length).

PLANE POLISHING

Polishing

Type: This parameter allows you to specify the required type of plane
polishing.

Fig. 11.14: Epicyclic polishing

776
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.15: Trochoidal polishing

Epicycle radius (%): this parameter allows defining the percentage of the
epicycle radius length.
Epicycle distance: this parameter allows defining the percentage of the
distance between the centres of one epicycle and the next one.

Ep. Direction: Allows you to specify the direction of travel of the polishing
tool for each individual epicycle.

Runs distance (%): This parameter allows you to define the distance of the
polishing runs expressed as a percentage of the one declared in the section
properties-polishing.

Minimum radius (HSM)(%): This parameter allows you to specify the

minimum radius of the circular paths that the mill executes expressed as a
percentage of the one declared in the section properties-polishing.

777
EasySTONE manual

Run correction

Additional Z delta: this parameter is active only for polishing machining

with active end compensation run; it allows increasing the dimension for
end compensation run execution with respect to the Z delta parameter set in
general properties in order not to damage the part.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool
with consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that
the tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard
rotation speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes
in the whole machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows
you to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the
machining of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.

778
 11 Machining and kit properties

Wear / Preload: this group of parameters allows defining the tool wear
compensation mode. it is possible to do so mechanically, by setting the preload
value, or in NC compensation mode, therefore with compensation, by setting the
radial and longitudinal wear coefficients.

The Wear/Preload group of parameters subdivides into:

• Pre-load: this parameter for spring tools defines the additional depth the
tool must make, after having performed the depth that positions the tool
flush with the part, in order to load the spring that will compensate for the
wear.

• Radial wear: this parameter allows defining the tool radial wear
coefficient.
• L Wear: this parameter allows defining the tool longitudinal wear
coefficient.

CONTOUR POLISHING

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool
with consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.

779
EasySTONE manual

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that
the tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard
rotation speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes
in the whole machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows
you to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the
machining of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the direction of travel of the tool
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• ahead: The tool moves in the direction indicated by the arrow on the
machining path.
• ahead/back: The tool moves first in the direction indicated by the arrow
on the machining path and then in the opposite one.
• back: The tool moves in the opposite direction to that indicated by the
arrow on the machining path.
Radial wear: this parameter allows defining the tool radial wear coefficient.

PLANE POLISHING (2)

Polishing

Type: This parameter allows you to specify the required type of plane
polishing.

Epicycle radius (%): this parameter allows defining the percentage of the
epicycle radius length.
Epicycle distance: this parameter allows defining the percentage of the
distance between the centres of one epicycle and the next one.

780
 11 Machining and kit properties

Ep. Direction: Allows you to specify the direction of travel of the polishing
tool for each individual epicycle.

Runs distance (%): This parameter allows you to define the distance of the
polishing runs expressed as a percentage of the one declared in the section
properties-polishing.

Minimum radius (HSM)(%): This parameter allows you to specify the

minimum radius of the circular paths that the mill executes expressed as a
percentage of the one declared in the section properties-polishing.

Run correction

Additional Z delta: this parameter is active only for polishing machining

with active end compensation run; it allows increasing the dimension for
end compensation run execution with respect to the Z delta parameter set in
general properties in order not to damage the part.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:

781
EasySTONE manual

• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard
rotation speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes
in the whole machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows
you to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the
machining of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.

Wear / Preload: this group of parameters allows defining the tool wear
compensation mode. it is possible to do so mechanically, by setting the preload
value, or in NC compensation mode, therefore with compensation, by setting the
radial and longitudinal wear coefficients.

The Wear/Preload group of parameters subdivides into:

• Pre-load: this parameter for spring tools defines the additional depth the
tool must make, after having performed the depth that positions the tool
flush with the part, in order to load the spring that will compensate for the
wear.

• Radial wear: this parameter allows defining the tool radial wear
coefficient.

782
 11 Machining and kit properties

• L Wear: this parameter allows defining the tool longitudinal wear

coefficient.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.17

Fig. 11.16: Cutting kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Pocket external: This parameter allows you to define the behaviour of the tool
during machining.
The types of pocketing are:

• Router center: The tool performs the machining keeping the center of the
mill on the machining path.
• Center and correction: The tool performs the machining keeping the
center of the mill on the machining path and at the end it executes a run
of the contour in tool radius correction.

783
EasySTONE manual

Lead-in: This parameter allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the raw
part during the pocketing phase.

The types of lead-in are:

• vertical: the tool sinks into the raw part vertically.
• ramp: the tool sinks into the raw part along a ramp-type path.
• helix: the tool sinks into the raw part along a helical path.

mm/turn / mm/diameter: This parameter is active only in pocketing operations

with Helix or Ramp lead-in and allows you to define the length of the lead-in path.

If the lead-in is Helix, this parameter is expressed in mm/turn and indicates how
much the tool sinks into Z for each turn.
If, on the other hand, the lead-in is a Ramp, this parameter is expressed in mm/
diameter and indicates how much the tool sinks into Z each time it travels a stretch
equal to that of the tool diameter.

Helix diameter: this parameter is active only in pocketing machining with helical
lead-in; it allows defining the helical path diameter carried out during the tool lead-
in.

Overlap: This parameter allows you to define the path stretch that will be
machined both at the beginning and at the end in the contour machining phases
with diamond and polishing profiled tool.

784
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in Z: This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z+ at which the
lead-in movement of the profiled tool must begin.
Lead-out Z: This parameter allows you to define the distance in Z+ to which the
profiled tool must arrive before moving in rapid.

Fig. 7.32: Lead-in - Lead-out Z for contouring phases

Angle: this parameter is active only when the machining follows a zigzag path;
it allows defining the inclination angle of the runs. The angle is measured
considering the horizontal direction as 0 value.
Start run: this parameter allows specifying the number of surface contour
polishing runs that are carried out at machining start. In case the automatic value
is set in the magazine, the software does not carry out start runs.
Start compensation run: when activated, this option allows using the machining
tool radius compensation. When deactivated, the software tool radius
compensation is used instead.
End run: This parameter allows you to define the number of polishing runs of the
contour of the plane that are executed at the end of the machining. If the value
automatic is set in the database, the software only performs one final run.
End run correction: This option enables the tool radius correction from NC,
alternatively the tool radius correction is calculated by EasySTONE. When this
control is activated, the following functions are also enabled:

785
EasySTONE manual

Overlap: This parameter allows you to define a path stretch that will be
machined both at the lead-in and at the lead-out of the polishing tool during
the End run correction.
Delta Z: this parameter allows you to define a Z+ level to execute the End
run correction not to damage the part.
Polishing Ramp Lead-in: This control allows you to force the type of lead-in of
the polishing tools of the plane to Ramp as an alternative to the default one, Helix.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of
the part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.
Set all sides as open: This option specifies to EasySTONE that the tools of the
kit can work even off the path.
Sides open in pocketing only: This option specifies to EasySTONE that the
sides must be considered open only in the pocketing phase and not in that of
contouring and plane polishing.
Open sides offset: This value indicates the external distance between the sides and
the center of the tools.

786
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 7.33: Button and options Open sides in Machine Mode

Change start: this command allows moving the machining start point for
pocketing and surface polishing to any other point of the surface to machine. After
activating the command, select the machining type you need to change the start
point to, then select the new start point of the machining path in the graphics area.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

787
EasySTONE manual

11.4.1 Probing

The Probing allows you to detect the dimensions and irregularities of the surface of the
part. It is possible to associate a probe to a Milling Kit.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Probing with the following
parameters:
• Pocketing: this control enable the probing before the pocketing phase.
• Contour: this control enable the probing before the contour phase.
• Plane polishing: this control enable the probing before the polishing phase.
• Probing Offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance between the
probing path and the tool machining path.
• Maximum probing distance: This parameter allows you to define the detection
distance between one probing and the next.

The Tools list of the kit includes the probe with its properties:

• Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

◦ PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

◦ NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
◦ TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

• Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move
the tool head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

◦ Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

788
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of

the angle, measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
◦ Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement
that the tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the
machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in

the following ways:

▪ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the

machine configuration.
▪ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined
as standard in the machine configuration.
▪ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings
the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the
blade shroud further away from the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.

789
EasySTONE manual

▪ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative

to the Z axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum X-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
▪ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution
that brings the blade shroud farther from the
perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.

790
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the

shroud component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the maximum Z axis value.

11.5 Profiling
The Profiling process allows you to perform a machining with profiled tools (diamond or
polishing) following a specified path (Geometry).
The machining parameters of Profiling are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the tool depth in Z with respect to the
drawn geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the lower part of
the tool working Stretch as a reference, and the direction into the part is considered
positive.

791
EasySTONE manual

Example of profiling with depth equal to 20 mm

Radial Step: This group of parameters allows you to specify a radial step of
approach of the tool to the machining geometry. The group is composed by:
• N. Step: Specifies the number of the radial runs.
• Step: Specifies the radial step measurement.
Fillet internal corner: This option, if active, makes it possible to obtain, every time an
internal corner must be machined, a fillet proportional to the radius of the tool used. If
there is a point where the distance between two entities of the same path is lower than
the diameter of the tool, EasySTONE rounds the path between the two skipping the part
of the path included between them.

792
 11 Machining and kit properties

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.

793
EasySTONE manual

Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.

With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.

794
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the direction of travel of the tool
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• ahead: The tool moves in the direction indicated by the arrow on the
machining path.
• ahead/back: The tool moves first in the direction indicated by the arrow on
the machining path and then in the opposite one.
• back: The tool moves in the opposite direction to that indicated by the arrow
on the machining path.
Oscillation: This group of parameters forces the tool to perform oscillating
movements along the Z axis during machining in order to obtain an optimal wear of
the tool. The Oscillation section is divided into:
• Step/Frequency oscillation: This parameter varies depending on the machine
and can be defined (.PPD file) as:
◦ Oscillation step: Allows you to define the length of a complete
oscillation along the direction of the movement.
◦ Oscillation frequency: Allows you to define how many oscillations
the tool makes over a given length.
• Oscillation amplitude: Allows you to define the variation of the Z of the tool
during the oscillation.

Oscillation

If the profile is of the Diamond type in the properties of the tool there is an additional
section, Overmaterials
• Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially
in relation to the tool (on the tool radius).

795
EasySTONE manual

• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity

of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• Type: This parameter allows you to specify how the internal angles are
rounded when a radial overmaterial is present. There are two possibilities:
◦ filleted type

◦ extended type

796
 11 Machining and kit properties

If the profile is of the Polishing type in the properties of the tool there is an additional
section, Wear:

• Radial wear: this parameter defines the tool coefficient of radial wear and
thereby allows the machine to compensate, with compensation, the radial
wear of the tool during machining.

• Longitudinal wear: this parameter defines the tool coefficient of longitudinal

wear and thereby allows the machine to compensate, with compensation, the
longitudinal wear of the tool during machining.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.

797
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative

to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.17

798
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.17: Profiling kit - left in tool database and right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Machining side: This set of commands allows you to define the side of the drawn
geometry on which the machining is performed.

In machining the possible choices are:

• : The tool follows the machining path with its own center.

• : The tool processes the left side of the path.

• : The tool processes the right side of the path.

Lead-in: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the part by adding a path to
the machining geometry in order to improve the machining start. It is composed of four
parameters that establish its type.

The types of lead-in are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-in along a short path due to the insertion of
the corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is
set to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool follows the lead-in along a quick path to insert the
compensation, and then along a rectilinear path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.

799
EasySTONE manual

• tangent: The tool performs the lead-in first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the geometry; all parameters
are active.

The Lead-in group is divided into:

• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.
• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.
• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

Lead-in Group Parameters in Machine mode

Lead-out: Allows you to define the type of tool lead-out from the part by adding a path
to the machining geometry in order to improve the end of the machining. It is composed
of four parameters that establish its type.

800
 11 Machining and kit properties

The types of lead-out are:

• none: The tool performs the lead-out along a short path for the insertion of the
corrector; only the L parameter is active. If the parameter Working side is set
to the value center no path is created and no parameter is activated.
• linear: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector, and then along a straight path; all parameters are active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the
insertion of the corrector, and then along a path perpendicular to the profile;
the parameters P, Z and L are active.
• tangent: The tool performs the lead-out first along a short path for the insertion
of the corrector and then along a path tangent to the profile; all parameters are
active.
The Lead-out group is divided into:
• T: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction tangent to the profile itself.
• P: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the lead-in point from
the beginning of the profile following the direction perpendicular to the profile
itself.
• Z: This parameter allows you to define the height of the descent in Z of the
lead-in.
• L: This parameter allows you to define the length of the lead-in path used for
the insertion of the corrector.

801
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out Group Parameters in Machine mode

Graphics of Lead-out Group Parameters

Overlap: This control is valid only for closed paths and allows you to define the length
of the path that will be machined both in lead-in and lead-out.
In Machine mode in the advanced machining properties, you can insert or remove this
control after activating a Start Change which provides for a machining lead-in in a
non-angular point.

802
 11 Machining and kit properties

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.
it is active only for the machining of closed paths and allows you to move the
starting point of the machining lead-in.

If activated displays the dialog window Starting point, which provides these options:
• point: The starting point is fixed with a reference point.
• length: The starting point is moved by the length (expressed in mm or in)
specified by the user.
• percentage: The starting point is positioned at the distance indicated by the
percentage on the entire path specified by the user.

Dialog window Change starting Point

803
EasySTONE manual

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.5.1 Probing

The Probing allows you to detect the dimensions and irregularities of the surface of the
part. It is possible to associate a probe to a Milling Kit.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Probing with the following
parameters:
• Probing Offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance between the
probing path and the tool machining path.
• Maximum probing distance: This parameter allows you to define the detection
distance between one probing and the next.
The Tools list of the kit includes the probe with its properties:

• Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

◦ PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

◦ NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
◦ TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
• Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move
the tool head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

804
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

◦ Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle, measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
◦ Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that
the tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining
start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the
following ways:

▪ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the

machine configuration.
▪ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as
standard in the machine configuration.
▪ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
▪ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the
blade shroud further away from the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.

805
EasySTONE manual

▪ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative

to the Z axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum X-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
▪ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of
the surface, forcing the choice if necessary.

806
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the

shroud component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the maximum Z axis value.

11.6 Engraving
The Mill grooving machining allows you to make an incision with a kit containing one or
more mills starting from a specified path (Geometry).
There are two possible types of grooving:
1. Normal: The mill works centered on the path, to its left, or to its right.
2. V or Round: The V or Round type mill works within the path. In this case, by
inserting a second suitable mill in the Kit, in addition to an engraving phase, a
pocketing phase will be performed first.
The machining parameters of Mill Engraving are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Engraving type: This parameter allows you to specify the type of engraving
from the following:
• Normal: The router works centered on the path, to its left, or to its right.
• V groove: Engraving with V-shaped mill that processes the inner side of
the path with linear cleaning of the edges.
• Round groove: Engraving with Round mill that processes the inner side of
the path with arc cleaning of the edges.

Fig. 7.36: Types of Engraving

807
EasySTONE manual

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool in Z
with respect to the geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the
tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered positive.

Pocketing: This group of parameters is taken into consideration when the kit contains
at least two mills, the first of which allows the path area to be pocketed while allowing
the second, V-shaped or Round, to engrave the inner side of the path.

Z step: this parameter allows defining the sinking value of each run to apply if
the machining needs to be performed in more runs. If this parameter is set to 0,
machining is carried out in one single run.
Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the
pocketing process must follow. The types of pocketing are:
• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise
to the safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise
direction.
• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a
counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.
• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which the
machining runs are parallel to the side selected in the
control open sides.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.
Repeat: this option is present only from the third kit tool onwards and, when
activated, allows carrying out a machining repeat run.

SAFETY

808
 11 Machining and kit properties

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.

809
EasySTONE manual

• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially
in relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• Type: This parameter allows you to specify how the internal angles are
rounded when a radial overmaterial is present. There are two possibilities:
◦ filleted type

810
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ extended type

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

811
EasySTONE manual

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.

812
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
Note: In all sections of the kit, when a parameter is set to Automatic it follows that the
value assumed in Machining mode will be found in the machine configuration (PPD
file), in the tool database or in the geometry of the part.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining).

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area according to the
grooving type

Advanced properties for normal engraving

Fig. 11.18: Advanced properties normal engraving in Machine mode

813
EasySTONE manual

Machining side: This set of commands allows you to define the side of the drawn
geometry on which the machining is performed.

In machining the possible choices are:

• : The tool follows the machining path with its own center.

• : The tool processes the left side of the path.

• : The tool processes the right side of the path.

Lead-in: Allows you to specify how the router must process the first stretch of the
path after arriving on the part.
The types of lead-in are:
• Vertical: The router descends vertically until the set Depth and then begins to
follow the engraving path.
• Oblique: The router descends obliquely for a stretch L until the set Depth and
then begins to follow the engraving path.

Lead-out: Allows you to specify how the router must work on the last stretch of the
path before rising along the edge of the part. The types of lead-out are:
• Vertical: The router processes the entire path, then rises vertically.
• Oblique: The router processes the path respecting the Depth up to the final
stretch L, then rises obliquely along the edge of the part.

Fig. 11.19: Grooving Lead-in Lead-out with mill in the Advanced Properties of the kit
in Machine mode

814
 11 Machining and kit properties

Overlap: This control is valid only for closed paths and allows you to define the
length of the router that will be processed both in lead-in and lead-out.

Fig. 7.37: Overlap in the Advanced Properties of the kit in Machine mode

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.
it is active only for the machining of closed paths and allows you to move the
starting point of the machining lead-in.

If activated displays the dialog window Starting point, which provides these options:
• point: The starting point is fixed with a reference point.
• length: The starting point is moved by the length (expressed in mm or in)
specified by the user.
• percentage: The starting point is positioned at the distance indicated by the
percentage on the entire path specified by the user.

Dialog window Change starting Point

Advanced properties for V or round grooving

815
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.20: Advanced properties of V or Round grooving in Machine mode

Lead-in: This parameter allows you to define the type of tool lead-in into the raw part
during the pocketing phase.

The types of lead-in are:

• vertical: the tool sinks into the raw part vertically.
• ramp: the tool sinks into the raw part along a ramp-type path.
• helix: the tool sinks into the raw part along a helical path.

mm/turn / mm/diameter: This parameter is active only in pocketing operations with

Helix or Ramp lead-in and allows you to define the length of the lead-in path.

If the lead-in is Helix, this parameter is expressed in mm/turn and indicates how much
the tool sinks into Z for each turn.
If, on the other hand, the lead-in is a Ramp, this parameter is expressed in mm/diameter
and indicates how much the tool sinks into Z each time it travels a stretch equal to that
of the tool diameter.

816
 11 Machining and kit properties

Helix diameter: this parameter is active only in pocketing machining with helical lead-
in; it allows defining the helical path diameter carried out during the tool lead-in.
Connections: Allows you to specify if the router when works the edges must execute
the Rise in Z to the Safety distance or Stay low.

Depth limit: This parameter allows you to specify the maximum depth of the
engraving for the V groove or Round groove. If set to Automatic, the depth will be
equal to that of the pocketing (Depth).

Offset: allows you to specify a working distance of the router from the selected path.
If the value is positive, the router engraves outside the path, while if it is negative
internally.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.6.1 Probing

The Probing allows you to detect the dimensions and irregularities of the surface of the
part. It is possible to associate a probe to a Milling Kit.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Probing with the following
parameters:
• Maximum probing distance: This parameter allows you to define the detection
distance between one probing and the next.

The Tools list of the kit includes the probe with its properties:

817
EasySTONE manual

• Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

◦ PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

◦ NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
◦ TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

• Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move
the tool head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

◦ Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

◦ Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle, measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
◦ Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that
the tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining
start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the
following ways:

▪ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the

machine configuration.
▪ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as
standard in the machine configuration.
▪ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

818
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the

blade shroud further away from the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the maximum axis value will be chosen.

819
EasySTONE manual

▪ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud

component with the minimum X-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
▪ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of
the surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the maximum Z axis value.

In Machine mode in the advanced properties of the Kit the following control is displayed

Fig. 11.21: Probing Path

Once the command is activated, EasySTONE displays the list of entities that make up the
machining path with the possibility of specifying:
• Probing for current path: Probing is performed on the selected entities in the
Graphic area (probing path) and it is considered only in the calculation of the

820
 11 Machining and kit properties

machining of the path, while for the probing of the other paths to be processed it
will be created automatically and follows a centerline.

Fig. 11.22: Probing for current path

• Probing for whole machining: Probing is performed on the path selected in the
Graphic area and is considered in the calculation of the machining of all paths.

Fig. 11.23: Probing for whole machining

821
EasySTONE manual

11.7 Grooving
The Grooving machining allows you to perform a process with a kit containing one or
more grinding wheel (Diamond or Polishing) starting from a specified path (Geometry).

Fig. 11.24: Grooving - left in the tool database and right in Machine mode

There are two possible types of grooving:

1. Grooving/Normal: The tool works positioned in the same direction as the selected
geometry (11.25).
2. Drop: The tool works positioned perpendicular to the selected geometry (11.26).

822
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.25: Normal Type

Fig. 11.26: Drop Type

The Grooving machining parameters are grouped into five sections:

• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

823
EasySTONE manual

Depth (Sinking): This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool in Z with
respect to the geometry to be machined. The depth is measured keeping the tool tip as
a reference, and the direction in the part is considered positive.
Note: When the Type is Drop the parameter Depth is not taken into consideration.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.

824
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
If the grooving tool is Diamond
Radial overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part radially in
relation to the tool (on the tool radius).
While if it is Polishing
Radial wear: this parameter allows defining the tool radial wear coefficient and
therefore the machine can compensate the tool wear with compensation at radial
level during machining.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.

825
EasySTONE manual

◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

826
 11 Machining and kit properties

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that appears below the area
Machining list when the machining control is actived ( or by clicking ).

Type: this parameter allows defining the wheel machining type. The machining types
are as follows:
• grooving/normal: the tool works in parallel with the machining geometry.
• drop: the tool works perpendicular to the machining geometry.

Transmission side: This control allows you to define the position of the motor with
respect to the machining path.

Let's see in detail the controls activated in the Advanced Properties Area according to the
grooving

Advanced properties Grooving/Normal type

Fig. 11.27: Advanced properties normal grooving

827
EasySTONE manual

Lead-in tip: This parameter allows you to define the distance from the machining start
at which the tip of the grooving tool progressively reaches the Depth. In Machining
mode it is active only if Type is Grooving (not Drop) and automatically assumes a
value determined by the physical limit of the tip because of its shape.

Lead-out tip: This parameter allows you to define the distance from the end of the
machining at which the tip of the grooving tool progressively rises to Depth=0. In
Machining mode it is active only if Type is Grooving (not Drop) and automatically
assumes a value determined by the physical limit of the point due to its shape.

Fig. 11.28:

Lead-in tip and Lead-out tip

Overlap: this parameter is active only for closed paths with tangent lead-in and lead-
out, and only in engraving mode; it allows defining the path segment which will be
machined both in lead-in and in lead-out, in order to prevent the part from being
damaged by the tool. In the kit magazine this parameter may take values only , while
in machining edit mode it can also be entered or removed.

Advanced properties Drop type

828
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.29: Advanced properties for Drop grooving

Drop position (%): This parameter is valid only if Type is Drop and allows you to
define, as a percentage of the machining path, the point of maximum depth of the drop
left by the imprint of the grooving tool.

Drop width: This parameter is valid only if Type is Drop and allows you to define the
maximum width of the drop. The parameter Depth is not taken into consideration.

it is active only for the machining of closed paths and allows you to move the
starting point of the machining lead-in.

If activated displays the dialog window Starting point, which provides these options:
• point: The starting point is fixed with a reference point.
• length: The starting point is moved by the length (expressed in mm or in)
specified by the user.
• percentage: The starting point is positioned at the distance indicated by the
percentage on the entire path specified by the user.

Dialog window Change starting Point

829
EasySTONE manual

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.
: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.8 Bevelling
The Bevelling allows you to make a chamfer (or bevel) with cup-bottomed tools (or with
mills) following a specified path (Geometry).

Fig. 11.30: Bevelling machining

The bevelling tools can be Diamond or Polishing: the first ones make it possible to obtain
the bevel by removing material (like with the mills) while the second ones polish the bevel.

The Bevelling parameters are grouped into five sections:

• Properties
• Safety

830
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Fascia: indicates the length of the bevel band by setting the positioning of the tool
center. If the value is equal to 0 the tool center works on the path otherwise it moves
perpendicular to the path of the value.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool
with consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.

831
EasySTONE manual

• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the

machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that
the tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard
rotation speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes
in the whole machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows
you to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed
in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the
machining of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
Oscillation: This group of parameters forces the tool to perform oscillating
movements along the Z axis during machining in order to obtain an optimal wear
of the tool. The Oscillation section is divided into:

• Step/Frequency oscillation: This parameter varies depending on the

machine and can be defined (.PPD file) as:
◦ Oscillation step: Allows you to define the length of a complete
oscillation along the direction of the movement.
◦ Oscillation frequency: Allows you to define how many
oscillations the tool makes over a given length.

• Oscillation amplitude: Allows you to define the variation of the Z of the

tool during the oscillation.

832
 11 Machining and kit properties

Oscillation

Fascia Centered: The tool works with its center positioned at Width (L) of the
bevel.

If the type of tool:

• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the
quantity of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on
the part in a longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length
of the tool).
If the tool is of the Polishing type, in the properties of the tool there is an
additional section, Wear:

• Longitudinal wear: this parameter defines the tool coefficient of

longitudinal wear and thereby allows the machine to compensate, with
compensation, the longitudinal wear of the tool during machining.

Push (Thrust): this parameter in the (spring) tools allows to define the position to
which the tool must be pushed in addition.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of
rotation in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution
to move the tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid
collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with
a drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

833
EasySTONE manual

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the
tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the
following ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as
standard in the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade
shroud further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions
relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis
value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions
relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis
value will be chosen.

834
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions

relative to the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis
value will be chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions
relative to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis
value will be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings
the blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface,
forcing the choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

835
EasySTONE manual

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.31

Fig. 11.31: Bevelling kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Working side: This set of commands allows you to define the side of the drawn
geometry on which the machining is performed.

The possible options are:

• : The tool processes the left side of the path.
• : The tool processes the right side of the path.

Lead-In: allows to define the type of tool entry into the piece by adding a path to the
machining geometry in order to improve the start of the job. The possible types of
attack here:
1. none: The tool enters a short path to insert the corrector.
2. linear: The tool enters first along a short path for inserting the corrector, and
then along a straight path.
3. tangent: The tool enters first along a short path for inserting the corrector and
then along a path tangent to the geometry.

836
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 7.41: Type of Lead-In/Out

The parameters that define the attack are:

• T: distance of the attachment point at the beginning of the geometry in a
tangent direction.
• P: distance of the attachment point at the beginning of the geometry in a
perpendicular direction

Fig. 7.42: Lead-In/Out parameters

Lead-Out allows you to define the type of tool exit from the piece by adding a final
path to the geometry. The types of Lead-Out and the related parameters are the same
as the Lead-In.

Bevel parameters:

837
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.32: Bevel Measures

Angle (A): indicates the angle of inclination of the bevel (11.32).

Width (L): indicates the width of the bevel (11.32).

Heel (T): Indicates the height at which the bevel should start (11.32).

Note: it is possible insert only one of three request meseaure, as the third can be
obtained automatically by
EasySTONE simply pressing the button .

Shift C (SC): is the "tailing" value of the C axis ( in beveling, you usually do not
work with the C axis perpendicular but slightly inclined by 2 or 3 degrees):

Vertical Bevel: bevelling tool works perpendicular to the path creating a flat edge.

Fig. 7.39: Vertical Bevel

838
 11 Machining and kit properties

Parameters A, L and T are replaced by the controls:

Internal Lead-in:

1- when is Flat Coast, specifies that the tool must attach the
workpiece vertically or horizontally.

Fig. 7.43: Bevel Flat Coast with Lead-in and Lead-out

2- in Beveling (no Flat Coast) it determines a ramp connection in

cases where the entity to be machined is inside the rough profile (
figure 7.44).

Fig. 7.44: Internal lead-in with beveling, not Flat edge

839
EasySTONE manual

Internal Lead-out: when it is Flat Edge, specifies that the tool must lead-
out vertically or horizontally from the part (figure 7.43).

Horizontal movement: Control considered/active when it is Flat Edge, specifies

if the tool must lead-out horizontally from the part.

Clean Edges: Control considered/

active when it is Flat Edge, specifies if the tool must run vertically on the edges.

Inverted bevel (Bevel from below): if enabled, the bevel is performed from below

Fig. 7.40: Bevel from below

Overlap: this command is valid only for closed paths and allows to define the length
of the path that will be worked both at lead-in and lead-out.

840
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 7.37: Overlap in machine mode

Once an overlap has been entered, it can be cancelled by activating the control Delete.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

it is active only for the machining of closed paths and allows you to move the
starting point of the machining lead-in.

If activated displays the dialog window Starting point, which provides these options:
• point: The starting point is fixed with a reference point.
• length: The starting point is moved by the length (expressed in mm or in)
specified by the user.
• percentage: The starting point is positioned at the distance indicated by the
percentage on the entire path specified by the user.

Dialog window Change starting Point

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..

841
EasySTONE manual

: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without

saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.8.1 Probing

The Probing allows you to detect the dimensions and irregularities of the surface of the
part. It is possible to associate a probe to a Milling Kit.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Probing with the following
parameters:
• Probing Offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance between the
probing path and the tool machining path.
• Maximum probing distance: This parameter allows you to define the detection
distance between one probing and the next.

The Tools list of the kit includes the probe with its properties:

• Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

◦ PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

◦ NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
◦ TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

• Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move
the tool head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

842
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

◦ Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle, measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
◦ Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that
the tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining
start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the
following ways:

▪ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the

machine configuration.
▪ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as
standard in the machine configuration.
▪ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
▪ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the
blade shroud further away from the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.

843
EasySTONE manual

▪ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative

to the Z axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum X-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
▪ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of
the surface, forcing the choice if necessary.

844
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the

shroud component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the maximum Z axis value.

11.9 Surface roughing

The Surface roughing allows you to eliminate most of the excess material on the raw part.
This type of machining is fast but not very accurate and leaves some material that can later
be eliminated with a Surface finish.
The parameters of a Surface roughing vary according to the type of tool present in the kit.
The tools that can be used in a Surface roughing are:
• core drill (Ref. 11.9.1).
• mill (Ref. 11.9.2).
• blade (Ref. 11.9.3).

11.9.1 Driller roughing

The Surface roughing with core drill it allows you to remove material from the raw part by
making a sequence of holes.

Fig. 11.33: Surface Roughing with Core drill

845
EasySTONE manual

The machining parameters of Surface Roughing with Core drill are grouped into five
sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Z start: This parameter allows you to define the level on the Z axis at which to start
machining.
Step Z (holes): Allows you to define the depth of each single run if the drilling must
be performed in several runs. If this parameter is set to 0, machining is performed in a
single run.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Z initial slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-section, measured from
the beginning of the hole, in which the tool advances using the lead-in feed as speed and
at the end of which it assumes a speed equal to the machining feed. If this parameter is
set to 0 the machining feed is applied at the drilling start.

846
 11 Machining and kit properties

Holes order: Allows you to define the sequence or path of the holes.

Fig. 7.22: Sorting Holes in Kit database and in Machine Mode

Blowing: This parameter allows you to define where to perform the blowing, i.e. the
moment in which the air must be activated to expel the waste material inside the tool
(core). The possible types of blowing are:
• none: No air is emitted.
• on bottom: Air is emitted before raising the tool.
• on top: Air is emitted when the tool has performed the rising movement over
the part.
• flush with part: Air is emitted when the tool is flush with the part.
• out of part: Air is emitted when the tool is outside the perimeter of the part.

Optimize with intermediate raw part: This option is taken into consideration when
there are multiple surface roughing operations, determining that EasySTONE
calculates the machining based on the overmaterial remaining after the previous
machining phases.
Detail level: Allows you to define the precision with which the overmaterial
remaining from the previous roughing is calculated.
Raw from file: Allows you to specify the path and name of a Virtual Milling file
(VM file), which will be treated by EasySTONE as an intermediate raw part on
which to apply the machining.

847
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.

848
 11 Machining and kit properties

• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the

machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Rise feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
at the lead-out from the part in junction (Z+), expressed in mm/min or in/min.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

849
EasySTONE manual

• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material

(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

850
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,

the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.

851
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud

component with the maximum Z axis value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see Ref. 10.1.1 Machining geometry

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.34

Fig. 11.34: Surface Roughing Kit with Core drill - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Runs distance: Defines the distance between one hole and the next.

852
 11 Machining and kit properties

Minimum depth: This parameter allows you to define the minimum depth. Holes with
smaller depth will not be executed.

Drilling type: This parameter allows you to define the disposition of the holes. The
types of drilling are:
• grid: The centers of the holes are disposed following a grid.
• hexagonal: The centers of the holes are arranged forming hexagons.
• contour: The centers of the holes are arranged starting from the contour of the
part.

Border distance: This parameter allows you to define the distance of the machining
from the edge of the part. If this parameter is set to 0 the machining path is performed
without delta.

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

853
EasySTONE manual

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

854
 11 Machining and kit properties

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

855
EasySTONE manual

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.
: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.9.2 Router roughing

The Surface roughing with Mill allows you to remove material from the raw part by
performing a pocketing. A second mill (with a smaller diameter than the first) and a core
drill (with a larger diameter than the first mill) can also be inserted in the kit.

856
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.35: Surface roughing with router

The machining parameters of Surface Roughing with Mill are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Z start: This parameter allows you to define the level on the Z axis at which to start
machining.
Z step: this parameter allows defining the sinking value of each run to apply if the
machining needs to be performed in more runs. If this parameter is set to 0, machining
is carried out in one single run.
Step Z (2): This parameter allows you to define the depth of each run of the second
tool when in the Kit there are two mills.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in

857
EasySTONE manual

complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Optimize with intermediate raw part: This option is taken into consideration when
there are multiple surface roughing operations, determining that EasySTONE
calculates the machining based on the overmaterial remaining after the previous
machining phases.
Detail level: Allows you to define the precision with which the overmaterial
remaining from the previous roughing is calculated.
Raw from file: Allows you to specify the path and name of a Virtual Milling file
(VM file), which will be treated by EasySTONE as an intermediate raw part on
which to apply the machining.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

858
 11 Machining and kit properties

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:

859
EasySTONE manual

• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.

• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be
machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

860
 11 Machining and kit properties

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.

861
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED
The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.36

862
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.36: Surface Roughing Kit with Router - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.
Runs distance (2): This parameter allows you to define the distance of the runs of the
second tool when in the Kit there are two routers
Angle: This parameter is taken into account when the machining follows a zigzag or
one way path and allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The angle is
measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the pocketing
process must follow. The types of pocketing are:
• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise to the
safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a
counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.

863
EasySTONE manual

• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which the

machining runs are parallel to the side selected in the
control open sides.

Care flat zones: This parameter is taken into consideration for roughing operations
with a router. It specifies to EasySTONE to calculate the machining taking into
consideration the horizontal surfaces, alternatively considers the step Z binding (
Figure 7.53 ).

Fig. 7.53: Roughing with Care Flat Areas equal to NO

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,

864
 11 Machining and kit properties

while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.
Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-in into the raw part:
• spiral: The tool performs the descent into the raw part following a helical path
for each Step Z.
• already drilled: The tool descends on the part and starts working directly
because the lead-in has already been pre-drilled.
mm/turn: this parameter is active only in roughing machining with spiral lead-in
router; it allows specifying the lead-in path length. This parameter is expressed in mm/
turn and specifies the amount of tool sinking in Z per revolution.
Helix diameter: This parameter is taken into consideration for roughing operations
with a spiral lead-in router, it defines the diameter of the helical path.

Fig. 11.37: Roughing with router and spiral LeadIn

: this command allows you to change the starting point of the machining.
Activated, select the new starting point in the Graphics Area (through the SnapPoint).

865
EasySTONE manual

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.

866
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:

▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

867
EasySTONE manual

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.9.2.1 Prehole

In the kit Surface Roughing with mill it is possible to add a core drill to make a prehole
before the mill starts machining the raw part. It is usually used to lower machining times, as
the core drill is faster than the drilling mill

In the Kit properties the following parameters are added:

Prehole step: Allows you to define the depth of each run of the core drill present in the
kit. If this parameter is set to Zero the prehole is executed in a single run.

Z initial slowdown: This parameter allows you to define the Z-section, measured from
the beginning of the hole, in which the tool advances using the lead-in feed as speed and

868
 11 Machining and kit properties

at the end of which it assumes a speed equal to the machining feed. If this parameter is
set to 0 the machining feed is applied at the drilling start.

Blowing: This parameter allows you to define where to perform the blowing, i.e. the
moment in which the air must be activated to expel the waste material inside the tool
(core). The possible types of blowing are:
• none: No air is emitted.
• on bottom: Air is emitted before raising the tool.
• on top: Air is emitted when the tool has performed the rising movement over
the part.
• flush with part: Air is emitted when the tool is flush with the part.
• out of part: Air is emitted when the tool is outside the perimeter of the part.

In the Advanced Properties of the Kit:

Lead-in: This control allows you to specify if a prehole must be made or if the mill
starts working directly.
The possible options are:
• drill: The prehole is made with the core drill present in the kit before the mill starts
working.
• already drilled: The raw part is already drilled, so the prehole is not performed and
the mill starts directly.

11.9.3 Blade roughing

The Surface roughness with Blade allows you to remove material from the raw part by
making cuts at a runs distance with a blade in a vertical or horizontal position.

869
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.38: Surface roughing with Blade

The machining parameters of Surface Roughing with Blade are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of roughing. The types are:
• normal: The blade processes the surface in a position defined by the
parameters Angle and Directions. If the parameter Step Z has a value other
than Zero, the blade works at constant Z for all runs before descending to the
subsequent step.

870
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 7.46: Roughing at normal Step Z

• normal, direct step: The blade processes the surface in a position defined by
the parameters Angle and Directions. If the parameter Step Z has a value
other than Zero, the blade follows all the steps of a run before moving on to
the next.

871
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.47: Roughing at Step Z Direct Step

• horizontal step: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane. If
the parameter Step Z has a value other than Zero, the blade works at constant
X or Y in all runs before advancing horizontally to the subsequent step.

Fig. 7.48: Horizontal Roughing at normal Step Z

872
 11 Machining and kit properties

• horizontal step, direct step: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY
plane. If the parameter Step Z has a value other than Zero, the blade follows
all the steps of a run before moving on to the next in Z.

Fig. 7.49: Horizontal Roughing at Step Z Direct Step

• horizontal internal: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane
and internal to the geometry. In the case where the parameter Radial step has
a value other than Zero, the blade follows all the runs in Z before advancing
horizontally to the subsequent step (or radial step) and repeating all the runs
in Z.

Fig. 7.50: Horizontal Internal Roughing at Step Z

• horizontal internal, direct step: The blade processes the surface parallel to the
XY plane and internal to the geometry. If the parameter Radial step Z has a
value other than Zero, the blade follows all the steps of a run before moving on
to the next in Z.

873
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 7.51: Horizontal Internal Roughing at Step Z Direct Step Z

• cut into cubes: The blade works first horizontally then vertically obtaining
a series of cubes of minimum and maximum specified dimensions, pausing
between one and the other, thus allowing the operator to remove each cube
from the work bench before obtaining another one.

Fig. 7.52: Roughing in cubes

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

874
 11 Machining and kit properties

Z start: This parameter allows you to define the level on the Z axis at which to start
machining.
Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With the
parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.

Radial step: This parameter replaces the parameter Step Z when the type of machining
of the tool is set to 'horizontal step', 'horizontal step, direct step', 'horizontal internal'
and 'horizontal internal, direct step', allowing you to define the quantity of material that
the blade must remove at each run. If this parameter is set to Zero the machining is
performed in a single run.

Step Z back: This parameter, valid for step, spiral or Zig Zag movements, allows you
to define the depth value of each run when the blade returns. If this parameter is set to
0, the depth value of the runs when the blade returns is equal to Step Z.

Return radial step: This parameter replaces the parameter Return step Z when the
type of machining of the tool is set to 'horizontal step', 'horizontal step, direct step',
'horizontal internal' and 'horizontal internal, direct step', allowing you to define the
quantity of material that the blade must remove at each run in the return phase, when it
moves in the opposite direction to its rotation. If this parameter is set to Zero the depth
value of the blade in the return runs is equal to the Radial step.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the shroud
during machining. There are these possibilities:

875
EasySTONE manual

• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.

• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.
Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Optimize with intermediate raw part: This option is taken into consideration when
there are multiple surface roughing operations, determining that EasySTONE
calculates the machining based on the overmaterial remaining after the previous
machining phases.
Detail level: Allows you to define the precision with which the overmaterial
remaining from the previous roughing is calculated.

876
 11 Machining and kit properties

Raw from file: Allows you to specify the path and name of a Virtual Milling file
(VM file), which will be treated by EasySTONE as an intermediate raw part on
which to apply the machining.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

877
EasySTONE manual

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Feed back: This parameter allows you to specify the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, that the tool must assume in the return phase of the processes
that provide for an alternating inversion of the direction of execution. The
return feed is present in processes with several runs and usually has a slower
speed than the machining feed.

878
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed in
mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

879
EasySTONE manual

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.

880
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see Ref. 10.1.1 Machining geometry

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.39

881
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.39: Kit Surface Roughing with Blade - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Angle: This parameter allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The
angle is measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.

Lead-out Length: This parameter defines the length that the tool must travel in lead-
in/lead-out in addition to every single run when the machining has Movement equal
to Zigzag.

882
 11 Machining and kit properties

Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at the end of
each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).
Application Points: This parameter allows you to choose if the blade has to approach
of its Contact points.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.

883
EasySTONE manual

The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.

884
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.
: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.9.3.1 Roughing with normal blade, normal, direct step

In both these types of machining the blade works in vertical, however the execution of the
depth is different

885
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.40: Normal

886
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.41: Normal, direct step

For the parameters concerning the sections Properties, Safety, Tool and Geometry please see
Ref. 11.9.3.
Here we see the Advanced properties of the Surface Roughing with blade of the
Type "Normal" and "Normal, direct step".

887
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.42: Machine mode: Advanced properties of blade roughing, type Normal

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Angle: This parameter allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The
angle is measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.
Lead-out Length: This parameter defines the length that the tool must travel in lead-
in/lead-out in addition to every single run when the machining has Movement equal
to Zigzag.

Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at the
end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

888
 11 Machining and kit properties

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start,
can be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y
coordinate).
Application Points: This parameter allows you to choose if the blade has to
approach of its Contact points.

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic
area the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the
layer to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by
two angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of
the tool, while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the
angle by which it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the
surface following the selection of one of its points.

889
EasySTONE manual

• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current

view, therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this
option the tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of
the operator.

11.9.3.2 Roughing with Horizontal Step Blade, Horizontal Step, Direct Step

In both these types of machining the blade works horizontally outside the part, but the depth
is different.

Fig. 11.43: Horizontal

Fig. 11.44: Horizontal direct step

890
 11 Machining and kit properties

For the parameters concerning the sections Properties, Safety, Tool and Geometry please see
Ref. 11.9.3.
Here we see the Advanced properties of the Surface Roughing with blade of the
Type "Horizontal step" and "Horizontal step, direct step".

Fig. 11.45: Machine mode: Advanced roughing blade properties Horizontal type

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you to define
the tool rotation direction.

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.

891
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out length: This parameter allows you to define the length of the stretch that the
tool must complete, moving away from the part, at the end of each run.

Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).

Start angle: This parameter is active only if Working side is set to All and allows you to
define the width of the angle at which to position the point where the machining starts.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Lead-in/Lead-out:
this control allows you to set the Lead-in/Lead-out to and from the part and the link
between the runs.

Fig. 11.46: Lead-in/Lead-out

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2,
Lead-in length 3.

892
 11 Machining and kit properties

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface
directly. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the
mill. The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction
of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.

893
EasySTONE manual

• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length

is Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in
length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length,
Connection length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional

movement. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z
direction. The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the
axis of the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving
perpendicularly to the machining path. The Connection length parameter
is active.

894
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the

machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to
the machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are
active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent
to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch)
and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the
mill. The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular
to the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection
length and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and
Y are active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.

895
EasySTONE manual

Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out
length 2 and Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after
machining. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines

896
 11 Machining and kit properties

the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length
and Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-
out length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.

Work side: allows to define the side to be worked between front, back, right, left and
all.

897
EasySTONE manual

Work side

The four arrows allow tou to work only one specific side of the piece, while the button
with the arrow clockwise to work all sides 8 with concentric circular passes ).
Path: Allows you to select a path in the Graphic Area to be used as a guide line for
machining.

Fig. 11.47: Path

Change side: This control is present only when a Path is set and allows the lead-in
side of the machining to be changed by 180°.

11.9.3.3 Roughing with Horizontal Internal Blade, Horizontal Internal, Direct

Step

In both these types of machining the blade works horizontally inside the part, but the depth
is different.

898
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.48: Horizontal internal

Fig. 11.49: Horizontal internal, direct step

For the parameters concerning the sections Properties, Safety, Tool and Geometry please see
Ref. 11.9.3.

Here we see the Advanced properties of the Surface Roughing with blade of the
Type "Internal Horizontal" and "Internal Horizontal, direct step".

899
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.50: Machining mode: Advanced properties roughing blade Horizontal

internal type

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you to define
the tool rotation direction.

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.

900
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-out length: This parameter allows you to define the length of the stretch that the
tool must complete, moving away from the part, at the end of each run.

Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).
Runs distance: defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Lead-in/Lead-out:
This control allows you to set the Lead-in/Lead-out to and from the part and
the link between the runs.

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2,
Lead-in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface
directly. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the
mill. The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.

901
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the

surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction
of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length
is Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in
length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

902
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length,
Connection length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional

movement. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z
direction. The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the
axis of the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving
perpendicularly to the machining path. The Connection length parameter
is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the
machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to
the machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are
active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent
to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch)
and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and

903
EasySTONE manual

Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z

direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the
mill. The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular
to the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection
length and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and
Y are active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out
length 2 and Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after
machining. All parameters are deactivated.

904
 11 Machining and kit properties

• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length
and Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.

905
EasySTONE manual

• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point

identified by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-
out length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.

Starting angle: Indicates the starting angle of the machining.

Development angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the machining
angle.

Change start: This control allows you to change the starting point of the machining. If
activated click on a point on the machining path.

11.9.3.4 Cubes Cut

In this process the blade works first horizontally then vertically obtaining a series of cubes
of minimum and maximum specified dimensions, pausing between one and the other, thus
allowing the operator to remove each cube from the work bench before obtaining another
one.

906
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.51: Cubes cut

For the parameters concerning the sections Properties, Safety, Tool and Geometry please see
Ref. 11.9.3.
Here we see the Advanced properties of the "Cubes cut" machining.

907
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.52: Machining mode: Advanced properties of the Cubes Cut machining

Cubes max size: This value indicates the maximum width that these the cubes cut into
the raw part can have.

Cubes Min size: This value indicates the minimum width that these the cubes cut into
the raw part can have.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.
Saf. for flange: This parameter allows you to specify a safety distance in Z to prevent
the blade flange from sliding on the raw part.

908
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.53: Flange safety

Cutting Direction: This control allows you to define the angle of direction of the
cuts.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

11.10 Surface finishing

The surface finish works directly on the surfaces of the part, finishing it. This type of
machining, slow but precise, eliminates the excess material that may have remained on the
part after a surface roughing.
The parameters of a surface finish vary according to the type of tool present in the kit.
The types of tools that can be used to perform a surface finish are:
• mills (Ref. 11.10.1).
• blades (Ref. 11.10.2).
• polishing (Ref. 11.10.1)

909
EasySTONE manual

• profiled (Ref. 11.10.1)

• bevelling (Ref. 11.10.1)
Note: In Machine mode the surface finishes with tools such as mills, polishers, profiled and
bevelling are equivalent and have the same properties, while the surface finish with blade
has different properties.

11.10.1 Surface finishing with router

The types of 3-axis surface finishing with a mill type tool are:
• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
the surface construction. This type of machining is not present if the entity to be
processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path, finishing the surface.
• Constant Z: The mill performs a machining path with constant Z runs. The
parameter Runs Distance defines the depth in Z of each run.
• Spiral: The mill performs a spiral machining path with constant Z runs. The
parameter Runs Distance defines the depth in Z of each run.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path (usually
drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with parallel runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or paths)
already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a given path (or paths).

11.10.1.1 Flowline-type finishing

In this type of finish, the machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
the construction of the surface (Geometry).

910
 11 Machining and kit properties

Note: This type is not available if the entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).

The parameters of flowline surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

911
EasySTONE manual

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).

Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.

912
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the

reference axis.
• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as
well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of
processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

913
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

914
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

915
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

916
 11 Machining and kit properties

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing properties.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.

917
EasySTONE manual

• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed in
mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

918
 11 Machining and kit properties

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.

919
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.54

920
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.54: FlowLine Surface Finish kit - left in the tool database and right in Machining
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.
Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length, Connection
length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement. All
parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z direction.
The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the axis of
the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.

921
EasySTONE manual

• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving perpendicularly to

the machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the machining
path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to the
machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are
active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the machining
path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular to
the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Connection length
2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection length
and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.

922
 11 Machining and kit properties

Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

Direction: This parameter allows you to define the surface machining direction
when Type is Flow Line. The possible options are:
• Longitudinal: The tool works along the longitudinal construction lines of the
surface.
• Transversal: The tool works along the transversal construction lines of the
surface.
• Long + Trans: The tool works the whole surface first following the
longitudinal construction lines and then the transversal ones.
• Trans + Long: The tool works the entire surface first following the transversal
construction lines and then the longitudinal ones.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• Zig Zag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing a run in
one direction and one in the opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction and orientation
performing a rising movement to the safety Z after each run and then going
down to the next run.
• one run: The tool performs only one run.
Tool side: This parameter allows you to establish the working side of the tool with
respect to the calculated machining path.
The possible options are:
• center: The tool works with its center on the machining path.
• left: The tool works completely to the left of the machining path.
• right: The tool works completely to the right of the machining path.

923
EasySTONE manual

• none: The working position of the tool is determined by EasySTONE.

Side offset: This value allows you to move the working position of the tool by a
distance referred to the Tool side.
Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.

924
 11 Machining and kit properties

• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the

surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the
length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified by
the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3 which
represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows you
to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter Lead-
out length is active.

925
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then

perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.

926
 11 Machining and kit properties

LeadIn/LeadOut

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic
area the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by
which it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

927
EasySTONE manual

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.
Division: This control allows you to divide the surface into two sections processed
separately according to the criteria set by the parameter Direction.
The possible types are:

Full: The surface is not divided

Longitudinal incoming: The surface is divided longitudinally into two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with
direction towards the center of the surface.

Longitudinal outgoing. The surface is divided longitudinally in to two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the surface
with direction towards the outer edge.

Transversal incoming. The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with direction
towards the center of the surface.

Transversal outgoing: The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the surface with
direction towards the external edge.

Start: This parameter allows you to define the starting point of the machining. The
possible options are:
• Max long, Max trans
• Min long, Max trans
• Max long, Min trans
• Min long, Min trans

928
 11 Machining and kit properties

Depending on how the Flow Line of the surface was created, the starting point of the
machining will be:
• top right end.
• top left end.
• lower right end.
• lower left end.

Fig. 11.55: Start point machining in the advanced properties on machining mode

Min/Max as percentages: This control specifies whether the dimensions of the area to
be machined must be expressed as a percentage (or mm/in) of the complete surface.
Minimum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface longitudinally.

Maximum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends longitudinally.

Minimum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface transversely.

Maximum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends transversely.

929
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.56: Definition work area in in the advanced properties that kit on machining
mode

Note: In Machining mode you can specify these measurements by clicking on the L and
T boxes and then on a Reference Point (ref. 9.3) in the Graphic area.
this control allows you to define the limits L and T graphically.
When opening, activate the limit control Longitudinal or Transversal, then to set the
end 1 or 2 select it and (holding down the left mouse button) drag it to the desired
position, alternatively you can click with the left mouse button at the desired point. In
the same way it is possible to change the starting point of the machining and possibly
insert an overlap of the machining path.

Note: in the Graphic Area, in order to facilitate the positioning of the ends 1 and 2,
it is possible to rotate the view of the part by moving the mouse after simultaneously
pressing the Shift (or Ctrl) key and the mouse wheel.

Fig. 11.57: Interactive Control in Machining mode

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

930
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:

931
EasySTONE manual

▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

932
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.1.2 Pocketing-type finishing

In this type of finish, the mill follows a pocketing path, finishing the surface (Geometry).

The parameters of pocketing surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

933
EasySTONE manual

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).

934
 11 Machining and kit properties

Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.
• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as
well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized

935
EasySTONE manual

• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to

which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

936
 11 Machining and kit properties

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

937
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.

938
 11 Machining and kit properties

Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.

939
EasySTONE manual

• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,

expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be
machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.

940
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,

the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

941
EasySTONE manual

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.58

Fig. 11.58: Surface Finishing Kit Pocketing type - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the pocketing
process must follow. The types of pocketing are:
• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise to the
safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise direction.

942
 11 Machining and kit properties

• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a

counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.
• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which the
machining runs are parallel to the side selected in the
control open sides.

Angle: This parameter is taken into account when the machining follows a zigzag or
one way path and allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The angle is
measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

943
EasySTONE manual

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.

944
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

945
EasySTONE manual

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.

◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.1.3 Constant Z type finishing

In this type of finish the mill processes the surface (Geometry) descending for each run by a
fixed Step Z (Runs Distance).

946
 11 Machining and kit properties

The parameters of Constant Z surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

947
EasySTONE manual

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

948
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

949
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

950
 11 Machining and kit properties

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

951
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.

952
 11 Machining and kit properties

• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the

machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:

953
EasySTONE manual

• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of

material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

954
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.59

955
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.59: Surface Finish kit Z Constant type - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Runs distance (Z): Defines the distance (on the Z axis) between each run.

Connection: This parameter allows you to define the type of connection between the
machining runs, i.e. allows you to set an additional path defined through the parameters
C Connection length, Connection length 2, Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• helix: The tool performs the connection along a helical path.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection along a path tangent to the runs.
• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement.

956
 11 Machining and kit properties

• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection adding a path perpendicular

to the surface.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection adding a vertical path.

Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

Direction (sense): This parameter allows you to define the direction in which the tool
moves along the machining path. The possible options are:
• Not set: EasySTONE chooses the best machining direction for the type of
surface to be machined.
• Clockwise: The tool moves clockwise.
• Counterclockwise: The tool moves counterclockwise.
Max. XY distance: This value indicates the maximum distance in X and Y between
runs.

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.

957
EasySTONE manual

• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.

• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

: This command allows you to change the machining starting point. If activated,
through the use of Reference Points select in the Graphic area the new starting point of
the machining path.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.

958
 11 Machining and kit properties

The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:

◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.

959
EasySTONE manual

The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.

960
 11 Machining and kit properties

: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.1.4 Spiral type finishing

In this type of finish, the mill follows a spiral machining path with constant Z runs. The
parameter Runs Distance defines the depth in Z of each run.

Fig. 11.60: Spiral surface finish

The parameters of Spiral surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

961
EasySTONE manual

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

962
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

963
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

964
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

965
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

966
 11 Machining and kit properties

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

967
EasySTONE manual

• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity

of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.

968
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative

to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.61

969
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.61: Surface Finishing Kit, Spiral type - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Runs distance (Z): Defines the distance (on the Z axis) between each run.

Connection: This parameter allows you to define the type of connection between the
machining runs, i.e. allows you to set an additional path defined through the parameters
C Connection length, Connection length 2, Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• helix: The tool performs the connection along a helical path.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection along a path tangent to the runs.
• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection adding a path perpendicular
to the surface.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection adding a vertical path.

970
 11 Machining and kit properties

Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

Direction (sense): This parameter allows you to define the direction in which the tool
moves along the machining path. The possible options are:
• Not set: EasySTONE chooses the best machining direction for the type of
surface to be machined.
• Clockwise: The tool moves clockwise.
• Counterclockwise: The tool moves counterclockwise.

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,

971
EasySTONE manual

while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

: This command allows you to change the machining starting point. If activated,
through the use of Reference Points select in the Graphic area the new starting point of
the machining path.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.

972
 11 Machining and kit properties

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

973
EasySTONE manual

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.1.5 Scallop type finishing

In this type of finish the mill follows the projection on the surface (Geometry) of a specified
path completing the rest of the surface with parallel runs (Runs Distance).

974
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.62: Scallop-type surface finish

The parameters of the Scallop surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

975
EasySTONE manual

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

976
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

977
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

978
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

979
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

980
 11 Machining and kit properties

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed in
mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool

981
EasySTONE manual

is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

982
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y

axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED
The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.63

983
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.63: Scallop-type Surface Finishing Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length, Connection
length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement. All
parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z direction.
The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the axis of
the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving perpendicularly to
the machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the machining
path. The Connection length parameter is active.

984
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to the

machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are
active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the machining
path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular to
the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Connection length
2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection length
and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

985
EasySTONE manual

Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of connection
chosen.

Direction: This parameter allows you to define the surface machining direction
when Type is Flow Line. The possible options are:
• Longitudinal: The tool works along the longitudinal construction lines of the
surface.
• Transversal: The tool works along the transversal construction lines of the
surface.
• Long + Trans: The tool works the whole surface first following the
longitudinal construction lines and then the transversal ones.
• Trans + Long: The tool works the entire surface first following the transversal
construction lines and then the longitudinal ones.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• Zig Zag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing a run in
one direction and one in the opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction and orientation
performing a rising movement to the safety Z after each run and then going
down to the next run.
• one run: The tool performs only one run.
Tool side: This parameter allows you to establish the working side of the tool with
respect to the calculated machining path.
The possible options are:
• center: The tool works with its center on the machining path.
• left: The tool works completely to the left of the machining path.
• right: The tool works completely to the right of the machining path.
• none: The working position of the tool is determined by EasySTONE.
Side offset: This value allows you to move the working position of the tool by a
distance referred to the Tool side.

986
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines

987
EasySTONE manual

the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the
length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified by
the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3 which
represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows you
to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter Lead-
out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the

988
 11 Machining and kit properties

length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.

989
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.64: LeadIn/LeadOut

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

990
 11 Machining and kit properties

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.
Minimum longitudinal: The percentage from which the tool starts to process the
surface longitudinally.

Maximum longitudinal: The percentage at which the tool finishes processing the
surface longitudinally.

Contact point: Identifies which point of the tool works in contact with the raw part. If
the parameter is YES the tool center and the contact point coincide, otherwise the tool
center and the contact point do not coincide.

Fig. 11.65: Percentage of minimum and maximum working surface and type of tool
contact

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

991
EasySTONE manual

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

992
 11 Machining and kit properties

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

993
EasySTONE manual

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.1.6 Projection type finishing

In this type of finish the mill processes the surface (Geometry) following the projection on
the surface of a specified path (or paths).

994
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.66: Projection-type surface finish

The parameters of the Projection surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

995
EasySTONE manual

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

996
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

997
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

998
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.

• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

999
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

1000
 11 Machining and kit properties

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:

1001
EasySTONE manual

• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of

material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

1002
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.67

1003
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.67: Projection-type Surface Finishing Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area
Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

Z projection: This parameter defines the type of projection in Z of the path (or paths)
on the surface. The possible options are:
• Ignore Z: The path is projected along the direction defined by the parameter
Projection direction and without considering its variations in Z.
• Local Z: The path is projected along the direction defined by the parameter
Projection direction and with depth equal to its variations in Z.
• Perpendicular: The path is projected along the direction perpendicular to the
surface and with depth equal to its variations in Z.

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.

1004
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.

• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

1005
EasySTONE manual

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.

1006
 11 Machining and kit properties

The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.

1007
EasySTONE manual

◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.
: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.1.7 Follow path - Type finishing

In this type of finish the mill processes the surface (Geometry) following a specified path
(or paths).

1008
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.68: Follow the path surface finish

The parameters of the Follow the path surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of surface finish and 3 axes with a Router type
tool. The types are:

1009
EasySTONE manual

Types of surface finish with Router in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The working path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
construction of the surface. This type of processing is not present if the entity
to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The router performs an pocketing path and finishes the surface.
• Z Constant: The router performs a machining path with constant Z passes. The
Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Spiral: The router performs a spiral machining path with constant Z passes.
The Runs distance parameter defines the depth in Z of each pass.
• Scallop: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn above the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path
(s) (usually drawn above the surface).
• Follow path: The router follows a specific path (s) (usually drawn above the
surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

1010
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

1011
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

1012
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

1013
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.

1014
 11 Machining and kit properties

• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the

machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:

1015
EasySTONE manual

• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of

material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

1016
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.69

1017
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.69: Path following-type Surface Finishing Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,

1018
 11 Machining and kit properties

while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

1019
EasySTONE manual

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:

1020
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

1021
EasySTONE manual

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.2 Surface finishing with blade

The types of 3-axis surface finish with a blade type tool are:

• normal: The blade works remaining perpendicular to the XY plane but can be tilted
by setting the parameter Directions to a value other than Z+.
• normal transversal: The blade works remaining perpendicular to the XY plane but
can be tilted by setting the parameter Directions to a value other than Z+. Unlike the
normal type, the blade follows the machining path perpendicularly, working with
the side.
• horizontal step: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane.
• horizontal transversal: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane.
Unlike the horizontal step type, the machining path is perpendicular to the plane of
the blade that works with the side.
• horizontal spiral: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane
following a spiral path.
• horizontal internal: The blade processes the surface parallel to the XY plane and
internal to the geometry.
• horizontal internal transversal: The blade processes the surface parallel to the
XY plane and internal to the geometry. Unlike the horizontal internal type, the
machining path is perpendicular to the plane of the blade that works with the side.
Note: Transversal machinings are also called diagonal displacements.

1022
 11 Machining and kit properties

11.10.2.1 Normal and normal transversal type machining

In these types of finish the blade works vertically; in 'Normal' oriented in the same direction
as the path while in 'Normal transversal' perpendicular to the path.

Fig. 11.70: Normal surface finish

Fig. 11.71: Normal Transversal Surface Finish

1023
EasySTONE manual

The parameters of 'Normal' and 'Normal transversal' surface finish are grouped into five
sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: this parameter define the type of 3-axis surface finish with Blade type tool.
The types are:

Types of surface finishing with Blade in Machine mode

• normal: The blade works vertically following the machining path oriented in
the same direction.

1024
 11 Machining and kit properties

Normal Surface Finish

• normal transversal: The blade works vertically following the perpendicularly
oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its side.

Normal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal step: The blade works horizontally following the machining path
oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Step Surface Finish

1025
EasySTONE manual

• horizontal transversal: The blade works horizontally following the

perpendicularly oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its
side.

Horizontal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal spiral: The blade works horizontally following a spiral machining
path oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Spiral Surface Finish

• horizontal internal: The blade works horizontally and internally the geometry
oriented in the same direction as the path.

1026
 11 Machining and kit properties

Horizontal Internal Surface Finish

• horizontal internal transversal: The blade works horizontally and internally
the geometry oriented perpendicularly to the machining path and then working
transversally with its side.

Horizontal Internal Transversal Surface Finish

Note: Transversal processes are also called diagonal displacements

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

1027
EasySTONE manual

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

1028
 11 Machining and kit properties

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the shroud
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.
Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

1029
EasySTONE manual

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.

1030
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SICUREZZE

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

1031
EasySTONE manual

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:

1032
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be
machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.

1033
EasySTONE manual

◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in

the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

1034
 11 Machining and kit properties

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.72

Fig. 11.72: Normal/Transversal Surface Finishing Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area
Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.
Angle: This parameter allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The
angle is measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

1035
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out Length: This parameter defines the length that the tool must travel in lead-
in/lead-out in addition to every single run when the machining has Movement equal
to Zigzag.

Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at the end of
each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).
Application Points: This parameter allows you to choose if the blade has to approach
of its Contact points.

Direction: This parameter defines the working position of the tool. In the Graphic area
the arrow indicates the direction in which the tool is mounted.

The possible directions are:

• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.

• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front side.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• Local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,

1036
 11 Machining and kit properties

while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by which
it is rotated around the Z axis.

Only in Machine mode we find three more options:

• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting this option the
tool will have the same orientation as the visual perspective of the operator.
Lead-in Extension: This control allows you to define an additional initial stretch with
respect to the working path. The possible types of lead-in extension are:
• None
• Tangent Line
• Tangent arc

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1

1037
EasySTONE manual

◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.

It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

1038
 11 Machining and kit properties

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.
: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

1039
EasySTONE manual

11.10.2.2 Horizontal step and horizontal transversal type finishing

In these types of finishing the blade works the surface (Geometry) remaining parallel to
the XY plane; in 'Step' oriented in the same direction as the path while in 'Transversal'
perpendicular to the path.

Fig. 11.73: Horizontal Step Surface Finish

Fig. 11.74: Horizontal Transversal Surface Finish

The parameters 'Horizontal Step' and 'Horizontal transversal' surface finish are grouped into
five sections:
• Properties

1040
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: this parameter define the type of 3-axis surface finish with Blade type tool.
The types are:

Types of surface finishing with Blade in Machine mode

• normal: The blade works vertically following the machining path oriented in
the same direction.

Normal Surface Finish

1041
EasySTONE manual

• normal transversal: The blade works vertically following the perpendicularly

oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its side.

Normal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal step: The blade works horizontally following the machining path
oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Step Surface Finish

• horizontal transversal: The blade works horizontally following the
perpendicularly oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its
side.

1042
 11 Machining and kit properties

Horizontal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal spiral: The blade works horizontally following a spiral machining
path oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Spiral Surface Finish

• horizontal internal: The blade works horizontally and internally the geometry
oriented in the same direction as the path.

Horizontal Internal Surface Finish

1043
EasySTONE manual

• horizontal internal transversal: The blade works horizontally and internally

the geometry oriented perpendicularly to the machining path and then working
transversally with its side.

Horizontal Internal Transversal Surface Finish

Note: Transversal processes are also called diagonal displacements

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way

1044
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

1045
EasySTONE manual

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the shroud
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.
Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

1046
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

1047
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

1048
 11 Machining and kit properties

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be
machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.

1049
EasySTONE manual

This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.

1050
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.75

Fig. 11.75: Horizontal Step/Transversal Surface Finish Kit - left in the tool database and
right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

1051
EasySTONE manual

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.
Direction: This parameter is used in the machining calculation when the parameter
Working side is set to All, and makes it possible to define the direction in which the tool
moves along the machining path. The possible options are:
• Clockwise: the tool moves clockwise.
• Counterclockwise: the tool moves counterclockwise.
Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).

Lead-out Length: This parameter defines the length that the tool must travel in lead-
in/lead-out in addition to every single run when the machining has Movement equal
to Zigzag.

Start angle: This parameter is active only if Working side is set to All and allows you to
define the width of the angle at which to position the point where the machining starts.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

Lead-in Extension: This control allows you to define an additional initial stretch with
respect to the working path. The possible types of lead-in extension are:
• None
• Tangent Line
• Tangent arc

1052
 11 Machining and kit properties

LeadIn/LeadOut:
this control allows you to set the Leadin/LeadOut from the piece and the
connection between the passes.

LeadIn/LeadOut

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2,
Lead-in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface
directly. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the
mill. The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.

1053
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then

perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction
of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length
is Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in
length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

1054
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length,
Connection length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional

movement. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z
direction. The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the
axis of the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving
perpendicularly to the machining path. The Connection length parameter
is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the
machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to
the machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are
active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent
to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch)
and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.

1055
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the

machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the
mill. The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular
to the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection
length and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and
Y are active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out
length 2 and Lead-out length 3.

1056
 11 Machining and kit properties

The types of lead-out are:

• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after
machining. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.

1057
EasySTONE manual

• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length

and Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-
out length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.

Work side: allows to define the side to be worked between front, back, right, left and
all.

Work side

The four arrows allow tou to work only one specific side of the piece, while the button
with the arrow clockwise to work all sides 8 with concentric circular passes ).
Path: Allows you to select a path in the Graphic Area to be used as a guide line for
machining.

1058
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.47: Path

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.

1059
EasySTONE manual

The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.

1060
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.2.3 Horizontal spiral type finishing

In this type of finish the blade works the surface (Geometry) remaining parallel to the XY
plane following a 'Spiral' path.

1061
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.76: Horizontal Spiral surface finish

The parameters of 'Horizontal Spiral' surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: this parameter define the type of 3-axis surface finish with Blade type tool.
The types are:

1062
 11 Machining and kit properties

Types of surface finishing with Blade in Machine mode

• normal: The blade works vertically following the machining path oriented in
the same direction.

Normal Surface Finish

• normal transversal: The blade works vertically following the perpendicularly
oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its side.

1063
EasySTONE manual

Normal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal step: The blade works horizontally following the machining path
oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Step Surface Finish

• horizontal transversal: The blade works horizontally following the
perpendicularly oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its
side.

Horizontal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal spiral: The blade works horizontally following a spiral machining
path oriented in the same direction.

1064
 11 Machining and kit properties

Horizontal Spiral Surface Finish

• horizontal internal: The blade works horizontally and internally the geometry
oriented in the same direction as the path.

Horizontal Internal Surface Finish

• horizontal internal transversal: The blade works horizontally and internally
the geometry oriented perpendicularly to the machining path and then working
transversally with its side.

1065
EasySTONE manual

Horizontal Internal Transversal Surface Finish

Note: Transversal processes are also called diagonal displacements

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized

1066
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to

which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

1067
EasySTONE manual

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the shroud
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.
Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:

1068
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.

1069
EasySTONE manual

Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.

1070
 11 Machining and kit properties

• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be
machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

1071
EasySTONE manual

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.

1072
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.77

Fig. 11.77: Horizontal Spiral Surface Finish Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

1073
EasySTONE manual

Direction: This parameter is used in the machining calculation when the parameter
Working side is set to All, and makes it possible to define the direction in which the tool
moves along the machining path. The possible options are:
• Clockwise: the tool moves clockwise.
• Counterclockwise: the tool moves counterclockwise.
Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).

Angle range: Setting an Initial Angle and a Final Angle makes it possible to define the
section of surface to be machined.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.10.2.4 Horizontal internal and horizontal transversal internal type finishing

In these types of finishing the blade works the surface (Geometry) internally, remaining
parallel to the XY plane; in 'Horizontal Internal' oriented in the same direction as the path
while in 'Horizontal Internal Transversal' perpendicular to the path.

1074
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.78: Horizontal Internal Surface Finish

Fig. 11.79: Horizontal Internal Transversal Surface Finish

The parameters 'Horizontal internal' and 'Horizontal Internal Transversal' surface finish are
grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool

1075
EasySTONE manual

• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: this parameter define the type of 3-axis surface finish with Blade type tool.
The types are:

Types of surface finishing with Blade in Machine mode

• normal: The blade works vertically following the machining path oriented in
the same direction.

Normal Surface Finish

• normal transversal: The blade works vertically following the perpendicularly
oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its side.

1076
 11 Machining and kit properties

Normal Transversal Surface Finish

• horizontal step: The blade works horizontally following the machining path
oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Step Surface Finish

• horizontal transversal: The blade works horizontally following the
perpendicularly oriented machining path, thus working transversally with its
side.

Horizontal Transversal Surface Finish

1077
EasySTONE manual

• horizontal spiral: The blade works horizontally following a spiral machining

path oriented in the same direction.

Horizontal Spiral Surface Finish

• horizontal internal: The blade works horizontally and internally the geometry
oriented in the same direction as the path.

Horizontal Internal Surface Finish

• horizontal internal transversal: The blade works horizontally and internally
the geometry oriented perpendicularly to the machining path and then working
transversally with its side.

1078
 11 Machining and kit properties

Horizontal Internal Transversal Surface Finish

Note: Transversal processes are also called diagonal displacements

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized

1079
EasySTONE manual

• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to

which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

1080
 11 Machining and kit properties

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the shroud
during machining. There are these possibilities:
• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.
Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:

1081
EasySTONE manual

• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.

1082
 11 Machining and kit properties

Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

1083
EasySTONE manual

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• XY overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XY axes) to be left in excess on the surface to be
machined.
• Z overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of material
(measured on the Z axis) to be left in excess on the surface to be machined.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.

1084
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.

1085
EasySTONE manual

◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.80

Fig. 11.80: Horizontal Internal/Internal Transversal Surface Finishing Kit - left in the tool
database and right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

1086
 11 Machining and kit properties

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• ZigZag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing one run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.
• OneWay: The tool always moves in the same direction performing after each
pass a rise in to the safety Z and then sinking to the next run.
Direction: This parameter is used in the machining calculation when the parameter
Working side is set to All, and makes it possible to define the direction in which the tool
moves along the machining path. The possible options are:
• Clockwise: the tool moves clockwise.
• Counterclockwise: the tool moves counterclockwise.
Direction: Defines the end of the machining path from which the tool must start, can
be from above (maximum Y coordinate) or from below (minimum Y coordinate).

Lead-out Length: This parameter defines the length that the tool must travel in lead-
in/lead-out in addition to every single run when the machining has Movement equal
to Zigzag.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.

LeadIn/LeadOut:
this control allowa you to set the Leadin/LeadOut from the piecce and
the connection betweeb the passes.

1087
EasySTONE manual

LeadIn/LeadOut

Fig. 11.81: LeadIn/LeadOut

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2,
Lead-in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface
directly. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the
mill. The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.

1088
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then

perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction
of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length
is Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in
length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

1089
EasySTONE manual

Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length,
Connection length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional

movement. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z
direction. The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the
axis of the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving
perpendicularly to the machining path. The Connection length parameter
is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the
machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to
the machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are
active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent
to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch)
and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.

1090
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the

machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the
mill. The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular
to the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection
length and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and
Y are active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out
length 2 and Lead-out length 3.

1091
EasySTONE manual

The types of lead-out are:

• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after
machining. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.

1092
 11 Machining and kit properties

• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length

and Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-
out length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.

Starting angle: Defines the angle at which to position the machining start point.
Development angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
starting from the Starting angle, which identifies the portion of surface to be machined.

: This command allows you to change the machining starting point. If activated,
through the use of Reference Points select in the Graphic area the new starting point of
the machining path.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

1093
EasySTONE manual

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:

1094
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

1095
EasySTONE manual

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.11 5-axis finishing

The 5-axis surface finishing works directly on the surfaces of the part, finishing it. This type
of machining, slow but precise, eliminates the excess material that may have remained on
the part after a surface roughing.
There 5-axis surface finishing differs from the surface finishing for the number of axes (5)
interpolated during machining. This makes it possible to vary the inclination of the tool
during the whole process allowing it to work always in a direction perpendicular to the
surface, unlike the surface finish (3 axes) where the inclination can be modified before the
start of the processing but then remains fixed until the end.
The parameters of a 5-axis surface finishing vary according to the type of tool present in the
kit.
The types of tools that can be used to perform a surface finish are:
• routers (Ref. 11.11.1).
• blades (Ref. 11.11.2).
• polishing (Ref. 11.11.1)
• profiled (Ref. 11.11.1)
• bevelling (Ref. 11.11.1)
Note: In Machining mode the 5-axis surface finishes with tools such as routers, polishers,
profiled and bevelling are equivalent and have the same properties, while the 5-axis surface
finishing with blade has different properties.

1096
 11 Machining and kit properties

11.11.1 5-axis finishing with router

The 5-axis surface finish with router includes six types of machining:
• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
the surface construction. This type of machining is not present if the entity to be
processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path, finishing the surface.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path (usually
drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with parallel runs.
• Projectxy: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or paths)
already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Develop: the mill follows the development on the surface of a specified path (or
paths) (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a given path (or paths).

11.11.1.1 Flowline-type 5-axis finishing

In this type of finish, the machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
the construction of the surface (Geometry).

Note: This type is not available if the entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).

1097
EasySTONE manual

The parameters of flowline surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a mill type tool.
The types are:

Surface finish types 5-axis with mill in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface. This type of machining is not present if the
entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path projected on the variable Z
surface.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).

1098
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Development: The mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a specific path (or paths) (usually drawn over
the surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on
the Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:
• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.
• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as
well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the
tool.
• Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.
• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at
which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.
Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of
processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized

1099
EasySTONE manual

◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance between
two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of the
machining. EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as
constant as possible with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed. In
the event that using this maximum distance the segmentation is not correct, the
program automatically reduces this value so as to obtain a homogeneous distribution
of the vectors.

1100
 11 Machining and kit properties

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width
of the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check
criteria between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the
extraction movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows
the tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the
correction direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

1101
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.

1102
 11 Machining and kit properties

Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.

1103
EasySTONE manual

• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,

expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

1104
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

1105
EasySTONE manual

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that appears below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or with a double click on
the processing) as shown in the figure below.

FlowLine 5-axis Surface Finish Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length, Connection
length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

1106
 11 Machining and kit properties

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z direction.
The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the axis
of the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving perpendicularly
to the machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the
machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to the
machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are
active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the machining
path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection length
(defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular to
the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction)
are active.

1107
EasySTONE manual

• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection length

and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

Direction: This parameter allows you to define the surface machining direction
when Type is Flow Line. The possible options are:
• Longitudinal: The tool works along the longitudinal construction lines of the
surface.
• Transversal: The tool works along the transversal construction lines of the
surface.
• Long + Trans: The tool works the whole surface first following the
longitudinal construction lines and then the transversal ones.
• Trans + Long: The tool works the entire surface first following the transversal
construction lines and then the longitudinal ones.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• Zig Zag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing a run in
one direction and one in the opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction and orientation
performing a rising movement to the safety Z after each run and then going
down to the next run.
• one run: The tool performs only one run.

1108
 11 Machining and kit properties

Tool side: This parameter allows you to establish the working side of the tool with
respect to the calculated machining path.
The possible options are:
• center: The tool works with its center on the machining path.
• left: The tool works completely to the left of the machining path.
• right: The tool works completely to the right of the machining path.
• none: The working position of the tool is determined by EasySTONE.
Side offset: This value allows you to move the working position of the tool by a
distance referred to the Tool side.

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.

1109
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.

1110
 11 Machining and kit properties

• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.

1111
EasySTONE manual

• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Lead-in/lead-out
Directions: This section of parameters allows you to define the working conditions of
the tool during machining.
The group of parameters consists of:

• Tool direction: Defines the tool direction. The possible options are:
◦ perpendicular: The tool has a direction perpendicular to the surface
to be machined.

1112
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ alongside machining (*): The tool is parallel to the surface to be

machined. The possible solutions are:
▪ Alongside, standard dir.: The tool has the direction and
orientation of the machining path.
▪ Alongside, inverse dir.: The tool has the direction of the
machining path but the orientation is opposite.
▪ Alongside, other FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the machining path.
▪ Alongside, other inverse FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the path and opposite direction.
◦ passing through a point: The direction of the tool is the straight line
connecting the working point on the path with the point set in the
parameter point coordinates (X,Y,Z). The options To the point or From
the point establish the working direction of the tool. The set point is
indicated in the Graphic area with a red cross.
◦ passing through curves: The direction of the tool is the straight
stretch connecting the work point on the path with the point closest to
it on the set path. The possibilities To the curves or From the curves
establish the working direction of the tool.
◦ fixed direction: The tool has a direction defined by the Angles Z and
X, Y. The direction can vary by an angle defined by the parameter
angular deviation in order to remain as perpendicular as possible to
the surface.
(*) Note: In the processing of 5-axis finish of the types pocketing, projection,
development and
follow the path the option side machining is not present.

If the Tool direction is on perpendicular or working alongside:

• Type forward: Defines the axis and the inclination direction of the tool.
• Forward: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Type
forward.
• Bending type: Defines the axis and the direction of the inclination of the tool
with respect to the perpendicular of the machining path.

1113
EasySTONE manual

• Bending: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Bending

type.
If the Tool direction is on passing through a point:
• X,Y,Z: are the coordinates of the point through which the tool axis passes
during machining, i.e. the point that together with the point on the machining
path defines its direction.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
point is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
point is present.
If the Tool direction is on run through curves:
• Path: it is the path whose points are taken as a reference to determine the
movement of the tool.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
path is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
path is present.

If the Tool direction is on fixed direction:

• Z angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool on the XY plane.
• Angular deviation: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle that
the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to define the tool inclination range:
• Minimum angular dev.: Defines the minimum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
• Maximum angular dev.: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to force the tool working axis:
• Force tool perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the direction
of the tool perpendicular to the set axis.

1114
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Force tool parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of the
tool parallel to the set axis.
Note: In the controls where it is possible to choose a reference axis, it is possible to
always specify an axis on the Global plane (red arrows) or an axis on the Local plane
of the geometry to be machined (blue arrows).

Fig. 11.82: Tool directions in Machining mode

Division: This control allows you to divide the surface into two sections processed
separately according to the criteria set by the parameter Direction.
The possible types are:

Full: The surface is not divided

Longitudinal incoming: The surface is divided longitudinally into two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with
direction towards the center of the surface.

1115
EasySTONE manual

Longitudinal outgoing. The surface is divided longitudinally in to two

parts, each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the
surface with direction towards the outer edge.

Transversal incoming. The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the outer edge with direction
towards the center of the surface.

Transversal outgoing: The surface is divided transversely into two parts,

each of which is machined by the tool starting from the center of the surface
with direction towards the external edge.

Start: This parameter allows you to define the starting point of the machining. The
possible options are:
• Max long, Max trans
• Min long, Max trans
• Max long, Min trans
• Min long, Min trans
Depending on how the Flow Line of the surface was created, the starting point of the
machining will be:
• top right end.
• top left end.
• lower right end.
• lower left end.

Machining start point in the advanced properties in machining mode

Min/Max as percentages: This control specifies whether the dimensions of the area
to be machined must be expressed as a percentage (or mm/in) of the complete surface.
Minimum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface longitudinally.

1116
 11 Machining and kit properties

Maximum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends longitudinally.

Minimum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
from which to start machining the surface transversely.

Maximum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the position
at which the surface machining ends transversely.

Fig. 11.83: Definition of the area to be machined in the advanced properties of the Kit
in Machine mode

Note: In Machining mode you can specify these measurements by clicking on the L
and T boxes and then on a Reference Point (ref. 9.3) in the Graphic Area.

this control allows you to define the limits L and T graphically.

When opening, activate the limit control Longitudinal or Transversal, then to set the
end 1 or 2 select it and (holding down the left mouse button) drag it to the desired
position, alternatively you can click with the left mouse button at the desired point. In
the same way it is possible to change the starting point of the machining and possibly
insert an overlap of the machining path.

Note: in the Graphic Area, in order to facilitate the positioning of the ends 1 and 2, it
is possible to rotate the view of the part by moving the mouse after simultaneously
pressing the Shift (or Ctrl) key and the mouse wheel.

1117
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.84: Interactive Control in Machining mode

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.

1118
 11 Machining and kit properties

The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The
procedure to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.

1119
EasySTONE manual

◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving
the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.11.1.2 Pocketing-type 5-axis finishing

In this type of finish, the mill follows a pocketing path, finishing the surface (Geometry).

1120
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.85: Pocketing-type 5-axis finishing

The parameters of pocketing surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a mill type tool.
The types are:

1121
EasySTONE manual

Surface finish types 5-axis with mill in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface. This type of machining is not present if the
entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path projected on the variable Z
surface.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Development: The mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a specific path (or paths) (usually drawn over
the surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on
the Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:
• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

1122
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the
tool.
• Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.
• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at
which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection
of the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an
Increment different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

1123
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance between
two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of the
machining. EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as
constant as possible with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed. In
the event that using this maximum distance the segmentation is not correct, the
program automatically reduces this value so as to obtain a homogeneous distribution
of the vectors.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width
of the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

1124
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check
criteria between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the
extraction movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows
the tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the
correction direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.

• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

1125
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the
part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not
perform the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

1126
 11 Machining and kit properties

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool

1127
EasySTONE manual

is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

1128
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,

the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED
The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the area
Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure

1129
EasySTONE manual

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Pocketing type: This parameter allows you to define the type of path that the
pocketing process must follow. The types of pocketing are:
• zigzag: The tool alternately performs a run in one direction and one in the
opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction performing a rise to the
safety Z before performing the next run.
• clockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a clockwise direction.
• counterclockwise spiral: The tool moves along a spiral path in a
counterclockwise direction.
• trochoidal (HSM): The tool moves along a path always in tangency.
• shave: The tool moves along a zigzag path in which the
machining runs are parallel to the side selected in the
control open sides.

Angle: This parameter is taken into account when the machining follows a zigzag or
one way path and allows you to define the inclination angle of the runs. The angle is
measured taking as Zero value the horizontal direction.

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

1130
 11 Machining and kit properties

Pocketing direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction and the
direction of the pocketing. The possible directions are:
• X+: The tool is oriented towards the right side.
• X-: The tool is oriented towards the left side.
• Y+: The tool is oriented towards the back side.
• Y-: The tool is oriented towards the front face.
• Z+: The tool is oriented towards the face above.
• Z-: The tool is oriented towards the face below.
• local Z: The tool is oriented in position Z + referred to the plane of the layer
to which the surface to be machined belongs.
• 2 angles (z, xy): The tool is oriented following the direction defined by two
angles: the first determines the angle of inclination of the Z axis of the tool,
while the second indicates the position on the XY plane, i.e. the angle by
which it is rotated around the Z axis.
Only in machining we find three other options:
• from plane: The tool is oriented in the local Z of the layer selected by the
control .
• perpendicular to surface: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the surface
following the selection of one of its points.
• from current view: The tool is positioned perpendicular to the current view,
therefore turning the view of the part as desired and selecting
Directions: This section of parameters allows you to define the working conditions of
the tool during machining.
The group of parameters consists of:

• Tool direction: Defines the tool direction. The possible options are:
◦ perpendicular: The tool has a direction perpendicular to the surface
to be machined.
◦ alongside machining (*): The tool is parallel to the surface to be
machined. The possible solutions are:
▪ Alongside, standard dir.: The tool has the direction and
orientation of the machining path.
▪ Alongside, inverse dir.: The tool has the direction of the
machining path but the orientation is opposite.

1131
EasySTONE manual

▪ Alongside, other FlowLine: The tool has a direction

perpendicular to the machining path.
▪ Alongside, other inverse FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the path and opposite direction.
◦ passing through a point: The direction of the tool is the straight line
connecting the working point on the path with the point set in the
parameter point coordinates (X,Y,Z). The options To the point or From
the point establish the working direction of the tool. The set point is
indicated in the Graphic area with a red cross.
◦ passing through curves: The direction of the tool is the straight
stretch connecting the work point on the path with the point closest to
it on the set path. The possibilities To the curves or From the curves
establish the working direction of the tool.
◦ fixed direction: The tool has a direction defined by the Angles Z and
X, Y. The direction can vary by an angle defined by the parameter
angular deviation in order to remain as perpendicular as possible to
the surface.
(*) Note: In the processing of 5-axis finish of the types pocketing, projection,
development and
follow the path the option side machining is not present.

If the Tool direction is on perpendicular or working alongside:

• Type forward: Defines the axis and the inclination direction of the tool.
• Forward: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Type
forward.
• Bending type: Defines the axis and the direction of the inclination of the tool
with respect to the perpendicular of the machining path.
• Bending: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Bending
type.
If the Tool direction is on passing through a point:
• X,Y,Z: are the coordinates of the point through which the tool axis passes
during machining, i.e. the point that together with the point on the machining
path defines its direction.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.

1132
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
point is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
point is present.
If the Tool direction is on run through curves:
• Path: it is the path whose points are taken as a reference to determine the
movement of the tool.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
path is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
path is present.

If the Tool direction is on fixed direction:

• Z angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool on the XY plane.
• Angular deviation: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle that
the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to define the tool inclination range:
• Minimum angular dev.: Defines the minimum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
• Maximum angular dev.: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to force the tool working axis:
• Force tool perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the direction
of the tool perpendicular to the set axis.
• Force tool parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of the
tool parallel to the set axis.
Note: In the controls where it is possible to choose a reference axis, it is possible to
always specify an axis on the Global plane (red arrows) or an axis on the Local plane
of the geometry to be machined (blue arrows).

1133
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.86: Tool directions in Machining mode

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.

1134
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The
procedure to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

1135
EasySTONE manual

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

1136
 11 Machining and kit properties

11.11.1.3 Scallop-type 5-axis finishing

In this type of finish the mill follows the projection on the surface (Geometry) of a specified
path completing the rest of the surface with parallel runs (Runs Distance).

The parameters of the Scallop surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a mill type tool.
The types are:

1137
EasySTONE manual

Surface finish types 5-axis with mill in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface. This type of machining is not present if the
entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path projected on the variable Z
surface.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Development: The mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a specific path (or paths) (usually drawn over
the surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on
the Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:
• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

1138
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the
tool.
• Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.
• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at
which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection
of the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an
Increment different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

1139
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance between
two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of the
machining. EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as
constant as possible with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed. In
the event that using this maximum distance the segmentation is not correct, the
program automatically reduces this value so as to obtain a homogeneous distribution
of the vectors.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width
of the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

1140
 11 Machining and kit properties

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check
criteria between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the
extraction movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows
the tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the
correction direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.

• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

1141
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the
part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not
perform the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

1142
 11 Machining and kit properties

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool

1143
EasySTONE manual

is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

1144
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED
The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that appears below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or with a double click on the
processing) as shown in the figure 11.63

1145
EasySTONE manual

Scallop-type Surface Finishing Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length, Connection
length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional movement.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z direction.
The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the axis
of the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving perpendicularly
to the machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the
machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to the
machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters

1146
 11 Machining and kit properties

Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection
length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are
active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the machining
path and then along the Z direction. The parameters Connection length
(defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular
stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular to
the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction)
are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection length
and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

1147
EasySTONE manual

Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

Direction: This parameter allows you to define the surface machining direction
when Type is Flow Line. The possible options are:
• Longitudinal: The tool works along the longitudinal construction lines of the
surface.
• Transversal: The tool works along the transversal construction lines of the
surface.
• Long + Trans: The tool works the whole surface first following the
longitudinal construction lines and then the transversal ones.
• Trans + Long: The tool works the entire surface first following the transversal
construction lines and then the longitudinal ones.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• Zig Zag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing a run in
one direction and one in the opposite one.
• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction and orientation
performing a rising movement to the safety Z after each run and then going
down to the next run.
• one run: The tool performs only one run.
Tool side: This parameter allows you to establish the working side of the tool with
respect to the calculated machining path.
The possible options are:
• center: The tool works with its center on the machining path.
• left: The tool works completely to the left of the machining path.
• right: The tool works completely to the right of the machining path.
• none: The working position of the tool is determined by EasySTONE.
Side offset: This value allows you to move the working position of the tool by a
distance referred to the Tool side.

1148
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length

1149
EasySTONE manual

(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the

1150
 11 Machining and kit properties

length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

1151
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Fig. 11.87: Lead-In/Lead-Out

Directions: This section of parameters allows you to define the working conditions of
the tool during machining.
The group of parameters consists of:

• Tool direction: Defines the tool direction. The possible options are:
◦ perpendicular: The tool has a direction perpendicular to the surface
to be machined.
◦ alongside machining (*): The tool is parallel to the surface to be
machined. The possible solutions are:
▪ Alongside, standard dir.: The tool has the direction and
orientation of the machining path.
▪ Alongside, inverse dir.: The tool has the direction of the
machining path but the orientation is opposite.

1152
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ Alongside, other FlowLine: The tool has a direction

perpendicular to the machining path.
▪ Alongside, other inverse FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the path and opposite direction.
◦ passing through a point: The direction of the tool is the straight line
connecting the working point on the path with the point set in the
parameter point coordinates (X,Y,Z). The options To the point or From
the point establish the working direction of the tool. The set point is
indicated in the Graphic area with a red cross.
◦ passing through curves: The direction of the tool is the straight
stretch connecting the work point on the path with the point closest to
it on the set path. The possibilities To the curves or From the curves
establish the working direction of the tool.
◦ fixed direction: The tool has a direction defined by the Angles Z and
X, Y. The direction can vary by an angle defined by the parameter
angular deviation in order to remain as perpendicular as possible to
the surface.
(*) Note: In the processing of 5-axis finish of the types pocketing, projection,
development and
follow the path the option side machining is not present.

If the Tool direction is on perpendicular or working alongside:

• Type forward: Defines the axis and the inclination direction of the tool.
• Forward: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Type
forward.
• Bending type: Defines the axis and the direction of the inclination of the tool
with respect to the perpendicular of the machining path.
• Bending: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Bending
type.
If the Tool direction is on passing through a point:
• X,Y,Z: are the coordinates of the point through which the tool axis passes
during machining, i.e. the point that together with the point on the machining
path defines its direction.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.

1153
EasySTONE manual

◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
point is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
point is present.
If the Tool direction is on run through curves:
• Path: it is the path whose points are taken as a reference to determine the
movement of the tool.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
path is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
path is present.

If the Tool direction is on fixed direction:

• Z angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool on the XY plane.
• Angular deviation: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle that
the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to define the tool inclination range:
• Minimum angular dev.: Defines the minimum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
• Maximum angular dev.: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to force the tool working axis:
• Force tool perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the direction
of the tool perpendicular to the set axis.
• Force tool parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of the
tool parallel to the set axis.
Note: In the controls where it is possible to choose a reference axis, it is possible to
always specify an axis on the Global plane (red arrows) or an axis on the Local plane
of the geometry to be machined (blue arrows).

1154
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.88:

Tool directions in Machining mode

Minimum longitudinal: The percentage from which the tool starts to process the
surface longitudinally.

Maximum longitudinal: The percentage at which the tool finishes processing the
surface longitudinally.

Contact point: Identifies which point of the tool works in contact with the raw part. If
the parameter is YES the tool center and the contact point coincide, otherwise the tool
center and the contact point do not coincide.

1155
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.89: Percentage of minimum and maximum work area and type of tool contact

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.

1156
 11 Machining and kit properties

It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.

The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The
procedure to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

1157
EasySTONE manual

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.
: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving
the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.11.1.4 Projection-type 5-axis finishing

In this type of finish the mill processes the surface (Geometry) following the projection on
the surface of a specified path (or paths).

1158
 11 Machining and kit properties

The parameters of the Projection surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a mill type tool.
The types are:

1159
EasySTONE manual

Surface finish types 5-axis with mill in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface. This type of machining is not present if the
entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path projected on the variable Z
surface.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with
parallel runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Development: The mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a specific path (or paths) (usually drawn over
the surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on
the Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:
• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

1160
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the
tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at
which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of
processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

1161
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance between
two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of the
machining. EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as
constant as possible with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed. In
the event that using this maximum distance the segmentation is not correct, the
program automatically reduces this value so as to obtain a homogeneous distribution
of the vectors.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width
of the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

1162
 11 Machining and kit properties

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check
criteria between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the
extraction movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows
the tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the
correction direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

1163
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the
part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not
perform the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

1164
 11 Machining and kit properties

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

1165
EasySTONE manual

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.

1166
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure

1167
EasySTONE manual

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

Z projection: This parameter defines the type of projection in Z of the path (or paths)
on the surface. The possible options are:
• Ignore Z: The path is projected along the direction defined by the parameter
Projection direction and without considering its variations in Z.
• Local Z: The path is projected along the direction defined by the parameter
Projection direction and with depth equal to its variations in Z.
• Perpendicular: The path is projected along the direction perpendicular to the
surface and with depth equal to its variations in Z.

Projection direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction along which
the path is projected onto the surface.

1168
 11 Machining and kit properties

Le possibili scelte sono:

• X+: the path is projected along the direction X in a positive direction.

• X-: the path is projected along the direction X in a negative direction.
• Y+: the path is projected along the direction Y in a positive direction.
• Y-: the path is projected along the direction Y in a negative direction.
• Z+: the path is projected along the direction Z in a positive direction.
• Z-: the path is projected along the direction Z in a negative direction.
• local z: the path is projected along the direction Z that path..
• 2 angles: the path is projected along the direction defined by two angles,
one relative Z and the other to XY (XY plane rotate around Z axis).
• from plane: the path is projected along the Z direction of the plane
selected by the control .
• perpendicular to the surface: the path is projected along the direction
perpendicular to the surface and passing through a point selected on it in
the Graphic Area.
• from current view: The path is projected along the direction
perpendicular to the current view of the part in the Graphic Area.
Directions: This section of parameters allows you to define the working
conditions of the tool during machining.
The group of parameters consists of:

• Tool direction: Defines the tool direction. The possible options are:
◦ perpendicular: The tool has a direction perpendicular to the
surface to be machined.
◦ alongside machining (*): The tool is parallel to the surface to be
machined. The possible solutions are:
▪ Alongside, standard dir.: The tool has the direction and
orientation of the machining path.
▪ Alongside, inverse dir.: The tool has the direction of the
machining path but the orientation is opposite.
▪ Alongside, other FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the machining path.

1169
EasySTONE manual

▪ Alongside, other inverse FlowLine: The tool has a

direction perpendicular to the path and opposite
direction.
◦ passing through a point: The direction of the tool is the straight
line connecting the working point on the path with the point set
in the parameter point coordinates (X,Y,Z). The options To the
point or From the point establish the working direction of the
tool. The set point is indicated in the Graphic area with a red
cross.
◦ passing through curves: The direction of the tool is the straight
stretch connecting the work point on the path with the point
closest to it on the set path. The possibilities To the curves or
From the curves establish the working direction of the tool.
◦ fixed direction: The tool has a direction defined by the Angles Z
and X, Y. The direction can vary by an angle defined by the
parameter angular deviation in order to remain as perpendicular
as possible to the surface.
(*) Note: In the processing of 5-axis finish of the types pocketing, projection,
development and
follow the path the option side machining is not present.

If the Tool direction is on perpendicular or working alongside:

• Type forward: Defines the axis and the inclination direction of the tool.
• Forward: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Type
forward.
• Bending type: Defines the axis and the direction of the inclination of the
tool with respect to the perpendicular of the machining path.
• Bending: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to
Bending type.
If the Tool direction is on passing through a point:
• X,Y,Z: are the coordinates of the point through which the tool axis passes
during machining, i.e. the point that together with the point on the
machining path defines its direction.

1170
 11 Machining and kit properties

• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the
tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which
the point is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where
the point is present.
If the Tool direction is on run through curves:
• Path: it is the path whose points are taken as a reference to determine the
movement of the tool.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the
tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which
the path is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where
the path is present.

If the Tool direction is on fixed direction:

• Z angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool on the XY plane.
• Angular deviation: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to define the tool inclination range:
• Minimum angular dev.: Defines the minimum value of the inclination
angle that the tool cannot exceed.
• Maximum angular dev.: Defines the maximum value of the inclination
angle that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to force the tool working axis:
• Force tool perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the
direction of the tool perpendicular to the set axis.
• Force tool parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of
the tool parallel to the set axis.
Note: In the controls where it is possible to choose a reference axis, it is possible
to always specify an axis on the Global plane (red arrows) or an axis on the Local
plane of the geometry to be machined (blue arrows).

1171
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.90: Tool direction in Machining mode

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of
the part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/
projected on the surface. Once the command has been
activated, EasySTONE displays a report of the path with the type of entities that
compose it. To change the path, simply select/deselect the entities in the Graphic
Area.

1172
 11 Machining and kit properties

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside
the contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from
the contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or
negative value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form
a correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect
Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is

considered in any case to define the working area of the tool.

1173
EasySTONE manual

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The
procedure to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate
180 degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside
the contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the
Graphic area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

1174
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.11.1.5 Development-type 5-axis finishing

In this type of finish the mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) specified using two sync points.

1175
EasySTONE manual

The following images show the differences between a projection (11.91) and a development
(11.92) machining.

Fig. 11.91: Projection machining

1176
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.92: Development machining

The parameters of the Development surface finish are grouped into five sections:

• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a mill type tool. The
types are:

1177
EasySTONE manual

Surface finish types 5-axis with mill in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface. This type of machining is not present if the
entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path projected on the variable Z
surface.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with parallel
runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Development: The mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a specific path (or paths) (usually drawn over
the surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:

• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.

1178
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as

well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Perform rises: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run.

• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of

processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.

1179
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance between
two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of the machining.
EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as constant as possible
with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed. In the event that using this
maximum distance the segmentation is not correct, the program automatically reduces
this value so as to obtain a homogeneous distribution of the vectors.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

1180
 11 Machining and kit properties

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

1181
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

1182
 11 Machining and kit properties

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

1183
EasySTONE manual

• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity

of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.

1184
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that appears below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or with a double click on
the processing) as shown in the figure

1185
EasySTONE manual

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

Path sync: This parameter allows you to define a point on the path to be developed
that corresponds exactly with the one selected on the surface, defined in the parameter
surface synchronism.

Surface synchronism: This parameter allows you to define a point on the path that
corresponds exactly with the one selected on the path to be developed, defined in the
parameter path synchronism.

Z development: Indicates the behaviour to adopt in situations with paths having

variations in Z.

Behaviors can be:

• do not develop: the path is developed without considering the Z variations.

• perpendicular: The path is developed on the perpendicular of the surface.
Development Direction: This parameter allows you to define the direction along
which the path is developed on the surface. In the Graphic Area the arrow indicates the
direction of the tool mounting.

The choices are :

• X+: the path is projected along the direction X in a positive direction.

• X-: the path is projected along the direction X in a negative direction.

1186
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Y+: the path is projected along the direction Y in a positive direction.

• Y-: the path is projected along the direction Y in a negative direction.
• Z+: the path is projected along the direction Z in a positive direction.
• Z-: the path is projected along the direction Z in a negative direction.
• local z: the path is projected along the direction Z that path..
• 2 angles: the path is projected along the direction defined by two angles, one
relative Z and the other to XY (XY plane rotate around Z axis).
• from plane: the path is projected along the Z direction of the plane selected by
the control .
• perpendicular to the surface: the path is projected along the direction
perpendicular to the surface and passing through a point selected on it in
the Graphic Area.
• from current view: The path is projected along the direction perpendicular to
the current view of the part in the Graphic Area.
Directions: This section of parameters allows you to define the working conditions of
the tool during machining.
The group of parameters consists of:

• Tool direction: Defines the tool direction. The possible options are:
◦ perpendicular: The tool has a direction perpendicular to the surface to
be machined.
◦ alongside machining (*): The tool is parallel to the surface to be
machined. The possible solutions are:
▪ Alongside, standard dir.: The tool has the direction and
orientation of the machining path.
▪ Alongside, inverse dir.: The tool has the direction of the
machining path but the orientation is opposite.
▪ Alongside, other FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the machining path.
▪ Alongside, other inverse FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the path and opposite direction.
◦ passing through a point: The direction of the tool is the straight line
connecting the working point on the path with the point set in the
parameter point coordinates (X,Y,Z). The options To the point or From

1187
EasySTONE manual

the point establish the working direction of the tool. The set point is
indicated in the Graphic area with a red cross.
◦ passing through curves: The direction of the tool is the straight stretch
connecting the work point on the path with the point closest to it on the
set path. The possibilities To the curves or From the curves establish
the working direction of the tool.
◦ fixed direction: The tool has a direction defined by the Angles Z and X,
Y. The direction can vary by an angle defined by the parameter angular
deviation in order to remain as perpendicular as possible to the surface.
(*) Note: In the processing of 5-axis finish of the types pocketing, projection,
development and
follow the path the option side machining is not present.

If the Tool direction is on perpendicular or working alongside:

• Type forward: Defines the axis and the inclination direction of the tool.
• Forward: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Type
forward.
• Bending type: Defines the axis and the direction of the inclination of the tool
with respect to the perpendicular of the machining path.
• Bending: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Bending
type.
If the Tool direction is on passing through a point:
• X,Y,Z: are the coordinates of the point through which the tool axis passes
during machining, i.e. the point that together with the point on the machining
path defines its direction.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
point is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
point is present.
If the Tool direction is on run through curves:
• Path: it is the path whose points are taken as a reference to determine the
movement of the tool.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.

1188
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
path is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
path is present.

If the Tool direction is on fixed direction:

• Z angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool on the XY plane.
• Angular deviation: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle that
the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to define the tool inclination range:
• Minimum angular dev.: Defines the minimum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
• Maximum angular dev.: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to force the tool working axis:
• Force tool perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of
the tool perpendicular to the set axis.
• Force tool parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of the
tool parallel to the set axis.
Note: In the controls where it is possible to choose a reference axis, it is possible to
always specify an axis on the Global plane (red arrows) or an axis on the Local plane
of the geometry to be machined (blue arrows).

1189
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.93: Tool direction in Machining mode

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

1190
 11 Machining and kit properties

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

1191
EasySTONE manual

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

1192
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.11.1.6 Follow Path-type 5-axis finishing

In this type of finish the mill processes the surface (Geometry) following a specified path
(or paths).

1193
EasySTONE manual

The parameters of the Follow the path surface finish are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a mill type tool. The
types are:

1194
 11 Machining and kit properties

Surface finish types 5-axis with mill in Machine mode

• FlowLine: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface. This type of machining is not present if the
entity to be processed is an STL file (*.stl).
• Pocketing: The mill performs a pocketing path projected on the variable Z
surface.
• Scallop: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a specified path
(usually drawn over the surface) completing the rest of the surface with parallel
runs.
• Projection: The mill follows the projection onto the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Development: The mill follows the development on the surface of a path (or
paths) already specified (usually drawn over the surface).
• Follow path: The mill follows a specific path (or paths) (usually drawn over
the surface).
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:
• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.
• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as
well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.

1195
EasySTONE manual

• Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at

the end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.
• Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth
is measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
• Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level
at which the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to
calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

1196
 11 Machining and kit properties

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance between
two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of the machining.
EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as constant as possible
with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed. In the event that using this
maximum distance the segmentation is not correct, the program automatically reduces
this value so as to obtain a homogeneous distribution of the vectors.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Maximum descent angle: This parameter allows you to define the maximum width of
the angle with which the tool can work in descent, so as not to damage the tool.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining path
avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

1197
EasySTONE manual

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check criteria
between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the extraction
movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it follows the
tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows the correction
direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.
• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that the
tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the interference

check the tool length is considered to be greater than that specified in the Tool
database, in order to consider a larger footprint of the machine head.

SAFETY

1198
 11 Machining and kit properties

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

1199
EasySTONE manual

Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Pass distance (%): this parameter allows you to define the distance of the passes
following the first one when there are more cutters in the kit. It is expressed in a
percentage of that declared in the Pass Distance in the advanced processing
properties.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Longitudinal overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity
of material, expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part in a
longitudinal direction with respect to the tool (on the length of the tool).

1200
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.

1201
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component

with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure11.54

Fig. 11.94: Follow the path Surface Finishing Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

1202
 11 Machining and kit properties

Directions: This section of parameters allows you to define the working conditions of
the tool during machining.
The group of parameters consists of:

• Tool direction: Defines the tool direction. The possible options are:
◦ perpendicular: The tool has a direction perpendicular to the surface to
be machined.
◦ alongside machining (*): The tool is parallel to the surface to be
machined. The possible solutions are:
▪ Alongside, standard dir.: The tool has the direction and
orientation of the machining path.
▪ Alongside, inverse dir.: The tool has the direction of the
machining path but the orientation is opposite.
▪ Alongside, other FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the machining path.
▪ Alongside, other inverse FlowLine: The tool has a direction
perpendicular to the path and opposite direction.
◦ passing through a point: The direction of the tool is the straight line
connecting the working point on the path with the point set in the
parameter point coordinates (X,Y,Z). The options To the point or From
the point establish the working direction of the tool. The set point is
indicated in the Graphic area with a red cross.
◦ passing through curves: The direction of the tool is the straight stretch
connecting the work point on the path with the point closest to it on the
set path. The possibilities To the curves or From the curves establish
the working direction of the tool.
◦ fixed direction: The tool has a direction defined by the Angles Z and X,
Y. The direction can vary by an angle defined by the parameter angular
deviation in order to remain as perpendicular as possible to the surface.
(*) Note: In the processing of 5-axis finish of the types pocketing, projection,
development and
follow the path the option side machining is not present.

If the Tool direction is on perpendicular or working alongside:

1203
EasySTONE manual

• Type forward: Defines the axis and the inclination direction of the tool.
• Forward: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Type
forward.
• Bending type: Defines the axis and the direction of the inclination of the tool
with respect to the perpendicular of the machining path.
• Bending: Defines an inclination angle of the tool with respect to Bending
type.
If the Tool direction is on passing through a point:
• X,Y,Z: are the coordinates of the point through which the tool axis passes
during machining, i.e. the point that together with the point on the machining
path defines its direction.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
point is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
point is present.
If the Tool direction is on run through curves:
• Path: it is the path whose points are taken as a reference to determine the
movement of the tool.
• The parameters From and Towards define the working direction of the tool.
◦ from: The tool processes the surface opposite to the one in which the
path is present.
◦ towards: The tool processes the surface on the same part where the
path is present.

If the Tool direction is on fixed direction:

• Z angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: Defines the angle of inclination of the tool on the XY plane.
• Angular deviation: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle that
the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to define the tool inclination range:
• Minimum angular dev.: Defines the minimum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.

1204
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Maximum angular dev.: Defines the maximum value of the inclination angle
that the tool cannot exceed.
This group of parameters allows you to force the tool working axis:
• Force tool perpendicular axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of
the tool perpendicular to the set axis.
• Force tool parallel axis: This option allows you to lock the direction of the
tool parallel to the set axis.
Note: In the controls where it is possible to choose a reference axis, it is possible to
always specify an axis on the Global plane (red arrows) or an axis on the Local plane
of the geometry to be machined (blue arrows).

Fig. 11.95: Tool direction in Machine mode

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

1205
EasySTONE manual

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).
◦ Activate the option Define contour 1
◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:

1206
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

1207
EasySTONE manual

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.
: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.11.2 5-axis finishing with blade

The 5-axis surface finish with blade includes two types of machining:
• normal: The blade works perpendicularly to the surface (Geometry) oriented in the
same direction as the path (Figure ).

1208
 11 Machining and kit properties

• transversal: The blade works perpendicularly to the surface (Geometry) but

oriented perpendicular to the path. This type of processing is also called diagonal
displacement (Figure ).

The parameters of 5-axis surface finish of the 'Normal' and 'Transversal' types are grouped
into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter defines the type of 5-axis surface finish with a blade type tool. The
types are:

1209
EasySTONE manual

5-axis surface finish types with blade in Machine mode

• Normal: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal) of
the construction of the surface.
• Transversal: The machining path follows the lines (longitudinal or transversal)
of the construction of the surface, but the tool is perpendicular to the path and
works with the side.
Note: In an STL file (*.stl) these types of machining can be applied only with the aid
of a support surface.
Z limits: This group of parameters allows you to limit the movement of the tool on the
Z axis. The group of parameters Z Limits is divided into:
• Limit type: This parameter specifies the direction of the tool axis on which to
set the limits. The directions are:
◦ global: The direction of the Z axis is taken as the reference axis.
◦ local: The direction of the tool during machining is taken as the
reference axis.
• Limit lead-ins/lead-outs: This option allows you to apply the limits in Z as
well as to the machining path also to the lead-in and lead-out stretch of the tool.
• Do rize in Z: By enabling this control the tool performs a rise to safety Z at
the end of each run when the Movement is equal to Zigzag.

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.
Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

1210
 11 Machining and kit properties

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length

1211
EasySTONE manual

• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when

Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Maximum points distance: it allows you to define the maximum distance

between two determined vectors for the calculation of the interpolation points of
the machining. EasySTONE will try to divide the machining path into segments as
constant as possible with the constraint of this maximum distance to be followed.
In the event that using this maximum distance the segmentation is not correct,
the program automatically reduces this value so as to obtain a homogeneous
distribution of the vectors.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e.
the maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the
part in complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the
part. If the value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Shroud rotation: This parameter determines the movement performed by the

shroud during machining. There are these possibilities:
• do not rotate: The shroud does not rotate during machining.
• rotate: The shroud rotates during machining.
• guard not present: The shroud is not mounted on the machine.

Optimize: This option, if active, allows the program to optimize the machining
path avoiding processing several times parts common to multiple paths.

Check Interference: This parameter allows you to establish the collision check
criteria between the tool and the remaining unprocessed surfaces specifying the
extraction movement of the tool. The types of extraction are:
• Standard: If the tool works vertically during the extraction phase, it
follows the tool direction (Tool Dir.) while working horizontally it follows
the correction direction (Correction Dir).
• None: The tool does not perform any extraction movements.
• Tool Dir.: The extraction takes place in the Tool Direction.
• Correction Dir : The extraction takes place in the Correction Direction.

1212
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Local Z: The tool extraction takes place in the layer local Z direction.
• Global Z : The tool extraction takes place in the global Z direction.
• Minimum Movement: The tool extraction takes place in the Tool Dir. or
Correction Dir. depending on which of the two values is lower.
• Max. Movement: This parameter specifies the maximum movement that
the tool can perform during the part extraction/lead-out phase.

• Tool extension: This control, if enabled, determines that in the

interference check the tool length is considered to be greater than that
specified in the Tool database, in order to consider a larger footprint of
the machine head.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Horizontal safety distance: Indicates the distance in horizontal (on the X and Y axes)
from the part delimiting the rapid movements both in lead-in and lead-out from the part.

1213
EasySTONE manual

Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Dist. additional horizontal (safety): Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

1214
 11 Machining and kit properties

• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Connections feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed assumed by
the tool in the connection stretches between one run and the other, expressed
in mm/min or in/min.
• First run feed: This parameter allows you to define the feed (mm/min or in/
min) of the tool during the first run.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.
• Overmaterial: this group of parameters allows defining the quantity of
material, expressed in mm or in, intentionally left in excess on the part.
Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock an axis of rotation
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the
tool head in the phase of approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
This group of parameters is not available in the case of machining performed with a
drilling tool from below.
The parameter group Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.

1215
EasySTONE manual

◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in

the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

1216
 11 Machining and kit properties

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that appears below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or with a double click on
the processing) as shown in the figure 11.96

Fig. 11.96: Five-axis Surface Finish with Blade - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Connection: This parameter defines the type of connection between the individual
runs, allowing to add a path defined by the parameters Connection length,
Connection length 2 and Connection length 3.

The connection types are:

1217
EasySTONE manual

• direct: The tool performs the connection without any additional

movement. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the connection by moving along the Z
direction. The parameter Connection length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the connection by moving along the
axis of the mill. The Connection length parameter is active.
• perpendicular: The tool performs the connection by moving
perpendicularly to the machining path. The Connection length parameter
is active.
• tangent: The tool performs the connection by moving tangent to the
machining path. The Connection length parameter is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A connection path is created, first tangent to
the machining path and then perpendicular to the surface. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) are
active.
• tangent + router direction: A connection path is created first tangent
to the machining path and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch)
and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A connection path is created first tangent to the
machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and
Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z
direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A connection path is created first
perpendicular to the machining path and then along the direction of the
mill. The parameters Connection length (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) and Connection length 2 (defines the length of the
stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A connection path is created first perpendicular
to the machining path and then along the Z direction. The parameters
Connection length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and

1218
 11 Machining and kit properties

Connection length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the Z

direction) are active.
• arched: An arc connection path is created. The parameters Connection
length and Connection length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and
Y are active.
• settable movement: A connection path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Connection length, Connection length 2,
Connection length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
Connection length: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.
Connection length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of connection
and allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of
connection chosen.

Direction: This parameter allows you to define the surface machining direction
when Type is Flow Line. The possible options are:
• Longitudinal: The tool works along the longitudinal construction lines of
the surface.
• Transversal: The tool works along the transversal construction lines of the
surface.
• Long + Trans: The tool works the whole surface first following the
longitudinal construction lines and then the transversal ones.
• Trans + Long: The tool works the entire surface first following the
transversal construction lines and then the longitudinal ones.
Movement: This parameter allows you to define the machining path. The types of
movement are:
• Zig Zag: The tool moves along a zigzag path, alternately performing a run
in one direction and one in the opposite one.

1219
EasySTONE manual

• one way: The tool moves always in the same direction and orientation
performing a rising movement to the safety Z after each run and then
going down to the next run.
• one run: The tool performs only one run.
Tool side: This parameter allows you to establish the working side of the tool
with respect to the calculated machining path.
The possible options are:
• center: The tool works with its center on the machining path.
• left: The tool works completely to the left of the machining path.
• right: The tool works completely to the right of the machining path.
• none: The working position of the tool is determined by EasySTONE.
Side offset: This value allows you to move the working position of the tool by a
distance referred to the Tool side.

Transmission side: This parameter (positive or negative) allows you to define the
position of the motor during machining.
This command allows modifying the direction of the tool with respect to the part
during machining. After activating the command, the program displays a window
in the Control panel showing all the parameters relating to the tool direction, i.e.:
• drop-down menu of machining directions: this parameter allows
defining the direction of the tool during machining. The possible choices
are:
◦ perpendicular: during machining the tool direction is
perpendicular to the surface to machine.
◦ side machining: during machining the tool direction is parallel to
the surface to machine.
◦ through a point: during machining the tool direction is a straight
line connecting the point of the machining path with the point set
in parameter . The set point is indicated in the graphics area by a
red cross .
◦ through curves: during machining the tool direction is the straight
line connecting the point it is machining on the path with the
nearest point on the set path.

1220
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ fixed direction: during machining the tool direction is defined

by two angles; it can vary by an angle defined by the angular
deviation parameter, in order to remain as perpendicular to the
surface as possible.
• torsion: this parameter is present only if the drop-down menu of
machining directions is set to perpendicular; it allows defining an angle
by which the tool is to be rotated with respect to the direction
perpendicular to the machining path.
• drop-down menu of tool directions: this parameter is present only if
the drop-down menu of machining directions is set to side machining; it
allows modifying the tool machining direction and movement, i.e.:
◦ standard direction: the tool keeps on the same direction and
movement as set in the Drop-down menu of directions, without
making any change.
◦ opposite direction: the tool keeps on the same direction but the
opposite way as set in the Drop-down menu of directions.
◦ other flowline: the tool direction is parallel to the path-
perpendicular flowlines.
◦ other opposite flowline: the tool direction is parallel to the path-
perpendicular flowlines and travels the opposite way than that of
the other flowline option.
• drop-down menu of tool way: this parameter is present only if the drop-
down menu of machining directions is set to through a point or through
curves; it allows defining the tool way as to the machining path. The
possible choices are:
◦ from: the tool starts machining the surface from the opposite side
than where the set point or path are present.
◦ to: the tool starts machining the surface from the side where the
set point or path are present.
• point coordinates: this parameter is present only if the drop-down menu
of machining directions is set to through a point; it allows defining the
coordinates of the point through which the tool axis runs during
machining, that is the point that defines the direction.

1221
EasySTONE manual

• Z angle: this parameter is present only if the drop-down menu of

machining directions is set to fixed direction; it allows defining the
inclination angle of the tool Z axis.
• XY angle: this parameter is present only if the drop-down menu of
machining directions is set to fixed direction; it allows defining the
inclination angle of the tool on the XY plane.
• angular deviation: this parameter is present only if the drop-down menu
of machining directions is set to fixed direction; it allows defining the
maximum angle by which to vary the tool direction.
• angular deviation: this group of parameters allows defining the tool
rotation interval; it subdivides into:
◦ minimum: this parameter allows defining the minimum angle of
tool inclination. A command is also available which, if selected,
enables setting the reference axis where the tool rotation interval
can be defined.
◦ maximum: this parameter allows defining the maximum angle of
tool inclination.
• axis-perpendicular tool force: when activated, this option allows
blocking the tool direction perpendicular to the set axis during machining.
• axis-parallel tool force: when activated, this option allows blocking the
tool direction parallel to the set axis during machining.
• axis-perpendicular motive power: when activated, this option allows
blocking the motor direction perpendicular to the set axis during
machining.
• axis-parallel motive power: when activated, this option allows blocking
the motor direction parallel to the set axis during machining.
• positive Z motive power: when activated, this option allows inclining the
tool by just keeping the motor over the tool; when this needs to be tilted
over the opposite side, it continues working horizontally.

1222
 11 Machining and kit properties

Tool direction in Machine mode

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2,
Lead-in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface
directly. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the
mill. The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.

1223
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the

surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-
in length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of
the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-in length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction
of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length
is Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in
length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

1224
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in
chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out
length 2 and Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after
machining. All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface.
The parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of
the perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface
and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines
the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length
of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill.
The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular

1225
EasySTONE manual

stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the
direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to
the surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length
and Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are
active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point
identified by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-
out length 3 which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The
parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-
out chosen.

1226
 11 Machining and kit properties

LeadIn/LeadOut

Start: This parameter allows you to define the starting point of the machining.
The possible options are:
• Max long, Max trans
• Min long, Max trans
• Max long, Min trans
• Min long, Min trans
Depending on how the Flow Line of the surface was created, the starting point of
the machining will be:
• top right end.
• top left end.
• lower right end.
• lower left end.

Machining start point in the advanced properties in machining mode

1227
EasySTONE manual

Min/Max as percentages: This control specifies whether the dimensions of the

area to be machined must be expressed as a percentage (or mm/in) of the
complete surface.
Minimum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the
position from which to start machining the surface longitudinally.

Maximum longitudinal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the

position at which the surface machining ends longitudinally.

Minimum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the

position from which to start machining the surface transversely.

Maximum transversal: This parameter defines (in percentage or mm/in) the

position at which the surface machining ends transversely.

Fig. 11.97: Machined area

Definition of the area to be machined in the advanced properties of the Kit in

Machining mode

Note: In Machining mode you can specify these measurements by clicking on the L and
T boxes and then on a Reference Point (ref. 9.3) in the Graphic Area.

this control allows you to define the limits L and T graphically.

When opening, activate the limit control Longitudinal or Transversal, then to set the
end 1 or 2 select it and (holding down the left mouse button) drag it to the desired
position, alternatively you can click with the left mouse button at the desired point. In

1228
 11 Machining and kit properties

the same way it is possible to change the starting point of the machining and possibly
insert an overlap of the machining path.

Note: in the Graphic Area, in order to facilitate the positioning of the ends 1 and 2,
it is possible to rotate the view of the part by moving the mouse after simultaneously
pressing the Shift (or Ctrl) key and the mouse wheel.

Fig. 11.98: Interactive Control in Machining mode

Contour: Allows you to limit the machining to an area.

• Contour: This control allows you to limit the machining to specific areas
identified by one or more closed paths.
The procedure to follow in order to specify a contour is the following:
◦ Activate the option Contour.
◦ Select in the Graphic area the entities that form a closed path (*).

1229
EasySTONE manual

◦ Activate the option Define contour 1

◦ Repeat this procedure for any further contours.
It is possible to specify an Offset for the defined contour.
The types of Offset are:
◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.
◦ None: The tool works the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
The parameter Additional offset allows you to define the distance from the
contour which the tool center must work (it can have a positive or negative
value depending on the type of Offset chosen.

(*): The wording Correct contour certifies that the selected entities form a
correct closed path, alternatively the message displayed is Incorrect Contour.

Note: Even if no contour has been defined, the parameter Offset is considered
in any case to define the working area of the tool.

• Zone: This control allows you to limit the machining to a zone. The procedure
to follow in order to specify a zone is the following:
▪ Activate the option Zone.
▪ Choose the parameter Type of zone from:
▪ Rectangular
▪ Elliptic
▪ Define the Width.
▪ Define the Height.
▪ Define the Position.
▪ Define the XY angle or click on to get make EasySTONE
acquire it from the current view.
▪ Define the Z angle or click on to make EasySTONE acquire
it from the current view.
The Zone can be rotated (XY and Z corners) using the control

1230
 11 Machining and kit properties

By clicking on the control Invert dir. the direction of the tool will rotate 180
degrees on the axis of the Width.

It is possible to specify an Offset of the defined zone.

The types of Offset are:

◦ Internal: The tool cannot work outside the contour.

◦ None: The tool work the contour with its center.
◦ External: The tool can work positioning itself completely outside the
contour.
It is possible to set all the parameters that define the zone also in the Graphic
area using the colored arrows shown in the figure below

• Surface contour: This option allows you to define the work area with the
perimeter of the surface.

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

1231
EasySTONE manual

11.11.3 Probing

The Probing allows you to detect the dimensions and irregularities of the surface of the
part. It is possible to associate a probe to a 5-axis surface finish Kit.
In the Properties of the Kit there is the additional group Probing with the following
parameters:
• Probing Offset: This parameter allows you to define the distance between the
probing path and the tool machining path.
• Maximum probing distance: This parameter allows you to define the detection
distance between one probing and the next.
• Probing layer: This parameter allows you to specify the name of the layer
containing the path to be followed in the probing.

The Tools list of the kit includes the probe with its properties:

• Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine,

it allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

◦ PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

◦ NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
◦ TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.

• Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis
in a specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move
the tool head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

◦ Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

1232
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle, measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
◦ Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that
the tool must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining
start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the
following ways:

▪ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the

machine configuration.
▪ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as
standard in the machine configuration.
▪ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
▪ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the
blade shroud further away from the perpendicular of the
surface.
▪ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative
to the X axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Y axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative
to the Z axis, the one with the minimum axis value will
be chosen.

1233
EasySTONE manual

▪ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative

to the Z axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
▪ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the first rotary axis, the one with the
maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the minimum axis value will be chosen.
▪ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible
positions relative to the second rotary axis, the one with
the maximum axis value will be chosen.
▪ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum X-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum X-axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Y-axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Y axis value.
▪ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.
▪ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the
surface, forcing the choice if necessary.
▪ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that
brings the blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of
the surface, forcing the choice if necessary.

1234
 11 Machining and kit properties

▪ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the

shroud component with the minimum Z axis value.
▪ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the
shroud component with the maximum Z axis value.

11.12 Lathe roughing

The Lathe roughing allows you to eliminate most of the excess material on the raw
part. This type of machining is fast but not very accurate and leaves some material that can
later be eliminated with a Lathe finish. The parameters of a Lathe roughing vary according
to the type of tool present in the kit.
The tools that can be used in a Lathe roughing are:
• blade (Ref. 11.12.1).
• mill (Ref. 11.12.2).

11.12.1 Lathe roughing with blade

This type of processing allows you to rough a surface with the use of a lathe and a Blade
type tool mounted on a head that moves along the linear axes X,Y,Z.

Lathe roughing with Blade

The parameters of Lathe roughing with blade are grouped into five sections:

1235
EasySTONE manual

• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: this parameter permit to define a type of lathe roughing with blade. Types
of lathe roughing with blade

Types of lathe roughing with blade

1236
 11 Machining and kit properties

• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each
run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run
before going to the next step closer to the surface.
• zigzag step, direct step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation
with each run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool works all the
steps of a run before processing the next one.
• zigzag step, direct step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation
with each run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool works all the
steps of a run before processing the next one.
• non-interpolated step: The lathe rotates at a constant speed, while the tool
moves along the Z axis. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool
processes a whole run before going to the next step closer to the surface.
• non-interpolated step, direct step: The lathe rotates at a constant speed,
while the tool moves along the Z axis. If Step Z has a value other than
zero, the tool processes all the steps of a run before processing the next
one.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe and always in the same direction. If Step Z has a value other than
zero, the tool processes a whole run before going to the next step closer to
the surface.
• along the axis one way, direct step: The tool works along the axis of
rotation of the lathe and always in the same direction. If Step Z has a value
other than zero, the tool works all the steps of a run before processing the
next one.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe, changing direction every run. If Step Z has a value other than zero,
the tool processes a whole run before going to the next step closer to the
surface.
• along the axis zigzag, direct step: The tool works along the axis of rotation
of the lathe, changing direction every run. If Step Z has a value other than
zero, the tool works all the steps of a run before processing the next one.

1237
EasySTONE manual

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Z start: This parameter allows you to define the level on the Z axis at which to start
machining.
Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With the
parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to specify the presence (Shroud present) or
not (Shroud not present) of the shroud during machining.

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

1238
 11 Machining and kit properties

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Optimize with intermediate raw part: This option is taken into consideration when
there are multiple surface roughing operations, determining that EasySTONE
calculates the machining based on the overmaterial remaining after the previous
machining phases.
Detail level: Allows you to define the precision with which the overmaterial
remaining from the previous roughing is calculated.
Raw from file: Allows you to specify the path and name of a Virtual Milling file
(VM file), which will be treated by EasySTONE as an intermediate raw part on
which to apply the machining.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

1239
EasySTONE manual

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:

1240
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.

1241
EasySTONE manual

• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.

1242
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.99

1243
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.99: Surface Roughing with Blade Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Transmission Side: This parameter, only active for machining kits on a lathe
containing a blade, allows you to define the position of the motor with respect to the
machining path. It can be positive or negative depending on the position assumed with
respect to the machining path.

Side Position

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

1244
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Length range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

1245
EasySTONE manual

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.12.2 Lathe roughing with router

This type of processing allows you to rough a surface with the use of a lathe and a Router
type tool mounted on a head that moves along the linear axes X,Y,Z.

Fig. 11.100: Lathe roughing with mill

1246
 11 Machining and kit properties

The parameters of Lathe Roughing with Router are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allow to define a type of lathe roughing with router. The
types are:

Types of roughing on lathe with router

1247
EasySTONE manual

• one way step: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a
whole run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the
machine has a limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining
becomes equal at zig zag step.
• zigzag step, direct step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of
rotation with each run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool
works all the steps of a run before processing the next one.
• non-interpolated step: The lathe rotates at a constant speed, while the
tool moves along the Z axis. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool
processes a whole run before going to the next step closer to the surface.
• non-interpolated step, direct step: The lathe rotates at a constant speed,
while the tool moves along the Z axis. If Step Z has a value other than
zero, the tool processes all the steps of a run before processing the next
one.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe and always in the same direction. If Step Z has a value other than
zero, the tool processes a whole run before going to the next step closer
to the surface.
• along the axis one way, direct step: The tool works along the axis of
rotation of the lathe and always in the same direction. If Step Z has a
value other than zero, the tool works all the steps of a run before
processing the next one.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe, changing direction every run. If Step Z has a value other than zero,
the tool processes a whole run before going to the next step closer to the
surface.
• along the axis zigzag, direct step: The tool works along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, changing direction every run. If Step Z has a value
other than zero, the tool works all the steps of a run before processing the
next one.

1248
 11 Machining and kit properties

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Z start: This parameter allows you to define the level on the Z axis at which to start
machining.
Step Z: This parameter allows you to define the advance value of each run. With the
parameter set to Zero the machining takes place in a single run.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

1249
EasySTONE manual

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Optimize with intermediate raw part: This option is taken into consideration when
there are multiple surface roughing operations, determining that EasySTONE
calculates the machining based on the overmaterial remaining after the previous
machining phases.
Detail level: Allows you to define the precision with which the overmaterial
remaining from the previous roughing is calculated.
Raw from file: Allows you to specify the path and name of a Virtual Milling file
(VM file), which will be treated by EasySTONE as an intermediate raw part on
which to apply the machining.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

1250
 11 Machining and kit properties

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:

1251
EasySTONE manual

• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.

1252
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.

1253
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.101

1254
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.101: Surface Roughing with router Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Rotate contact: This parameter is active only for spherical drills (e.g. Bullnose) in
processes with Machining tip equal to Tool Tip, sets a degree of inclination of the tool.
The possible options are:
• do not rotate: The mill remains perpendicular to the lathe's axis.

• towards lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in the direction of the axis
lathe.

1255
EasySTONE manual

• perpendicular to lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in a direction

perpendicular to the axis lathe.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters consists
of:

1256
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis
of rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of rotation
of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There are also
the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as maximum
length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be machined.

Length range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0°
to 360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of
the part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

1257
EasySTONE manual

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.13 Lathe finishing

The Lathe finish works directly on the surfaces of the part, finishing it. This type of
machining eliminates the excess material that may have remained on the part after a Lathe
roughing. The parameters of a Lathe finish vary according to the type of tool present in the
kit. The types of tools that can be used to perform a Lathe finish are:
• mills (Ref. 11.13.1).
• polishers (Ref. 11.13.1)
• blades (Ref. 11.13.2).

11.13.1 Lathe Finishing with Router or Polishing

11.13.1.1 One way step, zigzag step and spiral lathe finishing

1258
 11 Machining and kit properties

In these three types of lathe finishing in interpolated machining, the tool (with linear
movements in X,Y,Z) works along the circumference of the part:
• one way step: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each machining run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before going to
the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a limited rotation of the lathe
axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run. If
Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before going to
the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.

The parameters of Lathe finishing with Mill or Polisher are grouped into five sections :
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

1259
EasySTONE manual

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a
limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

1260
 11 Machining and kit properties

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of
processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

1261
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

1262
 11 Machining and kit properties

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

1263
EasySTONE manual

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:

1264
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:
• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.
• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.

1265
EasySTONE manual

• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.

1266
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to

the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure11.102

1267
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.102: Lathe Finishing with router Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Rotate contact: This parameter is active only for spherical drills (e.g. Bullnose) in
processes with Machining tip equal to Tool Tip, sets a degree of inclination of the tool.
The possible options are:
• do not rotate: The mill remains perpendicular to the lathe's axis.

• towards lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in the direction of the axis
lathe.

1268
 11 Machining and kit properties

• perpendicular to lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in a direction

perpendicular to the axis lathe.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

1269
EasySTONE manual

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Length range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

1270
 11 Machining and kit properties

with this command it is possible define the Leadin/LeadOut that Router.

LeadIn/LeadOut

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.

1271
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then

perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

1272
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.

1273
EasySTONE manual

• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the

surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom Axis

1274
 11 Machining and kit properties

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.13.1.2 Lengthwise one way and lengthwise zigzag lathe finishing

In these two types of lathe finishing on lathe in interpolated machining, the tool (with linear
movements in X,Y,Z) works along the axis of rotation of the lathe:
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe and
always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.

The parameters of Lathe finishing with Mill or Polisher are grouped into five sections :
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

1275
EasySTONE manual

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a
limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.

1276
 11 Machining and kit properties

• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)
Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

1277
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

1278
 11 Machining and kit properties

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

1279
EasySTONE manual

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:

1280
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

1281
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X

axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

1282
 11 Machining and kit properties

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.103

Fig. 11.103: Lathe Finish with Router Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Rotate contact: This parameter is active only for spherical drills (e.g. Bullnose) in
processes with Machining tip equal to Tool Tip, sets a degree of inclination of the tool.
The possible options are:
• do not rotate: The mill remains perpendicular to the lathe's axis.

1283
EasySTONE manual

• towards lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in the direction of the axis
lathe.

• perpendicular to lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in a direction

perpendicular to the axis lathe.

1284
 11 Machining and kit properties

Contact rotation angle: This value indicates the degree of inclination of the mill with
respect to the axis specified in the parameter Rotate Contact.

Work Point: This parameter is enabled when a mill is present in the kit and allows
you to define its working position. The possible options are:

1285
EasySTONE manual

Tool tip

1286
 11 Machining and kit properties

Tool side 1

1287
EasySTONE manual

Tool side 2

Position along side: This distance indicates how far the working side of the mill must
advance.

1288
 11 Machining and kit properties

Torsion: This parameter allows you to specify an angle of inclination of the

machining path, therefore to define an angle by which to rotate the blade with
reference to its vertical axis

Torsion Property

1289
EasySTONE manual

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Lenght range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

1290
 11 Machining and kit properties

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

with this command it is possible control the LeadIn/LeadOut in machining

with router.

LeadIn/LeadOut
Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.

1291
EasySTONE manual

• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

1292
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The

1293
EasySTONE manual

parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)

and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

1294
 11 Machining and kit properties

Custom axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving the
changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.13.1.3 Projection-type lathe finishing

In this type of machining the lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or paths) (usually
drawn over the surface).

The parameters of Lathe finishing with Router or Polisher are grouped into five sections :
• Properties
• Safety

1295
EasySTONE manual

• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a
limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.

1296
 11 Machining and kit properties

• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)
Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of
processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

1297
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

1298
 11 Machining and kit properties

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

1299
EasySTONE manual

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:

1300
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

1301
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,

the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

1302
 11 Machining and kit properties

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.104

Fig. 11.104: Projection-type Lathe Finish with Router Kit - left in the tool database and
right in Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

Position: This parameter allows you to define the distance (from the surface edge) of
the machining start point (projection) on the lathe rotation axis.

Rotate contact: This parameter is active only for spherical drills (e.g. Bullnose) in
processes with Machining tip equal to Tool Tip, sets a degree of inclination of the tool.
The possible options are:
• do not rotate: The mill remains perpendicular to the lathe's axis.

1303
EasySTONE manual

• towards lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in the direction of the axis
lathe.

• perpendicular to lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in a direction

perpendicular to the axis lathe.

1304
 11 Machining and kit properties

Contact rotation angle: This value indicates the degree of inclination of the mill with
respect to the axis specified in the parameter Rotate Contact.

Starting angle: This parameter allows you to define the position of the machining start
point along the circumference of the lathe.

Development angle: This parameter allows you to define the extension on the
circumference of the path to be projected, i.e. the angle on the circumference to which
the height of the path to be projected corresponds.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

1305
EasySTONE manual

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it is
necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in interpolated
machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode.
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving
the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

1306
 11 Machining and kit properties

11.13.1.4 Non-Interpolated continuous lathe finishing

In this type of machining the lathe rotates for the entire machining at constant speed, while
the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.

The parameters of Lathe finishing are grouped into five sections :

• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

1307
EasySTONE manual

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a
limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

1308
 11 Machining and kit properties

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

1309
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

1310
 11 Machining and kit properties

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.

1311
EasySTONE manual

Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring

the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST
Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.

1312
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.

1313
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y

axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.105

1314
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.105: Lathe Finish continuous with Mill Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machine mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.
Rotate contact: This parameter is active only for spherical drills (e.g. Bullnose) in
processes with Machining tip equal to Tool Tip, sets a degree of inclination of the tool.
The possible options are:
• do not rotate: The mill remains perpendicular to the lathe's axis.

• towards lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in the direction of the axis
lathe.

1315
EasySTONE manual

• perpendicular to lathe axis: The mill assumes an inclination in a direction

perpendicular to the axis lathe.

Position along side: This distance indicates how far the working side of the mill must
advance.

1316
 11 Machining and kit properties

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the travel direction of the machining.
The types of movement are:

• forward: The machining follows the path from left to right.

• forward - backward: The machining follows the same path twice in opposite
directions, first from left to right and then from right to left.
• backward: The machining follows the path from right to left.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as

1317
EasySTONE manual

minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Length range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

with this command it is possible control the LeadIn/LeadOut in machine

mode.

LeadIn/LeadOut

1318
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length

1319
EasySTONE manual

(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the

1320
 11 Machining and kit properties

length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

1321
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom Axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.13.2 Lathe finishing with blade

11.13.2.1 One way step, zigzag step and spiral lathe finishing

In these three types of lathe finishing in interpolated machining, the blade (with linear
movements in X,Y,Z) works along the circumference of the part:
• one way step: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each machining
run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the blade processes a whole run before

1322
 11 Machining and kit properties

going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a limited rotation of
the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run. If
Step Z has a value other than zero, the blade processes a whole run before going to
the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The blade processes the part following a spiral path.

The parameters of Lathe finishing with Blade are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with blade. The
types are:

1323
EasySTONE manual

Type of lathe finish with blade

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has
a limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal
to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.

1324
 11 Machining and kit properties

• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.

1325
EasySTONE manual

◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter

Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to specify the presence (Shroud present) or
not (Shroud not present) of the shroud during machining.

1326
 11 Machining and kit properties

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.

1327
EasySTONE manual

Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.

1328
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

1329
EasySTONE manual

◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

1330
 11 Machining and kit properties

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.106

Fig. 11.106: Lathe Finish with Blade Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Transmission Side: This parameter, only active for machining kits on a lathe
containing a blade, allows you to define the position of the motor with respect to the
machining path. It can be positive or negative depending on the position assumed with
respect to the machining path.

Transmission Side

1331
EasySTONE manual

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the travel direction of the machining.
The types of movement are:

• forward: The machining follows the path from left to right.

• forward - backward: The machining follows the same path twice in opposite
directions, first from left to right and then from right to left.
• backward: The machining follows the path from right to left.

Lead-in: this parameter allows specifying the type of tool lead-in, i.e. it adds a path to
the machining geometry start in order to make tool lead-in easier and improve raw
part machining.

The lead-in types are as follows:

• direct: the tool starts machining directly without any lead-in path.
• step: the tool carries out the lead-in in more steps.

Lead-in Z step: this parameter is active only for step lead-ins; it allows defining the
sinking value of each lead-in run. If this parameter is set to 0 the machining is carried
out in one single run.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There

1332
 11 Machining and kit properties

are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Range Length

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Range Angle

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

with this command it is possible control the LeadIn/LeadOut in machining

with router.

1333
EasySTONE manual

LeadIn/LeadOut

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.

1334
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the

surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

1335
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length

1336
 11 Machining and kit properties

(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2

(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom Axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..

1337
EasySTONE manual

: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without

saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.13.2.2 Lengthwise one way, lengthwise zigzag lathe finishing

In these two types of finishing on lathe in interpolated processing, the blade (with linear
movements in X,Y,Z) works along the axis of rotation of the lathe:
• along the axis one way: The blade works along the axis of rotation of the lathe and
always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The blade works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.

The parameters of Lathe finishing with Blade are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

1338
 11 Machining and kit properties

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with blade. The
types are:

Type of lathe finish with blade

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has
a limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal
to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.

1339
EasySTONE manual

• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:

1340
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.

◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to specify the presence (Shroud present) or
not (Shroud not present) of the shroud during machining.

1341
EasySTONE manual

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.

1342
 11 Machining and kit properties

Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.

1343
EasySTONE manual

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

1344
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

1345
EasySTONE manual

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.107

Fig. 11.107: Lathe Finish with Blade Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machining
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Transmission Side: This parameter, only active for machining kits on a lathe
containing a blade, allows you to define the position of the motor with respect to the
machining path. It can be positive or negative depending on the position assumed with
respect to the machining path.

Transmission Side

1346
 11 Machining and kit properties

Torsion: This parameter allows you to specify an angle of inclination of the

machining path, therefore to define an angle by which to rotate the blade with
reference to its vertical axis

Torsion Property

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Length range

1347
EasySTONE manual

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

with this command it is possible control the LeadIn/LeadOut in machining

with router.

1348
 11 Machining and kit properties

Leadin/LeadOut

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.

1349
EasySTONE manual

• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the

surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

1350
 11 Machining and kit properties

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length

1351
EasySTONE manual

(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2

(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..

1352
 11 Machining and kit properties

: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without

saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.13.2.3 Lengthwise one way transversal, Lengthwise zigzag transversal

lathe finishing

In these two types of finishing on lathe in interpolated processing, the blade (with linear
movements in X,Y,Z) works along the axis of rotation of the lathe remaining perpendicular
to the path (working with the side):
• along the axis one way transversal: The blade works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe and always in the same direction, remaining perpendicular to the machining
path.
• along the axis zigzag transversal: The blade works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe, changing the direction of travel at each run and remaining perpendicular to
the machining path.

The parameters of Lathe finishing with Blade are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

1353
EasySTONE manual

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with blade. The
types are:

Type of lathe finish with blade

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has
a limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal
to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.

1354
 11 Machining and kit properties

• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:

1355
EasySTONE manual

◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.

◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to specify the presence (Shroud present) or
not (Shroud not present) of the shroud during machining.

1356
 11 Machining and kit properties

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.

1357
EasySTONE manual

Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.

1358
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

1359
EasySTONE manual

◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

1360
 11 Machining and kit properties

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.108

Fig. 11.108: Lathe Finish with Transversal Blade Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Transmission Side: This parameter, only active for machining kits on a lathe
containing a blade, allows you to define the position of the motor with respect to the
machining path. It can be positive or negative depending on the position assumed with
respect to the machining path.

Side position

1361
EasySTONE manual

Torsion: This parameter allows you to specify an angle of inclination of the

machining path, therefore to define an angle by which to rotate the blade with
reference to its vertical axis

Torsion Property

Lead-in: this parameter allows specifying the type of tool lead-in, i.e. it adds a path to
the machining geometry start in order to make tool lead-in easier and improve raw
part machining.

The lead-in types are as follows:

• direct: the tool starts machining directly without any lead-in path.
• step: the tool carries out the lead-in in more steps.

Lead-in Z step: this parameter is active only for step lead-ins; it allows defining the
sinking value of each lead-in run. If this parameter is set to 0 the machining is carried
out in one single run.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as

1362
 11 Machining and kit properties

minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Lenght range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

1363
EasySTONE manual

with this command it is possible control the LeadIn/LeadOut in machining

with router.

Leadin/LeadOut

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.

1364
 11 Machining and kit properties

• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then

perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

1365
EasySTONE manual

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.

1366
 11 Machining and kit properties

• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the

surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom Axis

1367
EasySTONE manual

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.13.2.4 Non-Interpolated continuous lathe finishing

In this type of finish the lathe rotates for the entire machining at constant speed, while the
Blade moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.

The parameters of Lathe finishing with Blade are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced
PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with blade. The
types are:

1368
 11 Machining and kit properties

Type of lathe finish with blade

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has
a limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal
to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.

1369
EasySTONE manual

• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the router follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.

1370
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter

Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Shroud rotation: This parameter allows you to specify the presence (Shroud present) or
not (Shroud not present) of the shroud during machining.

1371
EasySTONE manual

Clean edges: By activating this control, EasySTONE will calculate a machining path
with distance between runs such as to bring the blade to work exactly on the edges
(see following figure).

Roughing Blade with Option Run over edges

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.

1372
 11 Machining and kit properties

Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.

1373
EasySTONE manual

• Internal: Only internal water is provided.

• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

1374
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

1375
EasySTONE manual

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.109

Fig. 11.109: Lathe Finish continuous with Blade Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Transmission Side: This parameter, only active for machining kits on a lathe
containing a blade, allows you to define the position of the motor with respect to the
machining path. It can be positive or negative depending on the position assumed with
respect to the machining path.

Side position

1376
 11 Machining and kit properties

Torsion: This parameter allows you to specify an angle of inclination of the

machining path, therefore to define an angle by which to rotate the blade with
reference to its vertical axis

Torsion Property

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the travel direction of the machining.
The types of movement are:

• forward: The machining follows the path from left to right.

• forward - backward: The machining follows the same path twice in opposite
directions, first from left to right and then from right to left.
• backward: The machining follows the path from right to left.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as

1377
EasySTONE manual

maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Lenght range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

with this command it is possible control the LeadIn/LeadOut in machining

with router.

Leadin/LeadOut

Lead-in: This parameter defines the type of lead-in of the tool into the raw part,
allowing you to add a path defined by the parameters lead-in, Lead-in length 2, Lead-
in length 3.

The types of lead-in are:

1378
 11 Machining and kit properties

• direct: No lead-in path is created and the tool processes the surface directly.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool performs the lead-in along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• router direction: The tool performs the lead-in along the direction of the mill.
The parameter Lead-in length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool enters along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-in length is active.
• tangent: The tool enters along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-in length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-in path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-in path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular
to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-in
length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-in path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-in length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-in length 2 (defines
the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arched lead-in path is created. The parameters Lead-in length is
Lead-in length 2, which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.

1379
EasySTONE manual

• settable movement: A lead-in path is created starting from a point identified

by the parameters Lead-in length, Lead-in length 2 and Lead-in length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-in path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.
Lead-in length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.
Lead-in length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-in and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-in chosen.

Lead-out: This parameter defines the type of tool lead-out from the raw part, allowing
you to add a path defined by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and
Lead-out length 3.
The types of lead-out are:
• direct: No lead-out path is created and the tool exits directly after machining.
All parameters are deactivated.
• vertical: The tool executes the Lead-out along the Z direction. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• router direction: The tool exits along the direction of the mill. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• perpendicular: The tool exits along a path perpendicular to the surface. The
parameter Lead-out length is active.
• tangent: The tool exits along a path tangent to the surface. The parameter
Lead-out length is active.
• tangent + perpendicular: A lead-out path is created first tangent and then
perpendicular to the surface. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the
length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the
perpendicular stretch) are active.
• tangent + router direction: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the
surface and then along the direction of the mill. The parameters Lead-out

1380
 11 Machining and kit properties

length (defines the length of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the direction of the mill) are active.
• tangent + vertical: A lead-out path is created first tangent to the surface and
then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length (defines the length
of the tangent stretch) and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch
along the Z direction) are active.
• perpendicular + router direction: A lead-out path is created first
perpendicular to the surface and then along the direction of the mill. The
parameters Lead-out length (defines the length of the perpendicular stretch)
and Lead-out length 2 (defines the length of the stretch along the direction of
the mill) are active.
• perpendicular + vertical: A lead-out path is created first perpendicular to the
surface and then along the Z direction. The parameters Lead-out length
(defines the length of the perpendicular stretch) and Lead-out length 2
(defines the length of the stretch along the Z direction) are active.
• arched: An arch lead-out path is created. The parameters Lead-out length and
Lead-out length 2 which define the width of the arc in X and Y are active.
• settable movement: A lead-out path is created starting from a point identified
by the parameters Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3
which represent the X, Y and Z coordinates.
• set point: A lead-out path is created passing through a point. The parameters
Lead-out length, Lead-out length 2 and Lead-out length 3 which represent the
X, Y and Z coordinates of the point are active.

Lead-out length: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and allows
you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out chosen.
Lead-out length 2: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.
Lead-out length 3: This parameter is active only for some types of lead-out and
allows you to define a length that specifies the characteristics of the type of lead-out
chosen.

1381
EasySTONE manual

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom Axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without
saving the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.14 5-axis lathe finishing

The 5-axis lathe finish works directly on the surfaces of the part, finishing it. This type of
machining is slow but precise, and eliminates the excess material remained on the part after
a Lathe roughing. The 5-axis lathe finish differs from Lathe finish, which uses only 3 axes,
for the number of axes used and for the inclination of the tool, which is variable during
machining in the former, and therefore allows the tool to work in a direction perpendicular
to the surface, while in the latter it can be modified before the machining starts, but remains
constant until the end.

The types of tools that can be used to perform a 5-axis lathe finish are:
• mills
• polishers

1382
 11 Machining and kit properties

11.14.1 One way step, zigzag step and spiral 5-axis lathe finishing

In these three types of 5-axis lathe finishing in interpolated machining, the tool works along
the circumference of the part:
• one way step: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each machining run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before going to
the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a limited rotation of the lathe
axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run. If
Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before going to
the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.

The parameters of 5-axis lathe finish with mill or polisher are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

1383
EasySTONE manual

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a
limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

1384
 11 Machining and kit properties

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.
Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number of
processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of the
runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment different
from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter Extraction
length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction length
and the rise to a safe level.

1385
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when Extraction
type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

1386
 11 Machining and kit properties

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

1387
EasySTONE manual

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.

Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the tool
assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool assumes
when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.

Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

1388
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade shroud
closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.

1389
EasySTONE manual

◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative

to the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the choice if
necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

1390
 11 Machining and kit properties

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.110

Fig. 11.110: Five-axis Lathe Finish Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machine
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the travel direction of the machining.
The types of movement are:

• forward: The machining follows the path from left to right.

1391
EasySTONE manual

• forward - backward: The machining follows the same path twice in opposite
directions, first from left to right and then from right to left.
• backward: The machining follows the path from right to left.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Length range

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

1392
 11 Machining and kit properties

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom Axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving
the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.14.2 Along axis oneway, along axis zigzag lathe finishing

In these two types of 5-axis late finishings in interpolated machining, the tool works along
the axis of rotation of the lathe:
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe and
always in the same direction.

1393
EasySTONE manual

• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.

The parameters of 5-axis lathe finish with Mill or Polisher are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

1394
 11 Machining and kit properties

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a
limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

1395
EasySTONE manual

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

1396
 11 Machining and kit properties

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

1397
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

1398
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.

1399
EasySTONE manual

◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

1400
 11 Machining and kit properties

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.111

Fig. 11.111: Five-axis Lathe Finish Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machining
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe, it can
be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Run distance: Defines the distance between one run and the other during the
machining.
Torsion: This parameter allows you to specify an angle of inclination of the
machining path, therefore to define an angle by which to rotate the blade with
reference to its vertical axis

1401
EasySTONE manual

Torsion Property

Minimum angle from axis: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle of minimum inclination of the tool with respect to the axis of rotation of the
lathe.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of surface
to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of parameters
consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis of
rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts. There are
also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends. There
are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to define as
maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the surface to be
machined.

Length range

1402
 11 Machining and kit properties

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0° to
360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..

1403
EasySTONE manual

: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving

the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.14.3 Projection-type lathe finishing

In this type of 5-axis finish the lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated
mode while the tool follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or paths)
(usually drawn over the surface).

The parameters of 5-axis lathe finish with Mill or Polisher are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

1404
 11 Machining and kit properties

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole
run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the machine has a
limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining becomes equal to the
zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each run.
If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run before
going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe
and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the lathe,
changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated mode
while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified path (or
paths)

1405
EasySTONE manual

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is considered
positive.

Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which the
machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process and
defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided into:
• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define the number
of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z of each
machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of connection of
the runs when setting a Finishing step with N. Steps with an Increment
different from Zero. The connection options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the position in Z to
which the tool must go back before moving in rapid to return to the point
where to execute the next run in Z when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the Extraction
length and the rise to a safe level.

1406
 11 Machining and kit properties

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e. the
maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the part in
complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the part. If the
value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold at the
end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply press the
button start.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the machining
only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows you to define the
speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per minute. If it is set to zero, the
software automatically sets a minimum number of revolutions.

SAFETY

1407
EasySTONE manual

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not perform
the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.
• No: Not provided.

or between:

1408
 11 Machining and kit properties

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.

1409
EasySTONE manual

◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the maximum Z axis value.

1410
 11 Machining and kit properties

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.112

Fig. 11.112: Five-axis Lathe Finish Projection Kit - left in the tool database and right in
Machining mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool into the surface to be
machined.

Position: This parameter allows you to define the distance (from the surface edge) of
the machining start point (projection) on the lathe rotation axis.

Starting angle: This parameter allows you to define the position of the machining start
point along the circumference of the lathe.

1411
EasySTONE manual

Development angle: This parameter allows you to define the extension on the
circumference of the path to be projected, i.e. the angle on the circumference to which
the height of the path to be projected corresponds.

Minimum angle from axis: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle
of minimum inclination of the tool with respect to the axis of rotation of the lathe.

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Paths: This control allows you to define the machining path to be followed/ projected
on the surface. Once the command has been activated, EasySTONE displays a report
of the path with the type of entities that compose it. To change the path, simply select/
deselect the entities in the Graphic Area.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it is
necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in interpolated
machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

1412
 11 Machining and kit properties

Custom Axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without saving
the changes.
: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.14.4 Non-Interpolated continuous lathe finishing

In this type of 5-axis finish the lathe rotates for the entire machining at constant speed, while
the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the lathe.

The parameters of 5-axis lathe finish with Mill or Polisher are grouped into five sections:
• Properties
• Safety
• Tool
• Geometry
• Advanced

PROPERTIES

1413
EasySTONE manual

Type: This parameter allows you to define a type of lathe finish with mill or
polisher. The types are:

• step one way: The lathe always rotates in the same direction for each
machining run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a
whole run before going to the next step closer to the surface. If the
machine has a limited rotation of the lathe axis, this type of machining
becomes equal to the zigzag step.
• zigzag step: The lathe rotates changing the direction of rotation with each
run. If Step Z has a value other than zero, the tool processes a whole run
before going to the next step closer to the surface.
• spiral: The tool processes the part following a spiral path.
• along the axis one way: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe and always in the same direction.
• along the axis zigzag: The tool works along the axis of rotation of the
lathe, changing direction every run.
• continuous not interpolated: The lathe rotates for the entire machining at
constant speed, while the tool moves along the axis of rotation of the
lathe.
• projection: The lathe rotates always in the same direction in interpolated
mode while the mill follows the projection on the surface of a specified
path (or paths)

1414
 11 Machining and kit properties

Depth: This parameter allows you to define the depth of the tool. The depth is
measured keeping the tool tip as a reference, and the direction in the part is
considered positive.
Maximum Z: This parameter allows you to define the maximum Z level at which
the machining can start, it corresponds to the point from which to calculate the
depth.

Finishing step: This group of parameters allows the use of a multi-run process
and defines its characteristics. The group of parameters Finishing steps is divided
into:

• Number of steps: This parameter makes it possible to define

the number of processing steps.
• Increment: This parameter allows you to define the depth in Z
of each machining run.
• Runs type: This parameter allows you to choose the type of
connection of the runs when setting a Finishing step with N.
Steps with an Increment different from Zero. The connection
options are:
◦ One way
◦ Zigzag
◦ One way optimized
◦ Zigzag optimized
• Extraction type: This control allows you to specify the
position in Z to which the tool must go back before moving in
rapid to return to the point where to execute the next run in Z
when the Runs type is One way.
The possible options are:
◦ Automatic: The position is calculated by EasySTONE.
◦ Set length: The position is retrieved from the parameter
Extraction length.
◦ Set length + rise: The position is the sum of the
Extraction length and the rise to a safe level.

1415
EasySTONE manual

Extraction length
• Extraction Length: This parameter is taken into account when
Extraction type is equal to Set length or Set length + rise.

Tolerance: This parameter allows you to define the degree of approximation, i.e.
the maximum error expressed in mm or inches, with which the tool processes the
part in complex geometries. The lower the tolerance, the higher the quality of the
part. If the value set is Zero the program assumes a minimum approximation
value.

Stop Machine: This option allows you to stop the machine by putting it on hold
at the end of machining. To restart the normal work cycle of the machine, simply
press the button start.

Number of turns (minute): This parameter is used in the calculation of the

machining only for roughing on a lathe of the non-interpolated type and allows
you to define the speed of rotation of the lathe expressed in revolutions per
minute. If it is set to zero, the software automatically sets a minimum number of
revolutions.

1416
 11 Machining and kit properties

SAFETY

Dist. Safety: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached at lead-out before
making rapid movements.
Approach distance: Indicates the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Dist. over vises: Indicates the safety distance to be used in the presence of vises.
Additional horizontal safety distance: Allows you to specify a further increment of the
Horizontal safety distance.
Movement Lead-in: Allows you to apply a personalized approach in rapid ignoring
the Approach dist. (taken into account with Automatic). With the option Do not
perform the rapid movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-in: Defines the distance in Z from the part to be reached in rapid
movement before the start of machining.
Movement Lead-out: Allows you to apply an additional lead-out movement value.
With the option Automatic the movement reaches up to the part Z.
Dist. movem. lead-out: Defines the distance in Z to be added to the thickness of the
part for the lead-out movement.

TOOL LIST

Lists the tools and parameters that set the working conditions.

Compensation: This parameter depends on the numerical control of the machine, it

allows you to define the type of compensation of the dimensions of the tool with
consequent offset of the generated coordinates.

The types of compensation are:

• PC: The compensation is carried out by EasySTONE.

• NC: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the machine,
but EasySTONE into account the outreach.
• TCP: The compensation is carried out by the numerical control of the
machine, which also takes into account the outreach.
Water type: This parameter allows you to define the type of water supply during
machining.
The type of water supply depends on the machine and can vary between:
• Yes: Provided.

1417
EasySTONE manual

• No: Not provided.

or between:

• Both: Both internal and external water are provided.

• External: Only external water is provided.
• Internal: Only internal water is provided.
• No: It is not provided.
Feeds: This group of parameters allows you to specify the different speeds that the
tool assumes during machining:
• Speed (Rotation): This parameter allows you to define the standard rotation
speed measured in revolutions per minute that the tool assumes in the whole
machining phase.
• Sense (Direction): This parameter, available only for some NCs, allows you
to define the tool rotation direction.
• Head feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes during head machining.
• Entry feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed, expressed in mm/
min or in/min, which the tool assumes upon entering the part.
• Advancement (feed): This parameter allows you to define the speed,
expressed in mm/min or in/min, which the tool assumes during the machining
of the part.
• Exit feed: This parameter allows you to define the speed that the tool
assumes when it leaves the part, expressed in mm/min or in/min.
• Limitation: This parameter makes it possible, under certain circumstances, to
limit the machining speed of the tool: for example in pocketing when the tool
is working with its head, it forces the machining feed to be equal to the Head
feed; otherwise the Advancement feed is used.
Overmaterial: This group of parameters allows you to define the quantity of material,
expressed in mm or in, left voluntarily in excess on the part. The group of parameters
Overmaterial is divided into:
• Surface overmaterial: This parameter allows you to define the quantity of
material (measured on the XYZ axes) to be left in excess on the surface.

Fixed axis / Solution: This group of parameters allows you to lock a rotation axis in a
specific angle and in addition or alternatively choose the best solution to move the tool
head when approaching the part in order to avoid collisions.
The group of parameters Fixed axis/Solution is divided into:

• Fixed axis: This parameter allows you to lock an axis.

• Fixed angle: This parameter allows you to define the width of the angle,
measured in degrees, at which to lock the fixed axis.
• Solution: This parameter allows you to choose the movement that the tool
must perform (hence its head) to reach the machining start position.

There are two possible movements, but they can be defined in the following
ways:

1418
 11 Machining and kit properties

◦ standard: Chooses the solution defined as standard in the machine

configuration.
◦ opposite: Chooses the opposite solution to that defined as standard in
the machine configuration.
◦ near the orthogonal: Chooses the solution that brings the blade
shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ far from orthogonal: Chooses the solution that takes the blade shroud
further away from the perpendicular of the surface.
◦ minimum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum X: Between the two possible positions relative to the X
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Y: Between the two possible positions relative to the Y
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z axis,
the one with the minimum axis value will be chosen.
◦ maximum Z: Between the two possible positions relative to the Z
axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be chosen.
◦ minimum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the first rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 1 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the first rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ minimum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative to
the second rotary axis, the one with the minimum axis value will be
chosen.
◦ maximum 2 rotary axis: Between the two possible positions relative
to the second rotary axis, the one with the maximum axis value will
be chosen.
◦ minimum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum X-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 x: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum X-axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Y-axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 y: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Y axis value.
◦ minimum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the minimum Z axis value.
◦ maximum DIR2 z: Indicates the solution with the shroud component
with the maximum Z axis value.
◦ near the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud closer to the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ far from the orthogonal, forced: Chooses the solution that brings the
blade shroud farther from the perpendicular of the surface, forcing the
choice if necessary.
◦ minimum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud
component with the minimum Z axis value.

1419
EasySTONE manual

◦ maximum Dir2 Z, forced: Forces the solution with the shroud

component with the maximum Z axis value.

GEOMETRY

For a detailed description of this section please see paragraph 10.1.1 Machining geometry.

ADVANCED

The Advanced properties appear in the dialog window that is shown below the
area Machining list when the control is activated (or by double clicking on the
machining) as shown in figure 11.113

Fig. 11.113: Five-axis Lathe Finish Kit - left in the tool database and right in Machining
mode

Let's see in detail the controls present in the Advanced Properties Area

Sense: This parameter allows you to define the direction of rotation of the lathe,
it can be clockwise or counterclockwise.

Movement: This parameter allows you to define the travel direction of the
machining. The types of movement are:

1420
 11 Machining and kit properties

• forward: The machining follows the path from left to right.

• forward - backward: The machining follows the same path twice in
opposite directions, first from left to right and then from right to left.
• backward: The machining follows the path from right to left.

Minimum angle from axis: This parameter allows you to define the width of the
angle of minimum inclination of the tool with respect to the axis of rotation of the
lathe.

Range (length): This group of parameters allows you to define the portion of
surface to be machined along the axis of rotation of the lathe. The group of
parameters consists of:

• Minimum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the lathe axis
of rotation, from which the portion of surface to be machined starts.
There are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to
define as minimum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the
surface to be machined.
• Maximum length: Allows you to define the distance, along the axis of
rotation of the lathe, on which the surface portion to be machined ends.
There are also the controls (black arrow and red arrow) that allow you to
define as maximum length the initial point of the raw part or that of the
surface to be machined.

Length range

1421
EasySTONE manual

Angle range (degrees): This group of parameters (which can take values from 0°
to 360°) allows you to define the portion of the surface to be machined along the
circumference of the lathe. The group is composed by:

• Minimum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined starts.
• Maximum angle: This parameter allows you to define the angle, on the
circumference of the lathe, from which the portion of the surface to be
machined ends.

Angle range

: It allows you to invert the positions of the lead-in and lead-out points of the
part while maintaining the correction side unchanged.

Axis: Allows you to define a custom machining axis. Once the control is activated, it
is necessary to select a path in the Graphic Area. This possibility is useful in
interpolated machinings of handrails or table legs with a particular shape.

Lathe axis

Custom axis

: Saves the changes made to the machining and exits the advanced
properties modification mode..
: Exits the advanced machining properties change mode without

1422
 11 Machining and kit properties

saving the changes.

: Applies but does not save the changes made to the machining.

11.15 Commands
This section contains a list of customizable commands/procedures useful for managing the
entire production process of the project (for example a machine downtime when the operator
is due to intervene).
The section Commands in the Kits List applicable in Machine Mode contains all the
commands created in the section Kits Database.
To insert a Command in the Machinings List just double click with the left mouse button.
For clarifications on the type of commands, please see ref. 7.2.3.16 Kit Commands Kit in
Kits Database.

1423
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 11.114: Commands kit in Machine mode

11.16 Laser projection

As already mentioned in paragraph 4.18.3.2 File\configure\ Machine\Modification, if the
machine has a suitable laser projector, EasySTONE can be configured in Genera CN such
a way that in Generate NC a code is obtained that enables the laser projection of the
disposition of the parts and/or shims on the table during their positioning.
To determine how to place the raw part on the table, in Machine Mode in the Machinings
List it is possible to add a machining whose purpose is to project at the level of the shims a
path (entity) of the finished part.

1424
 11 Machining and kit properties

Fig. 11.115: Example of internal pocketing

1425
EasySTONE manual

1426
 12 Dispose Mode

12 Dispose Mode

The Dispose mode deals with the positioning of the part and the related shims (vacuums,
references, vises) on the table and all that concerns the configuration of the work bench (for
example, the presence of a possible sub-table).

1427
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 12.1: Dispose mode

Fig. 12.2: Dispose Lathe mode

The Dispose mode is divided into the following areas:

1. Graphic Area: In this area the work table is represented graphically with the
part and any sims.
2. Command area: This area contains all the commands that can be activated.
3. Command parameters area: This area contains the parameters and options
related to the activated command.
4. Dialog window: This area shows the messages returned following a command (for
example, Check disposition).
5. Area Vacuums/References/Vises: This area contains all the Vacuums/References/
Vises that can be placed on the table.
6. Area Phases and Machinings: In this area it is possible to establish a specific
sequence of machining phases with the possibility of moving the part on the table.

Important: Further commands concerning the configuration of the disposition of the parts/
sub-pieces on the table are available in the drop-down menu Dispose.

1428
 12 Dispose Mode

12.1 Graphic Area

This section shows a graphical representation of the table with all the related work parts and
shims.

The commands that can be activated in the Graphic Area are of three types: those
concerning the table, the part and the shims (vacuums, references, vises).
1. Table Commands (they are activated by clicking with the right mouse button
anywhere on the table) :
• Enable/disable additional table: Allows you to enable or disable any additional
table.
• Modify Z position additional table: Allows you to set the thickness of the
additional table.
• Part Commands (they are activated selecting the part and pressing the right mouse
button):
• All directions: Preset selection that allows you to position the raw part by moving it in
any direction.
• X Direction: Allows you to place the raw part by moving it only on the X axis.
• Y Direction: Allows you to place the raw part by moving it only on the Y axis.
• Sub-part: allows you to set the height of any sub-part to be placed under the part
to lift it.
• Sub-Pieces Commands (they are activated by selecting a vaccum, a reference or a vise and
pressing the right mouse button) :
• magnetic: This option can be used only if the machining table is perforated and
allows to limit the positioning of the sub-part in correspondence with the holes.
• disable by reference: This command is present only for types of sub-parts that are
simultaneously both morse and references. Once the command has been activated,
this particular type of sub-part is considered as a normal vise, thus losing the
reference functionality. If the reference has already been deleted, the command
becomes active according to reference, allowing you to restore the reference
functionality.
• considers interference check: during the interference check, this option causes
the selected sub-part to be considered.
• not to consider interference check: during the interference check, this option
causes the selected sub-part is not considered.
• considers the verification of interference before the profiles: during the
interference check, this option causes the selected sub-part to be not considered in
profiling processes.
• delete: This command allows you to delete the selected shim.
• delete non used vacuums: This command allows you to delete all unused
vacuums present on the machining table.

1429
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 12.3: Graphic Area commands

12.2 Commands Area

Let's see in detail the functions of the individual commands that can be activated in the
Dispose mode.

12.2.1 Optimization

This drop-down menu is used only if there are multiple pieces in the project and allows you
to define the type of optimization to be applied to the processes. Possible optimizations are:
• Part optimization: The machine performs all the work with all the necessary tools
on a part before moving on to the next part.
.

Fig. 12.4: Part optimization

1430
 12 Dispose Mode

• Project optimization: The machine performs all the machinings with the same tool
on all the parts before moving on to the next tool, thus saving time for tool
changes.

Fig. 12.5: P

roject optimization

12.2.2 Table state

This drop-down menu (Figure 12.6) is used only when the machine has several tables and
allows you to define on which table to place the part for processing.

Fig. 12.6: Select table

12.2.3 Move parts

This command allows you to move and rotate the parts on the table.

1) The possible ways to move a part are

1431
EasySTONE manual

• drag it inside the Graphic Area moving the mouse; it is possible to limit the
movements of the part via the options menu (Figure 12.7) which opens by pressing
the right mouse button:
• All directions: Allows you to move the part both on the X axis and on the Y axis.
• Direction X: Allows you to move the part only along the X axis.
• Direction Y: Allows you to move the part only along the Y axis.

Fig. 12.7: Movement menu

• in the Parameters Area choose the reference point of the part from the drop-down
menu and enter the destination coordinates.

• in the Parameters Area click on the icon and then select one of the 20
configurable positions on the table using the button Fixed Point Configuration

Fig. 12.8: Move part to a fixed point

2) The possible ways to rotate a part are:

• Press the button Shift while selecting the part: it will be possible to rotate the part
by 90° with each press of the left mouse button.

1432
 12 Dispose Mode

• Press the button Shift while selecting the part and activate the option Rotation with
drag in the Parameters Area: it will be possible to rotate the part by moving the
mouse inside the Graphic area or by entering the rotation angle.

Fig. 12.9: Rotate with drag

The program considers as Angle 0 the position of the part before undergoing any
modification and if the part has already been rotated, it returns in the parameter
Angle (Figure 12.10) the rotation value with respect to the original Angle 0. The width
of the angle for a further rotation of the part is instead always referred to the current
position, if positive the part rotates counter-clockwise while if negative clockwise.

Fig. 12.10: Rotation angle

It is also possible to choose whether to reposition the vacuums and the references associated
with the part you are moving by checking the check box Keep the vacuums in place.

12.2.3.1 Fixed point configuration

Inside the command Move parts it is possible to configure the Fixed points in which to place
the part on the table.

1433
EasySTONE manual

To configure a fixed point follow the procedure below:

• Select a part to be moved.
• Click on
• Click on the button Fixed point configuration

Fig. 12.11: Configure fixed points

Inside the dialog box Fixed point configuration (figure 12.11) it is possible to specify:
• which point of the part to place in the fixed point:
◦ top left.
◦ top right.
◦ bottom left.
◦ bottom right.
◦ in the center.
◦ in the origin of the part.
• fixed point: Allows you to define the coordinates of the fixed point on the table.
• movement: This parameter allows you to define the axis with respect to which the
fixed point must align the part. The possible options are:
◦ X and Y: An exact point is defined in which to place the part.
◦ only X: A straight line is defined parallel to the X axis on which to
position the part, while the Y coordinate of the part remains unchanged.

1434
 12 Dispose Mode

◦ only Y: A straight line is defined parallel to the Y axis on which to

position the part, while the X coordinate of the part remains unchanged.
• ask for additional movement: You will be asked to enter an additional offset with
respect to the fixed point

Once a fixed point has been created on the table, a red sign appears indicating its position
and allows you to position the part manually.

Within a machining table it is possible to configure up to twenty fixed points that can be
reused also in subsequent projects.

12.2.4 Add part

This command allows importing an already used and stored part.

Once the command has been activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for
importing a file, where the position, the name and the extension of the file to import can
be specified. Confirm the operation by selecting the Open command. In this dialog box it is
also possible to display the preview of the project to be imported by activating the Preview
option.

Besides importing the part geometry, this command also imports the associated machining
operations, but not their onboard arrangement (position, shims, vacuums, references, etc).

12.2.5 Delete part

This command allows you to delete a part and its related shims from the current project.

1435
EasySTONE manual

Once the command is activated, select the part to be deleted. The program asks to confirm
the operation through the dialog window in figure 12.12. Confirm the operation by selecting
the command Yes.

Fig. 12.12: Delete Part

Please note: This function will automatically delete in the mode Draw the layer associated
with the deleted part and in the mode Machining the corresponding raw part and associated
machinings.

12.2.6 Move vacuums and end references

This command allows you to add and position the shims on the machining table.

The shims used are divided into four categories:

• references: Positioned next to the raw part and in a minimum of three, they allow
to precisely position the raw part on the machining table. The pneumatic references
are lowered automatically so as not to collide during machining.
• vacuums: Positioned under the raw part they make it possible to keep it raised and
blocked during machining.
• vises: Positioned under the raw part they make it possible to keep it raised and
blocked during machining.
• vacuums with reference: This type of shim performs both the functions of reference
and vacuum.

1436
 12 Dispose Mode

To add a sub-pieces simply select the icon from the Vacuums/References/Vises Area
among those available, which vary in quantity and type depending on the equipment of the
machine, and position it on the machining table.

The possible ways to position a shim on the processing table are:

• select it and then click on a point on the table shown in the Graphic Area.
• select it and enter the coordinates of the positioning point that appeared inside the
Parameters Area and Dialog Window.

Note: It is usually possible to position a shim in any point on the machining table. If you are
using a perforated table, you can activate the Magnetic option (by pressing the right mouse
button), which means that you can position the shim only in correspondence with the holes
on the table.

The possible ways to rotate a shim are:

• press the Shift key while selecting the shim on the table, with each press of the left
mouse button the shim will rotate by 90° in its center of gravity.

• press the Shift key while selecting the item on the table, activate the option
Rotation with drag, then move the mouse in a circular manner or alternatively
enter directly the width of the rotation angle.

1437
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 12.13: Rotate with drag

The program considers as Angle 0 the position of the part before undergoing any
modification and if the part has already been rotated, it returns in the parameter
Angle (Figure 12.10) the rotation value with respect to the original Angle 0. The
width of the angle for a further rotation of the part is instead always referred to the
current position, if positive the part rotates counter-clockwise while if negative
clockwise.

To remove a shim from the machining table you need to select it and position it outside the
table, or press the right mouse button and activate the command Delete in the Disposition
options menu.

12.2.7 Automatic position

This command allows you to automatically position the part with respect to the references
on the table. At least three references are required to position each part with precision.
After positioning the references, it is necessary to activate one of the commands (Figure
12.14) to determine the direction of movement of the raw part in order to position it against
the references.

1438
 12 Dispose Mode

Fig. 12.14: Automatic position

12.2.8 Reset disposition

This command allows removing all sub-pieces, i.e. all references, vacuums, vices and
reference vacuums from the worktable.

12.2.9 Verify disposition

This command allows controlling the disposition of the parts on the worktable in order to
avoid any collisions of the various machine members in operation during machining (heads,
tools, shims) against the machinable parts.

Fig. 12.15: Verify disposition

After activating the command, the program displays the following parameters (see Figure
12.15):

1439
EasySTONE manual

• minimum distance: this parameter enables defining the minimum distance

between two objects on the worktable (references, vacuums, vices, parts, etc),
below which the program emits a collision warning signal.
• check collision with references: when active, this option enables checking the
possibility of collisions between tools and references, based on the set Minimum
distance.
• check collision with table:when active, this option enables checking the possibility
of collisions between tools and worktable, based on the set Minimum distance.
• check collision with other parts:when active, this option enables checking the
possibility of collisions between the tools operating on a part and the other parts
located on the worktable, based on the set Minimum distance.

After setting these parameters and confirming the option by selecting the Ok command, the
program carries out the necessary checks and reports the results in the Arrangement check
area (see Figure ), sorted out into the following categories, in order to identify possible
errors more easily:

• Check of minimum number of vacuums and references: checks the presence of

both vacuums and references, or whether their number is greater or equal to the
minimum permitted number. If the result of the check is positive, the OK signal is
emitted; if the result of the check is negative, a KO signal is emitted instead.
• Raw part definition check: verifies that one raw part has been defined for each part.
If the result of the check is positive, the OK signal is emitted; if the result of the
check is negative, a KO signal is emitted instead.
• Check of interference with machining operations: checks possible tool collisions
with the worktable vacuums; in case the relevant options are active, it also checks
possible tool collisions with the references, the worktable, or other parts. If the
check result is positive, the signal No interference with machining appears; if the
check result is negative, i.e. possible collisions are detected, the involved members
are indicated.
• Check of part position: check that the parts and related raw parts are positioned
inside the worktable and entirely enclosed within the work area. If the result of the
check is positive, the OK signal is emitted; if the result of the check is negative, a
KO signal is emitted instead.

1440
 12 Dispose Mode

• Setup: checks that all machining-related tools are present in the tool holder. If the
check result is positive, the signal Setup complete appears; if the check result is
negative, the signal Setup incomplete appears with the name of tools not setup.

If everything is Ok at the end the time is displayed and the message All right, if not Errors
in disposition.

1441
EasySTONE manual

12.2.10 Setup

This command is active for machines that have at least one toolkeeper rack, allowing the
database to be equipped before the project is processed.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog box Machine
setup (Figure 12.16) divided into the following areas:

1. Graphic area: This area represents graphically the racks, the individual toolkeepers
and the ground tools.
2. Tree list of positions: This list displays all the positions where the tools can be taken
and stored.
3. List of non-equipped tools: This list contains the tools present in the machining but
not located in any toolkeeper.
4. Buttons for the machine tools setup management.

Fig. 12.16: Machine setup

Graphic Area

The graphic area displays graphically what has been selected in the tree list of positions.

Tree list of positions

This tree list contains the toolkeepers of the machine divided between the various racks and
the ground tools. The racks are toolkeepers and can be at most four on one machine. Ground
tools are those that are manually setup by an operator.

1442
 12 Dispose Mode

Each toolkeeper position is identified by a number and a status defined by a colour. The
possible states are:

• white: The toolkeeper is free.

• orange: The toolkeeper is partially occupied.
• green: The toolkeeper is occupied.

The partially occupied status is activated when a tool is used that employs a side mounting
several tools. The toolkeeper becomes occupied when a number of tools is setup that
occupies all the positions of the side.

To setup a tool, select it in the non-setup tool list and move it via drag'n'drop in the desired
toolkeeper whose status will become occupied ( green ).

List of non-setup tools

This list contains the tools used for machining in the current project that have not yet been
setup.

The program automatically sets up the tools that have a position assigned in the Tools
Database unless the toolkeeper in which they should be setup is already occupied.

It is possible to manually setup a tool through the command .

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Add (Figure
12.17) in which it is possible to select the tools to be added in the relevant racks.

1443
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 12.17: Machine setup

Tool setup buttons

This command allows you to exit the dialog window Machine setup maintaining the
changes made only for the current project.

This command allows you to print the data related to the setup and to the characteristics of
the tools present in the same.

Once the command is activated, the program opens DDX Printer Server, which will display
the preview of the setup table (Figure12.18) to be printed.

The setup table contains:

• Project data.
• Detail of racks and ground tools.
• Detail of each setup tool.

1444
 12 Dispose Mode

• Detail of non-setup tools

To print it, select the Print command in the File menu.

Fig. 12.18: Setup table

This command allows you to refresh the setup situation starting from the tool situation in
the database, thus cancelling any manual changes made.

This command allows you to save the current setup into a file .stf to reuse it in other projects.

This command allows you to recall a setup previously saved in a stf file.

12.2.11 Multiple Copy

This command allows you to duplicate a certain part and its related sub-pieces (vacuums
and references) for a number of times.

The creation takes place in the form of a matrix: you will be asked to specify the number of
rows, columns and distances in X and Y between the new parts.

Afterwards you can reposition the various parts and sub-pieces on the worktable.

1445
EasySTONE manual

Note: This function will automatically create in the Draw mode a number of parts and
related layers as there are new parts created and in the Machine mode the related number
of raw parts and associated machinings.

12.2.12 Copy part, machining and disposition

This command allows creating the copy of a part and positioning it in the machining
area. The newly created copy maintains all the geometry and machining parameters of the
original, including any shims if required, as well as the origin, which is fixed on the new
part in the same position it had in the original part.

After activating the command, the procedure is as follows:

• Select the part to copy.

• Specify the position of the new part. It is possible to position the new part by
moving it with a drag'n'drop operation within the graphics area, or by entering the
coordinates where to position the part.

Fig. 12.19: Create a part copy

• Confirm the operation by selecting the Ok command.

It is possible to activate the Mirror option, which allows creating a copy of the mirrored
part. The newly created copy maintains all the geometry and machining parameters of the
original, including any mirrored sub-pieces, while the origin is not mirrored.

Note: This function will automatically create in the Draw mode a number of parts and
related layers as there are new parts created and in the Machine mode the related number of
raw parts and associated machinings.

1446
 12 Dispose Mode

12.2.13 Delete missing vacuums

This command is active only if some missing sub-pieces still appear on the worktable, in
order to delete them.
Missing sub-pieces are created when via the copy command new parts and related sub-
pieces are added to the worktable; when the number of those available is exceeded, they are
highlighted in red by the program. This way they can be replaced by other sub-pieces; any
red-highlighted missing sub-pieces can be deleted by selecting the Delete missing vacuums
command.

12.2.14 Use Lathe

This command is provided only for machines equipped with a lathe but not using it for the
current project; it allows choosing to view it or not.

No lathe: in this mode the lathe is not visible.

First lathe: in this mode the lathe is visible.

12.3 Dialog Window

This section displays the parameters related to each individual command and the messages
returned by EasySTONE following the activation of these.

12.4 Underpieces Area

In this area it is possible to display and select all the sub-pieces (vacuums, references,
vices) to be placed on the worktable.

12.4.1 Shim

This parameter allows you to define a generic shim.

1447
EasySTONE manual

The shim it is a generic entity that raises the part by a user-set level to enable its machining
without setting specific vices, vacuums and references.

To create a shim, select with the right mouse button the part to which to apply the shim. The
program automatically opens the options menu, where you can select the command Shim.
Once the command is activated, the program displays a dialog window (Figure 12.20) in
which to enter the height of the shim. Confirm the operation by selecting the command Ok.

Fig. 12.20: Shim dialogue

Note: Only in the case of predefined machines, selecting the part with the right button it is
also possible to enable the additional table.

12.5 Phases Area

This section allows you to manage the movement of each part and the sequence of
operations grouped by phases.

Fig. 12.21: Phases management bar

Let's see in detail the functionality of the buttons on the Phases Management Bar
(Figure 12.21) :

Add: this command adds a new phase at the end of the sequence.

Delete: this command deletes the last phase in the sequence.

1448
 12 Dispose Mode

Export: this command exports the raw, pieces or pieces and scrap of the current project in
a file EasySTONE

Parts_Machinings: this command allows to define for each phase which pieces and
machinings will be active.

• By clicking on the Parts button the software will display the Piece Management
window (Figure 12.22) in which it is possible to choose which pieces to activate in
each phase : the window contains a list of the phases in each of which it shows all
the pieces of the project, which can be enabled/disabled by activating/deactivating
the check box next to them.

1449
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 12.22: Pieces management

• By clicking on the Machinings button the software will display the Machinings
Management window (Figure 12.23) in which it is possible to choose which
machinings to carry out in each phase, always bearing in mind that the order of the
machinings is the one defined in Machine Mode. To define the phase in which the
machinings will be carried out you need to move (via drag'n'drop) the word Phase
n before the involved machining. If there are more pieces on the table, inside the
Machinings Management window there will be more tabs each containing the
phase-machinings combination for each piece.

1450
 12 Dispose Mode

Fig. 12.23: Machinings Management

Splitting: This command allows you to create a sequence of phases in order to manage
the movement and machining of parts obtained from a single raw part or slab, so as not to
damage the individual parts while another one is being machined

Splitting can be Manual (the user decides the machining steps) or Automatic
( EasySTONE optimizes the machining by creating a sequence of phases defining the
machinings and movements of the parts on the table); for further details, please refer to the
respective 12.5.1.1 and 12.5.1.2

Note: Splitting is possible when at least an optimized cutting and/or milling operation is
present in the machinings list.

1451
EasySTONE manual

Join: This command is activated after creating a Splitting, allowing it to be canceled

eliminating all the phases created.
Phase 1, Phase 2,.: At the end of a splitting they display the parts on the table in their
actual position during the machinings of the phase in question.

12.5.1 Split

Splitting is possible when:

• At least an optimized cutting and/or milling operation is present in the machinings
list.
• There is a single raw part inside which more parts are to be obtained.
• There is only one phase.

EasySTONE provides the features Manual splitting and Automatic splitting.

12.5.1.1 Manual splitting

With this feature the user has the possibility to create step by step a sequence of phases
containing the machinings and the movements of the parts.

The sequence envisages the selection of the cuts by the operator for each single phase with
the related parameterization, execution priority and part movement.

12.5.1.1.1 Cuts List

Fig. 12.24: Manual splitting

1452
 12 Dispose Mode

By clicking on the button Manual splitting (Figure 12.24) he following dialog window will
be displayed (Figure 12.25)

Fig. 12.25: Cut selection

Here the user can decide which cuts to carry out in the current phase by activating the
related check box in the Cut list (Green Box).
The cuts highlighted in red in the Cut List inform the user of the fact that if they were
performed they would damage other parts on the table (they will need to be carried out at a
later stage or eliminated).

By clicking on a cut in the Cut List this is highlighted in red in the Graphic Area (Yellow
Box): highlighted in bold if enabled or normal if disabled. The reverse operation is also
possible: by clicking on a cut in the Graphic area, in the Cut List the corresponding cut
with the related parameters is highlighted.

Selecting an activated cut (checked) enables the parameters present in the Red box:

1453
EasySTONE manual

Start/End Lengthen or Shorten: Allows you to lengthen or shorten the cut by moving the
start point and the end point. By clicking on the button Auto, EasySTONE calculates the
starting point in order to cut (as far as possible) the part without damaging the others,
always taking into consideration the optimization of head movements.

Reset to default: Cancels the Start/End values automatically optimized by EasySTONE

or modified by the user. With Start and/or End at ZERO, EasySTONE will enter and/or
exit the part as shown in Figure 12.26 and Figure 12.27

Fig. 12.26: Part lead-in with Start at Zero

Fig. 12.27: Part lead-out with End at Zero

1454
 12 Dispose Mode

Invert:Inverts the cutting direction (indicated with an arrow in the Graphic area).

Change side:Inversts the working side of the motor (in the Graphic area it is represented
by a square containing the identification number of the cut).

Insert machine stop:Inserts a machine stop at the end of the cut (in the Cut List the
message STOP appears next to the machining involved and the command Remove Machine
Stop is activated)

The Purple Box contains the buttons for managing the cuts:

The selected cut moves back one position in the macinings list.

The selected cut moves forward one position in the machinings list.
By activating this button you will have the possibility to build the sequence of
machinings; to choose the order just click on the cut in the Graphic area and
compose the sequence using the buttons (Figure )

The selected cut will be deleted from the machinings list.

By activating this button it will be possible to create a new cut specifying the starting
point and the ending point; by pressing the button a pointer is activated which by means

1455
EasySTONE manual

of the reference points (which can be activated by pressing the right mouse button), allows
you to specify the coordinates of the point concerned (Figure 12.28).

Fig. 12.28: Add cut

Note:Pressing the right mouse button on a point in the Cut List Area (Green Box) the menu
in the Figure below is activated.

1456
 12 Dispose Mode

Let's see in detail the possible options:

Select all: All cuts are enabled.
Deselect all: All cuts are disabled.
Reset to default: The Start/End values automatically optimized by EasySTONE or
modified by the user are canceled for the selected cut.
Reset to default all cuts: The Start/End values automatically optimized by EasySTONE
or modified by the user are canceled for all cuts.
Delete cut: The selected cut will be deleted from the machinings list.
Zoom on machining:EasySTONE displays the selected cut in ZOOM.

1457
EasySTONE manual

The Black Box contains the buttons that provide a more detailed view of the raw part and
the applied machinings.

With the button you can return to the previous screen, with OK you can confirm the
choices while with Cancel you exit the Manual Splitting function.

12.5.1.1.2 Pieces Moving

In this phase it is possible to establish in which position of the table the parts obtained
following a splitting will be placed (after the completion of a phase), in order to enable the
execution of subsequent cuts without damaging any other part.

Fig. 12.29: Part movement dialog window

After selecting the part in the Parts List area (Green) or directly in the Graphic Area

(Yellow color) you can reposition it using the movement buttons alternatively click on

the button and subsequently in any point of the Graphic

Area.

1458
 12 Dispose Mode

By checking the check box Show machinings, the Graphic Area shows the overall
dimensions of the work that have not yet been performed, thus allowing the operator to
position the parts at the correct distance from each other.

By checking the check box Keep movement order, EasySTONE will not optimize the
movements of the manipulator during the movements of the parts but will maintain the
sequence specified by the operator.

By clicking on the button Reset to default the initial situation of the phase in question will
be restored.

By clicking on the button Pos. Manipulator it will be possible to define the working
position of the manipulator during the movements of the single parts (see par. 12.5.1.1.2.1)

With the button

Note: By clicking on the button Ok you will go to the next screen only if all the parts are
inside the table and there are no overlapping parts.

The Black Box contains the buttons that enable a more detailed view of the parts and the
applied machinings.

12.5.1.1.2.1 Manipulator Position

In this phase it is possible to establish the working position that the manipulator must
assume and the vacuums that must be active during the movement of the part.

1459
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 12.30: Manipulator working position dialog window

To position the manipulator, first click on the graphic area of a vacuum (Pink) and then
click again on a point of the Graphic area (yellow) to reposition the entire set of vacuums,
alternatively you can use the positioning buttons (Black area). It is also possible to rotate
the set of vacuums (and consequently the manipulator) by specifying the angle or using the
rotation buttons.
To choose which vacuums are to be activated just flag them in the Green Area Vacuums List
(with the right mouse button you can select or deselect them all at the same time).

EasySTONE allows you to carry out 3 checks on the positioning of the vacuums (Blue
Area):
Check balancing: Verifies the correct positioning of the vacuums active on the part.
Check area: Verifies that the minimum ratio between the area of the active vacuums and the
area of the part remains within a certain parameter.
Check minimum distance: Checks that the active vacuums are a minimum distance from
the edge of the part.
In the Message Area (Brown area) you will see the outcome of the checks and only in case
of 'Correct position' you can continue by clicking on the button OK.

1460
 12 Dispose Mode

Note: By clicking on the Automatic button EasySTONE will try to identify the optimal
position for the manipulator.

12.5.1.2 Automatic Splitting

With this feature EasySTONE identifies the parts obtained inside the raw part and creates
automatically several phases in which it moves them to avoid damaging a part while
working on another.

The following is an example of Automatic Splitting divided into three phases.

Fig. 12.31: Phase one

Fig. 12.32: Phase two

1461
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 12.33: Phase three

12.6 Dispose Menu

The drop-down menu Dispose can be divided into the three groups shown in the figure:

12.6.1 Direct Commands

In this section of the drop-down menu it is possible to recall the same commands present in
the Command Area.

Please refer to paragraph 12.2

1462
 12 Dispose Mode

12.6.2 Initial Disposition

In the Dispose mode it is possible to store an automatic disposition of the vacuums,

references and vises.

This section contains the commands that allow you to save, use, delete, export and import
an automatic sub-pieces arrangement.

Note: Multiple customizable settings can be stored and recalled.

12.6.2.1 Save initial disposition

This command allows you to save the current disposition of the sub-pieces on the table and
set it as default.
Whenever a new project opens, the Dispose mode will show the sub-pieces positioned as
per the initial disposition.

12.6.2.2 Delete initial disposition

This command allows you to delete the initial disposition of the previously stored sub-
pieces. When a project is opened, no initial sub-pieces disposition will be automatically
loaded.

12.6.2.3 Export initial disposition

This command allows you to export the current disposition of the sub-pieces by saving it in
an Initial Disp File (*.dis). Then you can import it and save it as an initial disposition.

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for saving a
file with a name, in which it is possible to define the position, the name and the extension of
the file to be exported.

12.6.2.4 Import initial disposition

This command allows you to import a shim disposition previously stored in an Initial Disp
File (*.dis).

1463
EasySTONE manual

Once the command is activated, the program displays the Windows dialog box for opening
a file, in which to define the position, name and extension of the file to be imported.

12.6.3 Automatic DISP

This command allows you to activate the automatic disposition on the table of the parts,
vacuums, stops/references and vises, in the case of the part it is also possible to define the
thickness of the shim.
Once the command is activated, the Execution of the automatic DISP dialogue window will
appear, in which it is possible to select the automatic disposition configuration that you want
to adopt from those present and already defined in the Automatic DISP Configuration in the
menu Database.

Fig. 12.34: Automatic Disposition Configuration Menu

1464
 13 Generate Mode

13 Generate Mode

The Generate mode allows you to write the part program, to simulate the movements of the
machine during the machining phases, to calculate times, lengths and costs and finally to
transmit the ISO file to the machine.

The Generate mode is composed of the following sections (Figure 13.1):

1. Command area: This area contains all the functions available.

2. Report window: This area shows the results of the execution of the commands
Generate NC, Simulate, Calculate time lengths and costs.

1465
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 13.1: Generate mode

In addition to the control panel, the commands can also be activated from the menu
Generate present in the drop-down menu bar.

13.1 Part program generation

This command allows you to generate the part program to be sent to the machine, i.e. the
set of instructions written in NC code necessary to make the machine move during the
machinings.
At the end the report window shows the result of the generation, which can be:
• successfully completed: There is no error and the ISO file is correctly written to be
executed by the machine.

1466
 13 Generate Mode

• termination due to error: There are one or more errors, EasySTONE interrupts the
generation and displays an error window.

If the generation is terminated due to errors, the description of the error (or errors) is shown
in the report window. Here are some examples:
• project not saved: It is necessary to save the project to execute the generation of the
part program.
• out of stroke: Occurs when a machine axis fails to process a part because its position
involves processing outside the axis limits. The report window also indicates on
which axis the error occurs.
• missing or disabled machinings: Occurs when the machinings have not been
entered or are disabled.
• Disposition check missing: Occurs when the command Check disposition has not
been executed on the current project.

1467
EasySTONE manual

• Tool not setup: Occurs when one of the tools used during processing has not been
setup.

13.2 Simulation
This functionality, through the visualization of a dynamic three-dimensional model of the
machine, allows you to view the whole machining process of the part (or parts), including
its movement, and therefore to verify the move of the tool, any collisions of the machine
head with the table and the sub-pieces in addition to the quality of the finished part, before
the whole goes into the machine.

Fig. 13.2: Simulation

EasySTONE, through an optional component called PowerSIM, displays a scale model of

the entire work bench, with an area divided into three sections on the right (see figure 13.2
):
1. Red area: Contains the following controls:
• Start: Starts the simulation from the beginning or restarts after a pause.
• Go to: Manually moves the machine head to the position specified by the coordinates of the
axes entered by the operator (Green area).
• Pause: Pauses the simulation.
• End: Ends the simulation.

1468
 13 Generate Mode

• Previous machining: In a multi-machining project it allows you to return to the

previous one.
• Previous Step: Cancels the last performed movement.
• Next step: Perform the next movement.
• Next machining: In a multi-machining project it allows you to move on to the next
one.
• Select Machining: In a multi-machining project it allows you to choose from which
machining to start the simulation.
• Scroll bar: Increases or decreases the speed of the simulation.
• Yellow Area: Shows the following information:
◦ Machining: part name and machining.
◦ Tool: Tool.
◦ Description: Tool description.
◦ Speed: Spindle rotation speed.
◦ Feed: Tool advance speed.
• Green area: Displays the coordinates of the linear and rotation axes.

The command bar, in addition to the standard EasySTONE functions, contains the following
utility buttons:

displays the simulation in full screen.

allows you to hide the geometry of the axes and the tool.

allows you to view the tool paths, differentiating through customizable colours those
executed in rapid movement from the machining ones (feed) and in safety.
activates the photorealistic image of the part, enabling the Virtual Milling functions
(see paragraph 13.2.1)

displays the log containing all the collisions that occurred during the simulation.

allows you to hide any geometry present in the 3D model.

displays the simulation with perspective that highlights the 3D dimension of the entire
work bench.

1469
EasySTONE manual

displays the simulation with perspective that highlights the tool and the
machining execution.

13.2.1 Virtual Milling

The 3D simulator, to further support the verification of the machining, includes the
(optional) functionality Virtual Milling .
.
Clicking with the right button of the mouse on the 3D part in the Graphic Area displays
the related command menu, for the detailed description of which please see
paragraph 10.1.4 present in Machining Mode.

13.3 Times, lengths and costs estimation

This parameter allows estimating the time necessary to carry out all machining operations,
the machinable path length and the cost of each machining operation.
By activating the command the program report window (see Figure 13.3), displays a list of
times (T), lengths (L) and costs (C) of each machining operation, followed by the overall
machining totals.
In addition to machining time and machined meters, the estimate of machining costs depend
on some parameters, i.e.:

• hourly cost of machine.

• wear of machining-related tools.
• cost of tools.

1470
 13 Generate Mode

Fig. 13.3: Report window with estimate of times, costs and lengths

13.4 Transmission
This command allows copying the generated part program into the preset destination folder.
The part program can be transferred via a network, if the machine and the computer are
interconnected, or via a data transfer unit.
By activating the command, according to the machine configuration and type, the program
displays a dialog box where to enter the name of the file containing the part program. If
the operation is carried out correctly, the program displays the message Copy completed
successfully in the status bar, otherwise the program displays an error message.

13.5 Edit NC code

This command allows displaying the part program of the current project.

1471
EasySTONE manual

If the command is activated the program opens the DDX Editor application with the NC
code of the part program.

By the DDX Editor application it is possible to edit the NC code; this operation is extremely
delicate, as any incorrect alteration might jeopardize the code operation.

To use this option it is necessary to activate the Generate NC command first, otherwise the
action is not performed and the program displays an error message.

Fig. 13.4: Part program opened by DDX Editor.

13.6 Edit TLC estimation

This command allows the DDX Editor to display the estimates of the time necessary to
carry out all machining operations, of the machinable path length and of the cost of each
machining operation.

By activating the command the program opens the DDX Editor application with the list of
times, lengths and costs of each machining operation, followed by the overall machining
totals. By the DDX Editor application it is possible to print out or save the list into a Time
Length Cost (*.tlc) file.

1472
 13 Generate Mode

To use this option it is necessary to save the current project first, otherwise the command is
not performed and the program displays an error message.

Fig. 13.5: Edit TLC

1473
EasySTONE manual

1474
 14 Help Menu

14 Help Menu

The Help menu allows consulting the software manual and related tutorials; it is also
possible to view some information about the program.

Fig. 14.1: Help drop-down menu

1475
EasySTONE manual

14.1 Help
This command allows you to view the online Help concerning the use and functionalities of
EasySTONE.

14.2 Tutorial
This command allows you to access the tutorials that guide you through the implementation
of example projects.

In this way the user is guided through the operations of drawing, applying the machinings,
placing the part in the machine and generating the CN code.

Fig. 14.2: Tutorial

1476
 14 Help Menu

14.3 Tutorial Web

This command allows you to access the tutorials uploaded to the web.

14.4 Send feedback

This command automatically enables access to the electronic mail service also called
"email" if the computer used has an Internet connection and Microsoft Outlook is installed
and configured.

The command automatically composes the e-mail address [email protected]

attaching the files needed to perform an analysis and resolve the problem encountered. It is
necessary to enter a description and send the email.

If the PC used is not configured for reading and sending emails, a new profile will be
requested, if it is not connected to the Internet or you are using another email client, you
can export automatically the files using the "Export feedback" option and send them using
another computer.

14.5 Export feedback

This command allows you to save the files needed to perform an analysis and solve the
problem encountered.
The files will need to be sent via electronic mail to [email protected] specifying the
description of the problem.

Before using the Export feedback function it is recommended to save the project (this is not
done automatically).

The folder to save the files is requested:

1477
EasySTONE manual

Fig. 14.3: Export feedback

14.6 Remote Assistance

This command allows you to receive a dedicated and personalized remote support from
experienced and qualified people. Through the Internet connection and the installation of the
TeamViewer program it is possible to receive assistance by communicating the ID number
and password to the DDX technicians, for them to access and control your computer.

1478
 14 Help Menu

Fig. 14.4: Remote assistance

14.7 Upload Backup

From this menu it is possible to save the configuration of the machine that, after
authentication, will be loaded in the personal area on the site www.ddxgroup.com. To use
this feature, the computer in question must be connected to the Internet.

14.8 Restore from Backup

From this menu it is possible to restore the machine configuration after downloading from
the personal area on the site www.ddxgroup.com a ZCFG file.

1479
EasySTONE manual

14.9 Download your Backup from the site

Through this menu it is possible to download from the personal area
on www.ddxgroup.com a previously saved file.
Once the command is activated, you will be directed to the site www.ddxgroup.com and,
after authentication, you will be able to select and download a compressed ZCFG file
containing the saved configuration (see Figure 14.5) .
To use this feature, the computer in question must be connected to the Internet.

Fig. 14.5: Saving on the DDX S.r.l. website

14.10 Show status of backup from the site

By activating this command during a saving operation in the personal area on the
site www.ddxgroup.com it is possible to monitor its progress.

1480
 14 Help Menu

14.11 About
This command allows you to view some information about the program, send an email to
the assistance and access the DDX S.r.l..

Once the command is activated, the program displays the dialog window Information on the
program:

The information summarized concerns the license key, the version of EasySTONE in use,
the remaining days of the license and the active modules.

There are also two buttons:

• One opens an email with already attached the EasySTONE workstation

configuration files and any project to be analyzed, in which it is possible to enter a
description of the problem encountered.

1481
EasySTONE manual

• the other one refers to the DDX S.r.l., where you can find all the necessary
information and access the personal area to download the license code, software,
etc.

1482